II 



i 



^4 r 'V^^" 

AMERICAN ^ 

FLOWER-GARDEN DIRECTORY: 

CONTAINING 

PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS FOR THE CULTURE OF PLANTS 

IN THE 

FLOWER-GARDEN, HOT-HOUSE, GREES-HOUSE, ROOMS, OR 
PARLOR WINDOWS, 

FOR EVERY MONTH IN THE YEAR. 

WITH 

A DESCRIPTION OF THE PLANTS MOST DESIRABLE IN EACH, THE NATURE OF 
THE SOIL, AND SITUATION BEST ADAPTED TO THEIR GROWTH, 
THE PROPER SEASON FOR TRANSPLANTING, ETC. 

WITH INSTRUCTIONS FOR ERECTING A 

HOT-HOUSE, GREEN-HOUSE, AND LAYING OUT A FLOWER- 
GARDEN. 

THE WHOLE ADAPTED TO EITHER LARGE OR SMALL GARDENS. 

WITH INSTRUCTIONS FOR PREPARING THE SOIL, PROPAGATING, 
PLANTING, PRUNING, TRAINING AND FRUITING THE 

GRAPE VINE. 

WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF THE BEST S<jRVS FOR CULTIVATING IN THE OPEN AIR. 



FOURTH EDITION, WITH NUMEROUS ADDITIONS. 

/ 

BY ROBERT ,^UIST, 

NUBSERYMAN AND SEED-GROWER. 



PHILADELPHIA: 
A. HAKT, LATE CAREY AND HART. 
1851. 



Entered according to the act of Congress, in the year 1851, by 

A. HART, LATE CAREY AND HART, 

in the Clerk's Office of the District Court for tiie Eastern District of 

Pennsvlvania. 



Oh ^ 

\.^' PHILADELPHIA : 

T. K. AND P. G. COLLINS, PRINTERS. 



PREFACE 



TO THE FIKST EDITION. 



This volume owes its existence principally to the repeated 
requests of a number of our fair patrons and amateur sup- 
porters, whose inquiries and wishes for a practical manual 
on Floriculture at last induced us to prepare a work on the 
subject. That now offered is given unaffectedly and simply 
as a plain and easy treatise on this increasingly interesting 
subject. It will at once be perceived that there are no pre- 
tensions to literary claims — the directions are given in the 
simplest manner — the arrangement made as lucidly as was 
in our power — and the whole is presented with the single 
wish of its being practically useful. How far our object has 
been attained, of course our readers must judge. Nothing 
has been intentionally concealed; and all that is asserted is 
the result of minute observation, close application, and an 
extended continuous experience from childhood. We pre- 
tend not to infallibility, and are not so sanguine as to declare 
our views the most perfect that can be attained. But we 
can so far say that the practice here recommended has been 
found very successful. 

Some, very probably, may be disappointed in not having 
the means of propagating as clearly delineated as those of 
culture; but to have entered into all the minutiae connected 



IV PREFACE. 



therewith would have formed materials for two volumes 
larger than the present. We might have described that 
branch; as it has already been done in works published both 
on this continent and in Europe. In one of the former^ it is 
said; " You may now propagate many kinds (Exotic Plants) 
by suckers, cuttings and layers, which should be duly at- 
tended to, particularly such as are scarce and difficult to be 
obtained/^ And the directions given in one of the most ex- 
tensive works in Europe on the propagation of an extensive 
genus varied in character and constitution, run thus : Cut- 
tings of most kinds will strike root. From the strongest- 
growing kinds, take off large cuttings at a joint, and plunge 
them in a pot of sand under a hand-glass in the bark bed. 
Of the smaller kinds, take younger kinds and put them 
under a bell-glass, also plunged in heat. The sooner the 
plants are potted off after they are rooted the better.^^ 

Such instructions to the inexperienced are imperfect and 
unavailing, which, we flatter ourselves, is not the character 
that will attach to the present work. We are well aware 
that there are persons who, to show their own superior abili- 
ties, may cavil and say that there is nothing new. To such 
critics it may be answered, if arranging, simplifying, digest- 
ing and rendering Floriculture attainable by the humblest 
capacity, with useful lists and tables on a plan quite novel, 
as we believe, offer nothing new, it may at least be called 
an improvement. However, we submit all to a generous 
public, to whom we are already under many obligations. 

HIBBERT & BUIST. 
Philadelphia, April ISth^ 1832, 



INTRODUCTION. 



We are again called upon to present to the public the 
fourth edition of this popular work on the Culture of 
Flowers — a taste that is now widely disseminating itself; 
in fact, a knowledge of which is requisite before a refined 
education is completed. We boldly and fearlessly say that 
no country has made such rapid advancement in the art and 
science of Horticulture in so short a period as the United 
States, Wherever the taste prevails, it diffuses a peace and 
harmony among its participants without either symbol or 
mystery. In this edition, a feast of new materials has been 
served up ; entire lists have been canceled and replaced with 
those of newer and finer forms and habits; extraneous mat- 
ter and plants of indifferent character are dropped. The 
great and successful adaptation of Hot water to Horticultural 
purposes is explicitly described, and to those who wish to ex- 
amine the results, we say Come and see.^' A new and dis- 
tinct list of hardy Evergreens has been added, and a new 
chapter on the ever-to-be-admired ROSE, and every im- 
provement in the art up to this present time introduced. 

True, we have not dilated on the wonderful effects of 
ehctricity upon vegetation, nor have we been extravagant 
in the results of guano in the growth of plants. With re- 
gard to the former, the capability of its reduction to general 
practice has yet to be proven — and the latter has to be 

1* 



vi 



INTRODUCTION. 



cautiously used, and even then its beneficial effects are not 
universal. However, it can in a liquid state be used to 
advantage on almost any plant, especially those of strong 
habits, such as the Rose, Geraiimm, Fuchsia, Helwtrojjey 
CJirysanthemiim, &c. To such, the following proportions 
will be very beneficial: 1 lb. of guano to 5 galls, of water; 
after standing 12 or more hours, can be used in the routine 
of watering once a- week or even once in two weeks; but 
to plants that have more delicate and silky rootlets, such as 
Epacris, Erica, Azalea, &c., the liquid must be reduced one- 
half. 

Our descriptions of plants have been conveyed more with 
the view of giving an idea of their character to the general 
reader than an accurate botanical synopsis, which would 
have been known to the botanist alone. All that we have 
described and recommended have, with a few exceptions, 
passed under our own observation, and are such as are 
worthy of cultivation, either for beauty of flower, foliage or 
habit, together with those celebrated in arts and medicine. 
Many may, possibly, have passed unobserved, either from 
their being very generally known or difficult to obtain; but 
in no case has there been suppression from business preju- 
dices. Where the words ^^our collections'' occur, they are 
meant for those of the country generally. 

All our observations have been guided by dint of practice; 
and, although others may differ, this is designedly and pro- 
fessedly given as the result of our own experience. The 
plan laid down is our own routine of culture; the soils are 
those which we adopt; but, at the same time, conceding that 
every art and profession is subject to improvement, and none 
more so than American horticulture. The table of soils was 
originally constructed at the expense of much investigation 
and labor, and has, also, in this edition, undergone consider- 
able improvement. To every one that has but a single plant 



INTRODUCTION. 



Vll 



it will be found invaluable. Although the publications in 
Europe on Gardening and Floriculture are profuse^ yet many 
of their directions^ when practiced in the United States, 
prove almost a dead letter. Not so with their architectural 
and horticultural designs. The estates of the wealthy are 
susceptible of great improvement; they want more of the 
picturesque, and (to use the words of the veteran pioneer of 
horticulture) gardenesque effect, to relieve their premises 
from the monotonous erections and improvements which 
seem to govern all. On culture, a work adapted to the cli- 
mate must (and no other can) be the guide in this country: 
on this account, a work like the present has been a desidera- 
tum to aid the very rapid advancement of the culture of flow- 
ers among the intelligent of our flourishing republic. 

ROBERT BUIST. 

Philadelphia, October ^ 1850. 



TABLE OP CONTENTS, 



PAGE 

Flotter-garden, laying out a 13 

JANUARY. 

Of framing 17 

Of pruning 18 

FEBRUARY. 

Of pruning 19 

Of planting shrubs 21 

Of hyacinths, &c 24 

MARCH. 

Of framing 25 

List of choice annuals for hot-bed .... 26 

rList of choice hardy annuals ...... 29 

Box-edgings 31 

Grass and other edgings .32 

List of hardy biennials ...... 33 

List of hardy perennials 35 

Bulbous roots 47 

Carnations, pinks, primroses, &c. . .... 47 

Auriculas ......... 48 

Ranunculus and anemone 49 

Roses 49 

Roses, climbing ........ 53 

Deciduous, ornamental flowering shrubs ... 53 

Grass-plats and walks 54 

Gravel-walks 56 

JOf grafting 56 



X 



CONTENTS. 



APRIL. 

PAGE 

Annuals ......... 58 

Biennials and perennials 58 

Roses 59 

Hybrid Chinese roses 59 

Select list of Chinese roses 59 

Hybrid roses, striped, spotted, or marbled ... 61 

Perpetual roses ........ 61 

Hybrid perpetual roses .... ... 63 

Grafting roses 64: 

Bourbon roses 65 

Bengal roses 66 

Tea rose , , , 69 

Noisette roses 72 

Musk roses . . .74 

Climbing roses 75 

Microphylla roses '78 

Climbing plants ........ 80 

Deciduous shrubs ........ 83 

Of planting evergreen shrubs ..... 84 

Care of choice bulbs ....... 85 

Anemones and ranunculus ..... 87 

Character of a fine ranunculus ..... 87 

Auriculas 88 

Character of a fine auricula ...... 88 

Carnations, pinks, &c. ...... 88 

Character of a polyanthus . . . . . .89 

Ilcart's-ease or pansy 90 

Gladiolus or sword lily 92 

Jacoboea lily ........ 92 

Tiger flower 93 

Walks 93 

Evergreen hedges 94 

Box-edgings ........ 95 

General care of plants coming into flower ... 96 

MAY. 

Dahlia, propagation of, by cuttings .... 97 

grafting . . . .98 

Dahlias, list of 100 

Dahlia, character of ...... . 103 

Annuals, hardy and tender 104 

Care of hyacinths and tulip 105 

Anemones and ranunculus 105 

Tuberose and amaryllis * . 105 



CONTENTS. xi 

PAGE 

Auriculas, polyanthus, and primrose .... 106 

Double wallflower 106 

General observations . . . ... . 106 

JUNE AND JULY. 

Holland bulbs . . 107 

Autumn flowering bulbs 107 

Carnations and pinks ....... 108 

, laying of .... 109 

Budding roses . . . . . . . . 110 

Of watering 112 

AUGUST. 

Evergreen hedges 112 

Carnations and pinks ....... 113 

Bulbous roots 113 

Sowing seeds of bulbous roots 114 

SEPTEMBER. 

Of dahlias 114 

General care of plants in pots . . . * . 115 

Beds for bulbous roots 115 

General observations ... .... 115 

Sowing and saving seeds 116 

OCTOBER. 

Of planting bulbous and tuberous roots . . . 116 

Of planting and transplanting 121 

Grass and gravel-walks 121 

Planting evergreens 122 

General observations 122 

NOVEMBER. 

Dahlias . ^ 122 

Tuberoses, tigridias, and amaryllis .... 123 

Erythrinas 123 

Primrose, polyanthus, and daisies .... 124 

Choice carnations, pinks, pansies, and auriculas . . 124 

Of protecting plants in the garden .... 125 

Protection of seedling bulbs 125 

Of planting deciduous trees and shrubs . . . 125 

General observations 126 



xii 



CONTENTS. 



DECEMBER. 

PAGE 

General observations 126 



HOT-HOUSE. 

Construction of a hot-house 127 

JANUARY. 

Of firing and fuel 134 

Of watering the plants 135 

Of insects — their destruction ..... 136 

Of cleansing plants, house, &c 139 

FEBRUARY. 

Of insects, &c 141 

Of repotting plants 142 

Of cleansing plants, house, &c 143 

MARCH. 

Of repotting plants 144 

APRIL. 

Hepotting cacti, &c. 145 

MAY- 

Of repotting plants, &c. 146 

Of bringing out the hot-house plants . . . 174 

Succulent plants, as cacti, &c. . . . . » 175 

JUNE AND JULY. 

General observations 176 

AUGUST. 

Hepotting . 177 

Of painting, repairing, and cleansing the house . 177 

SEPTEMBER. 

Dressing the plants 177 

Of taking in the plants , 178 

General observations 178 



CONTENTS, xiii 

OCTOBER. 

PAGE 

General observations 179 

NOYEMBER. 

Of air and water 180 

General observations 181 

DECEMBER. 

Of shutters 181 

Of bulbous roots 182 

General observations 182 

Epiphyte, or air plants 183 



GREEN-HOUSE. 

Construction of green-house 185 

JANUARY. 

Of watering 187 

Camellia japonica . . . . . . . . 187 

Of oranges, lemons, &c 188 

Of cape bulbs 188 

Of hyacinths and other bulbs 189 

FEBRUARY. 

Of oranges and lemons 190 

Of cape bulbs 190 

Camellia japonica 191 

Of shifting 192 

Of cleansing, &c 193 

march. 

Of watering . 194 

Of oranges, lemons, &c. . . . , . . 194 

Myrtles, oleanders, &c 195 

Geraniums 195 

Herbaceous plants 196 

Of cape bulbs, &c. 196 

Repotting 196 

Of enarching, or grafting by approach .... 259 
2 



xiv 



CONTENTS. 



APRIL. 

PAGE 

Watering 261 

Oranges and lemons . . . . . . . 262 

Myrtles and oleanders 263 

Geraniums ......... 263 

Flowering plants . 264 

Insects . .264 

Flowering stocks 265 

MAY. 

Watering 266 

Of bringing out the green-house plants . . . 266 

Eepotting plants . 267 

Camellias 269 

Cape bulbs 269 

JUNE AND JULY. 

General observations . ^ 269 

AUGUST. 

Geraniums 270 

Oranges and lemons ....... 271 

Pruning oranges and lemons . . . . . 272 

Repotting plants ....... 273 

General observations 275 

SEPTEMBER. 

Of watering 276 

Preparing for taking in the plants .... 276 

Stocks and wallflowers ...... 276 

Chrysanthemums 277 

Cape and Holland bulbs 277 

OCTOBER. 

Of taking in and arranging the plants .... 280 

Of repotting . 281 

Camellias 283 

Sowing camellia seed 284 

NOVjiMBER. 

Of air and water 284 

Of tender bulbs 285 

General observations 285 



1 




CONTENTS, 



DECEMBER. 



Bulbous roots 



XV 



PAGE 

286 



ROOMS, 



Treatment of plants in rooms 287 

JANUARY. 

Watering 289 

Of camellia japonica 290 

Of insects, &c 290 

Of bulbous roots in general ...... 291 



FEBRUARY. 

General observations . . . . . . . 292 

march. 

Flowering plants 294 

APRIL. 

Directions for plants brought from the green-house . 295 



Flowering plants 296 

Bringing plants out of the cellar .... 296 

may. 

Cape bulbs .298 

Repotting . . . . . ... . 298 



JUNE AND JULY. 

General observations 298 

august. 

General observations 299 

SEPTEMBER, 

General observations 300 

OCTOBER. 



Of bulbous roots 301 

General observations 302 



Xvi CONTENTS. 



NOVEMBER. 

PAGE 

General observations 302 

DECEMBER. 

Roses 303 

Camellias 304 



CULTURE OF THE GRAPE VINE 

Aspect 308 

On soil 308 

On the propagation of vines 311 

On erections for the support and protection of the vines 

in out-door culture 314 

Of transplanting the vine 316 

On pruning 318 

On manure 319 

Descriptive catalogue of grapes most suitable for open 

air culture 320 



Table of soils 332 

LISTS. 

Hardy evergreens 325 

deciduous trees and shrubs .... 328 



THE 



AMi]RICAN FLOWER GARDEN 
DIRECTORY. 



ON LAYINa OUT A FLOWER aARDEN. 

The Flower Garden is chiefly devoted to the cultivation of 
showy flowering plants, shrubs, and trees, either natives of 
this country or those of a foreign clime : it is a refined ap- 
pendage to a country seat, suburban'' villa, or city resi- 
dence ; every age has had its principles of taste, and every 
country its system of gardening. Our limits do not permit 
us to enter minutely into the details of any of these sys- 
tems; but a few hints may not be out of place to those whose 
design is the laying out or improvement of the garden. 
The Italian style is characterized by broad terraces and parol" 
Hie walks, having the delightful shade and agreeable fra« 
grance of the orange and the myrtle. Terraces may be ad- 
vantageously adopted to surmount steep declivities; and, if 
judiciously laid out, would convert a sterile bank into a 
beautiful promenade, or choice flower garden. 

The French partially adopt the above system, interspers- 
ing it with parterres and figures of statuary work of every 
character and description. When such is well designed and 
neatly executed, it has a lively and interesting efiect ; but 
now the refined taste says these vagaries are too fantastic, 
and entirely out of place. A late writer says of Dutch gar- 
dening, that it "is rectangular formality they take great 
pride in trimming their trees of yew, holly, and other ever- 
2 



14 



ON LAYING OUT A FLOWER GAKDEN. 



greenS; into every variety of form, such as mopS; moons, hal- 
berds, cliairs, &c. In sucli a system, it is indispensable to 
order that the compartments correspond in formality, nothing 
being more offensive to the eye than incongruous mixtures 
of character. 

The beauty of English gardening consists in an artful 
imitation of nature, and is consequently much dependent on 
aspect and locality. It is a desideratum, where wood and 
water can be combined with the flower garden, and the prac- 
tical eye can dispose of an object to advantage by interspers- 
ing shrubbery and walks, that the combined objects form an 
agreeable whole. They are not to be disposed with a view 
to their appearance in a picture, but to the use and enjoy- 
ment of them in real life. 

We will now endeavor to give an explicit exposition of a 
system adapted to our variable climate of extreme heat and 
excessive cold. Where choice of aspects can be obtained, 
preference should be given to a south-east or east; but, if 
not, south or south-west, and, if possible, sheltered by ris- 
ing ground or full grown woods from the north-west and 
north. But to lay down directions for a flower garden is not 
a little difficult, seeing that there cannot be any given .area 
or any description of local circumstances applicable to all 
situations. A good soil is the sure foundation on which to, 
rear the grand floral superstructure, and the most genial is a 
sandy loam : I mean by sandy loam a soil which contains 
from one-sixth to one-tenth of sand ; and if on a gravelly or 
sandy bottom, so much the better. Where the general sur- 
face is gently undulating, it will greatly add to the beauty of 
arrangement • if access to a spring can be obtained, it will 
prove a desideratum in completing the whole : it can be 
available for a fish-pond or an aquarium, or can be convert- 
ed into a swamp for the cultivation of many of our most 
beautiful and interesting native plants, such as Habanaria, 
Lilium, Sarracenia, Dionea, and on the margin of which 
(if partially shaded) can be planted the beautiful varieties of 
Azaleas, and the splendid flowering Ehododendron, which^ 
by the by, are almost entirely neglected in all our floral deco- 
rations. With many, the arrangement of a flower garden 
is rather a matter for the exercise of fancy, than one calling 
for the application of refined taste : true, it may be said 
there is no mathematical law to guide the designer^ so that 



ON LAYING OUT A FLOWER GARDEN, 



15 



if he avoid incongruity of arrangement the end is accom- 
plished. But, in commencing these operations, a design 
should be kept in view that will tend to expand, improve, 
and beautify the situation ; not, as we too frequently see it, 
the parterre and borders with narrow walks up to the very 
household entrance : such is decidedly bad taste, unless com- 
pelled for want of room. For perspicuity, admit that the 
area to be enclosed should be from one to three acres, a cir- 
cumambient walk should be traced at some distance within 
the fence, by which the whole is enclosed; the inferior walks 
should partly circumscribe and intersect the general surface 
in an easy, serpentine, and sweeping manner, and at such 
distances as would allow an agreeable view of the flowers 
when walking for exercise. Walks may be in breadth from 
three to twenty feet, although from four to ten feet is gene- 
rally adopted; and, to have these dry and permanent, those 
that are to be much used should have six to eight inches of 
the bottom soil dug out in a concave manner, and in the 
centre of the concave dig out a trench of about nine inches 
square to form a drain, which may be made with brick or 
filled with rough stone, and the concave may be filled with 
refuse of buildings or broken stone within three inches of 
the desired height, which should be covered with gravel, and 
then firmly rolled with a heavy roller. Where the gravel 
cannot be obtained, sand may be used, mixed with a few 
small stones to bind it, but such needs very repeated rolling. 
Walks, such as described, when completely finished, will last 
for ages; but many will not be disposed to go to such ex- 
pense; to those we say use tanner's bark, which is very 
cheap, and accessible to all. The outer margin of the gar- 
den should be planted with the largest trees and shrubs ; the 
interior arrangement may be in detached groups of shrub- 
bery and parterres. In order that the whole should not 
partake of a uniform and graduated character, it should be 
broken and diversified by single trees planted in the turf, or 
arising in scattered groups from a base of shrubs. In some 
secluded spot, rock-work or a fountain, or both, may be 
erected; the foundation of the former should consist of 
mounds of earth, which will answer the purpose of more 
solid erections, and will make the stones go farther: rocks 
of the same kind and color should be placed together, and 
the greatest possible variety of character, size^ and form 



16 



ON LAYING OUT A FLOWER GARDEN. 



should be studied, the whole showing an evident and well- 
defined connection. These erections generally are stiff, arti- 
ficial, disjointed masses, and often decorated with plants 
having no affinity to their arid location. The undertaking, 
when well completed, will present a field of varied and in- 
teresting study, and more than compensate for the labour 
and expense bestowed upon it. If it is desired that the 
flower garden should be a botanical study, there should be 
some botanical arrangement adopted. 

The Linnean system is the most easily acquired. A 
small compartment, laid out in beds, might contain plants of 
all the twenty-four classes, and a few of all the hardy orders^ 
which do not exceed one hundred. Or, to have their natu- 
ral characters more assimilated, the Jussieuean system could 
be carried into effect by laying down a grass plat to any ex- 
tent above one quarter of an acre, and cut therein small fig- 
ures to contain the natural families, which, of hardy plants, 
we do not suppose would exceed one hundred and fifty. The 
difficulties of this arrangement are, that many of the cha- 
racters are imperfectly known, even to the most scientific. 
(See Professor Lindle}/s Introduction to Botany.) All the 
large divisions should be intersected by small alleys, or paths, 
about one and a half or two feet wide. When there is not 
a green-house attached to the flower garden, there should be, 
at least, a few sashes of fi-aming or a forcing pit, to bring 
forward early annuals, &c., for early blooming. These 
should be situate in some spot detached from the garden by 
a fence of Hoses, trained to trellises, Chinese Arbor vitae, 
Privet, or even Madura, makes excellent fences ; and, when 
properly trimmed, are very ornamental : they require to be 
neatly and carefully clipped with shears every September. 
In the Southern States, Noisette, Bourbon, and China Roses, 
with a profusion of Sweetbriar, would make the most beau- 
tiful of all fences, and could be very easily obtained : a fence 
three hundred feet long would only cost about one hundred 
and twenty dollars. Frames for forcing should be made of 
plank two inches thick, and well put together; the -sash 
should be from five to seven feet long, and from three to four 
feet wide, and filled with six by eight glass. In the fram- 
ing ground should be kept the various soils required for 
plants, and also various characters of manure at all times 
^ ready for use, the whole in regular heaps, and kept free from 



Jan,^ FRAMING. 17 

weeds. Having given these brief outlines of a flower gar- 
den, we now proceed to give monthly directions for planting 
and keeping the same in order. 



JANUARY. 

If the covering of the beds of choice bulbs^ herbaceous 
plants, or tender shrubs, has been neglected last month, let 
it be done forthwith. The season is now precarious^ and de- 
lays are dangerous. For particular directions, see Decem- 
ber. Any bulbous roots that have been kept out of the 
ground, should be planted immediately, according to direc- 
tions in October. Some writers have recommended keeping 
some of the bulbs until this month, in order to have a con- 
tinued succession. Experience will prove the inefficacy of 
the plan, and will satisfactorily show that the difference is 
almost imperceptible, while the flowers are very inferior, 
and much degenerated; and, in place of having ^^along-con- 
tinued succession of bloom,^^ there appear, along with your 
finest specimens, very imperfect flowers, calculated to discou- 
rage the admirers of these ^^gaudy^^ decoratives of our flower 
gardens. Whereas, every art employed should be to the 
advancement and perfection of nature. 

OF FRAMING, &c. 

The plants and roots that are in frames, should be protect- 
ed with straw, mats, and boards, and the frame surrounded 
with litter, or leaves, or, what is more advisable, banked 
with turf — the former being a harbor for mice and other 
vermin. For full directions, see December. Under this 
head, the plants, such as Auriculas, PolyantJius, Daisies, 
Carnations, Pinks, Pentstemons, Campanula pyra7nidalis, 
Douhle rochet. Double stock, or StochgiUi/s, Double Wall- 
fiov^er, Anemone, Ranunculus, &c,, as previously enumerated 
as frame plants, will require very little water, and be sure 
to give none while they are in a frozen state. If snow 

2* 



18 



OF PRUNING. 



[Jan. 



should cover them, the plants will keep in a fine state un- 
der it ; so never remove snow from covering cold frames, 
even suppose it should lie for weeks — nature will operate 
here herself. But when framing cannot he obtained, they 
will, in this latitude, keep tolerably, if gently covered with 
leaves or litter, using means to secure them from being blown 
over the garden. 

OF PRUNING. 

It is not advisable to carry on a general system of prun- 
ing in this month, in whatever state the weather may be. 
The severest frosts, generally, are yet to come, and too fre- 
quently what is done now in this operation has to be repeated 
in the spring, causing, at that time, work to a disadvantage ; 
because, if pruning, when done just now, is accomplished 
judiciously, whatever more is requisite to be done in the 
spring on the same bush will be injudicious. Hence, it is 
far preferable to delay it till the frost is nearly over, when 
all can be done to advantage. There are, undoubtedly, hardy 
trees and some shrubs, that may be pruned and thinned out 
at any time from the first of November to the first of March ; 
such as Crataegus, Sorbus, Spirea, and even Althea, in the 
Middle States ; (the Double white Althea is very tender, 
and requires to be covered.) The tying together the loose 
branches of Juniper, Cedar, and Arbor vitse should be 
particularly attended to, as heavy snow frequently destroys 
the shape of those handsome 'shrubs by breaking down the 
branches, &c. — When the snow is heavy, the precaution of 
shaking it off should be resorted to. In many seasons, the 
beginning of this month is open, and admits of the opera- 
tion of digging in open quarters, which if not done, as ad- 
vised last month, ought not to be delayed. The fruits of it 
will appear in the mellowed state of your soil in spring. 

If there is any spare time, tallies, straight sticks, or stakes, 
may be prepared for summer use. Tie them up in neat 
bundles, which will be of great service during the hurried 
period of the year. An opportunity of this kind should 
always be laid hold of ; the beneficial results will, in season, 
be displayed. 



Feb,'] 



OF PRUNING, ETC. 



19 



FEBEUARY. 

When the borders and various compartments were dug in 
the autumn, and compost, or a thin coating of well decom- 
posed manure given, the advantage will now^ in part, be ex- 
perienced. If the weather is open about the end of the 
month, the pruning should be done with the utmost dis- 
patch, that all may be prepared for a general dressing next 
month, and let nothing be delayed which can now properly 
be accomplished, under the idea that there is time enough. 

OF PRUNING, &c. 

Generally, about the end of the month, the very severe 
frosts are over, and when none need be apprehended that 
would materially injure hardy shrubs, they may be freely 
pruned, and the points cut of such shoots as may have been 
damaged by the winter. Most of shrubs require nothing 
more than to be thinned of straggling, irregular, and injured 
branches, or of suckers that rise round the root, observing 
that they do not intermingle with each other. Never trim 
them up in a formal manner; regular shearing of shrubs^ 
and topiary work, have been expelled as unworthy a taste 
the least improved by reflections on beauty, simplicity, and 
grandeur of nature. 

In fact, the pruning of deciduous, hardy shrubs should be 
done in such a manner as not to be observable when the 
plants are covered with verdure. It may frequently be ob- 
served in flower gardens, that roses and shrubs of every de- 
scription are indiscriminately cut with the shears, the Amor- 
phaSj Viburnums, and Alfheas sharing the same fate. 

RohiniaSy ColuteaSy CytisuSy Rhiis^ Genistas, with several 
of the Viburnums, and many others, bear their flowers on 
the wood of last year, and, when thus sheared, afford no 
gratification in flowering. And those shrubs that thus flower 
on the shoots of last year are perhaps worse to keep in regu- 
lar order than those to which the knife can be freely applied ; 
but good management, while young,. will ensure handsome, 
free, flowering plants. 



20 



OF PRUNING, ETC. 



IFeh. 



Climbing shrubs, and others that are trained against out- 
buildings', walls, or such as are sheltered thereby, and not 
now in danger of suffering by frost, may be pruned and 
dressed. These should be neatly trimmed, and the branches 
moderately thinned out, tying in all the shoots straight and 
regular. Avoid, at all times, the crossing of any shoots. 

There is not a shrub in the garden that agrees so well 
with close cutting as the Alfhea, and all its varieties. These 
can be made either bushes- or trees, and kept at any desired 
height. Where the wood of last year is cut to about two or 
three inches from the wood of the former year, the young 
shoots of the combing season will produce the largest and 
finest flowers, and likewise more profusely. When they have 
attained the desired height, let them be kept in the most 
natural and handsome shape that the taste of the operator 
can suggest. They will bear cutting to any degree. 

Honeysuckles, of every description, may, with all free- 
dom, be trimmed, providing the frost is not very severe. 
These are very frequently allowed to become too crowded 
with wood, and then superficially sheared or cut. The flow- 
ers would be much finer, and the bush handsomer, if they 
were regularly thinned out, divesting them of all naked and 
superfluous shoots. Of those that remain, shorten the shoots 
of last year. Where any of the honeysuckle kind has be- 
come naked at the bottom, and flowering only at the top of 
the trellis, or extremities of the shoots, one-half of the bush 
should be cut to within four inches of the ground. It will 
throw out plenty of fine, young wood, which give room for, 
and train them straight, and to the full extent, during sum- 
mer. These shoots will flower profusely the following sea- 
son, and in like manner, when thought proper, the other 
half can be cut. 

Koses of the hardy kinds (termed garden roses) that were 
not attended to in November, should, if the weather permit, 
be dressed and pruned forthwith. In small gardens, where 
these are generally attached to the walls and fences, neatness 
should be a very particular object. If any of such bushes 
have got strong and irregular, the most proper method to 
bring them to order will be to cut down each alternate shoot 
of the bush to within a few inches of the surface, thereby 
renovating it, and, in part, preserving the flowers. Those 
that are cut down will put out several luxuriant shoots, 



Feb.'] 



OF PLAKTING SHRUBS, ETC. 



21 



which must be regularly tacked in^ spreadiug them in a fan 
shape. These, in another year, will flower well, when the 
others may go through the same operation. Thus, in two or 
three years, the hushes will have resumed' a different and 
more agreeable aspect. By the above treatment, these orna- 
ments of the garden will always have a neat and healthful 
appearance, and the roses will be much finer. Where they 
are intended for the borders, they should never be allowed 
to get too high. In a border from four to six feet, they 
ought never to exceed four feet at the back of the border^ 
and in front one foot, after being pruned ; they can be kept 
down by the above method. It is not advisable to cut down 
rose bushes all at once, unless no regard is paid to flowering. 
The roses that are in grass plats, and interspersed through 
the garden, would have a superior appearance in every re- 
spect, if they were kept and trimmed like small trees. They 
may he of different sizes and heights, according to the dis- 
tance they are from the walk. A single stem may arise from 
six inches to six feet, with a head in proportion to the height 
of the stem. Where it is necessary to have them above two 
feet, and likewise to carry a good head, inoculation must be 
resorted to, which, in the months of July and August, will 
be fully treated of. All under two feet (except the weak 
growing kinds) will do on their own stems, taking care not 
to allow shoots to arise from the bottom during the summer. 
For directions for pruning climbing roses, see March and 
April. 



OF PLANTING SHRUBS, &c. 

As soon as the frost is out of the ground, these should be 
planted, if the soil is not too wet. Where soil is bindings, 
upon no consideration plant it while wet; rather defer it until 
the end of March. 

Trees and shrubs, if they are well arranged, are the chief 
ornaments, give the most pleasure, and afford the greatest 
delight that we enjoy in our gardens. Although they give 
no sort of nourishment, nor produce any edible fruits, yet 
they are particularly grateful, and conducive to our enjoy- 
ments. Our walks in summer would be oppressive, but for 
their agreeable shade; in the fall and winter, we would be 



22 



OF PLANTING SHRUBS, ETC. \^Feh. 



left exposed to the chilling winds, but for the shelter they 
afford. 

Likewise, they produce a great variety of flowers, a varied 
foliage, and are standing ornaments that give no great trouble. 
In the character of screens, they are particularly useful, 
whether to hide disagreeable objects, or as a guard against 
the weather; or, if they are planted in masses at a distance, 
they soon become agreeable objects, frequently very much 
improve the scenery of the place, become objects of utility 
as well as ornament, and, in such case, afford the highest 
satisfaction. When formed so as to exclude offices from the 
view of the house, or for sheltering the latter, or for con- 
necting the house with the garden, orchard, or any similar 
purpose, shrubs are both useful and interesting. 

Where many shrubs are to be planted, the disposing of 
them properly is a matter of considerable importance to the 
future welfare of the whole; and, whether deciduous or 
evergreens be mixed or grouped, that is, indiscriminately 
planted together, or the evergreens planted by themselves, 
as is frequently done, a regular and natural arrangement is 
indispensable for establishing ornament. 

Arranging, no doubt, depends very much on fancy; still, 
there ought always to be plenty of evergreens planted, that 
the whole may be more cheerful in winter. 

If shrubberies were made to a great extent, the scenery 
would be much more varied and characteristic by grouping 
judiciously than by indiscriminately planting. 

However, in small flower gardens and shrubberies, the 
latter has to be adopted. In such places, tall growing kinds 
' should never be introduced, unless merely as a screen from 
, gome disagreeable object, for they crowd and confuse the 
whole. The dwarf and more bushy sorts should be placed 
nearest to the eye, in order that they may conceal the naked 
stems of the others. Generally, when shrubs are planted, 
they are small; therefore, to have a good effect from the be- 
ginning, they should be planted closer than they are intended 
to stand. When they have grown a few years, and inter- 
fere with each other, they can be lifted, and such as have 
died, or become sickly, replaced, and the remainder can be 
planted in some other direction. Keep them always distinct, 
one from another, in order that they may be the better 
shown off. But, if it is not desired that they should be more 



Feh.'\ OF PLANTING SHRUBS, ETC. 



23 



thickly planted than it is intended to let them remain, the 
small growing kinds may he six or eight feet apart ; the larger, 
or taller sorts, ten to twenty feet, according to the condition 
of the soil. 

Thick masses of shrubbery, called thickets, are sometimes 
wanted. In these, there should be plenty of evergreens. A 
mass of deciduous shrubs has no imposing effect during 
winter; and, as this is not the proper season for planting 
evergreens (April, and the end of September, or first of 
October being best), small stakes can be placed in the des- 
tined spot. Planting in rows, or in any plan of a formal 
character, should, at all times, be avoided. 

In planting at this season, observe that the roots are not 
much exposed to the air, especially if the wind be high and 
sharp ; but it is always better, if possible, to defer the busi- 
ness until good, mild weather. According to directions in 
November, the ground will be well prepared, and only re- 
quires a hole dug for the reception of the roots, which must 
be considerably larger, that the roots may not be in the least 
confined. Break the earth well at bottom, put in as much 
as will receive the plant from one to two inches (according 
to its size) lower than it has previously been in the Nursery. 
If any of the roots are bruised or broken, cut them off; 
then place the plant in the centre of the hole, breaking fine 
all the soil that is put in, at the same time shaking the stem 
a little-, that the earth may mix with the roots ; when full 
up, press all the soil down with the foot, that it may, in some 
degree, consolidate about the roots, and support the plant. 
Tall plants should have a good stake for support, and place 
a small bandage between the stake and stem of the shrub or 
tree, where the tie is made, to prevent the bark from suffer- 
ing by friction. Observe, always, before planting, if the 
soil is not suitable, to supply that which is congenial to the 
nature of the intended plant. When shrubs or trees are to 
be carried to any distance, the roots should be carefully kept 
from air, by tying damp moss, straw, or mats about them, as 
circumstances will admit: the success, in part, depends on 
due attention being paid, to prevent the roots drying before 
planting. Although we have given the above directions for 
planting in this month, it will frequently occur that they 
can only be put into practice during the next, as this month 
is often the severest of the season. 



24 



OF HYACINTH AND OTHER BULBS. \_March. 



OF HYACINTH AND OTHER BULBS. 

Towards the end of tlie month, if the weather proves 
favorable, the covering should be partially taken off from the 
Hyacinths, Tulips, and other bulbous roots. It sometimes 
occurs that, by careless planting in the autumn, they are 
thrown above ground by the frost, especially if the ground 
is inclined to moisture, and they not being deep enough 
planted : if such is the case, cover them with decayed leaves, 
old tan, or soil, whichever is most convenient; if not done, 
the sun and air will overpower the bulbs, and although the 
fibres have hold of the ground^ the flowers will be misera- 
bly weak. 



MARCH, 

As soon as the frost is entirely gone, uncover all plants 
or shrubs that have been protected, preserving carefully such 
of the mat-erials as will answer the same purpose next sea- 
son. Cut off all decayed shoots, or such as have been hurt 
by the frost. The Lagerstroemias will flower in greater per- 
fection, if they are pruned closely ; that is, cut the shoots 
of last year to within two or three eyes of the wood of the 
previous year, at the same time having regard to the regular 
and natural shape of the bush. Cut off the injured foliage 
of any of the evergreens that have suffered by the severity 
of the winter, but leave every green part which is essential 
to the support of this kind of plants. It is expected that 
all pruning of the shrubbery is finished ; if not, get all ex- 
peditiously done according to directions given in the preced- 
ing months. All work that can be done in this month 
should not be delayed, such as hoeing, digging, raking, and 
clearing away all leaves and litter of every description that 
have been brought or blown into the garden during autumn 
or winter. 



March'] 



OF FKAMING. 



25 



OF FRAMING. 

Where it is desired to have the more showy annuals early 
in bloom, it is necessary to prepare a hot-bed frame, for the 
purpose of bringing them forward. It is time, about the 
first of the month, to collect and prepare manure for the de- 
sired hot-bed ; and, as that operation, in many instances, is 
very imperfectly performed, a few observations on the sub- 
ject may be useful. 

Take three parts of fresh, hot stable manure, with one 
part of fresh oak leaves. Have a sufficient quantity to make 
the intended bed, or beds, from three to four feet high. 
Shake and mix up both together in a compact, conical heap, 
in order to encourage fermentation. If the weather is cold 
and windy, cover it with straw or leaves and boards, which 
is necessary to produce the desired effect. If fermentation 
soon takes place, it will need to be thoroughly turned over 
in eight or ten days. If any of it has become dry and musty 
from excessive heat, as you proceed, water the affected parts, 
pile all up neatly, and leave it protected in part as before. 
In five or six days more, it will have to be turned again, re- 
peating it until the first extreme heat has been over. In 
neglect of this, the heat, after making up the bed, will be 
vehement for a week or two, frequently destroying the vege- 
tative purity of the soil, and proving destructive to the seeds. 

Allowing the manure to come to a lively heat, having no 
unpleasant, rancid smell, proceed to mark off your intended 
bed, running it east and west, as nearly as possible, measure 
your frame, and allow the site of the bed eight inches, each 
way, larger than the frame : at the corners, place a stick or 
rod perpendicularly. The ground ought to be higher than 
that around it, to prevent water from getting into the bed, 
which, if low, must be filled up; or, if supposed that water 
may lodge there, a little brushwood might be put under the 
manure, which would keep it from being inundated. The 
manure must be built up square and level, shaking, mixing 
and beating it regularly with the back of the fork. When 
you have it to the desired height (from two to three feet 
will be sufficient for annuals), leave the centre of the bed a 
little higher than the sides, thus allowing it more to subside. 
When finished, put on the frame and sash, or sashes, keep 
3 



26 



LIST OF CHOICE ANNUALS, ETC. {^MarcJl. 



them close until the heat arises, covering them at night with 
mats or shutters. As soon as you feel the heat increased, 
give air by tilting the sashes a few inches, to let off the 
steam and stagnated air, observing to close in the afternoon, 
and cover at night. If the heat is violent, about half an 
inch of air might be left during the night. In about three 
days, if all has been properly attended to, the bed will be 
what is termed sweet. Then put in about six inches of fine 
garden soil ; if heavy, mix a little sand with it. Spread it 
level, and, when the soil is heated through, sow in small 
drills, from one-eighth to an inch deep, according to the size 
of the seeds ; cover with very fine, sifted soil. Some very 
small kinds do best when sown upon the surface. When 
sown, give gentle sprinklings of water until they come up, 
when it will be necessary to give air freely during the day, 
to prevent them from being weak, or damping oflf, which 
many of them will do if they have not air regularly admitted. 

A LIST OF CHOICE FLOWERING ANNUALS ADAPTED 
FOR SOWING ON A HOT-BED. 

Alyssum calycina, white, fragrant. 
Argeratum Mexicanum, blue-flowered Argeratum. 
Asclepias curassavica, swallow wort, orange and red-flowered. 
Aster Chinensis, China Aster, or Queen 3Iargarets, in great 

variety. The late imported German and Italian Asters 

are of extraordinary beauty. 
Balsamina hortensis, Balsam, commonly called Ladies^ 

Slipper. 

Browallia alata, upright blue and white Browallia. 
Cacalia coccinea, scarlet Cacalia, or Venus' Paint Brush. 

sonchifolia, orange Cacalia. 

Calandrinia discolor, rosy purple, very pretty. 

Celosia cristata, Coxcomb, two varieties^ red and yellow. 

Centaurea Americana, American Sultan. 

suaveolens, yellow sweet Sultan. 

Clarkia elegans, elegant rose-colored Clarkia. 

pulchella, showy purple Clarkia. 

alba, white flowered Clarkia. 

Cleome grandiflora, large lilac flowering spider plant. 
Clintonia elegans, elegant blue Clintonia. 



« 



3Iarch.'] list of choice annuals, etc. 27 

Collinsia bicolor, two-colored Collinsia. 

• heterophylla, lilac and white. 

Commelina coelestis^ blue flowering Commelina. 

Dianthus Chinensis^ China pink, many fine double varieties. 

Gomphrena globosa,^red and white globe Amaranthus. 

Hibiscus manihot, large yellow Hibiscus. 

Africanus major, buff Vith black centre. 

Helichrysum bracteatum ) n t 

^ 7-7 ^ Yellow everlastmo:. 

JLeranthemum iucidum J ^ 

T 1 1. r Rose-colored flowers like the 

Lophospermum erubescens, ) -Pk- v v £t t i r 
^ ^ ^ J Dimtalis, a nne climber tor 

scandens, ] P ^ 

^ (_ arbors. 

T ^ L 'L' { Orano;e red; an interesting:, climbino; plant, 
Loasa latentia, < ° • \li i. ?i 

^ ( blooming throughout the season. 

Malope alba, white flowering Malope. 

grandiflora, large red flowering Malope. 

Mathiola annua, all the varieties of ten week stocks should 

be industriously cultivated, and seed sown also in 

April and May for autumn blooming. 
Maurandia Barclayana, blue flowering, ( Climbing plants 

semperflorens, pink flowering, I for pillars, trel- 

alba white, ^ (_ lises or arbors. 

Mesembryanthemum. 

crystallinum, Ice plant. 

Mimosa pudica. Sensitive plant, 

Mimulus Wheelerii, Monkey flower, yel- ^y.^^ ^^^^ 
low and crimson, )- laces 

Smithii, Smithes yellow and red, j ^ 

roseus, rose-colored, J 

Petunias of variety, a beautiful genus of plants, of every 
variety of color, from deep purple to pure white, 
blooming from June till /rost; the seeds are small 
and require to be very lightly covered. 

Phlox Drummondii and its varieties of crimson, rose, lilac, 
and white. 

Portulaca splendens, splendid purple-flowered Purslane. 

Thorburnii, yellow. 

alba, white. 

elegans, crimson. 



Thellusonii, red-flowered. 

Salpiglossis picta, atropurpurea, &c., delight in a cool situ- 
ation. 



28 



LIST OF CHOICE ANNUALS, ETC. {_Ma7-cJl. 



Scbizanthus retusus, orange-colored ^ j^.^^ ^ ^j^j^ 

bchizanthuS; | - _ . - 
pinnatuS; calico Scliizan- V 



a cool and partial- 
ly shaded situa- 
tion. 



thus, 

And a few other varieties, 

Shortia Californica, yellow Shortia, very profuse flowering. 

Tagetes, Marigold, the new varieties of the French are 
very pretty — they like rich soil and plenty of moist- 
ure. 

Tropaeoluin aduncum, Canary bird flower, a beautiful climber. 

atrosanguineum, crimson Nastur- 

tium. '.Climbing 

Thunbergia alata, bufl" with black centre. ^ plants. 

• alba, white-flowered. 

aurantiaca, fine orange. 

Yerbena Defiance, Robertson's, bright scar- 
let. 

Queen, pure white. 

Beauty, supreme bright rose. 

Perfection, pale-blue with white. 

Polkii, dark crimson purple. 

Triumphant, crimson. 

Seeds may be obtained from the above, although they 
cannot be relied upon to produce the same colors. 
Yinca rosea, Madagascar Periwinkle, Thrive best in awarm^ 

alba, white flowered Pe- > dry situation, with 

riwinkle, j ^^^^ 

Zinnia elegans, splendid Zinnia. Very showy plants, and 



A lovely family 
of pretty and 
profuse flower- 
ing plants, gen- 
erally of a pro- 
cumbent habit. 



coccmea, scarlet, 
alba, white, 
pauciflora yellow. 



do best when they 
are well supplied 
with water. 



Though the above will bloom much earlier by being sown 
on a hot-bed, yet where that convenience cannot be obtained, 
they will all succeed treated as hardy annuals. 

After sowing, if the weather be clear, the sun acting on 
the glass will produce a too rapid evaporation of the moist- 
ure of the soil, and may otherwise afi*oct seeds but thinly 
covered, which must be guarded against by shading with 
mats for a few hours during bright sunshine. In giving 
water, it ought always to be about milk-warm, and passed 



March.] 



HARDY ANNUALS. 



29 



through a fine rose^ to prevent the stems being broken or 
bruised. Weeds must be drawn out as soon as they ap- 
pear. 

HARDY ANNUALS. 

Many annual plants, though of short duration, are pos-^ 
sessed of much beauty of hue and elegance of form : they 
are farther valuable from their adaptation in filling up va- 
cant spots through the flower garden or parterre. They are, 
besides, of easy culture, many requiring nothing more than 
to have the seeds sown in the spot where they are to grow. 
The first sowing may take place about the end of the month, 
when the ground is prepared and the weather fine ; but avoid 
it at all times when the ground will not pulverize properly. 
Ttie neatest and most expeditious method is to take a rod 
about one foot long and one inch in diameter, rounding at 
the end, with which draw a circle from four to nine inches 
in diameter, and from one-eighth of an inch to an inch deep, 
according to the size of the seeds. Many very small seeds 
will grow best, if sown on the surface of fine mould. When 
sown, cover with fine mould, placing a small twig or tally, 
with the name, in the centre of the circle to prevent mistakes, 
either in sowing, planting, or hoeing. When they have 
grown from one to two inches, the first moist day should be 
taken to remove such as are too crowded, which can be gene- 
rally transplanted to some other situation* taking care to 
shade them a fev/ days, with flower-pots, or some other 
substitute. A few kinds do best with removing, such as 
Balsams, China Asters, Marigold, ten week stocks. Hibis- 
cus, Zinnias, and several others of a free-growing and 
strong-wooded nature. Annuals are such plants as grow from 
seed, flower and perfect their productions, and then die with- 
in one year. The following sorts are well deserving of cul- 
ture : — 

Adonis miniata, Flos Adonis or Pheasant's ej^e, red. 
Amaranthus caudatus, Love lies Bleeding, red and yellow 
variety. 

hj^pochondriacus, Prince's Feather, red. 

N - 



30 



HARDY ANNUALS. 



\_Marcli. 



Amarantlius tricolor; three-colored Amaranthus should be 
sown on rather poor soil — on rich soil it has 
little beauty. 

Brachycome iberidifolia, fine dark blue. 

Brugmansia Waymeria, double-flowered^ large and showy. 

Centaurea moschata, purple sweet Sultan. 

cretica, white sweet Sultan. 

suaveolens^ yellow sweet Sultan. 

Collinsia grandiflora, blue Collins' flower. 

Convolvulus, minor, dwarf blue Bindweed. 

Calliopsis bicolor, formerly Coreopsis tinctoria, or Fair Eye; 

a very gay plant, and flowers best when sown 
in October. 

Drummondii, yellow calliopsis. 

Crepis rubra, red Hawkweed. 

aurea, golden Hawkweed. 

Delphinium ajacis, Bocket Larkspur, many varieties, all sfl- 
perb, and do best to be sown in rich ground 
in October. 

consolida, branching Larkspur, various colors. 

Euphorbia variegata, variegated Euphorbia. 
Eschscholtzia crocea, Orange. (Now cliryseis?) 

Californica, yellow. 

Erysimum Perowfiskyanum, bright orange. 
Gilia tricolor, three-colored Grilia, ") 

capitata, blue-colored, y Bloom all summer. 

Achilleefolia, large blue, 3 

Heliophila Araboides, blue sun love, very pretty. 
Hieracium meutabilis, changeable Hawkweed. 
Helianthus Californicus, superb double dwarf sunflower. 
Iberis amara, white Candytuft. 

umbellata, purple Candytuft. 

violacea, violet Candytuft. 

odorata, white sweet-scented Candytuft. 

Ipomoea quamoclit, Cypress vine, the seed will grow freely, 

if soaked two or three hours in hot water. 
alba, white. 

Lathyrus odoratus, sweet Pea, of many varieties. 
Leptosiphon densiflorus, dense-flowered Leptosiphon. 
Loasa lateritia, orange-colored Loasa, a climbing plant. 
Lupinus, many varieties; they rec^uire to be partially shaded 
from hot suns. 



March.'] BOX edgings. 31 

Malope grandiflora; scarlet Malope. 
alba, white. 

Mirabilis jalapa, marvel of Peru, maDy varieties. If the 
roots of this plant are lifted in October, and placed 
in a dry cellar, free from frost, and planted out next 
April, they will bloom much finer. 
Nemophila insignis, or blue Grove Love, a pretty dwarf 
plant, requiring rich soil and a half-shaded 
situation. 

atomaria, white with black spots. 

maculata, spotted, beautiful. 

Nigella Damacene, Love in a mist. 

Hispanica, Spanish, blue and brown. 

(Enothera, or tree Primrose ; many varieties of the annual 
species produce their flowers in much greater perfec- 
tion, if planted or sown in poor soil. To this, ansi- 
loha, sinuata, and tetrajptera are exceptions, as they 
flower the finest in a rich, light loam. 

Papaver Marseillii, double white poppy, edged with red. 

■ — gigantea, large Dutch poppy. 

Phlox Drummondii, many colors; a superb article, and 
blooms from May till October. In dry situations, it 
is apt to die ofi" unless partially shaded. 

Reseda odorata, Mignonette; to have it in perfection the 
whole season, there should be a sowing in May and 
July. It delights in a rich, loamy soil. 

Tournefortia heliotropoides, summer Heliotrope. 

Yiscaria oculata, violet viscaria. 

Viola tricolor, Pansy or Hearths-ease, require very rich soil, 
and should be shaded from hot sun ; if sown early in 
the season, they will flower profusely in the autumn. 

For other varieties of Annuals, see list adapted for hot-bed 
sowing. We have omitted many not agreeing with our cli- 
mate, or those very common ; for such, we refer our readers 
to the lists published annually by respectable seedsmen. 

BOX EDGINGS 

May be planted any time this month, or beginning of 
next, which in most seasons will be preferable. We will 



% 



32 



GRASS AND OTHER EDGINGS. [^l\Iarcll. 



give a few simple directions how to accomplish the work. 
In the first place^ dig over the ground deeply where the 
edging is intended to be planted, breaking the soil fine, and 
keeping it to a proper height, namely, about one inch higher 
than the side of the walk ; but the taste of the operator will 
best decide, according to the situation. Kake the surface 
even, and tread it down with the feet, or beat it with the 
spade. Where it gives most, continue to add, keeping the 
surface at the desired height. If the edging is to be in a 
direct line, either on a level or inclined plane, you may be 
correctly and simply regulated by making the desired level 
at each end of the line. Take three rods, about four feet 
long each, having a piece of one foot to cross at one end, 
two of these pieces painted black, the other white. Have a 
black one at each end of the line on the level ; take the white 
one for the centre, going along the line, and, about every 
twenty feet, level a spot to the exact height, which will be 
seen by looking over the top of the rods from one end. 
Having found the level, drive in a peg to it, so that no mis- 
take may occur; beat and level between them, leaving a 
smooth surface. This being done, strain the line, and with 
the spade proceed to cut out the trench perpendicularly on 
the side next the walk, six, eight, ten, or twelve inches deep, 
according to the length of the plants. Afterwards take the 
plants, and cut the tops even, with the knife or shears, at the 
same time shortening the roots. Then with the left hand 
next the line, plant forward, keeping the tops of the plants 
level, and from one to two inches above ground, keeping the 
plants close, according to the required thickness. Put in 
the earth as you proceed, and tread it firm, then rake the 
surface even, and with the spade beat it smooth. If the 
weather sets in very dry, the box will be the better of a few 
waterings. Sometimes boxwood is planted without roots, 
but it seldom gives satisfaction; not growing equally. 



GRASS AND OTHER EDGINGS. 

Grass verges for walks and borders, although frequently 
used, are by no means desirable, except where variety is re- 
quired; they are the most laborious to keep in order, and 
at best are inelegant, and the only object in their favor is 



March,'] 



HARDY BIENNIALS. 



33 



their being everywhere accessible. Iris humilis, Viola tri- 
color^ thyme, Sea Pink (Stattice Armeria), Mignonette, 
Phlox subulata, and Phlox procumbens, all make tolerable 
edgings. In the Southern States, Euonymus Japonica, kept 
closely sheared, will make a very handsome green edging. 



HARDY BIENNIALS. 

Biennial plants are such as are of two years' duration. 
Being sown this year, they flower, seed, or fruit next year, 
and soon after decay : the seeds should be sown about the 
end of this month or beginning of next, either in the spot 
where they are to remain or a compartment by themselves, 
regularly marked, and to be transplanted in May or Septem- 
ber. When they appear above ground, thin them out dis- 
tinctly, that, when they are to be removed, a little earth may 
adhere to them : and, if sown where they are to stand, leave 
only three or four plants in each patch. The following list 
are a few of the free-blooming and more elegant sorts : — 

Agrostemma coronaria. Rose Campion, blooms all summer. 
Althea rosea. Hollyhock, and all its varieties, very showy in 

July and August. When any very desirable variety 

is procured, it can be multiplied by dividing the root. 
Antirrhinum majus. Snap-dragon, and its varieties, require 

to be protected during winter with a few leaves or 

litter. 

Cantua coronopifolia, flowers in August and September, 
beautiful scarlet, delights in dry, gravelly soil. 

Ipomo]C)sis elegans. 



Campanula media, dark blue Canterbury 
bell, 

Campanula media, semi-pleno, half double [ Bloom in June 
Canterbury bell, ( and July. 

Campanula media, alba, white Canterbury 

bell, _ J 

Campanula thyrsoides. 

Cheiranthus cheiri. Wall-flower, should be protected by leaves 

or boards during winter. 
Digitalis purpurea, purple Foxglove. 
alba, white Foxglove. 



34 



PERENNIALS. 



\_Marcli. 



Digitalis guttata^ spotted Foxglove. 
Dianthus barbatus, Sweet William pink. 

coccineus^ crimson pink. 

fl. pi. double-flowered; the double sorts 

can be propagated by layings same as 

carnations. 

Gerardia purpurea, purple Gerardia, ^^atives of 

flava, yellow Grcrardia, V this coun- 

quercifolia, spotted flowered Gerardia, ) try. 

Hedysarium coronarium, red-flowered French Honeysuckle. 
Humea elegans, scarlet Humea, flowers in June and Sep- 
tember. 

Lunaria biennis, Honesty, various colors ; not beautiful, but 

curious in seed. 
Qilnothera corymbosa, dwarf Evening Primrose. 
Papaver nudicaule, naked-stemmed yellow Poppy. 
Scabiosa atropurpurea, musk-scented Scabious. 
Silene multiflora, many-flowered Catch-fly. 

There might be many other beautiful biennial plants enu- 
merated, which are justly considered worthy of attention ; 
but most of them do not withstand the severity of our win- 
ters, although very much prized in England. 

PERENNIALS. 

In every flower garden, there ought to be a good selection 
of these plants. They are lasting ornaments ; and, when 
judiciously selected, will give yearly gratification. In mak- 
ing a choice, a view should be to have those that flower 
abundantly, are of free growth, beauty, and continuation of 
bloom. It would go beyond our limits to give an extensive 
description of any, but a few remarks on some of the finest, 
with their names, are indispensable. 

Adonis verndlis is a fine border flower, and will grow in 
any common soil ] flowers large, yellow-rayed, having in the 
rays about twelve petals ; leaves much divided ; blooms in 
April and May. 

Anemone^ Wind-flower. Several fine species, with flowers 
from one to three inches in diameter, very celebrated in Eu- 
rope, though succeeding poorly with us except in cool lati- 



March.^ 



PERENNIALS. 



35 



tudes. A. alpina, large white. A. japonica, rosy purple. 
A. palmdta fidre-pleno, yellow ; A. sfelldta versicolor, various 
colored ; A. pavonhia /Idr^epI en o, scarlet j A. narcissi-flbraj 
white. Any of these are very desirable. 

Antirrhinums J Snap-dragon. All the varieties of A. 
mdjus are esteemed in the flower borders ; the pure white^ 
bright red. rich crimson, and variegated are very showy. 
A few of the species, A. mdlle and A. siculum, where there 
is variety required, deserve a situation. The flowers are 
all large, and similar to the snout of an animal. 

Anthericum lilidsiriim, St. Burnos Lily, is an excellent 
liliaceous plant, with orange-yellow flowers, blooming in June, 
July and August, and will grow in any common garden 
soil. 

Asclepias. The finest of this genius are native plants, 
and are highly esteemed in Europe, but frequently rejected 
with us, because they are wild plants. A. tuberosa has 
beautiful orange flowers, and delights in dry situations. A. 
rubra, A. nevia, A. purpurdscens ; and A. incarndta are 
the finest of the family. It is best to plant A. tuberosa in 
October. 

AcomtumSj "Wolfsbane, one hundred and twenty-eight 
distinct species, with several varieties. Many of them are 
of consequence and beauty; the flower-stems rise from one 
and a half to six feet upright, and strong, furnished with 
many palmate and digitate leaves, terminated by spikes of 
blue, yellow, or white flowers, similar to a hood ; hence 
the name of Monk's Hood is often applied to them. They 
are scarce in collections ; but, in a few years, we have no 
doubt but many of them will be plentiful. The finest 
species are A, sp)ecibsum, A. sieboldii, large dark blue, A. 
pyrenaiacum, branching blue. A, napellus, A. venustum, A. 
pyramiddle, A. lycotonum, A, versicolor, or variegatum, and 
A. grandiflorum. They flower from May to September, 
and will grow in any common garden soil. The roots of A. 
napellus are like small turneps, and are poisonous. They 
like a little shade and rich soil. 

Bellis perennis hortensis, Daisy. We might almost say 
with another, Every one knows the Daisy.''' It is named 
from being pretty, and is perfectly hardy, though generally 
kept under cover. They delight to have a shaded situation 
during summer, to protect them from the sun, which, as it 



36 



PERENNIALS. 



[March, 



were, scorches the roots. There are many double varieties 
in the gardens, which flower early. The one called Crown 
or Carnation Daisy is twice the size of the common varie- 
ties, and has white and red petals alternately and very 
double. Loamy soil, inclined to moisture, is best adapted 
to their growth. 

Campdmda. This genus affords very many ornamental 
plants for the Flower garden and Shrubbery, and they flower 
superbly during the summer, agreeing better with our cli- 
mate than with that of Europe. Many have two successions 
of flowers, C. persicifblia alba plena ; C. perdcifdlia coerulea 
pUno ; C urticifoliaj white. Of this last, there is also a 
double variety. C. specibsa ; C. glomerata ; C. versicolor , 
with several others, are worthy of a situation in every garden. 
Their roots are strong, fleshy and fibrous. They are easy of 
culture, and will retain their situation in the severest of our 
winters. C. grandiflbra is now Walilenjjergia grandiflbra. 
It has superb large blue flowers, stems are slender, and should 
be supported as soon as they grow. 

Cheirdntlius Cheiri vulgaris is the common garden Wall- 
flower. There are about ten varieties of it, all admired for 
their various colors and ' agreeable odor. The common 
variety survives the mildest of our winters. The most 
esteemed variety is liocmdntliusy Double bloody. They 
should all be protected by a frame. C. mutdhUis is a be^iu- 
tiful species ; it has many shades of color, from lilac to dark 
purple. The flowers are on extending racemose spikes ; 
blooming from April to June ] it requires a light rich soil ; 
is a half-shrubby evergreen plant. 

Chelone. This genus belongs entirely to this continent, 
and possesses many fine species. It is a matter of astonish- 
ment that they are not more cultivated and sought for in 
our collections. C. gldhra ; C. ohliqua ; C. harhdta; C, 
airopurpurea ; C pulcMlla ; and C. specibsa ; are all 
handsome, and flower from May to September ; corolla large, 
ringent, ventricose ; flowers in spikes or panicles. 

Cliri/sdntliemums. There are few of this genus of any 
consequence as herbaceous plants, except the varieties of 
C. sincnse, of which there are about ninety, all desirable ; 
but in small gardens, where there is a deficiency in room, 
the following are select in color and quality : Admiration j 
yellow ; Celestial^ pale blush ; Coronet ^ white ; Defiance^ 



March.'] 



PERENNIALS. 



3T 



lemon yellow y King, pale rose ; Perfection^ lilac ; Queen, 
blush ; TriumpTiantj buff and white ; Win. Penrij large 
creamy white, yellow and red ; Indica ruhra, very dwarf 
early red ; Angelina j rose ; Beauty ^ lilac ; Empress, pink ; 
Napoleon, crimson ; Mrs. Cope, crimson purple ; Mrs. Cam- 
erson, bronze. To grow these in perfection, they require rick 
light soil; and about the end of this month the roots should 
be lifted, divided, and planted into fresh soil, either by giving 
them a new situation, or changing the earth they were in. 
Two or three stems together are quite sufficient. The flow- 
ers, by the above treatment, will be much larger, more 
double, and finer in color ; where they are wanted to grow 
low and bushy, top them in June, but not later than the 
first of July. Where the soil is rich, and the plant having 
only one stem, by topping it, makes a beautiful bush. They 
are in flower from the first of October until severe frost; 
thus beautifying our gardens at a season when they would 
be destitute of one single attraction. If the season be dry, 
to water them with liquid manure will add to their vigor. 
They are all natives of China, and greatly esteemed by the 
Chinese, who only allow a few blooms to come out on the 
top of each stem, thereby having the flowers much finer. 

Within these few years, hundreds of varieties of this 
winter flower have been produced from seed in Europe; 
many of them very superb, having more luxuriant foliage 
and greater diversity of color. 

Cldmatis, Virgin\s-bower. A few species are good herba- 
ceous plants, of upright growth and blue flowers, C. integri' 
folia ; C. angustifolia ; and C. erScta ; they grow best ia 
light soil. 

Coreopsis, chiefly native plants, and free-flowering; color 
principally yellow ; flowers rayed. C. tenuifblia, C. verti- 
cilldta, C. discolor J and C. tripteris, are the finest of the genus, 
and will grow in any common garden soil. 

Delphiniums, There are some showy border flowers of 
these, of strong growth. The leaves are much divided ; the 
flowers in terminal spikes ; color blue, purple, pink, white 
and yellow, with various shades. D. grandiflorum^ and its 
varieties, are the best of the genus. D. intermedium, and 
its varieties, D. eldfum., Bee Larkspur, from the ringent 
part of the flower being very like a bee, and D. montd- 
rami, are good varieties, and easily cultivated. When the 
4 



38 



PERENNIALS. 



IMarch. 



plants become large, they ouglit to be divided, and planted 
in fresh soil. The;^ are in bloom from May to September. 

Didnthus. Some of the species of this genus are the most 
prominent of the flower garden, not only for their beauty^ 
but also their fragrance, which is peculiarly grateful^ especially 
in the well-known and celebrated Pink and Carnation, with 
the Sweet William, which was esteemed in the days of ol(J 
^^for its beauty to deck up the bosoms of the beautiful, and 
garlands and crowns for pleasure/^ The finest species are 
I), harhdtus and D, harbdtus plhiOy Sweet William; D, 
discolor; D. chlnensis ; D. alpinus; D. superbiis ; D. 
caryojpliylluSj from which have originated the Picotee and 
the Carnation ; B. plumdrlus] from which originated the 
Double Pink. Several of these, although they will stand 
the severest cold, have to be protected in frames during 
winter, to have them in the perfection of beauty. For the 
character of a Pink and Carnation, see Mai/. 

Dlctdmnus. Two species of this genus, D. fraxinella and 
D. dlhitSj have been cultivated and esteemed upwards of two 
hundred and forty years. A plant of the first of these spe- 
cies, when gently rubbed, emits an odor like that of lemon- 
peel; and when bruised emits a balsamic scent, which is 
strongest in the pedicles of the flowers. They have glands 
of a rusty color, that exude a viscid juice, or resin, which 
exhales in vapor, and in a dark place may be seen to take 
fire. Its flowers are red, those of the other white, in 
loose terminal spikes; the flower has flve petals, clawed 
and unequal, with glandular dots ; in bloom from May to 
July; delights in sandy loam. 

JDodecdtheon. This is a native genus, and commonly 
called American cowslip. The generic term, a name of the 
Eomans, signifying twelve gods or divinities, is applied with 
great absurdity to a plant, a native of a world the Romans 
never saw nor load any idea of; neither resembling in any par- 
ticular the poetical fancy of their writers. The most admired 
species is I), media; the flowers are in umbels, on a pedicle, 
from six to twelve inches high ; the corolla is rotata reflexa, 
color light purple, bottom of petals lake and yellow; bloom- 
ing in May. The white variety is very much esteemed, and 
surpasses the preceding. The ground is pure white, the 
bottom of the petals the same as the other. There is also 
a spotted variety found on the banks of the Missouri. They 



MarchJ] 



PERENNIALS. 



39 



delight in brown loam^ a half shady situation, inclining to 
moisture. The foliage soon decays after flowering. 

Dracocejphalum^ Dragon's Head, about twenty species, 
mostly ornamental. D. virginicuon is a profuse blooming 
plant, with bluish-pink flowers, and grows about four feet 
high. D. argunense is a superb dwarf, with large dark blue 
flowers. 

Eupatoriums, These generally are native plants, not 
worthy of notice here, except for two species. E. ccelesti- 
num has syngenesious flowers in flattened panicles, color 
fine light blue, blooming from September to November, 
desirable for its beauty at that season. E. aromdticum may 
be cultivated for its spfcy odor ; flowers white, in loose 
terminal panicles ; blooming from August to October. Either 
of them will grow in common soil. 

FunMaj Japan Day Lily, three species, all beautiful. F. 
coeriiUaj with blue flowers. F. japdnicaj pure white, and 
F. variegata^ with striped leaves and flowers. F. laurifo- 
lia, early blue. This genus has been separated from Heme- 
Tocdllis. 

GentidnaSj a genus of very showy plants, and flower in *^ 
great abundance. The flowers are tubular and inflated; 
color generally blue. A few species are yellow, and 
some white ; flowers in whorls, terjiiinal or solitary. They 
grow best in a light rich soil. G. Mlea, G. purpurea^ G. 
septemfida, G. acaulis is a pretty dwarf growing species, 
the flower dark and light blue ; interior of the corolla spot- 
ted ; has a succession of flowers from April to June. These 
are fine exotics, but may give place to our native species, 
such as G, Cateshsei ; G. ochroleuca ; G. incarndta ; with 
several others, and G. crindta^ which is a biennial, and finely 
fringed; color light blue. 

Glum. There are only four species that are worth culti- 
vation, namely, G. quillyon^ once G. coccineum ; G. splen- 
denSj G. Wicea, and G. Jiyhridum. G. urhdnum is some- 
times cultivated for its roots, which, when chewed, sweeten 
the breath. They are all of easy culture. G. qiiellyon and 
sp>lendens flower from May to October, and are very desirable 
plants for the borders, and much esteemed in Europe. 

Hemerocdllis, Day Lily ; three species, H. fulva, II. gra- 
minea, and H. Sieholdii, flower well, and are remarkable 
among the border flowers for their large yellow or copper- 



40 



PERENNIALS. 



IMarch. 



colored corollas, some of them about six inches in diameter ; 
bloom from May to July, and will grow in almost any soil. 
There is a plant known in our gardens as £[. coerulea^ which 
is FunMa coerulea^ and has a campanulate corolla, with a 
cylindrical tube; flowers in spikes; leaves ovate, acumi- 
nate. 

Hibiscus. There are several herbaceous species very 
showy and handsome, H. palustris ; H. roseus ; H. militd- 
ris J H.specidsus; H. grandiflbrus ; and H. pungens. They 
grow best in moist situations, and where these are not to be 
had, give them plenty of water, and plant in sandy soil 
enriched with decayed leaves. The flowers are about six 
inches in diameter, flowering up tne stem, either solitary or 
in small bunches. H. specidsus is the most splendid, and 
deserves a situation in every garden. The roots in winter 
ought to be covered with litter, tan, or saw-dust; but a 
better method is to lift them, and put them in the cellar, 
covered with dry earth, and kept from the frost. All the 
above-mentioned species are improved by being protected 
during winter. 

Iris, Flower-de-lis, has many fine species of various shades 
and colors, I. suhiflora^ L nejpaUnslSy I. Pallasii^ I. jpdlliday 
I. crisidta, L arendinaj I. /urcdta, I. germdnica, I. floren- 
tina, I. vernGj and Z susidna. The last is the finest of the 
herbaceous species ; the flowers are very large and curiously 
spotted with brown ; it stands the severest of our winters 
■unprotected. The root of I, florentlna is the orris root of 
the druggists^ They are all of easy culture in any loamy 
soil inclining to moisture. The bulbous species will be 
treated of in Scptemher or October. Corolla six-petaled, 
three erect and three reclined alternately ; proceeding from 
spathes or sheaths with flowers in succession. 

Lmtris is a genus of native plants, containing several fine 
species, L. squcirrdsGy large purple heads of beautiful flowers; 
L. elegons ; L. jjoniculdta. L. macrdstacliyay now L. spicdfa, 
is a fine large growing species. They have syngenesious 
purple flowers in long close spikes, difiering from other 
spiked flowering genera by blooming first at the extremity. 
They grow best in strong heavy soil. 

Lychnis. Three species are very desirable in the flower 
borders. L. clialcecl6)iica has bright scarlet crowned flowers; 
the double scarlet variety is splendid ; there is also a double 



March.'] 



PERENNIALS. 



41 



white variety ; L. fulgens and Ij. flds-jbvis. They ought to 
be frequently lifted and planted afresh^ or they will dwindle 
to nothing. The best time is when they begin to grow. 
There is a plant known in our collections as Lyclmis flds- 
cuciXli, ragged Eobbin or French Pink, which is now Agros- 
temma flos-cucidi ; it is a fine and showy border plant with 
double red flowers ; a double white variety of it has been re- 
cently introduced of the same character, with the additional 
quality of blooming the whole season. They delight in a 
light rich soil. 

Li/tlirums. A few species flower well, and have small 
pink blossoms in great profusion, L. aldtum^ L. vmjdtuniy 
L. diffusum, L. roseum, and L. lanceoldtum. They will 
grow in any common garden soil if not too much shaded ; and 
flower from June to September. 

Mlmixlus, Monkey-flower. A few species may be culti- ^ 
vated. They will grow in any soil or situation. 3L liiteus and 
M. rividdris are the best. 3L mosclidtus has a very strong 
musk scent, to many agreeable. The former two have large 
gaping flowers, of a golden yellow, and beautifully spotted 
with purple in the interior ; they all grow in moist situa- 
tions. 

Ilondrdas, a fine native genus, and showy. The foliage of 
several of the species is aromatic, and resembles mint. 3L 
didi/ma has long scarlet ringlet flowers, in headed whorls; 
M. kalmiana^ flowers very long, and a beautiful crimson,, 
with fragrant leaves. M. Russelliana has red and white 
flowers; curious and handsome. 31. punctata has yellow 
and red flowers ; they grow in any common soil. 

MatMola is the generic of the Stock-gilly. None of them 
will survive severe -winters in this latitude; yet many of 
them are indispensable in the flower garden. 31. slmpU- 
edulis, Bromp ton-stock and its varieties, with 31. incdna, 
Queen-stock, and its varieties, require the protection of a 
good frame in winter; and about the end of this month, or 
beginning of next, plant them in good, light, rich soil to 
flower, which they will do all summer, if attended to vfith 
frequent supplies of water. 31. diinua has about forty vari- 
eties, valuable for flowering the fiVst year from seed, and _ 
are all annuals. They ought to be sown on a gentle hot-bed 
about the first of this month, and carefully pricked out so as 
they may be ready to transplant about the end of April or 

4^ 



42 



PERENNIALS. 



[^JMarcTi. 



the first of May. Plant them in light^ rich soil^ and they 
will flower profusely through the season ; if it is very dry, 
they must be watered to keep them growing. The scarkt, 
white, and purple varieties are the finest ; but there are many 
intermediate sorts, all handsome. M. glabra is the Wall- 
flower leaved stock, and requires the same treatment as the 
former two. There are about twenty varieties of this, all 
various in color. In planting any of these into the open 
ground, choose cloudy weather, except they have been in pots ; 
in such case, plant at any time in beds, or detached groups, 
through the borders, keeping each kind separate. 

(E)iotheras. The most of them are indigenous, and in 
Europe they afford a continual ornament to the flower gar- 
den from April to November ; but in our gardens they are 
entirely neglected. By rejecting these and many others, our 
flower gardens are deprived both of much beauty and inte- 
rest they might easily possess. The herbaceous sorts delight 
in light, rich soil. (E. odordta, sweet-scented; dJ. ma- 
cwcdrjxi; CE. mldla ; (E. lati/Iora ; CE. Frazerl] (E. spc- 
cidsa f (E. missouriensis, and (E. pallida; are all fine, 
native, herbaceous plants, mostly with large yellow, four- 
petaled corollas; in bloom from May to September. 

Phlox J another American genus, and one of the most 
handsome in cultivation. It consists of elegant border flow- 
ers, valuable for flowering early, and during the whole sea- 
' son, even till frost. While the majority of plants blooming 
late in the season are generally syngenesious, with yellow 
flowers, these delight us with their lively colors of purple, 
red, white, and striped. A collection of them, properly at- 
tended to, would of themselves constitute a beautiful flower 
garden. It will be difficult to state which are the finest; but 
the following are select varieties: P. alba kcnnosinCj white 
rose-eye; hlanc de XeuUli/j pure white; captivatwii, dark 
rose; C7u7r/t\^, blush ; divarlcCiia, hlxxe ) longiflbraj white; 
odordfa, fragrant red; prostnita, creeping; Princess Man'- 
auncj striped; specibsa, dark crimson; speciosissinia, rosy 
lilac; subuldta, dwarf pink; Van Eouftii) striped. In the 
spring of 1831, an eminent British collector * exclaimed, on 
seeing a patch of P. subuldta in one of the pine barrens of 
New Jersey, ^'Tlie beauty of that alone is worth coming to 



* ]Mr. Diuiiinioiul. 



PERENNIALS. 



43 



America to see ; it is so splendid/^ Most of the species de- 
light in a rich^ light, sandy loam. "When the plants become 
large J they ought to be divided, and planted in fresh ground. 

Primulas, Primrose. To this genus belong the celebrated 
Cowslip, Oxslip, P^nmrose, and the esteemed Auricula, 
The double varieties of Primrose have originated from P. 
viilgdris. These are such as carry their flowers on separate 
pedicles, rising from the root on a small stem. The double 
varieties are desirable for their beaut}^, but require the pro- 
tection of a frame during winter. They are in color red^ 
white, yellow, lilac, purple, and crimson. P. elatior is the 
Oxslip, from which all the Polydntliuses have been grown. 
They are in variety innumerable, and are those whose flow- 
ers are in umbels, on a scape or flower-stalk, rising from three 
to nine inches. The rules for judging of their merits are 
wholly artificial, agreed on from time to time by florists. 
The one that is the leading beauty this year would, in a few 
years, be far in the rear. The principal character is that 
the corolla is not notched or fringed ; the colors pure and 
distinct, not running into one another; the tube small; the 
eye round, and a little prominent. Being surrounded with 
white, and the ground purple, is a fine character. P. auri- 
cula. From this the highly esteemed varieties have ori- 
ginated. The culti\;iited auricula has many admirers, both 
for its exquisite beauty and fragrance. For the criterion of 
a fine flower, see April. There are several other species 
worthy of a situation, such as P. cortusoides, P. clenfifldra, 
P. suaveolensj P. decora ^ with P. scotica and P. farinbsa, 
both small, neat species. A shady situation agrees best with 
them ; and they require loamy soil, free from any kind of 
manure, except it be fully decomposed. The leaves of P. 
veris have been recommended for feeding silk-worms. 

Plumbago Larpantea, Lady Larpants, Lead-wort, dark- 
blue, flowering from July till frost; a very great acquisition 
to the flower garden ; will require to be covered in winter in 
the Eastern and Northern States. 

Potentillas are similar to the strawberry in habit and ap- 
pearance. P. nejmUiisisj or forinbsa, has rose-colored flow- 
ers; P. atropurpurca ) P. Russellidna, scarlet; P. Hopwoodi- 
ana, bufi* and scarlet ; and P. spUndens, yellow, with superb 
leaves. These are the finest of the genus, and flower from 
May to September. It will be well to protect them with a 



44 



PERENNIALS. 



[MarcL 



few leaves or litter during the severity of winter ; they de- 
light in light soil. 

Sapondrla officinalis, and S. o, plena, are fine free flow- 
ering, dwarf plants ; the color is pink in both double and 
single varieties. The roots run under ground, and care 
should be taken to keep them within bounds ; they flower 
from June to October. S. coespitbm is a neat growing spe- 
cies, of a rose color. They will grow in any soil. 

Silene. Several of this genus are popular annuals, but 
the herbaceous species are very indifferent. S. viscdsa and 
S. viscdsa fibre plena are frequently cultivated for their 
beauty ; they will grow well if not too much shaded. 

Saxifraga, above one hundred species. Many of them 
are beautiful plants fpr rock-work. They are regardless of 
cold, but will not generally withstand much moisture. A 
few of them are highly deserving a situation in any garden. 
S. hirsiitum and S. crassifblia are used in some countries 
for tanning. S. granuldta multiplex has fine, double, white 
flowers, and is desirable. S. umbrbsa, London-pride, makes 
a beautiful edging for a flower border ; the flowers are small, 
but, on close examination, its colors are unrivaled. It is 
sometimes called ^^none so pretty.'' >S^. sarmentbsa is kept 
in the green-house, but is perfectly hardy, and makes a fine 
plant in a shaded situation, and will grow where grass and 
other plants generally die. We have no doubt that it would 
make a good fancy edging. S. pulchella and S. pi/rami- 
ddlis require protection; these are easily cultivated, and 
flower in spikes from May to July. 

Spireeas. A few species are showy plants, and continue 
flowering from May to September. S. ulmdria multiplex. 
Meadow-sweet, has sweet-scented, white flowers, in long 
dense spikes. S. fillpendula milltiplex, Drop-wort, double 
white. S. lobcita is a native, and has fine rose-colored 
flowers, and blooms in June and July ; aS^. japdnica, beauti- 
ful dwarf white ; these are the finest of the herbaceous spe- 
cies, and will grow in any common garden soil. 

Stdtice, Thrift. A genus containing many fine herba- 
ceous plants ; only a few of them are common in collections. 
The finest of them are scarce, and said to be ^^bad to culti- 
vate.'' S. vulgaris, once Armeria vulgaris, is a valuable 
plant for an edging, and does well in our climate, flowering 
in great profusion from May to July. When done flower- 



March.'] 



PERENNIALS. 



45 



ing, the stems should be cut off. The foliage is an agTeea- 
ble evergreen ; the plant increases rapidly, and in a few 
years may be planted to a great extent. S. sjpecibsa has red 
flowers^ crowded in spreading panicles. S. tartdrica has 
also very showy flowers^ and is now given to the genus Tax- 
dntJiema. S. latifblia and S. raariCxma are the finest. T, 
latifblia and T. conspicua deserve attention. They should 
be lifted every alternate year^ and sunk deeper into the soil^ 
because they incline to grow out^ and are sometimes during 
summer killed by the drought. Hence they are said to be 
bad to cultivate.^^ 

Veronica^ Speed-well. This genus consists of about one 
hundred and twenty species of herbaceous plants, besides 
several varieties. The flowers are in long, close spikes, white, 
flesh-colored, or blue ; they are generally of the latter co- 
lor. Above sixty species are equally fine, and, being gene- 
rally of the same character, the catalogue at the end of this 
work will contain the best selection that we can make. Very 
few of them are in the collections of the country, although 
they are very showy, and flower from May to August. They 
will grow in any soil, but will not flourish where they are 
much shaded. V. officinalis has been used in Germany and 
Sweden as a substitute for tea. Some prefer Y. chamsedrys 
for the same purpose. 

Yalerianas. Several species are showy border plants, 
with small flowers in large close flattened panicles. F. dioica 
is remarkable for having the stamens and pistils in separate 
flowers, situated on different plants ; the flowers are of a 
blush color. Y. jpJiu, a large growing species with white 
flowers, and Y r libra, with its varieties which bloom all the 
season, are the finest of the genus. They are now given to 
Centrdnthus, They are all easy of culture in common garden 
earth, but preferring moist shady situations. In flower from 
May to September. 

Yiola, a genus consisting of upwards of eighty species of 
low pretty plants, of great diversity of color and foliage. 
Many of them are natives, and well worth a situation in our 
gardens. They mostly delight in sandy loam, and a little 
shade. A few of the species grow in moist situations. 
The most esteemed varieties for fragrance are, F. odordta 
purpurea pUna, double purple, F odordta alba plena, double 
white, the double Neapolitan and the monthly Double purple. 



46 



PERENNIALS. 



[^Marclu 



They flower very early, and make good edgings, where they 
are kept in order ; flowering profusely from April to June, 
and again in autumn. 

Yucca J Adam's needle. This is a very showy and orna- 
mental genus ; their character forming a picturesque contrast 
in the flower garden ; foliage long, narrow, lanceolate, and 
stifi'; with white campanulate flowers, about two inches in 
diameter, in conical spikes from two to four feet long, arising 
from the centre of the plant, containing frequently from two 
to four hundred florets. They are principally native plants. 
Y. stHcta, Y. superhay Y aloilfdlia, Y angmtifblia^ Y (jlori- 
osa, Y. recurvifdUaj and Y. filcimentbsa, are all fine species, 
and will grow in any common soil. When in flower, if pro- 
tected from the sun by an awning, they will be of considera- 
ble duration. There are variegated varieties of stricta and 
aloifblia^ which look very handsome in foliage, but are at 
present very rare, and it will be a number of years before 
they are plentiful. There ought, at least, to be one specimen 
of each in every garden. 

We have given the names and characters of a few her- 
baceous plants, all or most of them easily obtained, many of 
them extremely handsome, and such as agree best with 
transplanting at this season of the year ; for several others, 
such as Paebnias, or any other strong tuberous or bulbous 
sorts, see October. Where they are in pots, they can be 
planted at any time, the weather permitting, provided the 
ball of earth is not broken. But where they are only to be 
removed, the best time is in October or November, or just 
as vegetation commences in the spring. That herbaceous 
plants may look to the best advantage, and flower well, they 
must not be allowed to get into large stools ; but, as soon 
as they are above one foot in diameter, they should be di- 
vided. 

Very frequently, those who perform this operation take 
the spade, and cut a piece ofi* all round, which, to a degree, 
improves the look of the plant ; but this is only half justice. 
It should be lifted entirely, fresh soil given, or removed a 
few feet, and planted a little deeper than it was before, as 
the plant tends apparently to grow out of the soil when al- 
lowed to stand long. If the weather becomes dry shortly 
after transplanting, give them a few waterings, until they 
have taken fresh roots, which will be within two weeks. 



MarcJi.'] 



CARNATIONS AND PINKS. 



47 



Color should be diversified through the garden as much as 
practicable, and the highest growing sorts planted farthest 
from the walk, so as all may appear in view. At all timeS; 
avoid crowding plants together. 

BULBOUS ROOTS. 

About the middle of this month, let the covering of taS; 
sawdust, or decayed leaves be cleared from the beds of such 
as were directed to be covered in November; afterwards 
carefully stirring the surface among them with a kind of 
wooden spatula, or wedge, breaking the surface fine ; then 
dress all the alleys smooth and neat with the hoe and rake, 
clearing away every particle of litter. When the leaves of 
Tulips are expanding, they frequently become entangled so 
much that the force of growth breaks the foliage ; if there 
are any appearances of this at any time, they should be set 
right with the hand. In early seasons, these roots will be far 
advanced, and perhaps one night of frost, unexpectedly, 
might materially injure them. When there is any suspi- 
cion of cold weather, hoops should be spanned across the 
beds, so that the necessary mats or canvas could in a few 
minutes be placed over them, to ward off danger. Protect 
the finest sorts from heavy drenching rains, and give them 
small neat rods for support as they grow up. If the rods 
and tyings are painted green, the effect will be improved. 
These directions equally apply to Narcissus, Jonquils, IriS; 
and all Holland Bulbs. 



CARNATIONS, PINKS, PRIMROSES, &c., 

Which have been protected by frames through the winter, 
must have, at all favorable opportunities, plenty of air ad- 
mitted to them by lifting the sashes, and in fine mild days 
and nights, the sashes may be taken entirely off. Divest 
them of all decayed leaves, and stir up the earth on the sur- 
face of the pots ; those that are intended to be planted in 
the garden may be set to one side, while those that are to be 
kept in pots must be more strictly attended to. Of these 
the Pinks and Carnations should be repotted about the first 



48 



AURICULAS. 



of the month. Those that have been kept in four inch pots 
should be put into pots of seven inches, and those that are 
in five inch pots may be put into eight inch. Give a gentle 
watering after repotting. Pinks do not require the pots so 
large, but the same treatment in every other respect. Where 
the extremities of the leaves are decayed, cut them off, with 
any other decayed leaves: the pots must be well drained 
with shivers or fine gravel. Give them plenty of air, other- 
wise they will be weak in growth. 

Primroses and Daisies may be planted out in shady situa- 
tions : the sun destroys them during summer if exposed. 

AURICULAS. 

These beautiful and highly interesting plants are, to a 
great degree, neglected in our collections. It cannot be from 
want of beauty or fragrance that they have not attracted our 
attention, for they are exquisite in both. We are rather in- 
clined to think that those who have them do not give them 
the treatment they require yearly to perfect their bloom. 
They should now have the surface earth taken off about half 
an inch down, and fresh soil added, which will cause them to 
put on fresh fibres about the upper part of the roots, and 
greatly increase their growth. The frame in which they are 
placed should now face the east, as the sun will be too strong 
for them ; and about the end of the month turn it to the 
north. The glass of the frame may be white-washed, which 
will partially shade them from the sun, that being their de- 
light. Give them water sparingly until they begin to grow, 
and never water them over the foliage previous to flowering, 
as water injures that fine mealy-like substance found on many 
of the sorts, and which so greatly improves their beauty. 
Defend them, therefore, from rain and high winds. To have 
them flower strongly, only one flower stem should be allowed 
to grow. The first one that shows is generally the best. 
At all events, leave the strongest, and cut off all the others, 
or only nip off the flower pips, which answers the same end. 
Never keep the sash off during the night, in case it rain 
before morning. 



March.'] ranunculus and anemone 



I — ROSES. 



49 



RANUNCULUS AND ANEMONE. 

The frames of Eanuculus and Anemone must have plenty 
of air^ and give frequent sprinklings of water. The sashes 
or shutters should be taken entirely off every mild day, and 
in fine nights leave them exposed to the dew. Stir the earth 
among them, breaking it fine, and making all neat and clean. 
They require liberal supplies of water after they begin to 
grow. 

ROSES. 

This is the most favorable month for planting all kinds 
of garden roses, which must be done as soon as the weather 
opens, and the ground in a proper state. The earlier they 
are planted the more perfect they will flower. Never delay 
planting when there is an opportunity; for, if delayed until 
the leaves are expanded, the bloom will be much weakened, 
and the probability is there will be no flowers, and the 
plants meet with a premature death. It has been said, 
There is 9, particular advantage in planting some every ten 
days, even to the middle of May 5 for the flowering of them 
may be retarded in this way, and the bloom of these delight- 
ful shrubs continue for a much longer period.^^ One mo- 
ment's reflection will convince us that nature, while in her 
own element, will not be retarded, suppose there was no 
danger of instantaneous death to the plants. The artificial 
means that might be judiciously adopted, with which we are 
acquainted, to keep back the blooming of hardy plants, is to 
lift them as soon in spring as is practicable, put them in 
boxes of earth, and then place them in the dryest part of an 
ice-house, until the desired time of planting, which may be 
delayed as long as the required time of flowering. This will 
be found a true method of retarding the flowering of roses 
especially, and not going counter to the rules and principles 
of nature. There are many beautiful varieties of the garden 
rose in cultivation, the names of the finest of which we will 
give in the following catalogue : — 



African black, very dark crimson, compact and very double. 
Belle amabile, fine dark red, large and double. 
5 



50 



ROSES. 



IMarch. 



Baron de Stael, bright cherry color^ globular^ large' and 
double. 

Belle Hebe^ large purplish red^ cupped^ doable and fine. 

rouennaise, a very superb rose^ with red centre and 

blush edge. 

Belgic or Dutch Provins, red, with very large flowerS; cup- 
ped and extra double. 
Bouquet de Lisle, spotted. 

>^ 1 1 -T) . C Fine rose, very lar^e, globular, 

Cabbage Frovms, or ) i i j ° ^ i 

5r 7 • ^ j-i, -n I, i pendular, and extremely 
Centifolia oi the French, J double 

Delicious, rosy color, large compact and double. 
Don Solo, shaded and spotted. 

Edinberger, violet purple, very compact and most perfectly 
double. 

Grandis royal, deep pink, large, expanded and double. 
Ilarrisoni,"*' bright yellow, cupped, small and semi-double. 
Helen, light pink, very large cupped, and fine. 
Imperial blush, delicate blush, expanded, large and double. ' 
Isabella, blush pink, very profuse, cupped and double. 
King of Rome, deep red, very large, compact and exquisitely 
double. 

La Belle Augusta, shaded blush and white, expanded and 
double. 

— ville de Bruxelles, bright rose. 

Leonore, purplish red, very compact, imbricated, and double. 
Madam Hardy, pure white, large, globular and exquisitely 
double. 

Plantier, pure white, very profuse. 

Moss rose,"}" delicate rose, globular and perfectly double. 

Compte di Montmorency, pale blush. 

white, old white, expanded and double. 

white bath, or Clifton, white moss, fine white cupped 

and double. 

* This Rose, with a " Florist's privilege,'' has been sold for the 
yelloiv sivcdbrier. It is also called Hogg's Yellow Rose. 

f It has long been questioned whether the Moss Rose was a dis- 
tinct species, or merely a seminal variety of the Provins Rose. I per- 
fectly agree with the latter opinion — for in June, 183G, I saw in my 
nursery a plant of the Moss rose with a large shoot that had sported 
back to the Provins Rose, and entirely destitute of moss on either 
shoots or buds. We have no faith in black and yellow Moss Roses ; 
all we have seen for such have jjrovcd false to. their character. 



MarcJt,'] 



ROSES. 



51 



crested moss or 
crested Provins, 



Moss crimson or Damask, very bright rose, expanded and 
double, and very mossy. 

This is not properly a moss rose, 
but has a curiously mossy calyx 
that envelops the bud — pink^ 
globular, and double. 
Luxemburg, bright red, compact and double, 
panache, frequently striped, 
perpetual red. 

white, blooming in clusters. 

unique de Provence, white. 



Negritina, pink, very compact, imbricated and double. 
Nonpareil, rosy red, compact and perfectly double. 
Oillet parfait, striped like a carnation. 
Perlet des panaches, striped rose and white. 

red, see red Provins. 

white, see white Provins. 

Prince de Joinville, bright rose, large, expanded and finely 
double. , 

Prolific blush, changeable blush, expanded and double. 

Provins cabbage, see Cahhage Provins. 

Queen of violets, violet color, compact, cupped and very 
double. 

of E-oses, beautiful rosy purple, imbricated and double. 

Caroline, fine changeable red^ cupped and double. 

Sweetbrier, single pink. 

■ celestial, blush, Jine double flowered. 

Swiss Eose, large pink, expanded, and profusely double. 
Unique or white Provins, pure white, very large, globular, 

and double, superb. 
Unique striped, often is perfectly white, and merely a sport 

from the former. 
Vandal carmine, compact, imbricated, and double. 
Village Maid, or Belle liubine, striped. 
Violatum, violet purple, expanded and double. 
Yellow Persian, the finest yellow rose groicn. 

We mention these as fine ; but, among several thousand 
cultivated varieties of the garden rose, there must be many 
of equal, if not surpassing beauty; of Rosa sjyinostssima, 
there are about five hundred varieties ; Posa galUca, two 
hundred ; E. cenfi/dlia^ one hundred and fifty ; P. damas- 



52 



ROSES. 



chic, above one linndrcd ; 7?. aJha, fifty ; R. rulnginbsa, 
thirty ; and of various sorts above eleven Imndred. In seve- 
ral individual collections of Europe, there are cultivated 
above fifteen hundred species, sub-species, and varieties. 

When planted, they are too frequently crowded indiscri- 
minately among other shrubs, which prevents them having 
the elfect they would have if planted singly or grouped. 
The}'- vary in size, in difierent sorts, from one to ten feet. 
When planted in the latter method, they should be assimi- 
lated in size of leaves and manner of growth, with the great- 
est variation of flower ; or, if planted in small patches, each 
distinct in color, will hav^ a very picturesque effect. Another 
desirable and fanciful method is to plant them in figures, 
with edgings of wire, willow, or any other substitute, in 
imitation of basket-work, which is called "baskets of roses;'' 
the ground enclosed in the basket margin to be made convex, 
which will present a greater surface to the eye ; the strong 
shoots to be layered, or kept down by pegs in the ground, 
having the points of the shoots only to appear above the soil, 
which should be covered with moss. With this treatment, 
in a few years the whole surface of the basket will be covered 
with rose buds and leaves, of one or various sorts. If two 
or three of the larger growing sorts are taken, such as Moss 
or Fro V ins J they may be trained so as to cover a surface of 
several square yards. 

A modern invention in the cultivation of the rose is to 
grow them in shape of trees, by budding on strong grow- 
ing kinds at different heights from the ground, according to 
taste, and the purposes intended. If budded on Bosa cd- 
nina, or Dog Hose, they are much more valuable : it is a last- 
ing and strong growing stock; and the worst of all stocks is 
the Boursalt rose, and it is too frequently resorted to, being 
easy of propagation. Thc}^ will form in a few years hand- 
some round heads, which will flower more freely than by 
layers, or trained on their own stalk. They are particularly 
desirable among low shrubs. When planted, they should be 
well supported by strong rods, to prevent the wind from de- 
stroying them. If any of the roots have been bruised in 
lifting, cut off the bruised part with the knife, and likewise 
shorten the young slioots; breaking the earth well about 
their roots when planting. The rose has been an esteemed 
shrub among all civilized nations. The flowers are double, 



March.'] ornamental flowering shrubs. 53 

semi- double, and single; the colors are pink, red, purple, 
white, yellow, and striped, with almost every shade and mix- 
ture ; the odor universally grateful. This plant is cultivat- 
ed in every garden, from the humblest cottager to the loftiest 
prince, and by commercial gardeners in Europe extensively, 
for distilling rose water, and making the essential oil -of roses. 
They delight in a rich loamy soil, and require plenty of 
moisture while in a growing state. Those sorts which throw 
up numerous suckers should be lifted every three or four 
years, reduced, and then transplanted. When thus removing 
them, avoid, as much as possible, exposing their roots ; and 
when newly planted, mulching is of considerable advantage ; 
that is, putting half rotten stable-manure on the surface of 
the ground round their roots, which prevents evaporation, 
and keeps up a constant moisture. If this were done in 
general to our roses in dry seasons, it would greatly improve 
their flowering. For Chinese and other roses, see next month. 



CLIMBING ROSES. 

This is the best time to prune ever-blooming climbing 
roses, such as Chamjpney^ Noisette^ &c. Many of these, 
when allowed to grow year after year without pruning, be- 
come unsightly : they never bear flowers on the old wood, 
that is, wood of three or four years. Having a tendency to 
throw out young shoots from the bottom of the stem, the old 
wood should be cut out, thus encouraging the young wood, 
which the second year bears the most and finest flowers. 
In severe winters, the extremities of the shoots are frequent- 
ly killed, and we have often seen all the wood black or brown, 
and apparently dead. When that is the case, it is best to 
leave it until they begin to grow, which will show what is 
dead or alive, when they can be pruned to better advantage. 

DECIDUOUS ORNAMENTAL FLOWERING SHRUBS. 

The earlier the j)lanting of these shrubs is attended to in 
this month, the more will their growth and flowering be pro- 
moted, having all finished before the buds begin to expand. 

5"^ 



54 



GRASS PLATS AND WALKS. [MarcTl. 



(For kinds recommended^ see list, end of the volume.) They 
should never be planted too thick; but leave space for them 
to grow as they respectively require, and according as they 
are designed for open or close shrubberies, clumps, or thick- 
ets. Have all in readiness, that it may be done with as 
much expedition as possible, to prevent their roots from 
being dried by the sun and wind in time of planting. 
Make the holes intended for their reception round, capacious, 
and deep enough to hold their roots, without confining them 
in the least, and loosen well the bottom, putting new and 
fresh soil under tl\eir roots, breaking and pulverizing it dur- 
ing the operation, and frequently shaking the plant as you 
progress in filling up. When done, make all firm with the 
foot, leaving a circular cavity to hold the water they will 
require during dry weather. Give rods, and tie with bands 
all that need that support before they are left, lest they 
should be neglected. Cut off any of the bruised roots or 
irregular growths of the branches. 



GRASS PLATS AND WALKS. 

A most wonderful renovator of grass plats may be found 
in Guano. Take at the rate of one pound to twelve square 
yards, mix it with double the quantity of sand, and before 
rain in April or May, sow the mixture over the grass ; in a 
few days, its effects will be seen. Where grass lawns are 
poor, and of a pale yellow color, about four hundred weight 
to the acre, mixed with sand, plaster, or dry earthy will effec- 
tually restore them to a luxuriant verdure. 

Eake and sweep off from these all litter, and worm-cast 
earth, and give an occasional rolling to settle the ground, 
and render the surface smooth, where the scythe is to be used. 
The grass will likewise grow better by rolling it where the 
frost has partially thrown it out, and add greatly to its beau- 
ty. Cut the edgings with an edging iron or spade, so that 
the whole will have a finished appearance. If any new turf 
is required to be laid down, this is a very good time to do it, 
before vegetation is strong; as the turf that is now laid will 
have taken root before the dry season commences. Where 
a great extent is to be done, sowing might be adopted ; but 
it will not have the effect of turf under three years, and dur- 



MarcliJ] GRASS plats and walks. 



55 



ing that time must be. carefully cut^ after the first season, 
every three weeks, while growing; nor must it be too fre- 
quently walked upon. White clover and true perennial rye- 
grass are the seeds most proper for sowing. The ground 
must, in the first place, be all equally made up, and leveled 
with the spade and rake ; not cart-loads of soil laid down 
and leveled,^^ which would finally become very uneven, and 
would need to be lifted and re-laid next year. The best turf 
is that of a close-growing pasture or common, free from all 
kinds of weeds or strong roots, and the grass short. To cut 
it expeditiously, be provided with a turfing-iron ; but if that 
cannot be conveniently had, a spade may do very well. Strain 
aline tight, cutting the turf lengthwise, at equal distances, from 
twelve to eighteen inches. Next draw the line across, cut- 
ting from one and a half to two feet ; then cut them up with 
the spade, about one and a half inch thick. In laying, join 
them close and alternately ] when done, beat them firm with 
a level wooden beater, and roll with a heavy roller. 

Grass walks, in the last century, were very popular ; but 
time having put them to the test, they are found unfit for 
walking upon or using in any manner, almost for one-half 
of the year ] therefore, not answering the purposes intended. 
They require great attention to keep them in order ; and if 
not always neat and clean, they are a disagreeable object in 
a garden ; but, when they are well dressed, their effect is very 
enlivening. Where they are desired, prepare the ground 
as above directed ; making the walk a little higher than the 
adjoining borders, to prevent the earth from being washed 
on it by the rain. Allowing the walks to be six feet wide, 
make the centre five inches higher than the sides, or about 
seven-eighths of an inch to the foot whatever the breadth may 
be, which will form a gentle declivity to throw off the rain. 
When laid, beat and roll it well; cutting the edge neat and 
even. Water frequently if the weather sets in dry. To keep 
grass walks or plats in order, they should be mown once 
every three or four weeks from May to September, and the 
grass each time swept clean off. When the grass is allowed 
to get long before being cut, the roots become tender, and 
die when exposed to the sun ; at last the grass is all in spots, 
and in another year requires to be re-laid. 



56 



GRAVEL WALKS — 01^ GRAFTING. {^MarcJl. 



GRAVEL WALKS. 

A practice once existed of turning these into heaps, or 
ridges during winter, to destroy weeds, &c. But this has 
almost been given up as unnecessary, unsightly, inconve- 
nient, and not doing any material service. 

Where the surface of these has become foul, irregular, or 
mossy, they had better be turned over four or five inches 
deep where the gravel will admit of it ; but if not, hoe and 
rake them perfectly clean, give a new coat of gravel, and 
pick up any stones that you think too large ; then give them 
a good rolling, applying it frequently after showery of rain. 
T^hen they are well attended to just now, they will look 
well all the season ; but if neglected, they take more labor, 
and are never in such good condition. 

Fancy-edgings of Thijme, Thrifty Lavender^ and Violets — 
(^Daisies may be used if the situation is shaded). The whole 
of these may be planted by the line with the dibber except 
Thjjme, which lay as directed for Box. See this month, 
under that head. Anytime in this or beginning of .next 
month will answer to make edgings of these ] and if dry 
weather occurs before they begin to grow after planting, 
they must have frequent waterings until they have taken 
fresh root. Thyme requires to be dressed twice during the 
season to keep it in order. 

OF GRAFTING. 

There are four methods of grafting. It can be applied to 
all kinds of shrubbery, choosing a common species from the 
same genus that the sort belongs to, which is intended to be 
multiplied. The one we will describe is icliip or tongue 
yraftingj which is the preferable and most expeditious plan 
with all deciduous shrubs or trees. The stock upon which 
it is performed must be slender, from two-thirds of an inch 
to any diameter suitable to the thickness of the graft. Having 
headed the stock at a clear smooth part, slope it on one side 
with a sharp knife at a very acute angle, make a slit on the 
lower side of the slope about an inch downward, to receive 
the tongue or wedge of the graft or scion. Secondly, having 



April'] 



EEMARKS ON OARDENING. 



57 



the prepared scions cut into lengths of three, four or five 
ej^es, take one which matches the stock in size, and slope 
the bottom of it so as to fit the stocky that the rinds of both 
may correspond exactly, especially on one side and at bottom ; 
make also a slit upward in the graft, like that in the slope of 
the stock, so that the one may be inserted in the other as 
evenly and completely as possible. Let the graft be carefully 
held in its due position, while a bandage is applied. Take 
strands of Kussian mat, and bind them in a neat manner 
several times round the stock and graft. Lastly, cover the 
joint with well-worked clay; coat from half an inch below 
the bottom of the graft to an inch above the top of the stock, 
and to the thickness of half an inch all round ; finish it in 
an oblong globular form, taking care to work it close, that 
no air may penetrate. If the clay is covered with mosS; it 
will partially prevent it from cracking. 

The grafts will have taken when they begin to grow freely : 
then the clay may be broken off, and the bandage loosened, 
and put on again, but not so tight as formerly; give the 
drafts a stake for support, tying them thereto to prevent 
accidents from the wind. Allow no shoots to arise from the 
stock. 



APRIL. 

The ambition of every amateur and gardener, during this 
month, is to be at the head of every department, and over 
every spot. The operator's activity, in this month, almost 
regulates the whole season. Every weed ought to be cut 
down as soon as it appears, and the proverbial saying will be 
realized, A garden that is well kept is easily kept;^^ one 
hour of laborious industry now will save two in the heat of 
summer. A wet day need cause no loss of time : prepare 
rods, bands, and tallies, to be in readiness when required. 
Many, in the height of bustle, never finish properly as they 
proceed, which is the worst of practices. Every operation 
ought to be completely and properly finished before another 



58 



BIENNIALS AND PERENNIALS. \_ApriL 



is taken in hand, which will ultimately prove the quickest 
and best method to work upon. 

Let digging, hoeing, and raking be done as expeditiously 
as strength will allow, that the time may be devoted, for a 
few weeks, to the beautifying of the garden and parterre, by 
sowing and planting. 

ANNUALS. 

Those that are tender and were sown last month, according 
to directions, will be ready to prick out into another glass 
frame. Keep them a few inches apart to let the air circu- 
late. Give them frequent sprinklings with water, and shade 
them with a mat for a few days, until they have taken fresh 
root ; then give them plenty of air, and by the first of next 
month, expose them, night and day, to harden the plants for 
the open ground. A few of the annual seeds, of every de- 
scription, and of every country and climate, may be sown any 
time after the middle of the month. If the season prove 
favorable, they will do well ; but reserving a part to sow 
about the 15th of May, will guard against every extreme. 

BIENNIALS AND PERENNIALS. 

Any biennials that are intended to be removed, and not 
done last month, must not be delayed longer. The roots of 
many of them will be very strong, and, if possible, a cloudy 
day should be chosen for the operation. Give one or two 
copious waterings, and, if necessary, shade them from the 
sun till they begin to grow. 

Perennials. — For a limited description of several genera 
and species, see last month. Where dividing the root or 
replanting is required, let it be done forthwith. If the wea- 
ther is dry, they must be carefully watered and shaded for 
a few days. 



ApriLli 



HYBRID CHINESE EOSES. 



59 



HOSES. 

The subject of garden roses was touched upon last month, 
as far as our limits would admit. We will now give short 
descriptions of the other varieties of Roses that are of more 
delicate character — and, for distinction and perspicuity, we 
will give them under the various divisions to which they 
belong. 

HYBRID CHINESE ROSES. 

All the varieties of this fine division of Roses owe their 
origin to the Chinese tea-scented, Noisette and Bourbon 
Roses impregnated with the French Provins, and other gar- 
den Roses. The seeds of such fertilized flowers produce 
hybrid Chinese Roses. These have, in many instances, re- 
sulted from accident ; but latterly, from the regular impreg- 
nating process. The superb varieties of this fine division 
give a combination of all that is grand and beautiful in roses. 
Their flowers are of the most elegant forms and richest 
colors; their foliage of great luxuriance, and their branch- 
es flexile and vigorous. Many of them are of first rate 
importance for covering pillars and trellises, their shoots fre- 
quently growing from six to ten feet in one season ; these 
shoots may be thinned out year after year, but never short- 
ened. They require very rich soil, and do best on their 
own bottom, except elegansy Bizarre de la Chinej Welling- 
ton, and other dwarf growing sorts, which do well as stand- 
ards. If they only possessed the property of ever hloomingy 
they would be decidedly the finest division of the tribe; 
however, their general beauty and richness of color greatly 
make up for the deficiency. Many of them are also delight- 
fully fragrant. The following are select sorts : — 

Belle Marie, bright pink, a fine dwarf. 

parabere, shaded crimson, a strong grower. 

Theresa, very dark crimson. 

Blanchefleur, white, a free grower. 

Bon Ginneure, bright red, very early. 

Bouquet blanC; white expanded^ large and very double. 



60 



HYBRID CHINESE ROSES. [^ApriL 



Brennus or Brutus, of some French collections, vivid red or 
nearly scarlet, and, as a pillar rose, is one of the 
finest objects I have ever witnessed ; flowers extreme- 
ly large, and of the most exquisite form, cupped, and 
perfectly double. 

Catel, dark crimson, globular shape and very double. 

Coup de Hebe, delicate pink. 

Dandigne, violet purple. 

Duke of Devonshire, rosy lilac faintly striped with white, 
imbricated and perfect in its shape. 

Egerie, brilliant red, a free grower. 

Fabvier, very large changeable pink and red. 

Fulgens or Malton, unique in brilliancy, approaching bright 
scarlet, with large globular flowers, and of vigorous 
growth, and foliage finely tinted with red. 

General Lamarque, very dark crimson, of luxuriant growth, 
and very distinct. 

George the Fourth (Rivers'), most beautiful crimson, very 
large and exquisitely double, and of globular form. 
If in good rich soil, the shoots will grow eight feet 
in one season; foliage of a shining dark reddish 
green, and is unquestionably one of the finest of the 
family. 

Georgiana, deep pink, cupped, large and finely double. 
Grillony, slaty rose color. 
L'ingenue, shaded violet crimson. 

Lady Stuart, flesh color, the form of the flowers before ex- 
pansion is perfectly spherical, and of exceeding beauty. 
' Louis Philippe, very splendid dark rose, a strong grower, 

Parny or La tourterelle, lilac or dove color, cupped and 
very double, requires to grow to a large bush before 
its beauty of form and profusion of bloom can be 
seen. 

Princess, delicate rose, globular and perfectly double, and 
makes an excellent standard of itself, not being very 
subject to make shoots from the root. 

Prolif^re, dark rosy crimson, changing to violet, very perfect 
form, a dwarf. 

Triomphe de Lafixiy, rosy white, large and very beautiful. 

Victor Hugo, changeable rosy violet. 



April,'] 



PERPETUAL ROSES. 



61 



Violet de Belgique, dark violet crimson^ very profuse and 
perfect. 

Watts' Celestial, Celestial Wells^ Cahbage Cliina^ Flora 
perfecta, &c. (it is known under all these names), 
delicate rose, petals finely cupped, flower rather flat, 
is a<,free grower, and very profuse of bloom. 

Wellington (Lee's), rich purple crimson, flovv^er beautifully 
formed ; globular and very double. The first view 
of it is similar to Bizzare de la Chine; but it is very 
distinct in growth, and the color fades much sooner 
than in the latter rose, and, indeed, is never so bright. 

William the Fourth, blush red, extremely large, very perfect 
form, and is unquestionably a hybrid from the Cab- 
bage Provins, and makes an excellent standard or 
tea rose. 



HYBRID ROSES THAT ARE STRIPED, SPOTTED, OR 
MARBLED. 

Abbe Berlese, beautiful crimson, spotted with violet, and of 
the most perfect form. 

Camaieu, delicate rose, with lilac stripes, large and double. 

Prince de Chimay, entirely new, crimson purple, beautifully 
marbled with rose, large, and very perfect. 

Sandeur, Sandeur Fanacheej of the French^ and King of 
Hybrids of the English, bright rose color, beauti- 
fully spotted and striped with white, very double, 
and of perfect form — luxuriant in growth, and the 
shoots must never be shortened — we have seen it 
several years in perfect bloom. 

PERPETUAL ROSES. 

This once admired division of the Eose is now nearly su- 
perseded by the Hybrid Perpetual, a tribe that originated 
between it and the Bourbon. It was not known in Europe 
till about 1817, except in the red and white four seasons, 
roses, which have, no doubt, contributed a large portion of 
their Sweet assistance/^ for in many of them the power- 
ful and agreeable fragrance of these two old roses is very 
6 



62 



PERPETUAL ROSES. 



\_ApriL 



evident. Unfortunately, there are two-thirds of these roses 
received both from France and England under the head of 
Perpetuals, which only bloom once in our arid and hot cli- 
mate ; of course, they will not make a second or third bloom- 
ing, unless they, at the same time, grow freely and make 
strong shoots ; consequently, they require very rich and deep 
soil, strongly manured, and repeated manurings given every 
year; also, very frequent waterings during the summer sea- 
son, with liquid manure. Without such nourishment, the best 
of perpetual rosQS will only flower but once a-year. It is a 
peculiar feature in this tribe of roses, that they are nearly 
all reluctant in rooting from layers; therefore, it will be dif- 
ficult to procure them on their own bottoms. However, they 
grow admirably, grafted on, or budded into, any of our strong- 
growing native roses ; although the French Eglantine and 
Marietta are most generally preferred. When grown in a 
luxuriant and well-cultivated state, they require twice prun- 
ing. First, in November, when the beds are dressed, cut 
ofi" every shoot of the preceding summer's growth about 
two-thirds, and if they are crowded, displace some of them 
entirely. If this autumnal pruning be properly attended to, 
they will, early in the following June, throw out a great 
number of luxuriant shoots, each having one or more flowers. 
When a little sacrifice must be made to have a fine autum- 
nal bloom, therefore, leave only about half the number of 
shoots to bring forth flowers, the remainder shorten to less 
than half their lengths. Each shortened branch will soon 
put forth buds, and in July and August the plants will again 
be covered with flowers. Our fine-growing fall months will 
greatly assist the plants without farther aid in bringing forth 
their third blooming, which will be in September and Octo- 
ber ; and Rose du Koi will even continue in mild seasons to 
bloom till November. It is necessary, at all times, as soon 
as the flower begins to fade, to cut it off, which greatly as- 
sists the vigor of the plants. Although in color many of 
them approximate each other, yet the following sorts will 
prove sufficiently distinct : — 

Antinous, light crimson, beautifully formed, and perfectly 
double. 

Billiard, rose color, very neat form, exceedingly sweet, and 
perfectly double. 



April'] HYBRID PERPETUAL ROSES. 



63 



D' Angers, delicate rose, large size, compact and double. 

Du Roi, or Lee^s crimson perpetual^ bright red, cupped shape, 
perfectly double, and exquisitely scented : in warm 
dry weather, this rose is apt to become much lighter 
in color. 

Grande et Belle, or Monstreuse rose, very large, cupped and 

perfectly double. 
Jean Hachette (of the English), delicate pink, extremely 

large, cupped, and extra double. 
Magadore, very dark crimson, perfect form. 
Oliver de Serres, dark rose with a blush edge, very distinct. 
Palmyra, rosy pink. 

Queen of Perpetuals, or Palotte picoUe^ pale blush, cupped 
and perfectly double. 

Scotch Perpetual, pale blush, a profuse and constant bloomer. 

Stanwell, perpetual blush, expanded and very double ; it has 
much the habit of a Scotch Rose : when budded, it 
is a constant and free bloomer. 

Four seasons, pale rose, cupped and double. 

White four seasons, nearly white, expanded and double ; but 
rarely blooms oftener than once in the season 

Perpetual white moss, white, blooms in large clusters, and 
when in bud is very handsome ; but the flower of 
itself is miserably indifferent, and, moreover, it is not 
a true perpetual. It is one of those floricultural 
misnomers expressing what the public would wish it 
to be, and not what it actually is. 

HYBRID PERPETUAL ROSES. 

It is but, comparatively, yesterday since this tribe was 
brought into existence ; it is now the leading family of 
hardy Roses, and will continue to be for ages to come. We 
may expect in it every variety of color, from pure white to 
velvet crimson, and with a mixture of spotted, striped, and, 
may be, a touch of yellow. What we have said on the cul- 
ture of Perpetual Roses will equally apply here, this tribe 
having the advantage of rapidity of growth — more diversity 
of color — a greater profusion of bloom, and is propagated 
with considerable facility by layers, or cuttings, or the com- 



64 



GRAFTING ROSES. 



\_A2)ril. 



mon process of budding and grafting. The following sorts are 
all perfectly distinct : — 

Aubernon, dark rosy red, cupped and very double. 
Baron Prevost, dark rose, very large, strong growing. 
Blanche, pure white, cupped, ver}- profuse. 
Comtesse Duchatel, dark rosy red, large and perfect. 
Duchess de Nemours, pale rose color, very double. 
Duchess of Praslin, pale blush, very profuse. 
Due d'Aumale, rosy crimson, perfect form. 
Edward Jesse, 'pale red, a very constant bloomer. 
General Taylor, bright crimson scarlet, fine. 
Lane, bright carmine, fine form, and a constant bloomer. 
La Reine, rosy lilac, very large.' 
Marcjuis Boccella, pale pink, a profuse bloomer. 
Prince Albert, rich crimson, large and very double. 
Youlande d'xlrragon, pale rose, large and very constant in 
bloom ; one of the best light-colored sorts. 

There are fifty other sorts could be added to the above, 
without decidedly varying the color. 

GRAFTING ROSES. 

The operation of grafting, from the pithy nature of the 
stems of the rose, is more troublesome, and seldom succeeds 
so well as budding, though when the buds inserted the pre- 
vious summer fail, it is worth while to have recourse to graft- 
ing, which may succeed, and thus make up for the failure. 
The cleft-grafting is much practiced, especially on the conti- 
nent of Europe, and is the most successful method. It is 
necessary that the scion (or young shoot that is intended to 
be multiplied) should be cut from the bush before vegetation 
commences, and placed in some shaded situation till the time 
of operation, which vdll be after the buds begin to swell on 
the stock, when the head of the stock may be cut horizon- 
tally to its desired height, and a slit made in its crown down- 
ward one and a half or two inches. The scion should be cut 
into lengths of two and a half or three inches, and then, 
cutting its lower end into a wedge-like shape, inserting it 
into the slit of the stock, keeping the back of the stock and 



^pn7.] l'isle de bourbon roses. 65 



scion in contact, which must be held firmly and bound with 
ligatures of soft bast-mat or worsted, and, in order to render 
it water-proof, cover it with a paste made of pitch and bees- 
wax, or clay mixed with old slaked lime ; if the latter is 
used, it will sometimes crack, which must be carefully filled 
up. In August or September, the ligatures may be cut on 
one side, allowing the clay or wax to be displaced with the 
natural growth of the plant. Should the graft fail, you have 
still the resource of budding in August on the young shoots 
that will grow from the stock. It must be observed that 
grafting leaves a worse wound to heal over than budding, 
unless the stock and scion be nearly of the same size. Every 
bud which appears below the graft should be carefully rub- 
bed off, except one or two nearest the crown, to encourage 
the sap upward to the grafts; and as soon as the latter begin 
to throw out leaves, the shoots from the stock should be 
shortened, and in one or two weeks more entirely taken off, 
if the scion has fairly grown. For whip-grafting ^ seepage 59 

L'ISLE DE EOURBON ROSES. 

This group of Hoses is one of the finest in the whole 
family of the Queen of Flowers. They are generally 
perfectly hardy, of luxuriant growth, and will grow almost 
in any soil. They are profuse in blooming from June to 
October, and many of them delightful in fragrance. Th^y 
are flowering ornaments of the garden, either as standards, 
climbers, or bushes ; their foliage is large, exuberant and 
agreeable, and when the plants are established and well nur- 
tured, they produce their flowers in immense clusters. There 
are now many varieties ; the talent and ingenuity of the 
French in rose culture and reproduction will soon give the 
floral world a farther supply of some fine varieties, and many 
finer names. I can cheerfully recommend the following sorts, 
which require pruning similar to hybrid Roses : — 

Acidalie, rose white, large and perfect. 
Anne Beluze, waxy blush, very perfect in form. 
Bouquet de Flore, bright rose, large flower, and a profuse 
bloomer. 

Desgaches, pale waxy rose, flat form, very distinct. 

6* 



66 



ROSA INDICA, ETC. 



\_ApriL 



Doctor Roques, dark cnmson. 
Due de Chartres, large, rosy pink. 
Duval, bright scarlet crimson, changeable. 
Dupetit Thouars, bright crimson. 
Desfosses, waxy pink, very double. 

Enfant d'Ajaccio, very bright scarlet; makes an excellent 

pillar rose. 
Henry Clay (Boll), carmine, very large. 
Hermosa, bright rose, most perfect cupped form, a profuse 

bloomer, and highly esteemed. During the summer 

months it loses much of its color ; but in autumn 

it is truly charming. 
Leveson Gower, dark rosy red, large cupped, flower profuse 

and distinct. 

Madam Angelina, creamy waxy white, cupped flower. 

iSTerard, waxy pink, expanded and very double. 

Nerangot, dark rosy red, in clusters. 

Neuman, or Monthly cabbage, bright rose^ very large 

and fragrant. 

Desprez, dark rose, globular, and perfectly double, 

blooms in large clusters, and approaches more the 
Noisette tribe than any other of the Bourbon Roses. 

Paul Joseph, brilliant crimson, very double and perfect, 
though not so large a flower as many others. 

Queen of the Bourbons, beautiful waxy blush, perfect in 
form, profuse of flower. 
' Souvenir de la Malmaison, pale blush, very large, the Prince 
of Bourbons. 

Triomph de la Duchere, rosy blush, a rapid grower, and 
makes an excellent pillar plant. 

There might be several others added to the above, though 
we consider these the best and most distinct in color and 
character. 



ROSA INDICA OR (BENGAL OF THE FRENCH) CHINESE 
EVER-BLOOxMING ROSES. 

Perhaps no Rose has been so universally distributed and 
industriously cultivated as Rosa indica (common Chinese or 
daily Rose); and Rosa Semperflorens (crimson or sanguinea 



ROSA INDICA, ETC. 



6T 



Rose). Ifc has been a favorite from the cottage to the man- 
sioiij and is truly a floral pioneer. They will almost with- 
stand every vicissitude of treatment ; but will not well survive 
the winters in the open air^ north of this latitude^ and even 
here they require some simple protection with straw^ matS; 
litter, or other dry material during winter. 

They require a very rich, loamy soil, well pulverized, and 
from fifteen to twenty inches in depth. 

The best season of the year for pruning them is about the 
first of this month. In doing so, it is not advisable to 
shorten any of the young §hoots, except in cutting off the 
injured parts, that being the wood most productive of bloom ; 
but where there is old stinted wood, it should be cut out as 
close to the surface of the ground as the oth^r parts of the 
bush will permit, with any other of the oldest wood that is 
too crowded. Dig every season in among their roots a good 
supply of well decomposed manure, and stir and hoe them 
frequently during the summer. The following are very de- 
sirable : — 

Abbe Mioland, cupped, dark rosy crimson. 

Agrippina, or Cramoisi Superieur, brilliant crimson, cup 
form, large and finely double. 

Bengal Triomphant, La Superhe^ Grande et Belle. This, 
like many fine roses, has its several names, but the 
former is the name under which I first knew it. It 
is a strong grower, with very large well-formed flowers 
of a rich purple crimson, which are extremely double, 
and always open well. 

Beau carmine, dark crimson, of a very distinct habit and- 
color, is an excellent bloomer and finely formed. 

Belle Isidore is also a changeable rose; it will open a light 
pink color, and before evening will be a rich crimson; 
is a regular and very double large rose, of strong 
growth and easy culture, and when known will be 
generally cultivated. 

Gels, or Bengal Gels, flesh color, of the most perfect form, 
extremely double and always opens perfect; is a very 
profuse bloomer, and of a strong growing habit; it 
has much the appearance of a superb tea rose. 

Comble de Gloir, rich reddish crimson, a free bloomer, and 
possesses considerable fragrance. 



68 



ROSA INDICA5 ETC. 



Gros Charles, shaded rose, extremely large and fine. 

Hortensia, flesh color, very double, and an excellent rose. 

Indica, or common daily ^ dark blush or rose color — it is the 
prototype of the family, and is a free-growing and 
profuse blooming plant, and can withstand every va- 
riety of treatment. The flower is about three inches 
in diameter, and in our descriptions, where the word 
lanje is used, it signifies that the flower is larger than 
the present variety, and very large means still larger, 
say four inches; extremely large, between four and 
five inches. We have even seen roses in favorable 
soils and cloudy weather six inches in diameter, and 
would not be alarmed to see a hybrid Rose twenty- 
one inches in circumference. 

alba, icMte daily or sarmeteuse of some, pure white, 

perfectly double, free-growing, and profuse in flower- 
ing; it is much more tender than the former, but 
does tolerably well when protected during winter. 
In the Southern States, it is a great and growing fa- 
vorite. Thousands of this rose have been grown and 
sold in Philadelphia within these five years. 

minor var, Lawrencia flore pleno, delicate rose, a per- 
fect rose in perfect miniature. 

Jacksonia,"^ hundred leaved daily ^ or crimson daily ^ bright 
red, large and most perfectly double, of luxuriant 
growth, and more prickly (spines) than any other 
rose of the sort we have seen. 

Jacques Plantier, shaded crimson, expanded. 

L'Etna, bright light crimson, very double, globular, and very 
distinct, is of a strong-growing habit. 

Lady Warrender, pure white, large cup form, very double, 
and a great bloomer. 

La Caemens, rosy shaded crimson, very perfect form. 

Louis Philippe, dark crimson, very compact, globular, and 
extremely double. 

Madam lireon, large bright rose. 

Hersant, bright rose, very large, showy and double. 

Marjolin, large, dark crimson, a very strong grower — fine. 
Mrs. I3osanquet, beautiful creamy blush, very large, perfectly 
formed — quite distinct. 

* In compliment to the late President Jackson. 



April'] 



EOSA ODOEATA OE TEA EOSE. 



69 



Prince Eugene, very bright red, perfectly double cup form; 

and a profuse bloomer. 
Roi de Cramoisis or Eugene Beauliarnais, bright crimson, 

fine cup form — fra<jvant. 
Rubens, dark rosy violet. 

Vesuvius, very clarli crimson, perfectly double, and quite 
sweet scented. 

Queen of Lombardy, Reine de Lonibardie, brilliant ' cherry 
red, cupped, perfectly double, a strong grower, and 
will be a great favorite — sujperh. 

Semperfloreris, Crimson Chinese or Sanguinea^ the type of 
all the scarlet and crimson varieties of this division; 
it is perfectly double, of a rich crimson color, and 
is everywhere cultivated, and will not be easily dis- 
placed from the window of the cottage, or the veranda 
of the palace. 

Virginal, pale waxy blush, very distinct. 

ROSA ODORATA OR TEA ROSE. 

The original Rosa odorata or tea rose has been and will be 
a lasting favorite. It is supposed to have been imported 
from China so late as 1810, and is the leading parent of all 
the fine varieties we now possess. As this very popular and 
interesting group of Roses require more care in their culture 
than any yet described, I will endeavor to give the most ex- 
plicit directions I am able, so as to insure, at least, a great 
chance of success. They delight to grow in a rich soil with 
a dry bottom, and in rather an elevated situation, and a 
southern aspect. Select a spot of the dimensions requisite 
for a quantity of plants to be planted, and dig therefrom soil 
to the depth of at least eighteen inches ; six inches of the 
bottom may be filled with pieces of bricks, stone, or lime — 
rubbish of any sort ; on this, place a layer of compost (at 
least' fifteen inches thick, to allow for its settling), half turf, 
or good garden mould, and half well-rotted manure, with 
about an eighth of sand, all completely mixed together. A 
few weeks after the bed is thus prepared — say about the first 
of May — the roses may be planted about two feet apart. In 
this latitude, during the severity of winter, they should be 
protected by a temporary frame : if covered with glasS; so 



70 HOSA ODORATA OR TEA ROSE. [^ApriL 



much the better; but boards will serve where glass frames 
are not at hand. With this treatment^ they will never receive 
the least injury from our severest winters, and they will bloom 
in the greatest perfection the whole season. The only prun- 
ing they require is merely to remove any old shoots to give 
room for those of younger growth, and to occasionally shorten 
any of extra length. However, where there are only solitary 
plants, they will do very well covered with branches of cedar, 
or a box or barrel perforated in several places to allow the 
moisture to evaporate. Those that are grafted or budded 
wnll not generally stand the winters of our Eastern or Mid- 
dle States, and should be lifted and put in a back shed, or 
tied close to the ground and covered with earth. About the 
first of the month, they can be raised up and pruned of any 
dead or superfluous wood, when they will bloom nearly as 
perfect as those that have received finer treatment. In the 
Southern States they enjoy the great luxury of this rose in 
its utmost perfection; there they grow in wild luxuriance,^' 
displaying their varied beauties, and perfuming the air with 
their delightful fragrance. Every flower-garden in mild lati- 
tudes should have a full and perfect collection of such 
pleasing flowers. Among the many distinct varieties 
knovrn to be worth culture, are 

Adam, very large, bright pink, cupped form. 
Apricote, pale apricot color. 

Antherose, pale pinkish white, large and compact. 
Burbot, deep pink inclining to creamy blush, very large. 
Bougere, rosy lilac, extremely large, a strong grower, cup- 
shaped. 

Belle Marguerite, pale rose, changing to dark pink in the 
centre, large and extremely double. 

Caroline, bright rosy pink, very large, beautifully formed — 
pendulous and highly esteemed. 

Clara Sylvain, pure white, most perfectly double, a strong 
grower, and abundant in bloom, very sweet and high- 
ly esteemed. 

Devoniensis or Magnolia rose, yellowish white with pink cen- 
tre, very large, always perfect, finely cupped — delight- 
fully fragrant. If I were confined to cultivate onli/ 
twelve roses, this magnificent variety would be one 
of the number. 



April'] ROSA ODORATA OR TEA ROSE. 71 

Elisa Sauvagc, Canary yellow, folding to creamy wliitc, very 
large and double. 

Eticnie, pure white, cupped form. 

Elvira, creamy blush tinted with rose. 

Fragoletta, large, rosy blush shaded with pink. 

riavescens, lufca or j/cllow tea, pale straw coh)r, cupped pe- 
tals, very large, and though only semi-double, has not 
a rival of its color; it was introduced to England 
from China by Mr. Parkes in 1824 ; is a strong 
grower, but more tender than any other tea rose of 
its habit. 

rioralie, beautiful blush, bloomy in clusters, very fragrant, 

and as yet quite rare. 
Goubault, rosy blush with yellow centre, very large. 
Hippoly te, yellowish white, large and double, a strong grower 

and profuse bloomer. 
Ilymeuee, white, with cream centre, globular, large, and 

very double. 
eTulia Mansais, yellowish white. 

La Sylphide, rosy buff changing to creamy white, very per- 
fect, and always beautiful. 

Lyonnais, very large, pale pink inclining to deep blush. 

Madame Desprez, or Ik'ugal Madame l)esprez, pure white, 
cupped, large and finely double; is a beautiful rose, 
and is rarely excelled in delicacy of fragrance. 

Mansais, bulF, very large, finely double, and highly fragrant. 

Marechal Bugeaud, bright waxy rose. 

IMelville, flesh color, a strong grower. 

Moire, rose and blush, beautifully cup formed, very perfect, 
and proves to be a fine grower. 

Nephitos, pure white, very large, quite distinct. 

Odorata, or common tea rose, fine blush, very large cupped 
petals, delightfully scented, and everywhere admired, 
and is the foundation of this sicect-scaitcd family. 

Princess Marie, flesh color, a most superb rose of first rate 
merit, perfectly double, and finely scented ; when well 
grown, will have flowers about five inches in diameter. 

Safrano, wdien the bud first opens it is of a fine sallVon color, 
very pretty. 

Strombio, creamy white, perfectly double, large and globular. 
Triomphe du Luxembourg, yellow flesh or copper color, ex- 



72 



NOISETTE ROSES. 



tremely large and perfectly double ; is a rampant 
grower, has a most splendid bud. 
Victorie modesta^ blusli^ cupped, very large and double. 

NOISETTE ROSES. 

It is a remarkable fact, that the original of this famous 
group of roses originated in Charleston, South Carolina, 
with Mr. Noisette, about 1815, who sent it to his brother, 
the well-known nurseryman, at Paris (France). It was sup- 
posed to be produced between the tvhite musk, cluster, and 
the common China rose, and created a very great excitement 
among the Parisian florists and amateurs ; but since its in- 
troduction to France, thousands of seedlings have been raised 
from it, and so many of these are evidently hybrids, of the 
tea-scented and other roses, that some of the roses called 
" Noisettes'^ have almost lost every character of the division. 
They are generally hardy plants, requiring rich soil and a rou- 
tine of treatment similar to the ^^Isle de Bourbon Iloses.^' 
They will amply repay for extra attention to their culture. 
The great profusion and perpetual succession of flowers from 
June till November, of immense clusters, frequently from 
fifty to one hundred in each, make them truly ornamental 
objects, and are well calculated for covering fences, pillars, 
or trellis-work. Although they are hardy, they will be bene- 
fitted by a light covering of mats or litter : south of this, 
nothing of the kind is required. It must be kept in mind 
that piilar roses can scarcely have too much manure when 
planting, and they also require a regular annual dressing of 
some enriching material. We consider the annexed list in- 
dispensable to a flower garden. Tiie flower of a Noisette 
Hose varies from one to four inches in diameter in the fol- 
lowing descriptions ; we take two inches as our standard : — 

Alba, white, a beautiful dwarf with small flowers; but in 
the greatest profusion, and the whole bush is fre- 
quently like one bouquet. 

Aimee Vibert, unique or Bosa nevia, showy white, very com- 
pact and pe\'fectly double, and, if well treated, is one 
of the finest white dwarf Noisette Roses, and is a 
profuse autumnal bloomer. 



AprilJ] NOISETTE ROSES. 73 

BolognGj dark crimson^ compact form^ dwarf habit. 
Bengal Lee^ Noisette Lee, Blush jjej'petiial China y coelestiSj 

grandiftoraj mGiistrosa^ and Triomphe des N'oisettes, 

are all one and the same rose, blush or creamy white^ 
^ very double, of strong growth, and flowers in large 

clusters; it is a good old rose, and fortunate in new 

names. 

Conque de Yenus, creamy white, with darker centre, very 
compact and double ; bloom.s in large clusters, and is 
delightfully scented, a regular good article. 
"Champneyana or Champney's pink cluster, light pink, a ram- 
pant grower, profuse bloomer, and universally culti- 
vated. 

Charles the Tenth, rosy purple, very double, and in dry 
weather blooms well, but in moist weather its buds 
do not open; is an excellent rose in a southern lati- 
tude. 

Coeurjaune and C(^itr siiffre are alike yellowish white, a hardy 
rose- of strong growth, and profusion of flowers. 

Cloth of Gold, or chromatella — deep sulphur yellow, very 
large flower, cupped and fine — fragrant. 

Cora L. Barton, fine rosy pink, very large flower, a profuse 
bloomer, fragrant. 

Euphrosine, rosy buff, inclining to yellow, very fragrant — a 
very profuse blooming variety of medium growth. 

Fellenberg, bright crimson, double, a strong grower, profuse 
in bloom, and a decided, distinct, and excellent rose. 

Jaune Desprez, or French yellow Noisette, rosy buff, large, 
and perfectly double, flowers in large clusters ; is a 
strong grower and delightfully fragrant, very hardy, 
and well calculated for a pillar rose. 

Jeane de Arc, yellowish- white, of strong growth. 

La Nymphe, delicate pink, blooms profusely, dwarf habit. 

Lamarque, greenish-white, extremely large, profuse in bloom, 
perfectly tiouble, and agreeably scented — closely ap- 
proaches the tea rose in its size and fragrance; it 
makes a splendid pillar rose^ frequently growing ten 
feet in one season. 

Lady Byron, pink, very compact, and perfectly double, and 
is a good pillar rose. 

Lutea or Smithii, pale yellow, large double flowers, but does 
not open well in moist weather; it is a superb article 

7 



74 



MUSK-SCENTED EOSES, ETC. lApnl 



wlien perfect, and is quite a dwarf, having very little 
of the Noisette character, but delightfully scented. 

Luxembourg, fine rosy purple, very perfect, a free grower 
and fragrant. 

Maria, dark rose, perfect form, rapid grower. 

Ophire, orange yellow tinged with red, very double, a free 
grower, fragrant, very distinct. 

Orloff, bright pink, large and showy, though not very dou- 
ble — a profuse bloomer when well established — is a 
very strong grower, and excellent for covering arbors 
or trellises. 

Phaloe, rosy pink, large, fully cupped flower. 

Solfatare, sulphur yellow, large and perfectly double, a strong 

grower, very fragrant, when well established blooming 

profusely. 

Superba, delicate pink, an old rose, perfectly double, blooms 
in large clusters; is of strong habit, and flowers pro- 
fusely. This, with Noisette Lee, are our two best 
old Noisette Roses. 

Yitellina, pure white, cupped form, very double. 

Washington, pure white, a strong grower. 

MUSK-SCENTED HOSES (ROSA MOSCHATA). 

The white musk-scented cluster rose is one of the oldest 
inhabitants of the rose garden, and is known all over the 
earth, where the rose has been cultivated, or its name been 
heard. It is supposed that it is the famed rose of the Per- 
sian poets. Although there are several varieties under this 
head, very few of them, indeed, have that peculiar fragrance 
which the genuine old species possesses. They require simi- 
lar treatment to the Bourbon and Noisette Roses, and, in 
fact, fanciers have been, if possible, too minute to sepa- 
rate this group from the Noisette Roses, merely because they 
are, in some degree, musk-scented. 

Old musk cluster, yellowish white, expanded and semi-double, 
blooms in immense clusters and finely scented. 

Herbemonte, pure white, very large flower in fine clusters. 

Princesse de Nassau, creamy white, perfectly double, very 
fragrant, and blooms in large clusters. 



April,~\ CLIMBING ROSES, ETC. 75 

Ranunculus, musk cluster^ pure white, very double ; flowers 
in very large clusters. 

CLIMBING ROSES THAT BLOOM ONLY ONCE IN THE 

SEASON. 

Under this head, we will have to place several roses from 
very different countries, but all agreeing in habit and flower- 
ing disposition. Our readers will now be fully impressed 
with the knowledge that all roses of luxuriant growth require 
copious nourishment. Such is the case with many of those 
we are now about to describe ; but others of them will grow 
and bloom most beautifully perfect even on the poorest of 
soil, and are very capable of covering rock-work, a sterile 
bank, or naked wall, or any disagreeable object, where it is 
not convenient to excavate for the purpose of introducing 
nutritious soils; and several of them are of such a hardy 
nature that they will withstand the utmost severity of our 
Northern States ] others are more delicate, and can only bear 
the mild winters of a southern climate, where they richly 
display both flowers and foliage, and even retain their foliage 
during winter, and are evergreens for screening disagree- 
able objects or covering arbors. The best of the united 
groups are 

(f) * Ayrshire tea-scented, or Rosa Ruga, delicate blush, 
flowers very compact and perfectly double ; it is a free- 
grower and an excellent pillar rose, with a delightful 
fragrance. There are several others of the Ayrshire 
Rose, under very tempting names, such as Double 
Crimwn, Mottled, Eclipse, Ayrshire Queen, Elegans, 
&c. These may do for those who wish a multiplicity 
of names ; but will not take with our floral public, 
who wish every plant to have some merit as well as 
a name to recommend it. 

Boursalt, white, Rose de Lisle, Boursalt Florida, Calypso, 
Pompone Florid'a, and Bengal Florida, &c., for it 
is known by all these names, and I have imported it 
four times, under different names ; it is a blush white, 

' ' * Those marked thus (r) will do admirably for rock- work. 



76 



CLIMBING ROSESj ETC. 



and frequently exceedingly large and handsome, and 
is a pillar rose : its very double delicate flowers have 
a fine effect. 

Boursalt elegans, Purple Boursaltj Purple Noisette^ &c., 
flowers of a vivid purple crimson, with an occasional 
stripe of white, nearly double, and an early and pro- 
fuse bloomer ; is an excellent rose for an arbor. 

Inermis, very large, bright pink, a little fragrant, 

grows and blooms freely. 

Banksia alba, white, with pink centre, very small, but per- 
fectly double ) has an agreeable violet perfume, and is 
a profuse bloomer, but is entirely too delicate to with- 
stand our winters. This and the following are natives 
of China: — 

lutea, yellow inclining to buff, in every other cha- 
racter similar to the former. They are elegant ever- 
greens in the gardens of our Southern States, and 
are very highly esteemed ) frequently known under 
the name of White Evergreen Multiflora^ and Yet- 
lov: Evergreen Multifiora. 

(r) Felicite de perpetua, Noisette jiorabunda^ Ahelard sem- 
pervirens, Noisette compactUy Mademoiselle Euplira- 
sie, and perhaps many other high-sounding names ; 
it is a beautiful cream-white, with perfect shaped 
flowers, and makes a lovely rock-work or pillar rose ; 
but is rather delicate for our severe winters. 

Graulhie, pure white, cup form in large clusters, very double, 
a strong- grower and free bloomer. 

Grevillia, or seven sisters, is a very curious rose, flowered the 
first time with us in June, 1830. It is of the Mul- 
tifiora variety, and is a native of China; growth free 
and luxuriant; leaves large and deeply nerved; 
flowers in large clusters, almost every eye of the 
wood of last year producing one cluster, having on it 
from eight to twenty roses, according to the state of 
the plant, each rose expanding differently in color or 
shade. Many suppose that they expand all of the 
same color, and change afterward. This is not the 
case. We have seen them white, pink, red, purple, 
and various other shades when the bloom expanded ; 
and on two clusters we have observed twenty-two dis- 
tioct shades of color. In fact, it is a complete non- 



April.'] CLIMBma ROSES, ETC. . 77 

' descript, having roses single, semi-double, and double, 
large and small, and every color between white and 
purj)le, forming, in every garden where it is planted, 
a wonder of the vegetable world. 

Multiflora, beautiful pink, very compact and double; it is 
rather tender for this latitude. Celebrated as being 
the first climbing rose that was planted in or about 
Philadelphia, and was so much admired that twenty 
dollars were frequently given for a single plant. 

alba, similar to the former, but lighter in color, 

though not a pure white. 

Laure de Youst, changeable pale blush, pink or 

white, very compact, of the most perfect form, and a 
profuse bloomer, of rampant growth, and more hardy 
than the two "preceding; it is one of the most beau- 
tiful and elegant of climbing roses, with rather large 
flowers and luxuriant foliage. 

Prairie Rose; a few elegant sorts have been grown from this 
single flowered native rose : all are of rapid growth 
and partaking of the parent in blooming later than 
roses generally that flower only once in the season ; , 
they are admirably adapted for covering arbors, rock- 
work, or out-buildings of any kind, being of the most 
hardy nature, and standing the severest of our win- 
ters even in the most Northern States. 

Beauty of Prairies, or Queen of Prairies, dark rose, cup form, 
very large, and frequently striped with white ; it is 
highly esteemed, and a strong grower. 

Prairie Baltimore Belle, nearly white, very perfect form, 
quite double, blooming in clusters. 

Superba, blush, a very profuse bloomer in rich clus- 
ters, perfectly double. 

Purpurea, rosy purple, imbricated, very double ; said 

to bloom again in the autumn. 

Anne Maria, pale rose, large and double. 

Mrs. Hovey, blush white. 

Mrs.; Pierce, fine pink, perfect form. 

Pride of Washington, rosy violet, beautiful. 

Russelliana, Cottage Rose^ and Scarlet Grevlllia : this is a 
distinct article in growth from any other of this 
group ; it is perfectly hardy, and does not climb S€ 



78 



ROSA MICROPHYLLA, ETC. 



freely ; still it makes a lovely pillar rose with large 
clusters of bright crimson shaded flowers. 
Triumphant, bright cherry red^ very distinct and perfectly 
double. 



ROSA MICROPHYLLA (OR SMALL-LEAVED ROSE). 

This pretty little rose was originally from China^ and 
since it has been introduced, several additions have been 
made by cultivation ^ although we have not yet seen any to 
excel the original Rose microphylla. They delight in light 
rich dry soils, and form very fine bushes for grass plats or 
small lawns, and generally flower the whole summer, produc- 
ing their blooms from short young shoots produced from the 
wood of two or three years' growth. The plants should all 
have a little protection the first winter after planting, and in 
pruning the shoots should only be thinned out, or any dead 
piece cut ofi" ; we have had several roses under very enticing 
names added to this group, such as striped micropliyllay c7'W}r' 
,son microphylla J scarlet microphylla^ all deceptive; and even 
the first plant that came out as double white proved to be 
entirely single; but there is now a genuine double white, 
though not properly a microphylla. The following few are 
all we have seen worth cultivating :— 

Microphylla. This rose is unique in every character. The 
foliage is very small and neat, and the calyx thick 
and bristly. The flowers are produced at the extremity 
of the young shoots in twos or threes, according to 
the strength of the plant ; they are large and double; 
the exterior petals large and full ; those of the inte- 
rior are very short and thick-set; the color in the 
centre is dark, shading lighter toward the exterior ; 
- the spines are in pairs on each side of the compound 
leaves. It is perfectly hardy,' and greatly esteemed, 
, ^ and not so subject to be attacked by insects as other 
roses. 

rubra, dark red, having every character of the 

preceding. They are frequently called The Burr 
Hose,'' from the appearance of the bud. 

violace, reddish violet ; in habit very similar to 



A2:)ril'] ROSA microphylla, etc. 79 



the former, but much darker in« color^ and is a true 
microphylla. 

Microphylla odorata alba, yellowish white, perfectly double^ 
and finely scented ; is a strong grower and very con- 
stant bloomer. 

Maria Leonida, white, centre tinged with pink; is very 
sweet-scented — blooms all the season— but has more 
the habit of a Macartney than Microphylla Eose. 

We have now concluded our few descriptions of the beau- 
tiful family of Eoses ; informing our readers, if they should 
think it brief, we can assure them it is candid, and, as far as 
we know, in every respect impartial. No doubt we could 
have given many beautiful details of ^Hhings^^ we never saw 
and probably never will ; and we also promise that a few of 
our descriptions will, in some situations and peculiar seasons, 
^^come short,^^ or perhaps overshoot the mark;^^ for it is 
well known to the cultivator that double roses will occa- 
sionally come single, and red roses become blush, and blush 
roses frequently bloom entirely white-, and vice versa. We 
have also seen a moss rose busli have roses and shoots entire- 
ly without their mossy cT)at.^' We have also avoided a 
few of high standing in character; but not being entirely 
known to us in their intrinsic worth, a description of them 
would have been too hazardous, knowing that much exagge- 
ration exists. 

The Eoses and all their allies, described in this month, 
should be planted from the first to the middle of the month; 
and we would again enforce upon our rose amateurs the ac- 
tual necessity of giving soil of enriching qualities to all their 
roses ; they will be amply repaid for their trouble. Nearly 
all the failures of roses giving a grateful and even universal 
satisfaction, can be traced to bad and shallow soils, more es- 
pecially in our city gardens, where cheapness of workman- 
ship is the best recommendation ; consequently, there are a 
few inches of tolerahle-JooMng clay thrown over brickbats 
and lime rubbish, and, when finished, is considered a fine 

-job,^^ because it is done cheap; the result is, that often the 
very next season the whole has to be gone over and done 
in a permanent manner ; not less than sixteen or eighteen 
inches of the best dark loam should be in every garden, and 

' that well incorporated with manure at least one year old^ 



80 



CLIMBING PLANTS. 



\_ApriL 



and also have a portion of sand or fine rotten rock thorough- 
ly mixed with it ; and then^ and not till then^ the proprietor 
may expect satisfaction. 

CLIMBING PLANTS. 

As shade is much required in this country, and plants 
suitable for covering arbors, &c., eagerly sought for, we will 
make a few remarks on those which are preferred for their 
beauty, growth, hardiness, &c. 

Aristoldchia sipJio Biriliwort^ or Dutclima'n! s pipe, is a very 
curious blooming plant, with extraordinary large 
foliage, and makes an excellent arbor-twiner, afford- 
ing a dense and cooling shade. 

Coli/stegia p)uhescens, dower double, of a blush white color, 
of rather free growth ] dies down in winter and grows 
up again in spring ; blooms from J une to August. 

Clematis viticdla pulcMlla, or double virgin's bower, is an 
esteemed climbing plant, of rapid growth, with large 
flowers in great profusion from June to September. 
,There are several varieties of the above, two of them 
single, and it is said that there is likewise a double 
red. 

coeriileay C. coerulea grandiflora, and C. azurea gran- 

dijiora. This beautiful and entirely new climber is 
already distinguished by three distinct names, and 
has been several times figured, each time with more 
or less flattery. I must confess the first representa- 
tion I saw of it, truly enchanted me ; the brilliancy 
of its blue surpassing every flower I had ever beheld ; 
and named C. azurea grandijlora. The flowers are 
frequently four or five inches in diameter, of a fine 
bluish violet color, blooming freely, and perfectly 
hardy, the most magnificent of the family. 

C. Sieholdiij or bicolor. This is another of Dr. Van Sie- 
bold's Japan additions, and is nearly related to C. 
florida. The leaves and branches, however, are rather 
more downy, and the petals suffused with violet 
spots ; the anthers are also of a violet color, which 
has given it the name of, bicolor; it is of graceful 



CLIMBING PLANTS. 



81 



habit^ and tlie size and beauty of its blossoms render 
it an attractive inhabitant of the flower garden. 

C. fldmmula, sweet-scented virgin's bower, is of very rapid 
growth. Established plants will grow from twenty 
to forty feet in one season, producing at the axils of 
the young shoots, large panicles of small white flowers 
of exquisite fragrance ; the leaves are compound pin- 
nate; in bloom from July to November, but in Au- 
gust, September and October, the flowers are in great 
profusion, perfuming the whole garden. 'This is one 
of the best climbing hardy plants^ and ought to have 
^a situation in every garden. 

C. montanay mountain virgin-bower, flowers in large clusters, 
very pure white, a strong and rapid grower. 

C. Virgimdna is of rapid growth, and well adapted for ar- 
bors ; flowers small white in axillary panicles, dioe- 
cious, leaves ternate, segments cordate, acute, coarse- 
ly toothed and lobed, in bloom from June to August. 
A native, and a little fragrant. 

C. cnsj)a, or Bell Clematis, is a native plant of free growth; 
flowers of a pink color, in clusters, bell-shaped, the 
points of the petals folding backwards — a little fra- 
grant. There is also a variety having purple flowers. 

C. flbrida plenb is a fine free flowering plant ; though gene- 
rally considered a shrub, is more herbaceous than 
shrubby; the flowers are large double white; iii 
growth will not exceed ten feet in one season. 

Gli/cine frutescenSj a beautiful native climbing shrub, known 
in our gardens under that name, but is properly TTTs- 
teria frutescens. It has large pendulous branches of 
blue leguminose (pea-like) flowers, blooming from 
. May to August ; pinnated leaves with nine ovate 
downy leaflets ; grows freely. 

— chinensis is given to Wisteria, and is the finest 

climbing shrub of the phaseolius tribe. The flowers 
are light blue, in long nodding many-flowered race- 
mose spikes, blooming from May to August, pro- 
fusely; leaves pinnated, vnth eleven ovate lanceolate 
silky leaflets, and is of a very rapid growth. It is 
perfectly hardy, withstanding the severity of our win- 
ters without protection. 

Bignbnia criicigera is an evergreen which is very desirable in 



82 



CLIMBING PLANTS. 



[April. 



many situations, being likewise of luxuriant growth. 
It will 'cover in a few years an area of fifty feet; 
fiowers of an orange scarlet color^ blooming from 
May to August. 

B. grand iflora^ now given to Tecoma, has large orange- 
colored flowers, blooming from June to August, and 
grows very fast. It is perfectly hardy, and a most 
magnificent plant. 

B. rdd leans is likewise given to Tecoma, and is a native 
plant. When in flower it is highly ornamental^ but 
it requires great attention to keep it in regular order, 
being of a strong rough nature; in bloom from June 
to August. 

PerijjJdca grseca, silk vine, is a climber of extraordinary 
growth. Well established plants grow thirty or forty 
feet in one season; flowers in clusters from May to 
July, of a brownish-yellow color, and hairy inside; 
leaves smooth, ovate, lanceolate, wood slender, twin- 
ing and elastic. 

Hed6ra Helix , Irish Ivy, is a valuable evergreen for cover- 
ing naked walls, or any other unsightly object. The 
foliage is of a lively green, leaves from three to five 
angled. There are several varieties of it, all valua- 
ble for growing in confined shady situations where 
no other plant will thrive. 

Amjjcldpsis hederdcea. This plant is commonly employed for 
covering walls, for which the rapidity of its growth 
and the largeness of the leaves render it extremely 
appropriate. There are several species of the genus, 
all resembling the Vine in habit and in flower. 

Jasminum officlndle^ garden Jasmine. This delightful climb- 
ing shrub has been in common use all over Europe 
for covering arbors from time immemorial; its white, 
delicate, and lovely fragrant flowers render it a great 
acquisition. Unfortunately, with us, it is rather deli- 
cate for our winters, unless well protected by a south 
wall or other building, and even then, when in a 
young state, must be protected: but, in the south, 
this plant and also the yellow Jasminum revolatum 
grow luxuriantly and bloom profusely, and even J. 
grandlfldrum is a hardy shrub in South Carolina and 
Georgia. 



April^\ 



DECIDUOUS SHKUBS. 



83 



Loniceraj or more properly Caprifollum. The HoncysucMe. 
This genus of flowering odoriferous climbing shrubs 
are principally natives of this country : they are .all 
equally beautiful ; but , where there is not space in 
our city gardens to cultivate the vfhole family, it is 
indispensable to have G.flexiiomm^ the Chinese sweet- 
scented or evergreen; it blooms in May and Septem- 
ber, and is a very rapid grower. C. BeJgica is also a 
charming species; it blooms the whole summer, and 
is very odorous. Our native C, sempervirenSy or 
Coral Honeysuckle, is not easily surpassed; its pro- 
fuse and brilliant scarlet flowers render it the most at- 
tractive object in all our country gardens. C. Japbni- 
cum is also an excellent Chinese species, with deli- 
cate orange-colored flowers of agreeable sweetness; 
but will not bear our winters north of the southern 
part of Virginia. 

Passijlbray or Passion vine. There are several hardy spe- 
cies for this latitude ; but the only very beautiful one 
is P. incarndta, which, although it dies to the ground 
every winter, yet will, during the summer, put forth 
shoots from twenty to forty feet long, all covered with 
a profusion of beautiful purple flowers. 
There are several other climbing plants, both" curious and . 

ornamental; but our limits will not admit of farther detail. 

DECIDUOUS SHRUBS. 

Finish planting all deciduous shrubs in the early part of 
the month. These plants are generally delayed too long ; 
the leaves in many instances are beginning to expand, 
thereby giving a cheek to the ascending sap, which we may 
safely assert causes the death of one-third of the plants, 
when perhaps the operator or some individual more distantly 
concerned is blamed. 

These shrubs, if properly removed and planted at the 
exact starting of vegetation, pressing the earth close to their 
roots when planting (previously taking care that the small 
fibres have not become dry, by exposure,) there will not one 
out of fifty fail by these simple attentions. Those that are 
late planted should have frequent waterings, and, if large, 



84 



OF PLANTING EVEKGREEN SHRUBS. [^April. 



firmly supported, that the wind may have no effect in dis- 
turbing the young and tender fibrous roots. 

OF PLANTING EVERGREEN SHRUBS. 

Now is the season to phmt all kinds of evergreen trees and 
shrubs. In most seasons, the middle of the month is the 
most proper time, the weather then being mild and moist; 
or if a late season, defer it to the end of the month. When 
planted earlier, they will remain dormant until this time, 
and their tender fibrous roots in that case frequently perish 
from their liability to injury from frost or frosty winds, being 
more ^ susceptible of such injury J^ian fibres of deciduous 
plants. They now begin to vegetate, which is the grand 
criterion for transplanting any plant. The buds begin to 
swell, the roots to push, and if they can be quickly lifted 
and peplanted, they will hardly receive a check. At all 
events, care must be taken that they are not long out of the 
ground and exposed to the air, which greatly assists the suc- 
cess in planting. It may be observed that evergreens in 
general succeed the better the smaller they are, although we 
have seen plants, trees and evergreens successfully lifted 
upward of thirteen feet high, and fifteen in diameter, and 
carried several miles.* By the second year there was no 
appearance that such operation had taken place. In prepar- 
ing a hole for the reception of these plants, make it larger 
than the roots, breaking the bottom thereof fine, and putting 
in some fresh soil. Place the plant upright in the centre, 
putting in the earth and breaking it fine, and give the plant 
a few gentle shakes. When the roots are more, than half 
covered, put in a pot or pailful of water, allowing it to sub- 
side; then cover all the roots, give a second or third pailful, 
and when subsided, the earth will be close to all the roots. 
Cover with more earth, pressing all firm with the foot. Put 
more soil loosely on, which will give it a finished appearance, 
and prevent it from becoming dry, and not require mulching, 
which has an unsightly appearance. All that the wind will 
have any hurtful elfect upon must be firmly supported espe- 

* See Mr. M'Nab's rich pamphlet treatise on removing ever- 
greens, &c. 



April^ CARE OF CHOICE BULBS. 85 

ciallj large plants. If the weather sets in dry and hot, they 
should be watered as often as necessity shall direct. 

Those that are established, it will be necessary to go over 
them (if not already done) to cut off all wood killed in 
winter, and also to thin them if too thick and crowded. 

When the above is done, let every part of the shrubbery 
be dressed off as directed in March. Shrubs of all kinds 
will now begin to look gay and lively, which may be very 
much . heightened or depreciated, according to the state in 
which the ground and contiguous walks are kept. Always 
keep in view that weeds are no objects of beauty. 

CARE OF CHOICE BULBS. 

Hyacinths of the earliest sorts will begin to expand and 
show their colors; of which we can boast of a few as fine 
sorts in the vicinity of Philadelphia as in any garden of 
Europe; but even these very superior sorts, when in bloom, 
are too frequently neglected, being allowed to stand without 
rods, stakes, or any means of support, likewise equally ex- 
posed to drenching rains and scorching suns ; and the finest 
collections may be seen after heavy rains prostrate on the 
ground, whereas a few hours' trouble would give them the 
requisite support, thereby preserving their beauty much 
longer, and giving more gratification. As soon as the stems 
advance to any height, they should be supported by wires, 
rods, &c., and tied slightly thereto with threads of matting, 
or any other substitute; repeat the tying as they advance, 
avoid tying among the florets, because they grow by exten- 
sion, and are liable to be broken off by so doing. The sun 
deteriorates the colors very much, especially the red, blue, 
and yellow sorts; whereas, if they were simply protected 
from the sun by an awning of thin canvas, the colors would 
be preserved and the beauty protracted. If there are stakes 
drove into the ground on each side of the beds, about three 
feet high, with others in the centre about eight feet, having 
laths or hoops from the side to the centre, formed similar to 
the roof of a house, so that people may walk or sit under it, 
the canvas or awning being thin to admit of the light freely, 
the effect in the time of sunshine, from the brilliancy of the 
colors, is peculiarly gratifying. Where an awning is thus 
8 



86 



CARE OF CHOICE BULBS. 



[_ApriL 



erected, it requires to be kept on only from nine to three 
o'clock in sunshine days, and during nights or time of rain, 
allowing the awning on the most northern side to come close 
to the ground, when necessary, to shelter them from cold 
cutting winds. 

The properties of a good Hyacinth are, namely — the stem 
strong and erect, the florets or bells occupying one-half of 
the stem, each floret suspended by a short strong footstalk, 
longest at the bottom ; the uppermost floret quite erect^ so 
that the whole may form a pyramid. Each floret well filled 
with petals rising toward the centre, that it may appear to 
the eye a little convex. Regarding color, fancy does not 
agree, and the most scrupulous cultivators difier materially. 
However, the more pure and bright the finer, or a white 
with a pink centre, or the centre of the petals with a paler 
or deeper color appearing striped, which is considered to 
have a good efiect. 

Tulips in every respect should have the same care and 
protection, never neglecting to have the beds with a smooth 
clean surface, and the stems neatly tied up, although they 
are not in so much danger as Hyacinths. 

The characters of a good Tiihp are — the stem strong, 
elastic, and erect, about two feet high ; the flower large and 
composed of six petals, proceeding a little horizontally at 
first, and then turning upward, forming a flat-bottomed cup, 
rather widest at the top ; the three exterior petals should be 
larger than the three interior ones, and broader at their 
base ; the edges of the petals entire, free from notch or rug- 
gedness; the top of each well rounded. The color of the 
flower at the bottom of the cup ought to be pure white, or 
yellow, and the rich-colored stripes, which are the principal 
ornament, should be pure, bold, regular, and distinct on the 
margin, and terminate in fine points elegantly penciled. 
The centre of each petal should have one bold stripe, or 
blotch, of rich coloring. The ground colors that are most 
esteemed are white, the purer the finer; or, on the other 
hand, the dark grounds, and of course the darker the better; 
but these vary in estimation, according to the prevailing taste 
of amateurs. 



April'] CHARACTER OF A FINE RANUNCULUS. 87 



ANEMONES AND RANUNCULUS. 

Moist weather and frequent showers are highly essential 
to the perfecting of these flowers; and if these should fail at 
this season of the year, artificial means must be used to sup- 
ply the deficiency. Take a watering-pot without the rose^ 
and run the water (river or rain water is best) gently between 
the rows, taking care not to make holes in the ground. 
When they have got a good watering at root, take the 
syringe and give them a gentle sprinkling in fine evenings, 
observing not to use force for fear of breaking the flower 
stems. In dry weather, the result of a deficiency of water 
would be, that the stems and flowers of the strongest roots 
will be weak and make no progress, and many of them will 
not bloom; the foliage of a sickly, yellow appearance, from 
which they would not recover; and the roots, when taken 
up, are of little use for farther transplanting. 

A good plan in dry seasons is to cover the ground between 
the rows with cow manure, which will prevent the moisture 
from evaporating; and the rain or water passing through it 
greatly enriches the soil and strengthens the roots. 

CHARACTER OF A FINE RANUNCULUS. 

" It is indispensable for a good ranunculus to have a stem 
about eight or twelve inches high, strong enough to support 
the flower, and quite upright. The form of the flower should 
be hemispherical, not less than two inches in diameter, con- 
sisting of numerous petals, gradually diminishing in size to 
the centre, lying over each other, so as neither to be too 
close nor too much separated, but having more of a perpen- 
dicular than a horizontal direction, in order to display the 
colors with better efi'ect. The petals should be broad, with 
entire well-rounded edges, their colors dark, clear, rich, or 
brilliant, either of one color or variously diversified, on a 
ground of cinerous white, primrose, yellow, or flame color, 
or diversified with elegant stripes, spots, or mottlings.'' 



88 AURICULAS — CARNATIONS, PINKS, ETC. \^April. 



AURICULAS. 

Having under this head last month given ample directions 
for the treatment of these plants previous to flowering, we 
refer to that head to avoid repetition. 

CHARACTER OF A FINE AURICULA. 

The pips should be large, flat, and round, with ground 
color equal on every side of the eye, which should be quite 
circular, as well as the edge. The tube a bright lemon yellow, 
perfectly rounds well filled with the anthers or thrum, the 
eye round and large, the body color black or violet, the 
meal fine; the color, in green-edged flowers, should be a 
whole one, not a shaded green. The stem strong, and suffi- 
ciently long to bear the truss above the foliage — the truss 
to consist of not less than five full-blown pips; only one stem 
allowed. 



CARNATIONS, PINKS, &c. . 

If any of these were omitted to be shifted last month, or 
planted out according to directions therein given, let it be 
done forthwith. Where they are still protected with frames, 
give them plenty of air, keeping the sashes entirely off 
during the day, keep the pots perfectly free from weeds, and 
give the foliage frequent sprinklings with water. 

Pohjanthus and Primroses will be exhibiting their beauti- 
ful flowers. They require the same treatment, and delight 
in moisture and a shaded situation. Do not sprinkle them 
while in flower, and keep them clear of weeds or decayed 
leaves, never exposing them to the sun. They are very 
hardy, and, where required, may be planted in very shady 
situations, for they will suffer more from the influence of the 
sun^s rays than from frost. Those plants in pots in general 
that have been protected in frames, and are destined for the 
borders, should now as soon as possible be planted in their 
destined situations, having nothing to fear from chilling 
winds or frosts after the middle of this mouthy except in un- 



April.'] POLIANTHES TUBEROSA FLORE PLENO. 



89 



common seasons. Those that are to be kept in pots, if not 
repotted, do it immediately, and give regular supplies of water. 

CHARACTER OF A POLYANTHUS. 

The pips large, flat, and round, with small indentures 
between each division of the limb, dividing the pip into 
heart-like segments edged with bright yellow; the edge and 
the eye ought to be of the same color, the truss to consist of 
not less than five full-blown pips, supported on a strong stem, 
standing well above the foliage. 

POLIANTHES TUBEROSA FLORE PLENO. 

This very popular bulb, generally known as Tuherose, has 
been cultivated in England upwards of two centuries, whence 
we no doubt have received it, and now can return those of 
our production to supply their demand. The flowers are 
many and highly odoriferous, and of the purest white, and 
on a flower stem from three to five feet high. To have them 
in the greatest perfection, they should be planted in a lively 
hot-bed, about the first of this month, in six inch pots filled 
with light rich earth, giving very little water until they 
begin to grow, when they ought to be liberally supplied with 
plenty of air, and about the end of next month they may be 
planted in the borders, providing a spot for them that is or 
has been well worked, and enriched with well-decomposed 
manure. Secure their flower stems to proper rods. Previ- 
ous to planting the roots, all the ofl'-sets should be taken off 
and planted separately; keep the crown of the bulb level 
with the surface of the pot, and when they are replanted in 
the open ground, put them two inches deeper. 

But when the convenience of a hot-bed cannot be obtained, 
they will succeed very well if planted about the end of this 
month or first of next in the garden, in a bed of earth pre- 
pared for their reception. Let it be dug deep, and make 
the soil light and rich, by giving it a good supply of manure 
two years old, well broken and incorporated with the earth, 
adding a little sand where the soil is heavy. The black earth 
from the woods produced from decayed leaves is equally as 



90 



HEARTSEASE OR PANSY. 



good without sand. Having the ground in proper order, draw 
drills about four inches deep and eighteen inches apart ; plant 
the bulbs (after divesting them of their off-sets) nine inches 
apart in the row, covering the crown of the bulb about an 
inch and a half. When done, carefully rake and finish off 
the beds. When they shoot up their flower stems, give them 
neat rods for their support. Plant the off-sets in closer rows 
to produce flowering roots for next year, because they seldom 
flower the second time. 



ON THE CULTURE OF THE HEARTSEASE OR PANSY 
(VIOLA TRICOLOR). 

The simplicity and striking beauty of this lovely little 
flower have attracted notice from the earliest floral times, but 
it is only within these few years that it has come into high 
estimation as a florist's flower. Indeed, when the figures and 
descriptive characters of these little gems^^ came first from 
England to this country, we were almost induced to believe 
they were exaggerated '^pictures of fancy,^^ till we actually 
cultivated within these last two years in our own parterre 
upwards of two inches in diameter. 

They delight in a situation partially shaded from the hot 
rays of the sun, either fully exposed to the morning rays till 
ten o'clock, or the afternoon sun from three o'clock; a soil 
composed of four parts good loam and one part thoroughly 
rotted manure, or three parts loam and one part decayed 
leaves, not less than one foot deep : the soil must not be 
more elevated than the surrounding surface, as they like a 
good supply of moisture. If they are to be cultivated from 
seeds, they should be thinly sown about the first of the month, 
or about the end of August or first of September, and very 
lightly covered with fine soil, giving them very frequent 
waterings in dry weather. Those sown now will bloom in 
July, and very profusely in the autumn; but those sown in 
the latter period will not bloom till early the following spring. 
When any very esteemed variety is raised, it should be pro- 
pagated, which is very easily done, either by layers or cut- 
tings, and sometimes by division of the root, but the two 
former methods are preferable. The best time for laying is 
about the first of September: an inch or two of the soil may 



April^ HEARTSEASE OR PANSY. 



91 



be removed all round the plant, the shoots laid down in the 
hollow; and covered over with light rich compost. The 
shoots will root more freely if they get a gentle twist when 
laying them down. The best period for propagating by 
cuttings is about the middle of this month or September. 
Cuttings should be chosen from young shoots about two or 
three inches long ; for when shoots are woody or liollow they 
will either not strike at all or produce unhealthy plants. A 
shaded but airy situation is preferable^ and if the soil is of a 
light sandy nature, the better success will attend the opera- 
tion : the cuttings should be firmly inserted from one to two 
inches deep in the ground, and covered with a glass, or where 
that convenience is not at hand, they ma/ be shaded during 
the day with oiled paper, or any similar substitutes. In 
preparing the cuttings, care ought to be taken to cut close to 
a joint, a rule which should be strictly attended to in making 
cuttings of every description. When they have fairly rooted 
and taken a growth, they can be removed in cloudy, moist 
weather, to their proper allotments. Seeds ought to be care- 
fully collected from the finer sorts, and sown as soon there- 
after as convenience will allow, as they deteriorate by long 
keeping. Many hundreds of named varieties are carefully 
cultivated in England, A select list sent contains onJ^/ three 
hundred and seventy-four names. To attempt a general or 
even brief description of them in this work would be con- 
sidered by many of our friends prolix and unnecessary; but 
the following criteria of a fine Pansy has just passed a select 
committee of the Pennsylvania Horticultural Society : — 

The chief object to be desired is symmetry of the flower. 
The petals should be large, broad and flat, lying upon each 
other so as to form a circle, and prevent anything like 
angles or intersections of this circular outline. The petals 
should be as nearly of a size as possible, the two top ones 
being the largest, but so covered with the two side ones as 
not to appear disproportion ed. The top petals should not 
wave or bend back. The bottom petal should be broad and 
two-lobed, fiat, and not curving inward; above an inch in 
breadth is a good size ; the colors should be clear, brilliant, 
and not changing. The eye should not be too large, and it 
is accounted finest when the penciling is so arranged as to 
form a dark angular spot. 

The flower stalk should be long and stifi; rather than 
glender.^^ 



92 



JACOBEA LILY. 



[April. 



(JLADIOLUS OR SWORD LILY. 

It is now a \v(']l-ascortaincJ fact that the whole of this 
beautiful family will .succeed well with a treatment similar 
to the tube rose, refjwiring to be two or three weeks earlier 
j)l:inte(l: indeed, (i. (v^y/zw/z/j/As- and its varieties are perfectly 
hardy; but the splendid (I. pi^ittavXnuHj v^'iXh large yellow, 
red, and green flowers; (l. cardinal is, scarlet and white; 
(i, hlaiidusy rose and white; (/. Jf()ral)iin<lusj shaded rose, 
(r. JhnnnsfssfnmSj magnificent scarlet; G. (fandavcnsisj large 
and superb orange scarlet and yellow; G. ramostis, delicate 
waxy pink, of strong growth ; (>. /hu'sfh\ bright scarlet shaded 
with orange and yellow, splendid ; and several others are 
worthy of the greatest care and attention. Their large spikes 
of showy flowers will well compensate for an extra degree of 
can^ in preparation of soil, <Slc. 

AMARYLLIS FORMOSISSIMA. OR .lACOBF.A LILY. 

About the end of this or beginning of next month is the ^ 
most j)roper time for planting out these bulbs. This flower 
is of the most beautiful and rich crimson velvet color. The 
bidb generally produces two stems, the one after the other, 
about the end of May or first of June. The stem is from 
nine inches to one foot high, surmounted by a single flower, 
composed of six petals, three hanging down, three erect and 
recurved; the stamens droop on the centre of the under 
petals. The flower thus appears nodding on one side of the 
stem, and has a most graceful and charming ajipearance. If 
planted in a bed, prej)are the ground as before directed for 
7\d)crosrs. Keep the rows one foot asunder, and the bulbs 
six inches apart in the rows, covering them two inches over 
their crowns. This plant is now called S/trci/ixlia /orni()s)s- 
si)/ia, and we think properly, too, for its character and habit 
dilfer from A)}i(in///is. 

\Ve have not the sniallest doubt that, in a few years, not 
only this superb South American bulb will adorn our flower 
gardens, but many of the rich bulbs of l^razil and South 
America generally will yearly exhibit to us the beauty of 
their colors, and the beautiful constructiou of their flowers 



TIGER FLOWER — WALKS. 



93 



and foliage, of which wo are now generally deprived, perhaps 
because we have not the conveniency of a proper hot-house 
for their protection during winter. Hut it will found, in 
many instances, that these bulbs will do perfectly well to be 
kept dry in a warm room from October to May, when the 
heat of our summer is sufficient for the perfection of tliciir 
llowers, and many species will ri[)en their i^eeds. ^J1ie })ulb 
that is known as AmarijllU Bdladoana^ now called Jklla- 
ddnna jmr^mnUcenSj is hardy. 

TIOKR FLOWER. 

TyjricUa, a genus of IMexican bulbs belonging to Jlfoiia- 
drlphid Trf<ln(ln'(( ^ producing the most b(\*iuti(Vd flowcu'S of 
tlie natural order of Irulaxi. T. pardiria is of th(; brightest 
scarlet, tinged and spotted with pure ycillow. T. ronvhijibira^ 
color rich yellow, tinged and s})ott(!(l with bright crimson; 
flower larger than the former. 'Jlie colors are V(iry ri(;h, and 
purely contrasted. The corolla is about four inches in 
diameter, composed of six p(itals; the outer arci reflextul. ^Flie 
flower, though splendid in beauty, exists oidy one day; but, 
to compensate for that, a plant will produ(^e flowers for 
several weeks; and where a bed of them can be colhictcd, 
they will bloom in profusion from July to Sej)tember. 1'h(iy 
like a light, rich, free soil, from twelve to eighteen inches 
deep. JJft the bulbs in October, and preserve them as di- 
rected in that month for Ttibenm^. l^e suni that they be 
kept dry a,nd secure from frost. A bed of tluise should be 
in every garden. A writer says, ^Mt is the most beautiful 
flower that is cultivated.^' Tlarit them about tlu^ end of this 
or flrst of next month; if in beds, keep th(;m six inches apart 
in the row^ and one foot apart from row to row. 

WALKS. 

The walks in general should be put in tli(i neatest onhir 
during this month. Little requires to be added to the ob- 
'servations of last month ; but if these have not be(m executed, 
fail not to have it done the lirst o[)portunily, choosing dry 
weather for the operation of turmwj the old or adding new 



94 



EVERGREEN HEDGES. 



\^ApriL 



gravel to them, leveling, raking, and rolling neatly as you 
proceed. Always after rain give the whole of the gravel 
walks a good rolling. This being frequently done during 
the early part of the season, will be a saving of much labor 
and time through the summer. The walks having a firm 
surface, the growth of weeds will be retarded, and the heavy 
rains will not be so apt to injure them. Where there are 
any pretensions to keeping these in order, they ought to be 
picked of weeds and litter once a-week, and gone over with 
the roller at least once every two weeks during the season. 

Sweep and divest the grass walks or plats of all worm- 
casts, litter, &c., cutting the edgings neatly. Mow the grass 
every two or three weeks from this time to October, sweep- 
ing off the grass clean each time, and give frequent rollings 
to keep the surface smooth. If any require to be laid with 
turf, delay it no longer. For direction, see last month. The 
above observations on walks in general will apply through 
the season; therefore, we will not repeat this subject until 
October. 



EVERGREEN HEDGES. 

We have previously observed, under the head Evergreens, 
that this is the best season for their replanting. We cannot 
pass over the observations of this month without having 
reference to evergreen hedges, so much neglected among us, 
and yet so important to the diversity of aspect, and especially 
to soften a little the gloomy appearance of our winters. 
There are three indigenous shrubs, and at least three exotics, 
that are well adapted for the purpose, viz., JPinus CanadensiSy 
Hemlock-spruce; Thuja occidentalism American arborvitae; 
Thvja orientdlis, Chinese arborvitae; and Junipcris Virgi- 
nidnaj Eed-cedar. Where there is to be a hedge of any of 
these planted, select plants about two feet high ; lift them 
carefully, preserving the roots as much as possible. Dig a 
trench from one and a half to two feet wide, and from one 
to one foot and a half deep. This will admit the soil to be 
well broken about the roots, which must be done in planting. 
Keep the plants in the centre of the trench, mixing the 
shortest and the tallest, that it may be of one height, putting 
the earth close about their roots as you proceed, and make it 



BOX EDGINGS. 



95 



firm with the foot; fill up, and water as directed for ever- 
greens in this month. If the season is very dry, give it 
frequent copious waterings. 

None of them should be topped for a few seasons, except 
such as are much above the others in height, keeping the 
sides regular and even by clipping or shearing once a-year, 
either in this month or at the end of August. It is better 
to keep the top (when they have got to the desired height) 
pointed than broad. The latter method retains a heavy 
weight of snow, which frequently breaks down, or otherwise 
deforms, that which has cost much labor to put into shape. 

Euonymus japonica, bright green foliage of free growth 
and quite hardy. There is also the variegated variety, very 
excellent for hedges south of this latitude. 

BOX EDGINGS. 

Where these have not been laid, this month is the proper 
time. Do not delay the planting of such any later. For 
ample directions, see llarch, under this head. Clipping of 
these should be done about the middle of this month. 
There will then be no danger of frosts to brown the leaves, 
and the young foliage will not be expanded. To keep these 
edgings in order, they must be cut once a-year, and never be^ 
allowed to get above four inches high and two inches wide. 
What we consider the neatest edging is three inches high, 
two inches wide at the bottom, tapering to a thin edge at 
the top. It is very unsightly to see large bushy edgings, 
especially to narrow walks. 

The use of edgings is to keep the soil from the gravel, and 
the larger they are allowed to grow, the more inefiectual they 
become : growing more open below as they advance in height. 
The operation may be done very expeditiously by clipping 
the tops level, going longitudinally along with shears for the 
purpose, called box shears. Strain a line along the centre 
of the edgings, cutting perpendicularly from the line to the 
bottom on each side, leaving only the breadth of the line at 
top. Edgings cut in this manner, every spring, will always 
look well, and the trouble, comparatively, is a mere trifle. 



96 



DAHLIAS. 



[May. 



GENERAL CARE OF PLANTS COMING INTO FLOWER. 

Every part of the flower ground should be put into neat 
order, gi"iiig such plants about the borders as are shooting 
up their flower stems, and are tender, and in danger of being 
hurt or broken by the wind, proper sticks or rods for their 
support. In doing this, endeavor to conceal the rods, &c., 
as much as possible, by dressing the stems and leaves in a 
natural-looking manner over them. Let the stakes be in 
proportion to the height and growth of the plants. It looks 
very unsightly to see strong stakes to short and weak-grow- 
ing plants. The tyings likewise should be proportionate. 

Examine all the beds and patches of seedling flowers now 
coming up, and let them be refreshed with water as it may 
be necessary, and pick out the weeds as they appear. 

We cannot leave this department at this season of the 
year without enforcing the benefit and beauty that will 
result from keeping the weeds down during this and the 
next month. Therefore strictly observe that there are none 
running to seed in any part of the garden ] in fact, they ought 
not to be allowed to rear their heads one day in sight. 



MAY. 

As the season for planting out the Dahlia is now ap- 
proaching, we will endeavor to give our readers the whole 
subject of their management, so as to insure a good bloom 
of this the most fashionable and popular ornamental plant of 
the present day. As very many are entirely unacquainted 
with the nature and even the habits of the plant, a brief 
synopsis of its history will assist in giving a key to its cul- 
ture. The plant was first discovered by Humboldt, in 
Mexico, growing in sandy plains, three thousand feet above 
the level of the sea. The date is not precisely known, but 
supposed to be about 1785-6. Indisputable authority, how- 
ever, speaks of its being introduced into England in 1789; 
but was lost and again introduced in 1803^ from Madrid, by 



MayJ] PROPAGATION— BY CUTTINGS. 97 



Lady Holland; from wMcli period till 1830 it had but little 
notice in cultivation. Indeed, it seems to have been reserved 
for the intelligent growers of the last few years to bring it 
into general notice; and if we take a retrospective view of 
the rapid progress of Dahlia culture within these last five 
years, we will be led to exclaim, Where will all this termi- 
nate?^^ But time alone can solve the question; at present it 
is impossible to come to any satisfactory conclusions. Only 
a few years ago, and who would have conceived the idea of 
having tipped, striped, and spotted Dahlias of almost every 
hue and color; and although historical writers on the genus 
alluded to the improbability of a blue flower ever being pro- 
duced, yet it is not unreasonable to imagine that ere long we 
will have flowers beautifully and distinctly striped with black 
and white, and even combining the gaudy colors of the tulip, 
or the choicest hues of the carnation ; perhaps the criteria of 
character may change to those of huge globular forms or 
balls — nay, even the odor of the E.ose or the Jasmine may 
be imparted, and what then ? Only let amateurs and culti- 
vators persevere with the spirit they have done during the 
last few years, and we think all we have advanced will be 
realized. . 

Propagation. This operation may be performed in vari- 
ous ways, either by division of the root, by cutting off the 
young shoots, or by grafting. For general planting, division 
of the root will be sufficient; about the first of the month 
the old root, entire, should be planted in some warm and 
sheltered spot of the garden, covering it with sand, vegetable 
mould, or any light soil; in about two weeks the " eyes or 
young shoots will have sprouted: then it will be properly 
seen how they can be most carefully divided ; the root should 
be carefully cut into as many pieces as there are eyes or 
sprouts, leaving only one tuber to each, when they can be 
planted into the situation appropriated for their blooming. 

Propagation hy Cuttings. Prepare a hot-bed in March, 
as therein described, and place a frame and lights of the 
required size upon it; scatter over the surface of the bed four 
or five inches of sand, old bark, or any light soil; after four 
or five days, the fresh steam will have subsided, when the 
roots may be laid thereon, covering them (but not over the 
crowns) with light sandy soil ; but where large pots can be 
obtained, I prefer planting them in the pots; by this means 
9 



98 



PROPAGATION BY GRAFTINa. [^May. 



the plants are kept distinct^ and can be taken out at any 
time and examined. They should be frequently sprinkled 
with water that is partially warm; and if, after they are thus 
placed in the bed, a rank and dense steam should arise^ the 
lights should be slightly raised both night and day, till it 
subsides; and if the nights are cold, cover the lights with 
mats or shutters. This gentle bottom heat will speedily in- 
duce the eyes to grow, and when the shoots have attained 
the height of three or four inches, they should be cut ofi* 
close to the base, which makes the best plant. After the 
cuttings are taken off, pot them singly into very small pots 
filled with light sandy loam, containing a good portion of 
black earth from the woods, and placed in another moderate 
hot-bed and give a gentle supply of water. Particular care 
must be paid to shading them from the violent rays of the 
sun, for if they are once exposed, they seldom recover: in 
this state they should continue till they have formed their 
roots, which, in a temperature of from sixty to seventy de- 
grees, will be in from two to three weeks. Where a great 
stock of any particular sort is wanted, the cuttings should be 
taken off just below a joint, leaving two or three eyes at the 
base of the shoot, which will again speedily produce new 
shoots, that can be again removed in a similar manner. 

When the plants are rooted, thej may then be considered 
established, and all that is necessary is, to shift them into 
larger pots as they require; and gradually inure them to a 
lower temperature, till they can endure the open air, which 
will not be before the middle of May. 

Propcigation hy Grafting. Where only a few plants are 
wanted, this is a very successful method, as an operation can 
be conducted in the office or parlor window. The cutting 
intended for the graft should have about three joints; when 
obtained, select a good tuber without eyes from any common 
sort, and with a sharp knife cut a slice from the upper part 
of the root downward about two inches in length, and about 
half an inch in depth, and then cut it off horizontally, leav- 
ing a ledge whereon to rest the graft; next cut the graft 
sloping to fit, and cut it so that an eye or joint may be at 
the bottom of it to rest on the aforesaid ledge. After the 
graft has been firmly tied, a piece of clay should be put 
round it; pot the root in fine soil, in a pot that will bury the 
graft half way in the mould, and cover it with a glass (a 



SOIL — ARRANGEMENT. 



99 



large tumbler will do), and in two weeks it will have taken 
root; the glass may then be removed^ and the plant gradually 
inured to the open air. 

Soil. As far as my observations enable me to judge, the 
soil best adapted for -the Dahlia is a sandy loam, not reten- 
tive of moisture, and not too rich, as they will grow to leaves 
and branches, producing few flowers, and even then imper- 
fect : not too poor, as in such they will be very indiflerent, 
meagre in size and general appearance. Where soils are 
rich and heavy, a portion of sand or gravel should be mixed 
in the soil where they are planted : but if poor, incorporate 
with the sand well decomposed manure; and when the plants 
are planted, a stick in proportion to the plant should be put 
with it, and at least eighteen inches in the ground, and not 
less than two inches in diameter, to which they must be care- 
fully tied as they grow, never allowing more than one stem 
to each plant; and the side branches should be cut off from 
one to three feet from the ground, according to the height of 
the plant. Emperor de Maroc, the most favorite crimson 
Dahlia, tipped with white, comes invariably true to its 
character in sandy soil^ whereas, in rich heavy soil, it is fre- 
quently only crimson. The worst of all soils for the Dahlia 
is a rich loam retentive of moisture; in such they grow to 
wood and foliage, producing few and very imperfect flowers. 

The best disposition or arrangement in planting the 
Dahlia, I think, is in groups; each group should be com- 
posed of a different section of color : this affords a close 
comparison, and gives greater diversity of landscape than 
combining the colors; the tallest growing sorts should be 
carefully planted in the centre or at the back of each group. 
The roots should be planted from three to four feet from 
each other every way. But where they are planted in rows 
along walks or avenues, two or three feet will be a suflicient 
distance from plant to plant. Individual plants look ex- 
tremely well if they are of a dwarf habit. To have a con- 
tinued succession of bloom, there should be two plantings; 
the first about the fifteenth of the month, and the latest 
about the end of June; it is the June' planting that gene- 
rally produces the finest flowers; this fact (though lately 
discovered) is now well understood by some cultivators, and 
is easily accounted for. When plants are forced and planted 
early^ they are in a flowering state much earlier^ to be sure^ 



100 



ARRANGEMENT. 



[^May. 



but tbey are OYertaken with^ perhaps, a hot dry summer^ 
which blights'^ the buds, and are more subject to the dis- 
ease called '^curl/^ the young leaves, as they expand, are per- 
forated with numerous holes; the margins become brownish, 
as if burnt; they then become curled, placid, and the whole 
plant unhealthy and dwarfish. The principal stem ceases to 
grow, and numerous suckers and stems arise from below, 
forming a dense bush. The flowers of such plant, as might 
be expected; are small and irregular; and however excellent 
the variety may be, they yield nothing but disappointment 
to the anxiously expectant cultivator. This disease is caused 
by an insect, Cymix Chloroterus^ or green bug. It inhabits 
the extremities of the Dahlia, and grows and feeds on the 
under surface of the young leaves, and in its destruction is 
aided by our frequently hot and arid months of July and 
August. Hence^ the reason that the late planting gives 
most satisfaction, they are in these months in a rapid grow- 
ing state, and if attacked outgrow the effects, and push at 
once into bloom in the more moist and cooling month of 
September. The only remedy that is knovrn for the above 
evil is, to look over the plants cautiously in the morning 
when the first attacks are perceptible, and pick off the in- 
sect; it has to be approached with caution, as it instinctively 
throws itself down among the leaves if disturbed; and if it 
escapes, it again climbs up,' and commences its depredations. 
It is admitted that there are exceeding one thousand distinct 
named varieties now in cultivation, and it may be desirable 
to some that a select list of the choicest named sorts now in 
cultivation should be given : but such is the almost endless 
multiplicity of kinds, and such the numerous additions every 
year made, that in a few years those I may mention now as 
being fine will then most probably be considered wholly 
useless. However, for immediate profit and benefit; I re- 
commend the following : — 



PURE WHITE. 



Antagonist; Indispensable, 
Cheltenham Queen^ Miss Percival;. 

Mount BlanC; Princess Alice. 



May^^l ARRANGEMENT. 101 



WHITE OR BLUSH, SHADED OR EDGED WITH PINK 

OR RED. 

Acantha, Gem, 
Mrs. Rushton, Favorite, 
Miss Vyse, Bridal Ring, 

Lady of the Lake, Star. 
Princess Radzivill, 



LILAC. 

Princess Royal, Wm. Penn. 

Victorina, 



ROSE OR PINK. 

Hero of Tippecanoe, Helen, 

Joshua Longstreth, ^ Queen (Widnall's), 

Madam Dresser, Dowager Lady Cowper. 



PURE YELLOW. 

Apollo, Argo, 
Yellow Victory, California, 
Croceus, Florence Dombey. 



YELLOW OR BUFF, STRIPED OR TIPPED WITH RED 

Desdemona, Unique, 
Madam Zahler, Pactolus, 
Victor, Nell Gwynne. 



ORANGE. 



Tison d^Or, 



Orange Superb. 

9>K 



102 



ARRANGEMENT. 



[May. 



RED OR ROSY RED. 



Perfection (McKenzie's), "War Eagle, 
Cardinal Ferettii; Glory of Altenberg. 



Bloomsbury (Lee's), 
Fire Column; 
Scarlet Geni; 



SCARLET. 

Fire King, 
Fulwood, 

Scarlet Perfection. 



ROSY CRIMSON. 



Caleb Cope, Thomas Clarkson. 

Victory of Sussex, 



Compactum, 
Richard Cobden, 
"Warrior, 



CRIMSON. 

Louis Philippe, 
Orb, 

Westbury Rival. 



DARK IMAROON AND VERY DARK. 



Admiral Stopford, 
Hero of Stonehenge, 
Standard of Perfection, 
Othello, 



Vesuvius, 
Col. Baker, 
Essex Triumph, 
Rio des Pontille. 



CRIMSON PERMANENTLY TIPPED WITH WHITE. 

Oakley's Surprise, Miss Shaw Lefevre, 

Josephine, Miss Blackmore. 

Emperor of Morocco, 



Mai/.'] 



CHARACTER OF A FINE DAHLIA. 



103 



STRIPED. 

Striata formosissima, Multicolor. 

YELLOW TIPPED WITH WHITE. 

Mimosa, The Baron. 

Andromeda, 

The above arc the choicest in cultivation at the present 
time, and for farther description in regard to color, height 
and price, we beg to refer our readers to the- periodical cata- 
logues of our respectable nurserymen that are issued every 
spring, and contain many other sorts" of eminence; and not 
a few equally desirable with the above, though the descrip- 
tions of some that are annually received from England are 
more tempting than the article. Whether there are some 
sorts that do produce more perfect and beautiful flowers in 
their humid climate than they do when transferred to ours, 
we cannot practically decide, but presume that it is the fact, 
for we are confident, and every season does more fully con- • 
firm it, that the seedlings grown in this country from seed 
sowed here do grow better, and flower finer, than the gene- 
rality of those imported; and, to prevent us adopting inferior 
sorts, and giving them dashing names, we subjoin the follow- 
ing rules for judging 



CHARACTER OF A FINE DAHLIA. 

The best judges distinguish Dahlias by the three criteria 
of form, color and size. 

^^1. Form. — The front view of the blossom should be 
perfectly circular, without notches or inequalities, caused by 
the petals being pointed, and not, as they should be, rounded; 
smooth at the edges, and slightly concave, but not so much 
as to show any of the back. One of the most perfect flow- 
ers, in this respect, is the Springfield Eival. When the 
petals are pointed, notched, fringed, piped, quilled, concave, 
convex, or flat, the perfectness of the circle is broken, and 
one indispensable beauty in the eye of the florist is deficient. 



104 



ANNUALS, HARDY AND TENDER. [i/a^. 



When the eye or disc is shown in the full-blown flower, 
it is also a striking defect. 

The side view of a first rate flower should be that of a 
perfect hemisphere. 

There is^ perhaps, no example of this perfection of form 
without some slight deficiency. The Countess of Liverpool 
is one of the nearest to a perfect flower in this respect. 

^^2. Color. — This is looked upon by florists as an inferior 
consideration to form, though it is usually the first to attract 
the notice of common observers. 

^^In flowers of one color, or selfs, the color ought to be 
bright and distinct, without any breaking or blotching. 
When there are stripes, mottlings, shadings, or edgings, 
these should be clear and uniformly marked, the colors dis- 
tinct without clouding or running. 

^^3. Size. — Although large flowers with superior form 
and clear distinct colors are esteemed superior to small 
flowers with the same properties, yet size alone is looked 
upon by florists as nothing when form and color are defec- 
tive.^^ 

Particular care should be taken with seeds, especially such 
as are saved from fine sorts. If they are sown about the 
first of April, on a gentle hot-bed, or in a green-house in 
plots, filled with light rich earth, covering the seeds about 
three-eighths of an inch, and when they have made leaves, 
pot them ofi" singly into small pots, till time for planting out, 
or where a quantity is grown, three plants may be put into 
one pot, and thus planted, and when they bloom the bad can 
be pulled up, leaving those of good character to stand for 
farther trial : none should be kept but such as come up to 
the above rules ; and if they do not do so the first year, there 
is little hope of their being more perfect the second. 

ANNUALS, HARDY AND TENDER. 

By the first of the month, finish sowing all hardy Annuals 
and Biennials; and about the middle of the month all those 
that are tropical. The weather being now warm, they will 
vegetate in a few days or weeks. Attend to thinning of those 
that are too thick, giving gentle waterings to such as are 
weak in dry weather. Those that have been protected in 



May,^] TUBEROSES AND AMARYLLIS. 105 



frames should be fully exposed therein night and day ; take 
the first opportunity of damp cloudy days to have them 
transplanted into the borders or beds, lifting them out of the 
frame with as much earth as will adhere to their roots. 



CARE OF HYACINTHS, TULIPS, &c. 

For the treatment of these^ while in bloom^ see last month. 
The best time to take them out of the ground is about five 
weeks after they are done flowering, or when the stem ap- 
pears what may be termed half-decayed. The best method 
to dry them is to place the roots in rows, with bulb to bulb, 
the stems lying north and south, or east and west. Give the 
bulbs a very thin covering of earth, merely to exclude the 
sun, so that they may not dry too rapidly, being thereby 
liable to become soft. When they have thoroughly dried in 
this situation, which will be in eight or ten days in dry 
weather (and if it rains cover them with boards), take them 
to an airy dry loft or shade, clearing off the fibres or stems, 
and in a few weeks put them in close drawers, or cover them 
with sand perfectly dry, until the time of planting, for which 
see October. 

It is not advisable to allow any of the bulbs of either 
Hyacinths or Tulips to seed, as it retards their ripening and 
weakens the root, except where there are a few desired for 
new varieties. The small ofF-sets must be carefully kept in 
dry sand; or immediately planted. 

^ ANExMONES AND RANUNCULUS 

These, while in bloom, should be carefully shaded from 
the sun by hoops and thin canvas, or an erect temporary 
awning ; and as soon as they are done flowering, they must 
be fully exposed and the w'^terings given up. 

TUBEROSES AND AMARYLLIS, 

That are not planted^ should now be done. For full di- 
rections, see last month. In many seasons, any time before 
the twelfth is quite soon enough ; but nothing ought to be 



106 



GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 



[May. 



delayed wlien the season will permit it to be done. It is 
necessary to have them properly labeled. 

AURICULAS, POLYANTHUS, AND PRLMROSES 

Will now be done flowering, but still must be carefully 
kept in a cool, shady situation, and all decayed leaves cut 
off as soon as they appear. Examine them carefully and 
frequently, in case slugs of any description be preying upon 
them. A dusting of hot lime will kill them, or they may be 
otherwise destroyed. Some have recommended to repot and 
slip those plants when done flowering, ^^or they will contract 
a destructive disease;'' which disease is a loss of verdure, and 
is induced by too much heat and drought, and a few other 
causes from inattention; but if attended to as above, until 
September, when they should be fresh-potted, they will have 
time to be sufficiently established before winter, which is the 
most judicious time to take off slips^ for two reasons, namely, 
they do not want so much nursing through the most preca- 
rious season of the year (summer) for these plants^ and they 
begin to grow, and will root afresh sooner. 

. DOUBLE WALL-FLOWERS. 

As these are very seldom grown from seed, and are semi- 
biennials, art has to be used to preserve or renew them. 
About the end of this month, take shoots of this year about 
three inches long, cutting them carefully off, and smoothing 
the cut end with a sharp knife : from this, cut the lower 
leaves off about one inch and a half, and then put it in the 
ground; choose a very shady spot, mixing the soil with a 
little sand and earth, or decayed leaves. Sprinkle them 
three times a-day until they have taken root, which will be 
in a few weeks. Keep the cuttings about four inches apart. 

GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 

TVe do not consider that it is essential every month to re- 
peat the necessity of tying up plants, cutting down weeds. 



June^ JulyJ] autumn plowering bulbs. 107 



raking &c., with many other similar observations. "We have 
already been full on these subjects^ and expect these to be 
remembered through the season. Particular care^ however, 
is required to carnations, pinks, or any plants that have 
heavy heads and slender stems. If carnations are desired to 
flower strongly, cut off all the buds except three, leaving the 
uppermost and any other two of the largest. All climbing 
plants should have timely support, and tied securely every 
week while they are growing. 



JUNE AND JULY. 

« 

HOLLAND BULBS. 

The lifting of these will be general in J une. For direc- 
tions, see May. It is not advisable to take up Jonquils, 
Fritilldria, Crocus, and Iris, oftener than every alternate 
year. Jonquils may stand three years. Anemones and 
Ranunculus should be carefully lifted after their leaves be- 
gin to fade. Do not expose them to the sun, but cover 
slightly with earth or sand until they are perfectly dry, when 
they may be sifted out of the earth, and put into drawers 
carefully labeled. Some recommend to soak these roots in 
soap-suds, to destroy a worm with which they are frequently 
attacked. We know not how far this may be carried, nor 
the good or bad effects, never having practiced it. 



AUTUMN FLOWERING BULBS. 

These are Amaryllis liitea, now called Sternhergia liUea; 
A, Belladonna, now Belladonna jpurpurdscens ; Crocus sat\'- 
vus, C, Palldsiij C. serotinus, and C. nudiflorus, and all the 
species of Colchicum, with species of several other genera 
not introduced into the country. They should all be lifted 
as soon as the foliage is decayed, and kept only a few weeks 
out of the ground, and then again replanted in fresh soil. 
The economy of the genus Cdlchicum in regard to its bulbs. 



108 



CARNATIONS AND PINKS. \_June, July. 



flowers, and seeds, is altogether singular, and may be termed 
an anomaly of nature. In producing the new bulbs or off- 
sets, in a very curious manner the old one perishes. The 
flowers, which arise with long slender tubes from the root, 
die off in October, without leaving any external appearance 
of seeds. These lie buried all the winter within the bulb; 
in spring they throw up a fruit stalk, and are ripe about the 
first of June. How beautiful and admirable is this provi- 
sion I The plant blooming so late in the year would not 
have time to mature its seeds before winter; and is, there- 
fore, so contrived that it may be performed out of the reach 
of the usual effects of frost, and they are brought above the 
surface when perfected, and at a proper season for sowing. 

CARNATIONS AND PINKS. 

In order to make the former flower well, if the weather is 
dry, give them frequent waterings at the root, and tie them 
up neatly to their rods. The criterion of a fine Carnation 
4^— The stem strong and straight, from thirty to forty inches 
high; the corolla three inches in diameter, consisting of large, 
round, well-formed petals, but not so many as to crowd it, 
nor so few as to make it appear thin or empty; the outside 
petals should rise above the calyx about half an inch, and 
then turn off in a horizontal direction, to support the interior 
petals, they forming nearly a hemispherical corolla. The 
interior petals should decrease in size toward the centre, all 
regularly disposed on every side; they should have a small 
degree of concavity at the lamina or broad end, the edges 
perfectly entire. The calyx above one inch in length, with 
strong broad points in a close and circular body. Tlie colors 
must be perfectly distinct, disposed in reguhir long stripes, 
broadest at the edge of the lamina, and gradually becoming 
narrower as they approach the unguis or base oi" the petal, 
there terminating in a fine point. Those that contain two 
colors upon a white ground are esteemed the finest. 

The criterion of a clouhle j^i^^- — The stem about twelve 
inches, the calyx smaller, but similar to a carnation; the 
flower two inches and a half in diameter; petals rose edges; 
color vrhite and pure purple, or rich crimson; the nearer it 
approaches to black the more is it esteemed; proportions 



June^ JidyJ] laying carnations and pinks. 109 



equal as in carnation. Those that are very tasteful with 
these flowers are attentive to the manner of their opening. 
Where the calyx is deficient in regular expansion^ to display 
the petals; that is, where there is a tendency to burst open 
on one side more than on the other, the opposite side in two 
or three different indentations should be slit a little at 
several times with the point of a small sharp knife, taking 
care not to cut the petals, and about the centre of the calyx 
tie a thread three or four times round to prevent any further 
irregularitjy . Some florists and connoisseurs place cards on 
them. This is done when the calyx is small. Take a piece 
of thin pasteboard, about the size of a dollar, cut a small 
aperture in its centre to admit the bud to pass through. 
When on, tie it tight to the rod, to prevent the wind from 
blowing it about; and when the flower is expanded, draw up 
the card to about the middle of the calyx, and spread the 
petals one over the other regularly upon it. When these 
plants are in flower, their beauty may be prolonged by giving - 
them a little shade from the mid-day sun by an awning of 
any simple description. Where they are in pots, they can 
be removed to a cool shady situation (but not directly under 
trees). 

« 

OF LAYING CARNATIONS AND PINKS. 

This is a necessary and yearly operation Jo keep a supply 
of plants, and likewise to have them always in perfection. 
As the process of laying, though simple, may not be known 
to all who are desirous of cultivating these plants, we will 
give an outline of the mode of operation. Provide first a 
quantity of small hooked twigs (pieces of Asparagus stems 
are very suitable), about three inches long, for pegging the 
layers down in the earth. Select the outward, strongest and 
lowest shoots that are round the plant; trim off a few of the 
under leaves, and shorten the top ones even with the knife, 
and then applying it at a joint about the middle of the under 
side of the shoot, cut about half through in a slanting direc- 
tion, making an upward slit toward the next joint, near an 
inch in extent; and loosening the earth, make a small oblong 
cavity one or two inches deep, putting a little fresh light 
earth therein. Lay the stem part where the slit is made 
10 



110 



OF BUDDING, ETC. [Jwie, July. 



into the earth, keeping the cut part open, and the head of 
the layer upright one or two inches out of the earth ; and in 
that position peg down the layer with one of the hooked 
twigs, and cover the inserted part to the depth of one inch 
with some of the fresh earth, pressing it gently down. In 
this manner proceed to lay all the proper shoots of each 
plant. Keep the earth a little full around the plant, to 
retain longer the water that may be applied. Give imme- 
diately a moderate watering, with a rose watering-pot, and 
in dry weather give light waterings every eveniDg. Choose 
a cloudy day for the above operation. In about two months 
they will be well rooted. 

OF BUDDING OR INOCULATION OF ROSES. 

According to what we have previously hinted in regard 
to having roses as standards, where such are desired, the 
month of July or August is a proper time for the operation 
of budding. The kinds to be taken for stocks should be of 
a strong free growth : such as Maniitay Maiden s blusliy R. 
canina, and frequently the French Eylantiiie are taken. Be 
provided with a proper budding knife*, which has a sharp, 
thin blade, adapted to prepare the bud, with a tapering ivory 
haft, miade thin at the end, for raising the bark of the stock. 
For tyings, use bass strings from Eussia mats, which should 
be soaked in water to make them more pliable. The height 
of the stock or stem at which the bud is to be inserted, is to 
be determined by the intended destination of the tree (as it 
may be properly called). Choose a smooth part of the stem, 
from one to three years old. Having marked the place, 
prune away all the lateral shoots about and underneath it. 
^Yith the knife directed horizontally, make an incision about 
half an inch long in the bark of the stock, cutting to the 
wood, but not deeper; then applying the point of the knife 
to the middle of this line, make a perpendicular incision un- 
der the first, extending from it between one and two inches. 
Having a healthy shoot of the growth of this year provided 
of the kind that is desired, begin at the lower end of this 
shoot, cut away all the leaves, leaving the footstalk of each. 
Being fixed on a promising bud, insert the knife about half 
an inch above the eye, slanting it downward, and about half 



June^ July,"} of budding, etc. Ill 

through the shoot. Draw it out about an inch below the 
eye, so as to bring away the bud unimpaired with the bark, 
and part of the wood adhering to it; the wood now must be 
carefully detached from the bark. To do this, insert the 
point of the knife between the bark and wood at one end, 
and, holding the bark tenderly, strip off the woody part, 
which will readily part from the bark, if the shoot from 
which the piece is taken has been properly imbued with 
sap.* Look at the inner rind of the separated bark, to see 
if that be entire : if there be a hole in it, the eye of the bud 
has been pulled away with the wood, rendering the bud use- 
less, which throw away ] if there be no hole, return to the 
stock, and with the haft of the knife gently raise the bark 
on each side of the perpendicular incision, opening the lips 
wide enough to admit the prepared slip with the eye. If the 
slip is longer than the upright incision in the stock, reduce 
the largest end. Stock and bud being ready, keep the latter 
in its natural position ; introduce it between the bark and 
wood of the stock, pushing it gently downward until it 
reaches the bottom of the perpendicular incision. Let the 
eye of the bud project through the centre of the lips ; lay 
the slip with the bud as smooth as possible, and press down 
the raised bark of the stock. The bud being deposited, bind 
that part of the stock moderately tight with bass, beginning 
a little below the incision, proceeding upward so as to keep 
the eye uncovered, finishing above the incision. In a month 
after the operation, examine whether the bud has united 
with the stock. If it has succeeded, the bud will be full 
and fresh; if not, it will be brown and contracted. When 
it has taken, untie the bandage, that the bud may swell, and 
in a few days afterwards cut the head of the stock off about 
six inches above the inoculation, and prevent all shoots from 
growing by pinching them off. This will forward the bud, 
which will push and ripen wood this season ; but it must be 
carefully tied as it grows to the remaining head of the stock. 
Some do not head down the stock until the following springs 

* We once budded three eyes of the white moss rose, after they 
had, by mistake, been carried in the pocket of a coat three days. 
The shoot was soaked six hours in water, and two of the buds grew. 
From this we infer that shoots, if properly wrapped up, may be 
carried very great distances, and grow successfully. 



112 



EVERGREEN HEDGES. 



\_Aiigust. 



thereby not encouraging the bud to grow, which, if winter 
sets in early, is the safest method. 

OF WATERING. 

If the season be dry, look over the lately planted shrubs, 
and give them frequent copious waterings; and a few of the 
finest annuals that are wanted to flower perfectly should be 
attended to. We do confess that we used to be advocates 
for giving plenty of water to the Dahlia, but the severe 
drought of 1838 put our science to the test, and the result 
was, that of about one hundred plants of our most choice 
kinds, which we regularly watered three times a-week, for 
nine weeks, during which period we had not a drop of rain, 
the plants grew luxuriantly, but many of them never pro- 
duced a perfect bloom; and those that had no attention 
whatever paid to them, except a little manure or litter laid 
on the surface oyer the roots, flowered almost as well as in our 
more moist seasons. Hence we infer that an occasional water- 
ing may be of service, but continued and repeated artificial 
waterings are injurious. 



AUGUST. 

EVERGREEN HEDGES. 

These always make two growths in the Season, and the 
best time to perform the operation of clipping or dressing 
them is before the plants begin their second growth. Choose, 
if possible, dull and cloudy days, as in such weather they 
will not be so liable to get brown or bruised by shearing. 
The general practice in forming these is to have the sides 
even and the top level, forming a right angle on each side. 
However neat in appearance this may be considered, it 
certainly is stiff and formal. We never approve of clipping 
where it can be avoided, and, when adopted, nature ought to 



August.'] BULBOUS ROOTS. 113 

imitated. Therefore^ have all hedges and edgings taper- 
ing toward the top. 

CARNATIONS AND PINKS, 

If laid about the end of June^ and have been properly 
attended, will, by the end of this month, be well rotted and 
fit for transplanting. Clear away the earth lightly, and cut 
them clean off from the parent plant, nearer the stool than 
the original slit. Raise them neatly out of the earth, with 
as many of the root-fibres as possible ; cut off the naked part 
of the stem close to the fibrous roots, and trim away the 
strangling leaves. Plant the finest sorts in four-inch pots, 
and those more common, three plants in five-inch pots, in 
the form of a triangle, which can be separated in spring to 
plant in the garden. Any of the principal stools should be 
(if in the ground) lifted and put into seven-inch pots to be 
preserved: the others may be allowed to stand through the 
winter, covering them with a few dry leaves. Keep them in, 
the shade a few weeks, when they may be fully exposed. 
Give gentle and frequent sprinklings of water until they 
have taken fresh root ; or, if in want of pots, mark out a bed 
that can be covered with a frame, preparing the soil thereir^ 
properly. Plant them from four to six inches apart. Shade 
them from the sun until they begin to grow, giving sprink- 
lings of water over the foliage every evening. 

BULBOUS ROOTS. 

Look over the bulbs that are out of the ground, and ex- 
amine those that require planting. Of Fritilldria there are 
about twenty species, but few of them generally cultivated, 
except F. imperidlisy Crown Imperial, and F, persicoj. Of 
the former there are many very splendid varieties, such as 
Croion upon crown, Lutea Maxima^ Striped leaved. Double 
flowered, &c. These will require planting, and ought not to 
be lifted oftener than every third year. They require a deep, 
rich, loamy soil, and, if in beds, plant them from five ta 
seven inches deep, and one foot apart. They will grow 
under the shade of trees, or in any situation where the soil 

10* 



114 



OF DAHLIAS. 



\_Septemher, 



is adapted for them. No imbricated or scaly bulb ougbt to 
be retained long out of the ground. When any of these are 
lifted, and the young bulbs taken off, they should be planted 
at once. See particularly, on bulbous roots in general, next 
month. 

SOWING SEEDS OF BLXBOUS ROOTS. 

Where any seeds of these are saved, with the intention of 
sowing, let it be done this month. Procure boxes about 
seven inches deep, and, in size, proportioned to the quantity 
to be sown. Put five inches of light sandy soil in the box^ 
level it smoothly, and sow the seeds separately and thickly; 
cover with half an inch of light sandy loam, with a portion 
of earth from the woods. Keep the box or boxes in a shel- 
tered situation, giving frequent sprinklings of water, to keep 
the earth damp, which must be protected with a frame, or 
covered with leaves during winter. The plants will appear 
in the spring, and must be watered and kept in the shade. 
When the leaves decay in June, put one inch more soil upon 
them, and the second year they can be planted with the 
small off-sets in the garden, and treated as other bulbs. They 
must be carefully marked every year. Tulips require several 
years of trial before their qualities are known ] and a poor 
soil is best suited to produce their characters after the first 
bloom. 



SEPTEMBER. 
OF DAHLIAS. 

See that all these plants are supported with proper stakes, 
rods, &c., that the wind may have no effect in breaking down 
or otherwise destroying the flower stems. Strictly observe 
their respective heights and colors, that they may be duly 
disposed and interspersed next year, if not done so this. At- 
tend particularly to the merits of those grown from seed. 



Septemher.'] general observations. 



115 



GENERAL CARE OF PLANTS IN POTS. 

All the flowers that are in pots, and intended to be kept in 
frames during winter, should have a top-dressing and a gene- 
ral preparation for their winter quarters, by tying up, &c. 
The carnation and pink layers that were lifted and potted 
last month must be brought from the shade as soon as they 
begin to grow ; and those that are not lifted, have them done 
forthwith, that they may be rooted afresh before the frost 
sets in. All Wall-flowers and Stocks should be lifted about 
the end of this month, and planted in five to seven inch 
pots, and treated as directed for carnation layers last month, 
until they begin to groW; when they must be fully exposed. 

PREPARE BEDS AND BORDERS FOR BULBOUS ROOTS. 

Bulbous roots of every character delight in deep free soil ; 
consequently, wherever they are desired to be planted, due 
attention must be paid to put the soil in proper order, to 
have them in perfection. Where there is a quantity in- 
tended to be planted, to have them in beds is the general 
and preferable method. These ought to be dug from eight- 
een inches to two feet deep, at the bottom of which place 
three or four inches of decayed manure. Where the soil is 
poor, it should be enriched with well-decomposed manure 
and earth from the woods, incorporating both well with the 
soil, breaking it all fine. This being done, allow it to stand 
until the middle of next month, which see for farther direc- 
tions. 



GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 

Tie up carefully all the ChrysdntJiemums, Tuberoses, &c. 
Clear away the stems or haulm of any decayed annuals or 
herbaceous plants, that nothing unsightly may appear. Pro- 
pagate the Pansy by layers, &c. See page 94. 



116 



OF PLANTING, ETC. l_Octoher. 



SOWING AND SAVING SEEDS. 

About tlie end of this month or beginning of next is an 
advisable period to sow seed of Delphinium Ajdcis floi^e 
plenoj or Double Kocket Larkspur. This plant does not 
flower in perfection unless sown in autumn^ and grown a 
little above ground before winter; when a few leaves can be 
lightly thrown among them, but not to cover them entirely, 
or a few branches thickly laid on will answer as well. There 
are several other annuals that bloom more early and much 
finer by being sown about this period : such as Erysimunij 
Gilia, Coreopsis, Gentaiirea, Cldrkia, Collinsia, &c. Be 
attentive in collecting and saving all kinds of seeds, and 
have them correctly named, with the year in which they were 
grown. 

The finer kinds of Pansy seeds that may have been collected 
during the season, should now be sown in a rich, free, loamy 
soil, and in a situation where they can be covered during 
winter with a temporary frame of boards ; although they 
are perfectly hardy, yet they will bloom earlier and more 
superb in the spring by having a slight protection. 



OCTOBER. 

OF PLANTING VARIOUS BULBOUS AND TUBEROUS ROOTS. 

From the first of October to the middle of November is 
the best period for a general planting of bulbs, corns, and 
tubers, which, if the ground has been prepared, as formerly 
directed, will now be in readiness. We will give the names 
and descriptions of a few of the leading sorts. 

Anemone hortensis. The cultivation of this tuber has 
been attended with less satisfaction than any other floral 
plant that has been introduced into this country. The gene- 
ral failure may, in part, be attributed to the very inferior 
roots annually sent from Holland, which rarely arrive in 
good order; and those that do grow are very discouraging, 



October.'] CROCUS — hyacinths. 117 

never making a tuber sufficient for another year's planting. 
Several hundred varieties are cultivated in England with 
great care and complete success. They are planted in a 
deep rich soil, using a considerable portion of cow manure 
and decomposed leaveS; covering the crowns of the roots 
about two inches. The tubes are flat, but the eye from 
whence the flower stem arises is apparent on one of the 
sides, which must be laid uppermost. During the severity 
of winter, they should be protected by a frame, and have 
a sprinkling of very dry leaves strewn among them. 

Crocus. There are upwards of one hundred varieties of 
this vernal flower in cultivation, attended with universal suc- 
cess. They delight in rich soils, and may either be planted 
in beds or rows, at least two inches deep, and six inches 
from row to row — they seldom require removal ; every three 
or four years will be sufficient. They can be purchased at 
from seventy-five cents to two dollars per hundred, according 
to quality. When they are done blooming, the foliage 
should not be removed till perfectly decayed. 

FritiUdriay or Crown Imperial. See last month. 

Hyacinths. The ground that was prepared for these last 
month should all be divided into beds four feet wide, leav- 
ing between each alleys of twenty inches. Skim ofi* four or 
five inches of the surface of the former into the latter, level 
the bed smoothly with the rake, and mark it ofi" in rows 
eight inches apart. Plant the roots in the row eight inches 
asunder. Thus they will be in squares, and by planting the 
different colors, alternately, the bed will be beautifully di- 
versified. Cover each bulb with sand, when it can be pro- 
cured. Put about four inches of earth over the crowns, 
which will make the beds from two to three inches higher 
than the alleys. The beds before and after planting should 
be gently rounded from the middle to each side, to let the 
rain pass ofl". Finish all by raking evenly, straighten the 
edgings with the line, and clear out J^he alleys or pathways. 

We have grown Hyacinths in great perfection, when, in 
addition to the above, we covered them with two to three 
inches of cow manure. The Dutch florists name nearly two 
thousand varieties of this flower, and have large fields de- 
voted to eheir culture. When the double varieties were first 
brought into notice, they sold at from one to two thousand 
guilders a root (about from four to eight hundred dollars). 



118 



P^ONIAS. . 



[_Octoher. 



The finer kinds can be purchased at from two to four dollars 
per dozen. 

InSj or Fleur de luce. The English and Parisian irises 
are coming into repute as showy garden flowers. They will 
grow in any well-prepared soil, and require to be planted 
in the same manner as the tulip. 

Jonquils. Double and single. Plant these in the same 
soil as Tulips J six inches apart, and cover three inches deep. 
They do not flower so well the first year as in the second 
and third, therefore should only be lifted every third year. 

LiHum. The family of Lilies are all splendid, very inte- 
resting, and easy of culture, requiring merely a good deep 
loamy soil — nowise inclined to moisture. They are all 
hardy, except L. japbnicum and L. longiflorum, which we 
lift in November, and again plant them about the first of 
March, keeping them through the winter in dry sand, in a 
cellar free from frost. The hardy kinds, deserving most 
atteiition, are L. Cdndidum (the double variety of it is not 
worth growing), L. Chalcedonicum and its varieties, L. Ti- 
grlminiy L. Cdncolor and L. Mdrtagon ; these, with the 
species indigenous to this country, are all very beautiful. 
They should be planted from three to five inches deep, ac- 
cording to the size of the bulb, and need not be taken up 
oftener than once in every three or four years. None of the 
species can be transplanted after they have grown, without 
injuring their flowering. 

NarcLSsus require treatment similar to the Lily, except 
the soil, which must be richer, and even then they do not 
bloom so finely in a few years as they do when first import- 
ed ; but they are cheap, and can annually be procured. 

Pceonias are all magnificent in flower, and, for display, 
are not surpassed by any spring-blooming plant; and we do 
cheerfully urge our readers to cultivate the choice sorts, which 
can scarcely be said to have a rival. Such are — 

» 

P. Aloutdn BdnJcsiij common double blush tree Paeonia. 
P. 31outdn pa paver dcea^ single white tree Pa3onia, with pur- 
ple centre. 

P. Moutdn rosea J large rose, semi-double tree Paeonia. 

P. Moutdn odord4aj sweet-scented, rose-colored tre6 Paeonia. 

P. Moutdn albida pleno^ double white tree Pa3onia. 



Octoler.~] 



TULIPS. 



119 



The following are Herbaceous P^eonias : — 

P. Ididis alhijibraj single white. 

P. edulis whidejt, superb double wliite. 

P, edulis Ilameij very large double rose. 

P. edulis frdgransj double red, sweet-scented. 

P. edulis R6evesiana, Chinese double purple crimson. 

P. edulis Potfsli double blusb^ very distinct. 

P. odordta^ double lilac. 

P. mutalilisj double rose changing to blush. 

P. anemone flor a ^ double dark crimson, very distinct. 

P. officinalis riibra, common double. 

P. officinalis atropurpiirea, very dark crimson. 

P. offcindlis albicans^ changeable white rose, or blush. 

There are several other splendid double varieties in our 
collections, which have not yet bloomed in this country. 
There are also a few very choice single kinds that are desir- 
able for growing to raise new sorts from ; for it is from the 
single species that the Chinese have been so successful in 
procuring the magnificent double varieties, which are so anx- 
iously and perseveringly sought for. The seeds mature well 
in this country, and should be sown as soon as ripe; they 
will vegetate the following spring, and in three years may be 
expected to bloom. The Pa^ony will grow in any rich, 
loamy soil, which should be at least fifteen inches deep. An 
eastern situation or aspect is best adapted for them in this 
latitude ] but in the more Southern States, they will display 
their flowers better on a northern aspect, or where they will 
be shaded from the sun, but not under the dripping of trees. 
The most suitable time for planting them is in September, 
October, or November. Spring-planted roots never succeed 
well the first year. Paeony moutan and its varieties are all 
of a shrubby nature, and will grow into large bushes, pro- 
ducing from fifty to one hundred blooms of not less than 
fifteen inches in circumference; they can be propagated by 
division of the root, or by layers. 

Tulips. As this flower will soon be a decided favorite 
over this mighty country, we will give a minute description 
of the soil most genial to it, at the same time remarking that 
it will grow in almost any soil or situation, though less per- 
fect. Many of the kinds are of tlie most splendid colors and 



120 



TULIPS. 



[^October. 



strong in growth, frequently growing over three feet in 
height, with cujds sufficiently large to satisfy the greatest 
Bacchus. All writers agree that Tulip beds should be 
^' four feet wide -/^ though I think three and a half will be 
found more convenient, and, in length, according to the 
number of roots to be planted. The soil should consist of 
good fresh loam, mixed with a small portion of well-rotted 
stable manure, at least two years old. The whole should be 
incorporated together four months previous to using. The 
common soil should be taken out sixteen inches deep, and 
filled with the above compost. Raise the beds not less than 
three inches above the paths at the outside, and about six or 
eight inches in the middle; this convexity will assist in 
throwing off the water in times of heavy and continued 
rains. The bed thus formed, plant the bulbs in rows, length- 
wise on the bed, about six inches from bulb to bulb, and 
seven inches from row to row. The bed may be marked out 
by straining a line very tight, lengthwise on the bed, and 
beating it with the back of the spade, leaving a lined groove 
along the ground. Then, with a lath four feet long, let the 
bed be marked across at six inches distance, so as to leave 
distinct impressions at each crossing of the ground lines ; for 
these will form the spots where the bulbs are to be planted, 
by means of a dibber, made larger than the largest bulb, and 
flattened at the end. The holes are to be made four inches 
deep, and about half an inch of sharp sand ought to be dropped 
in each. The centre line ought to be planted with the tallest 
kinds, and the outside of the bed with the lowest. In se- 
vere frosts they should be protected by boards or branches. 
Tulips have ever been held in the highest estimation. As 
early as 1637 history records one hundred and twenty Tulips 
being sold at public auction for no less a sum than nine 
thousand gilders, equal to thirty-six hundred dollars; and, 
in England, at the present day, a good collection is valued 
at five thousand dollars. Florists generally divide them into 
three classes, viz., first, Byhloemem^ such as have a white 
ground, variegated with purple, as Bienfait^ or Washington, 
&c. ; secondly, Bizarres, having a yellow ground, variegated 
with scarlet, purple, rose, or velvet, as Trafalgar, Due de 
Savoie, &c. ; and, thirdly, Roses with white ground, varie- 
gated with rose, scarlet, or crimson, as La TendressCj Rose 
mignonne^ &c. 



Octoher.l grass and gravel walks, 121 

The superb kinds are often very expensive; even fifty 
pounds sterling is frequently given for a single bulb; and 
we doubt much if these high-priced kinds are finer than 
Washington^ Miloj or Trafalgar^ which, with many others, 
can be procured for less than one dollar each. 

PLANTING AND TRANSPLANTING. 

This is a very proper period to plant the beautiful and 
early flowering Fi/rus japdiiica, now called Cijdonia ja/po- 
nicci. The blossoms are of a rich scarlet color. It is the 
earliest flowering shrub of the garden, and deciduous, though 
said by some to be ^' an evergreen.^' The plant is bushy, 
and well adapted for single plants in grass plats, or forming 
low ornamental hedges. There is likewise C. j. diba, a fine 
blush variety of the same habit, and both are of the hardiest 
nature. 

Double Primroses, Polyantlius, Daisies, &c. Any of 
these that were planted in shaded situations in spring, and 
have been preserved through the summer, should have for 
their farther protection a bed well sheltered from the north- 
west, in which they should be planted four inches apart. 
Give them a few sprinklings of water in the morning, and 
have a temporary frame of rough boards put together to 
place over them during the severity of winter. The frame 
may be covered with the same in place of glass, which must 
be kept over them while they are in a frozen state. 

Any other plants that are in the ground, which are intend- 
ed to be protected with frames through the winter, ought 
to be immediately lifted and potted, and treated as directed 
for all new-potted plants. 

GRASS AND GRAVEL WALKS. 

The former should be trimly cut and well rolled this 
month, that they may appear neat all winter. Never allow 
decayed leaves to lie any time upon tiiem, as they are apt to 
rot out the grass. The latter should be divested of every 
weed, and receive a firm rolling. Clear them at all times of 
leaves and other litter. These, if on a declivity, and have 



122 



DAHLIAS. 



l^N'ovemher. 



not a firm substantial bottom^ will be subject to be cut up 
with every heavy rain. A break should be put in every 
twenty, forty, or eighty feet to throw off the water. A 
strong plank will answer perfectly well; but in such situa- 
tions we would prefer grass walks. 

PLAXTIXG EVERGREENS. 

This month is the best period in autumn to plant these 
shrubs ; and where there is a great extent to be planted, it 
would be advisable to do a part of it now ; but we give the 
preference to April^ which see for directions. 

GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 

When the plantings of bulbs, &c., are finished^ every part 
of the garden should have a thorough cleaning. All annu- 
al flowers will have passed the season of their beauty ; there- 
fore, remove the decayed flower stems or haulm, and trim 
off the borders. Dig all vacant ground, especially that in- 
tended to be planted with shrubs in the ensuing spring, 
which ought to be dug from one to two feet deep. 



NOVEMBER. 
DAHLL\S. 

It is not advisable to delay lifting the roots of the Dahlia 
after the first of the month, as frequently severe frosts set 
in about this period, and would totally destroy them. Choose 
a dry day for the purpose, and with a spade carefully lift 
every root, divesting it of any earth that may adhere there- 
to, but not to shake it off, as thereby the neck of the tubers 
would be bruised, and probably entirely destroy the vitality of 
the plant for the coming season. TVith us, the frost generally 
destroys the foliage and stems of the plants from about the 



November,'] 



ERYTHRINAS. 



123 



iTiiddle of October to the beginning of the present month. 
The stems should then be cut to within a few inches of the 
ground : when the roots sliould be lifted directly thereafter, 
and the labels properly secured to them with metallic wire. 
Many opinions are given for the best method of securing 
them during winter from the effects of frost, which is their 
certain destruction. In this country, a dry close cellar, that 
Yv^ill retain a temperature of not less than thirty-five de- 
grees, and not over forty-five, will be the most proper place : 
if the tubers are small, they should be covered with dry 
sand or earth. The method wo have adopted with our 
finest kinds, which has resulted in complete success, is to lay 
dry boards on the cellar-floor, and place the roots closely 
thereon, covering them to the stem with dry sand, laying 
mats over all : in this manner they preserve till spring in 
the most perfect order. They can also be kept in a cool 
green-house ; but must be protected from drippings of water 
falling upon them. 

TUBEROSES, TIGRIDIAS AND AMARYLLIS. 

These tubers and bulbs, as soon as the frost has partly 
injured the foliage, should be taken up, and dried thoroughly 
in the sun, taking care, at all times, to keep them clear from 
frost. When they are dry, divest them of their foliage and 
fibres, and pack them in boxes with dry sand or moss.* Store 
these away for the winter, either in a room or a dry cellar, 
where they will at all times be exempt from frost, the least 
touch of which would destroy them. We have kept them 
completely secure in the cellar. 

ERYTHRINAS. 

Where there are any plants of E. Jierhacea, E. laurifblia 
and E. crista-gdUaj which are intended to be lifted, they 
should be carefully done and preserved in half dry earth, 
and kept beside the DdJiUas. They are magnificent orna- 
ments in the flower garden. 



124 



CHOICE CARNATIONS, ETC. [November. 



PRIMROSES, POLYANTHUS AND DAISIES, 

That were planted in a sheltered spot, as directed last 
month, should have a frame placed over them, and their 
covering in readiness for the approach of winter; giving 
the plants a light covering of leaves, which will preserve 
their foliage from the effects of frost. 

CHOICE CARNATIONS, PINKS, PANSIES AND AURICULAS, 

That are in pots, should be placed in the frame intended 
for their abode during winter. If the pots are plunged to 
the rims in dry leaves or sawdust, it will greatly protect 
their roots from the severe effects of frost. Where glass is 
used for these frames, they should have besides a covering 
of boards or straw mats; those that are in beds may be 
covered as above directed for Primroses, &c. 

They ought not to be uncovered while in a frozen state. 
It is not altogether the intensity of cold that destroys these 
plants so much as the alternate thawing and freezing. 

All half hardy plants, such as Viall-flower, German 
stocksy Siceet-hayj tender roses, with several others, should 
be protected as above directed for Carnations. Earth or tan 
should be put round the outside of these frames, which will 
be a partial shelter from the changing state of the atmo- 
sphere. Oak leaves answer the purpose very well, but they 
are a harbor for all kinds of vermin, especially rats and 
mice, which would destroy everything. It may be useful 
to say a few words on the nature of tan or tanner's bark. 
Many suppose that the smallest quantity will produce heat. 
If three or four cart loads of it are put into one heap, and 
protected from the rain, it will ferment; and when the first 
fermentation is abated, by mixing it with leaves, a substan- 
tial hot-bed may be made, or put it by itself into a pit ; and 
when there is no pit, boards may be substituted to keep it 
together : either of these methods will produce a lasting 
heat. But in small quantities, and exposed to rain, &c., no 
heat will be produced, but rather the contrary. It is excel- 
lent, when dry, in keeping out frost from any plants ; being 
a body not easily penetrated, similar to dry sand, sawdust^ 



November.'] of planting, etc. 125 

or dry leaves. Frequently the same opinion is held in re- 
gard to stable manure^ small portions of which will never 
produce heat. 

OF PROTECTING PLANTS IN THE GARDEN. 

Du-ring this or next month, according to the state of the 
season, protect all the plants that are in the ground, which 
are not completely hardy. The coverings may be straw, 
Russia mats, canvass, boxes or barrels. The two latter must 
be perforated in the top, to let the damp air pass off, or the 
plant would become musty and decay. Those covered with 
straw or mats should have small stakes placed round the 
plans, and covering tied thereto, and remain so until the 
month of March or first of April. Herbaceous plants that 
are tender may be covered with three or four inches of tan, 
sawdust, or half-decayed leaves, which will tend greatly to 
preserve their roots. These coverings must be carefully re- 
moved on the first opening of spring. The shrubs that are 
otherwise covered would be greatly benefited by having their 
roots protected in a similar manner, as directed for herbace- 
ous plants. 

PROTECTION OF SEEDLING BULBS. 

If any seeds of Hyacinths^ Tulips, or Fritilldra, were 
sown in pots or boxes, let them be removed to a dry, shel- 
tered situation, and plunged level with the ground ; or fill 
the spaces between them with dry leaves or tanner's bark, 
and cover the whole with new-fallen leaves, laying over all 
a few boards to prevent the wind blowing them off. These 
form better coverings than straw or haulm, which is liable 
to become musty, and communicate the effect to the roots. 
The above covering is not required until the approach of 
severe frost. 



OF PLANTING DECIDUOUS TREES AND SHRUBS. 

It is not recommendable to make a general planting of 
these at this period of the year ; the success entirely depend- 

11* 



126 



GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. [^December. 



ing on tlie nature of the season and the state of the soil. 
If any are planted, let them be those of the hardiest nature, 
and in light and absorbent soil, not subject to be stagnated 
or over-flooded during winter. When this and next month 
are mild, autumn plantings are very frequently as sure as 
those of the spring. But the precarious state of the season 
is not to be depended upon, therefore avoid large plantings 
of any kind, and more especially of delicate roses, the roots 
of which are apt to rot off, except they have been previous- 
ly grown in pots. Nothing can be more injurious to a plant, 
at this season particularly, than to bed its roots in mortar, 
by which the tender fibres either perish or are cramped ever 
afterward. The soil at the time of planting should be 
so friable as not to adhere to the spade, which is a good rule 
in planting at any season, or in any soil. 

GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 

Carry out of the garden all decayed leaves and litter of 
every description, cutting down any weeds that remain. 
Collect all the stakes and rods that have been supporting 
plants, tie them up in bundles for the use of next year, and 
put them under cover. Look over every part of the garden, 
and see that nothing has been omitted in the way of cover- 
ing or other protection. The sashes that are to be used on 
the frames should be perfectly whole, every interstice in the 
glass puttied, and all ready for use when occasion may re- 
quire. Attend to all plants in pots, and give them gentle 
waterings as they stand in need; but never during the time 
the soil is frozen about the roots. 



DECEMBER. 

GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 

Having in the preceding months under this head given 
details for the protection of plants of a delicate nature, and 



Becernher.'] general observations. 



127 



the forwarding of necessary work^ only a few remarks remain 
to be added. If there is any part therein described omitted, 
have it done forthwith : every day increases the danger of 
severe weather. If there are doubts of any plants or shrubs 
not standing without some light covering, it is best to err on 
the side of safety. Valuable plants on walls, and in danger of 
being destroyed, it is advisable to be at the expense of having 
a frame made to surround them, and cover the same with 
oil-cloth. The frame thus covered should be taken off in 
mild weather, and replaced again when necessary, causing 
very little trouble ; and, if properly taken care of, will last 
many years. Coverings of any construction, and of the same 
material, would answer for any part of the garden, and are 
the best in our opinion that could be adopted. 



THE 



AMERICAN PLOWER GARDEN 
DIRECTORY. 

HOT-HOUSE. 
ON THE CONSTRUCTION OF A HOT-HOUSE. 

There have been many plans devised and visionary pro- 
jects offered to the public as the best for a well-regulated 
hot-house. • As we intend forming one for practical purposes, 
we shall adopt a convenient size, have flues for the convey- 
ance of heat, and coal or wood for fuel. 

Site and Aspect. — The house should stand on a situation 
naturally dry, and, if possible, sheltered from the north- 
west, and clear from all shade on the south, east, and west, 
so that the sun may at all times act effectually upon the 
house. The standard principle, as to aspect, is to set the 
front directly to the south. Any deviation from that point 
should incline to the east. 

Dimensions. — The length may be from ten feet upward ; 
but, if beyond forty feet, the number of fires and flues are 
multiplied. The medium width is from twelve to sixteen 
feet. Our directions will apply to the two extreme points, 
viz., forty feet by sixteen, and in height, at back, from 
twelve to eighteen feet ] the height in front six feet, includ- 
ing about three feet in brick basement, to support the front 
glass, which will be two and a half feet^ allowing six inches 
for framework. 



130 



HOT-HOUSE. 



Furnace and Flues. — It is of great importance to have 
these erected in a such a manner as will effectually heat the 
house. The greatest difficulty is to have the furnace to draw 
well. As workmen are not generally conversant on the sub- 
ject, nor yet understand the effect or distribution of heat in 
these departments, we will give minute details on their con- 
struction. The furnace should be outside of the house, 
either at back or end ; the former is preferable, circumstances ^ 
not always allowing it on the other plan. Dig out the fur- 
nace-hole, or what is termed stock-hole, about five feet deep. 
Let the door of the furnace be in the back wall of the house, 
thereby having all the heated building inside, that no heat 
may be lost. The brick-work round the furnace should be 
nine inches thick, laying the inside with fire-brick. Around 
the outside leave a vacuum two or three inches wide, to allow 
the heat to arise from around the furnace into the interior of 
the house, thereby saving the whole heat of the fuel. The 
furnace will require to be two and a half feet long, ten inches 
wide, and one foot high, before the spring of the arch and 
clear of the bars; leave one foot for an ash-pit, then lay the 
bars. They should be sixteen inches long, one inch broad 
on the upper side, two inches deep, and two-eighths broad on 
the lower side, and, with the door and frame, should be cast 
iron. Half an inch between each bar will be sufficient. The 
flue should rise from the furnace by a steep declivity of from 
twenty inches to two feet, and pass the door of the house 
(without a dip), when it must be elevated above the level of 
the floor of the house along the front, and at the opposite 
end of the house must dip to pass the door. The dip must 
not be lower than the bottom of the flue at the neck of the 
furnace. Lead it along the back to enter the wall over the 
furnace. "When thus taken round the house, the heat will 
be expanded before it enters the chimney. The inside of 
the flues should be from six to ten inches wide, and eight 
inches deep; plaster the bottom of it, but no other part, as 
plaster is partially a non-conductor. The above description 
is for burning anthracite coal; but where wood is to be the 
fuel, the furnace must be one-half larger. We have been 
particular in the description of furnace bars, as those gene- 
rally used are miserable substitutes. Circumstances may 
cause the furnace to be placed at the end or front of the 
house. In either case^ the stock-hole will not require to be 



HOT-HOUSE. 



131 



so deep; or where there is only one door in the house, a 
stock-hole three and a half feet deep will be enough, which 
should be built like a cellar, to keep out any under water. 
In all instances, pass the first flue to the front of the house, 
over which have a close table, covered with two inches of 
sand, and, by keeping it moist, will afford a very congenial 
heat to young and valuable plants. Likewise- over the fur- 
nace have a frame in the same manner, which will be found 
useful for propagating. Any part of the furnace or flue that 
is under the floor of the house should have a vacuity on 
both sides to let the heat pass upward. 

Furnaces and flues on the above construction are the most 
simple in arrangement, and the easiest to manage at all times. 
But where capital, taste, and practical science can be united, 
the more elegant disposition of heating by hot water is now 
universally adopted in extensive glass structures, and will 
soon be generally adopted in the dwellings of the better 
class. We have used it in every variety of form and struc- 
ture for • the past twelve years, and have now five green- 
houses, each over one hundred feet long, heated by it, using 
every variety of pipe and form of boiler ; have also used 
wooden and cement tanks. Sand beds heated by it for pro- 
pagating upon. It cannot be economically used in green- 
houses under seventy-five feet long, and sixteen to thirty 
feet wide. In all erections for plant or grape culture, at, or 
over that extent, the best and cheapest method of applying 
artificial heat is by the diffusion of hot water through cast 
iron or copper pipes, of three or four inches in diameter. The 
boiler may be of any size, from five to fifteen gallons — of 
any shape, from a pancake to a puncheon; though best 
adapted to the exposing the greatest surface to the fire is to 
be preferred. We use what is termed the saddle boiler, and 
also the double cylinder boiler, preferring the latter, which 
holds about ten gallons, and will supply heat enough for two 
green-houses, each one hundred feet long, or will supply a 
green-house of one hundred feet in length, and a hot-house 
fifty feet, and from sixteen to twenty feet wide, using four 
inch pipe, at a cost of about $250, including labor and 
materials. Its erection is perfectly simple, and can be done 
by any good bricklayer and handy laborer : build the boiler 
in the centre of the furnace, with its bottom about twelve or 
fourteen inches above the fire bars ; allow the heat to have 



132 



HOT-HOUSE. 



[January. 



full play all round the boiler, carrying the flue about forty 
or fifty feet through the house, that no heat may be lost; 
attach two pipes to the surface or top of the boiler, if it is to 
heat right and left, but only one pipe if the heat is to be 
carried in one direction; distribute the pipe wherever re- 
quired, giving it an ascent of not less than six inches to the 
fifty feet, more if it can be done — return the pipe, entering 
it into the lowest part of the boiler; the greater the ascent 
and descent the more rapid the circulation. The joints of 
the pipe are closed by soft hemp rope, firmly rammed up and 
closed by a mixture of white and red lead made to the con- 
sistency of putty. These joints are preferable to those of lead, 
which expand and contract by strong heat, requiring to be 
hammered up frequently during the season — they can also 
be very readily taken apart, when removal or alteration is 
required. It must be observed that air tubes have to be in- 
serted into the highest part of the pipes at each extremity, 
and also one over, or near the boiler, for the conveniency of 
supplying water. If the pipes diverge from the boifer to two 
extremes, each extremity must be on a level, which other- 
wise will cause an unequal diffusion of heat. 

Example. — If a house to the right of the boiler one hun- 
dred feet long has the extreme end of the pipe elevated one 
foot above the level of the boiler ^ a house fifty feet long to the 
left must have the same elevation^ otliemvise the heat will be 
the greatest where the pipe is highest. 

This we consider the most economical method of heating by 
hot water, and it is by far the most simple— simple indeed 
in every part, though volumes have been written on the sub- 
ject. 

Barh Pit. — We consider such an erection in the centre 
of a hot-house a nuisance, and prefer a stage, which may be 
constructed according to taste. It should be made of the 
best Carolina pine, leaving a passage all round, to cause a 
free circulation of air. The back and end paths may be 
about two feet wide, and the front three feet. The angle of 
the stage should be parallel with the glass, having the steps 
from six inches to one foot apart. 

Where there are some large plants, they may stand on 
the floor behind the stage, or on tressels, according to their 
height. 



JamiaryJ] 



HOT-HOUSE. 



133 



Angle of the glazed Roof. — The pitch of the roof is usually 
varied to agree with the design of the house, and the size of 
the plants to be grown therein. Where pleasure and orna- 
ment are the principal objects, the angle should be about 33° 
from the level line ; but a few degrees of inclination either 
way is of minor importance. 

Materials for glazing Sashes. — Carolina pine is the best 
material for the wood-work, as it is not so subject to decay 
from moisture and heat as the other kinds of pine wood. 
The frames or sashes can be of any convenient length, not 
exceeding ten feet, and about three and a half or four feet 
wide, and made from plank two inches thick, divided so as 
they can be glazed with glass six inches wide. 

Of Glazing. — The pieces of glass should not exceed six 
inches by eight, though six by six is preferable ; the lappings 
about one quarter of an inch. The frames ought to have 
two coats of paint previous to glazing, and the glass bedded 
in putty. Some prefer the lappings to be puttied also. It 
is our opinion that in a hot-house these should not be puttied, 
but, in the green-house, the closer they can be made the 
better. 

Of Shutters. — These should be made of three-quarters of 
an inch white pine, and bound on both ends and sides, having 
a cross piece in the middle of the same. They ought to be 
painted at least once in three years. 



HOT-HOUSE. 

JANUARY. 

At all times, be very careful of the temperature of this 
department, and more especially at this season of the year, 
as a few minutes^ neglect might materially injure many of 
the delicate plants. The thermometer ought to range 
between 55° and 65°. In fine sunshine days^ admit a 
little air by having some of the top sashes let down one^ 
12 



134 



HOT-HOUSE. 



{January. 



two, or three inches, according to the weather, and let it 
always be done from eleven to one o'clock; but by no means 
in such a manner as to cause a draught in the interior of 
the house, which would be very prejudicial. Therefore, be 
always cautious during cold weather in administering that 
necessary element to vegetation, which is so conducive to 
health. 

OF FIRING AND FUEL. 

The hot-house ought never to be left entirely to inexpe- 
rienced persons, because they are n,ot aware of what might 
be the result of inattention even for an hour. Attention 
to the following observations will obviate every difficulty : 
About this season of the year, frost generally sets in very 
severe in the Middle States. Suppose the day may have all 
the clemency of spring, the night may be directly the re- 
verse. Every precaution is necessary to guard against 
extremes. The shutters are put on every night at sun- 
down, and, in severe weather, as soon as the sun goes off 
the glass. If the shutters are omitted till late in severe 
frost, it will so reduce the heat of the house that you can 
not overcome it by fire until near midnight; and, when 
done, the fire or fires have been made more powerful than 
they ought to be, proving ungenial to the plants that are 
near the flues. The air, as above directed, having been 
taken off the house at one o'clock, as soon as the mercury 
begins to fall in the thermometer, kindle the fire, and, sup- 
posing it is anthracite coal, in twenty minutes, with a good 
drawing furnace, the heat will operate in the house. If a 
coal fire, kindled about four o'clock, it will require an addi- 
tion about six, and then may be made up again about nine 
or ten, which will suffice until morning. The quantity 
must be regulated by the weather. If the fuel is wood, it 
must be attended to three or four times during the evening; 
and, when the mornings are intensely cold, a fire may be 
recjuisite. When there are bad drawing furnaces, the fires 
must be made much earlier, perhaps by two or three o'clock, 
which will be easily observed by the time the fire takes 
effect upon the air of the house. The temperature ought 
never to be under fifty degrees of Fahrenheit. 



January. 1 



HOT-HOUSE. 



135 



OF WATERING THE PLANTS. 

To do this judiciously, is so necessary to vegetation, and 
so requisite to understand, and yet the knowledge so diffi- 
cult to convey to others (being entirely acquired by prac- 
tice), that if the power were in man to impart to his fellow- 
men, he would possess the power of perfecting a gardener 
by diction. However, the hints on this important point of 
floriculture will be as clear and expressive as can at present 
be elicited. All plants in this work that are aquatic shall 
be specified as such ; and those that are arid shall be duly 
mentioned. All others will come in the medium. 

All the plants must be looked over every day, and those 
watered that appear to be getting dry on the top. It must 
be strictly observed not to give water to any but such as 
strictly require it, and let it be given moderately at this 
season. There is not so much liability to err, at present, 
in giving too little, as in administering too much. Vege- 
tation among the stove or hot-house plants will soon begin 
to show, and the soil will become sour if it is impregnated 
with stagnant moisture. Small plants should always be 
watered with a pot having what is termed a rose upon it. 
The surface of the rose, that is, v/here it is perforated v/ith 
small apertures, ought to be level, or a little concave, which 
would convey the water more to a centre, and make neater 
work, by preventing any water from being unnecessarily 
spilt in the house. The size of the pot will be regulated 
by the person to suit the conveniences of the place. Water, 
when applied either to the roots or foliage of the plants, 
should be about the medium temperature of the house. 
Where there are no cisterns, a tank or barrel might be in 
the house, in which the water could stand for one night or 
more, as is most suitable. When water is given without 
being thus aired, it chills the roots, prevents a luxuriant 
growth, injures the fresh and healthful appearance of the 
foliage, and too frequently gives to all the plants a sickly 
hue. 



136 



HOT-HOUSE — INSECTS, ETC. [January. 



OF INSECTS, THEIR DESTRUCTION, &c. 

In this department, insects begin to increase bj hundreds, 
and too frequently their ravages are very obvious before their 
progress is arrested. We will treat of those which are most 
common, under their respective heads, with their nature and 
cure, as far as has come under our observation. 

AjMs rosce, of the natural order of Hemiptera, or what 
is commonly known by Green Fly, Green Lice, &c., infect 
plants in general, and are particularly destructive in the 
hot-house to Hibiscus rosa-sinSnsis, AscUpias, Crdssulu coc- 
cinea^ Lanfdnaj &c., and many other plants of a free-growing 
nature. They attack the young and tender shoots at the 
point, leaving a dark filthy appearance on the foliage. 
Many remedies for their destruction have been offered to 
the public by various writers, each equally securie in his own 
opinion. Extensive practice alone can show the most easy 
and effectual cure. Fumigating with tobacco is decidedly 
the most efficacious, and in the power of any to perform. 
Take a small circular furnace, made of sheet iron, diameter 
at top twelve inches, and at bottom eight; depth one foot, 
having a grating in it to reach within three inches of the 
bottom, which wall leave space for the air to pass, and where 
the ashes will fall and be kept in safety, having a handle 
like a pail to carry it with. This, or anj'thing similar, being 
ready, put in it a few embers of charcoal, ignited to redness; 
take it into the centre of the house, and put therein a quan- 
tity of moist tobacco. If it attempts to blaze or flame, 
sprinkle a little water thereon; and, as it consumes, continue 
to add tobacco until the house is entirely full of smoke, 
observing always to do it in still, cloudy weather, or in the 
evening. If it is windy, the smoke is carried off without 
having half the effect, and requires more tobacco. The 
house must be closely shut up. There are several plants 
whose foliage is of a soft downy nature, such as Ilelitr opiums, 
CallacdrpuSj Salvias^ and many of the Lantdnas, Vincas, 
with several others that cannot stand strong fumigation 
without danger. These should be put down in the house, 
or under the stage. These fumigations will have to be 
repeated frequently, the time for which will easily be per- 
ceived; and, when required, ought not to be delayed. 



January.'] hot-house — insects, etc. 



137 



Several species and varieties of the same genus^ Aphis, can 
be destroyed in the like manner. 

Acaris teUurius, or red spider, is caused by a dry atmo- 
sphere, and its havoc generally is obvious before it is arrested. 
With its proboscis it wounds the fine capillary vessels of the 
leaves. If they progress in their destructive work, (he 
leaves will prematurely decay. On this appearance, turn up 
the leaf, and you will see them running about with incredi- 
ble swiftness. Their body is of a blood color, and their feet 
light red. When very numerous, they work thick webs'on 
the under side of the leaf, and frequently all over it, forming 
a mass of half dead plants, decayed leaves, and thousands of 
spiders. The most effectual remedy is a thorough syringing 
■ with water, and profusely under the foliage. This being 
done every eveningj will subdue and eventually banish them. 
Had the house been syringed two or three times per week, 
these intruders would not have appeared. It is said by 
some writers that watering only reduces them to a temporary 
state of inaction, and will not destroy them. Laying aside 
the many prescribed nostrums, we assert that the pure ele- 
ment is the most effectual cure, as well as the most easy to 
be obtained.* 

Thrips, order Hemiptera, are insects so minute as 
scarcely to be perceptible to the naked eye. They gene- 
rally lurk close to the veins of the leaves of plants, and 
frequently attack esculents. When viewed through a glass, 
they are seen, when touched, to skip with great agility. 
The larva is of a high brovm or reddish color. The thrip 
1 has four wings, and walks with its body turned upward. It 
frequently attacks the extremities of tender shoots or young 
leaves, which become shriveled, brown, and will rub to dust 
easily between the thumb and finger. When any leaves or 
shoots are perceived to be so, if you do not observe the 
green fly, expect the thrips. They may be destroyed by a 
fumigation of tobacco, in the same manner as the green fly. 
By the simple and expeditious method of fumigation, these 
insects and several others may be destroyed effectually at 
any time they appear. 

Cocus hesperiduSy or mealy bug, has appeared in the hot- 

* Fumes of sulphur is instant death to them ; but it has to be 
used with great caution and experience. 

12* 



138 



HOT-HOUSE — INSECTS5 ETC. {January. 



houses about Philadelphia within these few years, and, if not 
instantly destroyed, increases rapidly. It is of a white dusty 
color; when broken, of a brownish red, generally covered 
with down, under which it deposits its eggs ; and they, in a 
few months, come forth in great numbers. The cocus gene- | 
rally is of a dormant nature, but in warm weather they may 
be seen moving rapidly up the stems of the plants. Fumi- 
gating has no observable effect on these insects ] therefore, 
as soon as they appear, recourse must be had to other means. 
The liquid made from the following receipt is death to any 
of the Cocus tribe : Take two pounds of strong soap, one 
pound of flour of sulphur, one pound of leaf tobacco, one 
and a half ounce of nux vomica, with a tablespoonful of 
turpentine, which boil in four gallons of river water to three; 
then set aside to cool. When boiling, stir it well with a 
stick, continuing to do so until it is reduced as above. In 
this liquor immerse the whole plant, drawing it to and fro 
gently, that the liquor may penetrate everywhere. This 
done, lay the plant on its side, until it begins to dry, then 
syringe well with clean water, and put it in its respective sta- 
tion. Where a collection of plants is free from any insects 
of the kind, every plant that is introduced ought to be mi- 
nutely scrutinized, that the unclean may be kept from the 
clean : the above insect will feed almost on any plant, but 
indulges on CrdsuIaSj any of the bristly Cdctus, Gardenias^ 
and in fact whatever is in the way. 

Cocus , or brown scaly insect, is frequently 

found on many plants, but we never could perceive that it 
does any other material injury than soiling them. We have, 
always observed, that it is found in winter to abound in 
those situations which are most excluded from air ; therefore 
is of less importance than the other species, which eat and 
corrode the leaves of tender plants. A washing with strong 
soapsuds will destroy them, or the above liquid will do it 
more effectually. Tie a, piece of sponge on the end of a 
small stick, and scrub every leaf, stem and crevice. Fumi- 
gating destroys the larvae of this species. 

Cocvs — , or small white scaly insect, which 

generally infests Cycas^ Nerium, Okas, and Acacias, &c., 
may be destroyed by washing as above with a sponge, and 
a strong decoction of tobacco, using the liquid about the 
warmth of 100°. Being thus heated, it irritates the insect, 



JanuaryJ] hot-house — of cleansing, etc. 139 

when, by easing itself from its bed, tlie fluid passes under 
it, and causes immediate death. If it is not thus irritated, 
it adheres so closely to the foliage that it will keep you at 
defiance. The under or dark side of the leaves is its resi- 
dence ; and we have observed a plant in a house where there 
was only light on one side, with the dark side literally 
covered, while the light side was clean. So much for having 
houses with plenty of light. The effects of this insect are 
of a corroding nature, extracting all the juice from the leaf; 
and where they have got to the extremity, the foliage is 
completely yellow, and of a decayed appearance. 

Cocus , or turtle insect. We have never ob- 
served this insect arrive to any extent. It is the largest of 
any known among us, and very like a turtle in minia- 
ture. On lifting it from the wood, to which it generally 
adheres, there appear to be hundreds of eggs under it, but 
fumigating completely destroys the larvae. In our opinion, 
this turtle insect is no other than the old female of the 
brown scaly insect, which swells to a large size before de- 
positing its eggs. We have frequently observed the insect 
dead in this enlarged state, and question if this be not the 
last stage of its transmigration. The male insect is winged^ 
and very active in its movements. 

Where bulbous roots, such as Hi/acintlis^ Jonquils^ Ixias, 
LachendllaSy &c., are required to be early in flower, they 
may, during this month, be put in the front of the hot- 
house and watered freely till they bloom, when they may be 
taken to the green-house or parlor. 

AzaleaSy Rhododendron Roses, and some other plants, do 
admirably to force; and where there is a large stock, a few 
should be brought into early bloom with the heat of this 
department, 

OF CLEANSING PLANTS, HOUSE, &c. 

This subject ought to be kept constantly in view. How- 
ever correctly everything else may be executed, without 
that adorning beauty, cleanliness, all will appear only half 
done. Therefore let all the dead leaves be picked ofi* every 
day, the dust and other litter swept out of the house, and, 
when necessary^ the house washed, which will be at least 



140 HOT-HOUSE — OF INSECTS, ETC. \Fehruary. 

once a-week. Tliat the foliage of the plants may always 
appear fresh, syringe them every morning, when there is the 
appearance of sun. At present, this will in a great measure 
keep down the insects, and will prove a bane to the red 
spider. 

Tie up neatly with stakes and threads of Eussia mat all 
the straggling growing plants ; let the stakes be proportion- 
ate to the plants, and never longer, except they are climbing 
sorts. Do not tie the branches in bundles, but singly and 
neatly, imitating nature as much as possible. If any of the 
plants are affected with the Cocais insect, let them be cleansed 
according to the plan already mentioned, taking particular 
care also in washing the stakes to which they had been pre- 
viously tied, and burning all the old tyings, which contain 
the larvse of the insect in many instances, especially of 
Cocus liesperidus. It is premised, when any of these things 
are done, that they will be well done, and not half doing, 
and always doing. Cleanliness, in every respect, promotes 
a pure air, which is congenial to vegetation, and will, with 
other attentions, always assume a healthful and vigorous ap- 
pearance in the hcuse. 



FEBEUAEY. 

• 

In the early part of this month, the weather generally is 
very cold and changeable in the Middle States, and strict 
attention, with the greatest caution, will require to be paid 
to the management of the hot-house. Most of the tropical 
plants commence an active state of vegetation ; and, if 
checked by temperature or otherwise, they will not recover 
until midsummer. The thermometer may be kept two or 
three degrees higher with fire heat than last month : the sun 
will be more powerful, and this will, in a great degree, in- 
crease the vigor of the plants. Air may be admitted when 
the thermometer rises to 75° or 80°, not allowing it to rise 
higher than the latter. In giving air, let it be done by the 
top sashes. It is improper to give it in any way to cause a 
current, for the external air is yet very cold, although the 



Felritary,'] hot-house — of insects, etc. 



141 



sun is more powerful. An inch or two on a few of the 
sashes, as has been previously observed, will be effectual in 
keeping the temperature low enough. 

With regard to firing, what was said last month may 
suffice for this. Always recollect that it is more preferable to 
keep out the cold than to put it out. It will frequently 
happen in the time of intense frost that the weather is dull. 
In such cases, fire in a small degree is requisite all day. 

Heavy snows ought never to be allowed to remain on the 
shutters while they are on the house. If the snow lies on 
the sashes one day, the internal heat will dissolve some of 
it; night coming on, will freeze it to the wood-work, when 
it will become a solid mass, and frequently cannot be sepa- 
rated without much damage. If allowed to remain on for 
two days, the plants are very much weakened and the foliage 
discolored. Therefore, let the snow be cleared off instantly, 
that no inconvenience may take place. 

It will be observed that plants absorb more water this 
month than last. The quantity given will require to be in- 
creased, according to the increase of vegetation and the ad- 
vancement of the season ; but never give it until the soil 
begins to dry, and then in such proportion as will reach the 
bottom of the pot. The best time to water^is after the sun 
has got on the house in the morning, observing all the di- 
rections given in January. 

OF INSECTS, &c. 

Perhaps sufficient observations were given under this head 
last month ; but the importance of keeping these disagreea- 
ble visitors out of the house constrains us to make a few 
more remarks. Man cannot be too frequently guarded 
against his foes, more especially when they are summon- 
ing all their forces, and no profession has more than that 
of the Horticulturist. Let a strict examination be made 
about the end of the month for the red spider; they will be 
in operation some weeks before their depredations are ob- 
served on the foliage. The under side of the leaf is their 
resort in the first instance, and on such plants as have been 
already mentioned. 

Observe daily the young shoots^ in case the green fly be- 



142 HOT-nousE — OF REPOTTING PLANTS. [^February. 



comes numerous. They give the foliage a very disagreeable 
appearance^ and it is too often intolerable^ before their career 
is arrested. It also takes a stronger fumigation^ which has 
frequently to be repeated the following day to the same de- 
gree, much to the injury of many of the plants, and adding 
to the disagrceableness of the continued vapor in the house. 

OF REPOTTING PLANTS. 

About the end of the month, some of the plants of Cur- 
cuma Amomum Kdempferia, Aljnna, Ph?'^nium, Cdnna, 
Zirt giber, HedycJiium, and others that are on the dry shelf, 
will be offering to grow. Let them be taken out of their pots, 
some of their weakest shoots or tubers taken off, and the 
strong ones repotted : give gentle waterings until they grow 
freely, then give in abundance. (Soil No. 17.) 

Dionsea mucipula, or Yenus fly-trap, grows best in the 
hot-house, and will, about the end of the month, stand in 
need of being repotted. This plant is very seldom grown 
in any degree of perfection, having been always considered 
a delicate plant in collections. Take it out of the pot just 
before beginning to grow afresh, and divested of all the soil, 
leaving only a few of the young roots (it is a bulb, and will 
receive no injury by so doing), put it in new soil; when 
potted, place the pot in a saucer with one inch of water in it, 
giving a fresh supply every other day; this being repeated 
every year, it will grow, flower and seed in perfection. (Soil 
No. 5.) 

Gemen'm, if in small pots, give larger as they advance in 
growth. This genus requires to have plenty of pot-room to 
make them flower well. G. oblongata, G. Zebrina and G. 
Sd'bidi ought to have a situation in every hot-house. They 
arc remarkable for their many brilliant crimson flowers, and 
continue in flower for a length of time. When the bulbs 
begin to push, shake them out of the earth, and repot them 
into smaller pots; and, as soon as the roots reach the side of 
the earth, which will be in about one month, put them in 
larger pots, and continue to do so until flowering, which will 
be about the first of June, observing always to keep the ball 
of earth entire. G. Dougldsii, G. riuilla, G. acauHs, and 
some otherS; are all well worth attention. (Soil No. 11.) 



FehruaryJ] hot-house — of cleansing, etc. 143 



Gloridsas must be repotted in the beginning of this month; 
G, siiperha is the most beautiful and curious. The crown 
of the roots ought to be planted one and a half inch deep, 
taking care not to break them. Do not water much until 
they begin to grow. The earth must not have much water. 
As the plants grow, they will require a moire liberal supply; 
yet it is necessary, at all times, to be moderate in giving it. 
If well treated, the superb flowers will appear in June or 
July. (Soil No. 12.) 

Gloxinias are beautiful herbaceous plants, with large showy 
flowers, requiring soil and treatment similar to (Gesneria). 
G. sj)ecidsa dark blue, G. speddsa-pdllida, pale lilac; G. 
Candida^ pure white, G. grandiflora^ very large light blue, 
Tidtra, red ; Cerlna, pink and white ; maxima^ lilac and 
white, Lenniyiij rose and white; and Teuderii, rose, white 
and violet, are the finest, although several of the other spe- 
cies are very interesting. 

OF CLEANSING PLANTS, HOUSE, &c. 

With regard to cleaning the plants, sprinkling or syrin- 
ging is at all times, to a greater or less degree, necessary. 
The plants will, in this compartment, be in their first stage 
of growth, and, if dust or foulness be permitted to lodge on 
their foliage, the pores will be obstructed, the plants will 
become unhealthy, and the growth of insects increased. 

Let' all moss, litter, decayed leaves or weeds, be cleared 
out of the house, the earth in the pots stirred up with a round 
pointed stick, and fresh earth given where required, that the 
air may operate therein freely. 

The house ought always to be sprinkled before being 
swept, to prevent the dust rising. 

Attend to the bulbous roots as directed last month, such 
as Hyacinths J Narcissus ^ &c. 



144 HOT-HOUSE — OF REPOTTING, ETC. {^Mavch. 



MAECn. 

If this department has been regularly attended to, the 
plants will be in a fresh healthy state. Where there is any 
sickly appearance, heat has been deficient, or insects of a de- 
structive character are preying upon the plants. Too much 
water at the root frequently causes the foliage to become 
yellow. Regular syringing must be continued in the morn- 
ing, and it is highly necessary that the water that is used 
should be of the same temperature as the house; and at all 
times, whatever water is given to the roots, the same must 
be observed. For airing, see last month, observing, as the 
season advances, to increase the quantity. 

Continue to fumigate when any of the Green-fly appears 
(see January ioY directions), and where there are any of the 
plants infected with the white scaly insect, clean them as 
there directed. If overlooked for a few months, they will 
be increased tenfold. Very frequently, where there are only 
a few, they are neglected until the plant is overrun with them, 
and then it may be said it is impossible to dislodge them 
entirely. Clear off all decayed leaves from the plants which 
will have made fresh shoots, for the decayed leaves very 
much disfigure the whole collection. We would not have 
repeated this observation if it was not an essential point, and 
one which is so frequently neglected* 

OF REPOTTING PLANTS. 

Many of the young plants that are growing freely, and 
where they may be desired to grow to a large size, should be 
frequently repotted to encourage their growth. Gesneria^ 
Gloxinia, and others previously mentioned, must have larger 
pots, as they require it. Flowering bulbs of Amari/Uis may 
be brought into the heat to make them bloom early ; before 
they begin to grow, divest them of the old soil, and put 
them into fresh : this is particularly necessary, when the 
bulbs are already in large pots. By thus renewing the soil, 
the pots can be used much smaller : they require plenty of 
drainage in the pot, and agree best with soil No. 12. 



April.'] 



HOT-HOUSE — REPOTTING. 



145 



Where plants of the dwarf 3fusas are intended to be 
grown for fruiting, they must have particular attention in 
repotting as they grow; about the first of the month will be 
a proper time to begin : copious waterings are daily required 
when they are in a growing state. Their soil is No. 12, 
with one portion more manure. For farther detail^ see May. 



APRIL. 

Where the hot-house has been properly conducted, the 
plants generally will have a vigorous and healthful aspect. 
An error frequently arises in the conducting of these de- 
partments, by inexperienced operators, being ambitious of 
outstripping their competitors. They keep the house in a 
very high temperature, and admit little or no air. Where 
such a mode has been pursued, the plants will have got over 
their first growth, and the foilage looks yellow and decaying; 
thus throwing the plants into a state of inactivity, when na- 
ture herself commences her most active movements. The 
temperature should not be under 55° in the night, nor much 
above 75° during the day, without admitting a little air by 
the top lights. It will not do yet to give air by the front 
sashes, the wind being cool, and a current in the house 
would be hurtful. The sun is not so powerful, but the heat 
can be kept down by the air given from above. 

Hot-house or tropical plants will not materially suiFer with 
100° of sun-heat, provided they are not very near the glass; 
but such an extreme would be injurious to practice. 

REPOTTING. 

Where there is a general assortment of the Cactae tribe, 
and kept in this department, now is the proper period to 
give them a general repotting. Of all the tropical floral 
productions, there is not a family more curious, grotesque, 
interesting, and beautiful than this; and, what still more 
enhances their real value, they are in this country of the 
13 



146 ' HOT-HOUSE — OF REPOTTING, ETC. {^May. 

easiest culture ; it is with pleasure that we recommend a 
few of the grand and the novel, which are faithfully de- 
scribed in the general list given next month. The bottom of 
every pot must be covered with an inch of pot-shreds^ or 
rough gravel for drainage. 



MAY. 

Very few directions for this department remain to be 
given ] except for shifting plants, and a few observations on 
those that are most desirable for the hot-house; which we 
will do in this month, considering May and June the best 
months of the year for that operation. 

The days and nights will be very mild by this time, and 
the sashes in every favorable day should be opened, both in 
front and top, so that the plants may be inured to the open 
air, which they will be exposed to by the end of the month. 
Leave in the beginning of the month the top sashes a little 
open every mild night, and gradually, as the heat increases, 
leave the front sashes and doors open. Continue to syringe 
them at least every alternate night, and, if possible, every 
night ; and give them all, according to their respective wants, 
liberal supplies of water every day. Absorption among hot- 
house plants is as great during this month as in any period 
of the year. 

OF REPOTTING PLANTS, &c. 

It is our candid opinion that this and next month are the 
best periods for shifting or repotting all or most of hot-house 
plants; the end of August being the time always adopted 
around Philadelphia for that operation (and then they are 
done indiscriminately). We will assign a few reasons for 
our practice. 

Firstj that it is not congenial to the nature of these plants 
to have their roots surrounded with fresh soil when they are 
becoming inactive; secondhj^ that there is not a sufficiency 



May.'] HOT-HOUSE — op EEPOTTING, ETC. 



147 



of heat naturally to quicken them to an active state when 
they are encouraged; and, tliirdli/^ being thus in new soil 
while dormant, they have a yellow and sickly aspect until 
they begin to grow; and the foliage thus deprived of its 
natural vigor, will not appear so healthful again : whereas, 
if they are shifted or repotted in this or next month, at 
which season they are between two stages of growth, 
they immediately, on receiving fresh assistance, and by the 
increasing heat of the summer, make new growths, are 
perfectly ripened before the approach of winter, and never 
lose that vernal appearance they have attained. These arc 
our reasons, acquired from a close practice and observation, 
and are not influenced by the doings of others which are so 
much aside. No practical operator especially, nor, in fiict, 
any individual, ought to be governed by custom in regard 
to the treatment of plants, without having any idea as to 
why and wherefore, fonnded on the principles of nature, 
and governed by her unerring results. 

As many are desirous of having a knowledge of plants 
before they order them, and likewise which are the finest 
flowerers and their general character, especially those who 
are at a great distance, and seldom have the privilege of 
seeing what is most desirable, our descriptions will be limit- 
ed, but still will convey some accurate idea of the article 
described. 

Acacia%. Several of these are desirable in the hot-house 
for the grandeur of their foliage, beauty of flower, and a few 
of them as specimens of valuable medicinal plants. A, 
Houstonij now AnnesUia Houstdniy is one of the most mag- 
nificent of the Mimosa tribe, blooming from August to 
November in large terminal spikes of a crimson color, stamens 
very long and beautiful, leaves bipinnated in pairs. A. 
gr audi flora, likewise given to Anneslhiay and similar to the 
former in color, has very large compound bipinnate leaves, 
with from twenty to forty pairs. A. Catechu, flowers yel- 
low, wood spiny, leaves bipinnated, about ten pairs. The 
inner wood of this tree is of a brown color, from which the 
Catechu used in medicine is prepared. It is disputed wheth- 
er A. vera or A. ardbica produces the gum Arabic. We are 
inclined to think it is the latter, which grows principally on 
the Atlas mountains. The gum exudes spontaneously from 
the bark of the tree in a soft half fluid state. There are 



148 



HOT-HOUSE — OF REPOTTINGj ETC. [_May. 



many otliers of this genus belonging to the hot-house^ but 
being shy in flowering, are not generally esteemed. Most 
of the flowers have the appearance of yellow balls of down, 
and are hermaphrodite. The pots should all be well drained. 
(Soil No. 1.)^ 

^schynanthus, about four species, among which j^. 
grandiJioriiSy jE. BoscanuSj dark velvet purple and bright 
scarlet, and parasiticus are very deserving of culture ; 
they have thick fleshy foliage, are of slender growth, produc- 
ing orange-colored tubular flowers in clusters, and require 
treatment similar to the wax-plant. (Soil No. 2.) 

Ardisias, about eighteen species. Plants highly esteemed 
for the beauty of their foliage, flowers, and berries. The 
most popular in our collections is A, crenuldta. It has rose- 
colored star-like flowers, in terminal panicles, and produces 
beautiful small red berries, which continue until other ber- 
ries are produced the following year ; and frequently there 
may be seen on one plant the berries of three successive 
years, thus being a very ornamental plant and very desira- 
ble. It is vulgarly called the dwarf ever-bearing cherry. It 
will keep in a good green- house, but not grow freely. A, 
solandcea has large oblong leaves, narrowed at each end, and 
bears purple berries ; A. 6legans has entire, oblong, shining 
leaves; A. iimhellata^ once A. littordlis, is also a fine plant 
for an abundance of flower and beauty of foliage. The 
flowers are pink, in large decompound panicles. 

Allamanda, a family of half climbing plants, a little as- 
similated to the oleander, with large chrome-yellow blossoms, 
requiring plenty of pot- room and good culture to flower well, 
A. catJidrtica and A. ScJiottii we consider the finest. (Use 
soil No. 13.) 

Aphelanda cristata, a new plant with a brilliant spike of 
crested flowers about six inches long crowning the plant. 
(Use Soil No. 9.) 

Areca^ Cabbage-tree, ten species. They are a kind of 
palms, with large pinnated leaves, or properly fronds. In 
their indigenous state they are from six to forty feet high, 
but in the hot-house they seldom exceed twenty feet. A, 
catechu is used in medicine. A. olerdcea is cultivated exten- 

* These numbers refer to the table of soils at the end of the 
work. 



May.l 



HOT-HOUSE — OF REPOTTING, ETC. 



149 



sively in the West Indies, and the tender part of the top 
is eaten by the natives. A. montand is most frequent in 
collections. There is no particular beauty in the flowers. 
They are all easily grown, if plenty of heat be given. (Soil 
No. 12.) 

AmstoldcMaSy Birth-wort. There are several of these be- 
longing to the hot-house, but none of them deserving- 
particular observation, except A. labibm and A. hrasiliensis. 
The leaves are reniform, roundish, cordate, and amplexicaule ; 
the flower or corolla is of a curious construction, being in- 
curved, and at the base swelled or saccate, with a large lip, 
and all beautifully spotted; color greenish brown. They 
are climbing plants, and require a strong heat. (Soil No. 9.) 

Astrap^aSj three species. A. WaUichu is a celebrated 
plant in Europe, and is frequently met with in our collec- 
tions. It has a profusion of scarlet umbellated flowers, with 
an involucre ; has twenty -five stamens united into a tube, 
bearing the corolla v/ith five petals; leaves roundish, cordate, 
acuminate, very large, with persistent, ovate wavy stipules. 
The plant is of easy culture, and grows freely, wood very 
strong. (Soil No. 12.) 

Bamhiisas, Bamboo-cane, two species. Plants of very 
strong growth, and are used in the East Indies, where they 
are indigenous, for every purpose in the construction of huts, 
for furniture both domestic and rural, for fences, boats, boxes, 
paper, &c. It is frequently used as pipes to convey water. 
The species thus useful is B. arundindcea, which grows to 
a great height. We do not mention it as interesting in 
beauty, but as a valuable plant for the many useful purposes 
to which it is applied. It requires to be kept wet. (Soil 
No. 15.) 

BanisteriaSj a genus of about fourteen climbing evergreen 
plants. Three of them are esteemed, B. fulgensj yellow 
flowers in racemose spikes, leaves subovate and downy be- 
neath. B. chrhojphylla has beautiful foliage, as if covered 
with a shining gold- colored dust; leaves large, oblong, acute. 
B. splendenSy flowers in spikes of a yellow color ; foliage 
large and silvery-like; the pots should be well drained. (Soil 
No. 9.) 

Barringtbnias^ two species. B. specibsa has produced a 
great excitement among cultivators, and is one of the hand- 
somest plants produced within the tropics. The leaves are 

13* 



150 HOT-HOUSE — OF REPOTTING, ETC. [May. 



large, oblong, acute, shining, with fleshy nerves, tinged with 
red; the flowers are large, full of stamens with four petals, 
opens in the evening and fades at sunrise ; color purple and 
white ; grows freely in strong heat. (Soil No. 9.) 

Beaumdntias are strong-growing climbing plants, with 
large foliage. B. grandijidra is said to have beautiful large 
white flowers approaching the Oleander. (Soil No. 12.) 

BUtiaSj a genus of about eight species, all beautiful flow- 
ering plants. B. Tanlcer villi se is most superb, a small plant, 
now (Jan.) in bloom, has upward of fifty full-blown flowers, 
besides many buds — they are brown, white, and purple, and 
about two inches in diameter. When out of flower, and the 
roots become dormant, place the pots in a shady situation ; 
allow the soil to become dry, until the roots begin to grow : 
as soon as this is observed, repot the plants and expose them 
fully to the sun, giving plenty of water while growing. B, 
SMppherdii is a fine pink, and requires similar treatment. 
(Soil No. 13.) 

Bigno7iia, a very beautiful family of climbing plants, some 
of them gorgeously covered with bloom half of the year. B. 
venustd has large clusters of bright orange-colored flowers in 
great profusion from December to May. B. pictay violet 
and lilac- colored striped flowers. B. cliamherli/ana, yellow 
flowers with rich foliage. 

They should be planted into large pots or tubs, or if prac- 
ticable into the ground in the interior of the house, giving 
them plenty of space to climb, using Soil No. 9. 

BrunfehiaSy very fine, free flowering plants, with white, 
yellowish, or purple flowers. B. grandijidra blooms freely, 
and is finely scented — a plant before me now (28th of Jan.) 
only one foot high, has six full expanded flowers upon it, 
each fully two inches in diameter. (Soil No. 9.) 

Buonapdrtea juncea, a very curious low growing plant, 
with long narrow, recurved, round leaves; with spikes of 
small green flowers. There does appear to be three distinct 
varieties in cultivation, but are rarely attainable. (Soil 
No. 12.) 

Biiddlea onadagascariensis blooms profusely during win- 
ter in spikes of orange-colored flowers, of a kind of honey 
fragrance — the plant is strong growing, and of the easiest 
culture. (Soil No. 11.) 

Calathea zehrma, frequently known as mardnta zebrlna ; 



MayJ] HOT-HOUSE — OF REPOTTINa, ETC. 151 



it is a plant unique in appearance^ having large elongated 
ovate leaveS; beautifully striped with green and dark 
purple, and called the Zebra plant. It has light blue flow- 
ers in ovate spikes, about the size of large pine cones. It is 
an herbaceous plant; but in the warmest part of the hot 
house retains its splendid foliage; requires a very liberal 
supply of water, and ought to be in every collection. (Soil 
No. 11.) 

Cdnnas, about thirty species, several of them deserving 
cultivation both for flower and foliage : they are principally 
natives of the West Indies, and might all be easily obtained. 
The finest are C. gigdnteay has large leaves and orange 
flowers; C. liinhata, flowers scarlet and yellow; C. discolor, 
has large cordate, acuminate leaves of a crimson color, the 
flowers are scarlet; C. iridi flora, has large crimson nodding 
flowers, very different from any of the others, and the finest 
of the genus. They all, while in a growing state, require a 
liberal supply of water; and being herbaceous plants, water- 
ing ought to be given up about the first of November, and 
renewed in February, thus giving them a cessation which 
they require to flower freely; but when water is constantly 
given, which is the general plan in our collections, they con- 
tinue to push weak shoots and few flowers. (Soil No. 12.) 

Cactus. This extensive genus is interesting, and varied 
in character and habit ; it is now divided into seven distinct 
genera, according to their natural appearance and disposition. 
We will describe a few of each genus, none of v/hich going 
under the name of Cactus, we will give them the six follow- 
ing, premising that the time is not far distant when this 
family will be successfully cultivated in every parlor window, 
and the whole tribe will be sought for with more avidity than 
any other class of plants that have ever been brought to 
notice, not even excepting the Rose. They require a dry 
heat, and will grow either in town or country, and are com- 
pletely adapted for the denizen amateur, and will afford 
more beauty and interesting display than can be imagined 
until witnessed. 

llamilldrias, about seventy species, and are those which 
are covered with roundish bearded tubercles, and with small 
red and white flowers. 31. coccinea, M. simplex, M. pusMla, 
31. tonica, 31. stellata, and 31. acanthophler/ma, are good 



152 HOT-HOUSE — OF REPOTTING, ETC. \_May. 



SBGcies, and will do well with water once a-week durino; 
summer. (Soil Xo. 15.) 

ItlelocdctuSj seven species^ and are those that are roundish 
with deep and many angles, with spines in clusters on the 
top of the angle. 31. communis is the Turk's cap, named 
from having an ovate conate crown upon the top, from which 
proceed the small red flowers. 31. macrdntlius has large 
spines ; 31. pyramiddlis is a conical growing species. These 
require the same treatment as the last. (Soil No. 15.) 

EchinocdtuSj a great number of species ] are those that 
have many deep angles, and have a remarkable swelling with 
each parcel of spines ; E. gihhdsiiSy E. crispdtus, E. recitr- 
vuSj P. rodcuithiaj and E. scopaj are curious in appearance, 
with small white and purple flowers. These three genera in 
most collections are not well known specifically, but it is 
easy to discriminate with which genus they are connected. 
(Soil No. 15.) 

Oereus. This is the most magnificent genus with regard 
to the magnitude and beauty of the flowers, but not so 
closely allied in character. It takes in all those of a trail- 
ing or erect growing habit, having spines in clusters, solitary, 
or spineless. C. senilis is the celebrated monkey cactus. C. 
peruvidnus and C. heptagdnus grow very erect, and to the 
height of thirty or forty feet in Peru and Mexico, where 
they plant them close together as fences, and they are in a 
few years impenetrable. C. JlageUi/drmis is a well-known 
creeping flowering species, has ten angles ; will keep in a good 
green-house, and produce in May and June a great number 
of blooms. The petals are of a fine pink and red color ; the 
tube of the flower is long, and will stand a few days in per- 
fection, when others come out successively for the space of 
two months, and during their continuance make a brilliant 
appearance. C. grandifldrus is the celebrated " Night- 
blooming Cereus.^' The flowers are very large, beautiful 
and sweet-scented. They begin to open about sundown, and 
are fully expanded about eleven o'clock. The corolla, or 
rather calyx, is from seven to ten inches in diameter, the 
outside of which is a brown, and the inside a fine straw yel- 
low color ; the petals are of the purest white, with the stamens 
surrounding the stile in the centre of the flower, which add • 
to its lustre, and make it appear like a bright star. Its scent 
is agreeable^ and perfumes the air to a considerable distance ; 



May,'] HOT-HOUSE — OF REPOTTING, ETC. 153 

but these beauties are of momentary duration. By sunrise 
they fade, and hang down quite decayed, and never open 
again.* One of these ought to be in every collection, and, 
if trained up a naked wall, will not occupy much room, and 
grow and flower profusely. C. 3IdUisoni Sind C. Scottn Me 
nearly alike, and have beautiful scarlet flowers : it has been 
gratuitously (to say the least of it) called The Scarlet 
Night-blooming Cereus.'^ C. speciossisstmus has most beau- 
tiful large flowers, about six inches in diameter ; the outside 
petals are a bright scarlet, those of the inside a fine light 
purple. One flower lasts a few days, and a large plant will 
produce every year from ten to fifty flowers, and blooming 
from May to August. C. 3£aynardii has very large orange 
scarlet flowers, about nine inches in diameter, blooming dur- 
ing the day. C. Fielderii is of a brilliant bluish violet 
color, even more of the peculiarly blue tints so greatly ad- 
mired in speciossissimus. G. triangiddris has the largest 
flower of the Cactese family ; the bloom is of a cream color, 
and about one foot in diameter. In its indigenous state it 
produces a fine fruit called Strawberry Pear,^^ and is much 
esteemed in the "West Indies as being slightly acid, and, at 
the same time, sweet, pleasant and cooling. 

Epiphyllums are those species of the Cacteas family which 
have flat shoots, or leaves without spines ; from the edges 
of those leaves the flowers are produced. They are exten- 
sively cultivated for their profusion of bloom, and are 
frequently grafted on Cereus triangularis and Pereskiay 
which greatly promotes their growth, and prevents them 
from so easily damping ofi" by over- watering. The original 
species are E. specibsum, pink ; E. pliylanthoides or Hook- 
eriiy white; E. aldtum, white; E. truncdtum, scarlet; 
flowers tubular, from two to three inches in diameter. The 
plant is of a very dwarf growth, and much branched ; when 
in bloom, it is quite a picture, and rendered more beautiful 
when grafted. There are three varieties of truncdtum, dif- 
fering from it in color, or rather shades of color : Alien- 
steiniiy rosy red ; violacea^ very beautiful violet and white ; 

* They may be preserved if cut off when in perfection, and put in 
spirits of wine, in a glass vase, made air tight. A plant flowered in 
our collection in May, 1830, at 12 o'clock at noon — the only instance 
of the kind we ever heard of. 



154 HOT-nOUSE — OF REPOTTING, ETC. \^May, 



ruhens, bright red. E. Achermania has a magnificent large 
crimson flower. Besides these, there are many superb 
hybrid varieties, vieing with any of the originals. Among 
them are the following : E. crinitumj large brilliant crim- 
son, quite new, of fine habit; E. fulgens^ large violet crimson 
firmly formed flowers, very desirable; E. Graliamiiy very 
distinct, of a brilliant rose color; E. sjjecibsa majors large 
delicate rose. E. Hihhertu, E. Hobdii, E. Boydii^ E. De 
vduxiij E. qidUardittii, E. Feastiij E. Ydndesiij E. Mayfly^ 
E. elegantissima, and E. Naiph-'vi, and no doubt many 
other varieties and sub-varieties will be continually making 
their appearance. All the Epiphyllum tribe require a very 
rich open soil, not of too sandy a nature, as they thereby 
grow to wood, and bloom but sparingly — give plenty of 
drainage. (Soil No. 18.) 

Opuntias, upwards of fifty species, and are those whose 
branches are in thick joints, flat, oblong, or ovate; spines 
solitary or in clusters. Some of the plants are very desir- 
able for their singular appearance, and some of them, par- 
ticularly 0. cocliinilliferay are valuable for feeding the Co- 
chineal insect. 0. microddsys, 0. ferdx, 0. lacte-spina^ 
O. sericedy and some others, are beautiful plants, and will 
grow in any kind of soil, but No. 2 will suit them best. 

Pereshias. About four species, and those that are of a 
shrubby nature, producing leaves; P. aculedta bears a fruit 
called " Barbadoes-gooseberry.^^ The flowers are very small 
and simple, spines about half an inch long, leaves fleshy 
and elliptical. (Soil No. 2.) 

The whole of the plants in the family of Cactese require 
very little water in winter, and delight in a dry, warm 
situation. They do not agree with very frequent repotting; 
once a year to young plants, and in two or three to those 
that are established, with the exception of the large, free 
flowering species, which should be repotted once in two 
years, and never be allowed to shrink for want of moisture. 

The operation of grafting is very simple, merely requir- 
ing an incision to be made, and fitting in it a fresh cutting 
of another kind, holding the cutting stationary in the inci- 
sion half a minute, till the juices of the two adhere together, 
when it may be said the union is efiected, and, in a few 
weeks, the new branches will grow freely. We have seen 



May.l HOT-HOUSE — of REPOTTlNa, ETC. 



155 



the MammiUaria tribe growing neatly upon the triangularis, 
and other species of the cereiis. 

Cerop^gia elegdns is the only species of any merit : it is 
a thin-growing climbing plant^ prodncing a great profusion 
of very curious flowers of a greenish color^ spotted with 
brown; the interior and tips of the corolla are set with hairs 
— it is of very easy culture. (Soil No. 7.) 

Carybta, A genus of palms. C. ^drens is an admired 
species^ produces flowers in long pendulous spikes, which 
are succeeded by strings of succulent globular berries. In 
its native state it produces a sweet liquor in large quantities, 
and no stronger than water. (Soil No. 12.) 

Caryoph.i/lhis aromdticus is the clove tree of commerce. 
The whole plant is aromatic, and closely allied to Mi/rtus ; 
the flowers are in loose panicles, the leaves oblong, acumi- 
nate, entire. It is a fine evergreen. Pots must be well 
drained. (Soil No. 9.) 

Centradenia rosea, A unique-looking plant, with a fine 
reddish purple foliage, which in the winter season is pro- 
fusely covered with delicate rosy pink flowers. The plant 
is of dwarf habit, and of the easiest culture. Use Soil 
No. 2. 

CSi'heras, About twelve species of strong-growing trees, 
full of poisonous juice. C. thevetia is an elegant plant, 
with acuminate leaves, and large, nodding, yellow, solitary 
fragrant flowers, proceeding from the axil ; C. aliouai pro- 
duces a nut which is deadly poison. O. oddllam, once G. 
mdngJiaSj has large star-like flowers, white, shaded with red. 
They are principally East India plants, and require great 
heat. (Soil No. 17.) 

Clerod6ndrmn. This genus contains some very beautiful 
and fragrant plants . C. frdgrans flore pUno has a very 
beautiful head of double white sweet-scented flowers, and 
does very well as a green-house plant . C. squamdtum has 
very showy scarlet flowers. C. specioslssimum^ the plant so 
glaringly figured in some of the English periodicals, is the 
same as G. squamdtum^ a plant which has been grown in 
this vicinity fifteen or twenty years. (Soil No. 2.) 

Goffea Ardhica. It produces the celebrated cofl'ee, and 
is a plant universally known in our collections, and of easy 
culture. The leaves are opposite, oblong, wavy and shin- 



156 



HOT-HOUSE — OF REPOTTING, ETC. [^May. 



ing, the flowers white, of a grateful odor, but of a short 
duration. (Soil No. 17.) 

Comhretums. Nine species of beautiful flowering climb- 
ing plants, standing in very high estimation. The leaves 
of the principal part of them are ovate, acute, flowers small, 
but on large branches, the flowers all coming out on one 
side of the branch. They have a magnificent efibct. C. 
llegansj red ] C. formbsum^ red and yellow ] C. pulcliellum, 
scarlet; C. combsum, have crimson flowers in tufts; O. pur- 
pureicm is the most splendid of the genus. It was first 
cultivated in 1818, and so much admired that the whole of 
the species, as soon as introduced, was extravagantly bought 
up; and none of them has retained their character, except 
C. purpureum, which is now called Poivrea coccinea. The 
flowers are bright scarlet, in large branches, blooming pro- 
fusely from April to September, and flower best in a pot. 
When planted in the ground, it grows too much to wood, 
carrying a few flowers. This plant ought to be in every hot- 
house. (Soil No. 13.) 

Coryplias (Large fan Palm), five species of the most 
noble and magnificent of palms. C. amhraculifera, the 
fronds or leaves are palmate. In Ceylon, where the tree is 
indigenous, they are frequently found fifteen feet wide and 
twenty feet long. Knox says they will cover from fifteen 
to twenty men, and, when dried, will fold up in the shape 
of a rod, and can be easily carried about, and serve to protect 
them from the scorching sun. G. tallera, now Tallera 
hengaUnsis, being stronger, is of great utility for covering 
houses. They do not grow to such immense extent in 
artificial cultivation, but require large houses to grow them. 
(Soil No. 12.) 

Cnnums, about one hundred species, chiefly stove bulbs, 
many of them beautiful. Those that are of great celebrity 
are C. eruhescensj pink; C. scabrum^ crimson and white; 
C. amuhile, purple and white; the neck of the bulb of the 
latter is long, is easily distinguished by its purplish color, 
and is unquestionably the finest of the genus. Several 
specimens of it are in our collections. Their flowers are in 
umbels, on a stalk about three feet high; corolla funnel- 
shaped; petals recurved; nearly fifty flowers on each stem, 
and a good plant will produce three stems in one year. 
They require large pots to make them flower well, and, 



May,'] HOT-HOUSE — OF REPOTTING^ ETC. 157 



when growing, should be liberally supplied with water. 
(Soil No. 12.) 

Crotons. About twenty-eight species^ few of them de- 
serving cultivation; but the genus is celebrated for its 
beautiful C. j^ictus, leaves oblong-lanceolate, variegated with 
yellow, and stained with red, flowers small green, or axillary 
spikes. 0. variegdtuSj variety latifolia^ is finer than the 
original variegdtus ; the nerves in the leaves are yellow, and 
the leaves lanceolate, entire, and smooth. To make them 
grow freely, give them the warmest part of the hot-house, 
and drain the pots well. (Soil No. 13.) 

Cj/cas, four species, generally called Sago palm, as an 
English name. The plant from which Sago is extracted, 
belongs to another genus, (see Sdgus.) 0. revoluta is a 
well-known palm, and will keep perfectly well in the green- 
house. We have seen a beautiful specimen of it which is 
kept every winter in the cellar; but those that are kept so 
cool in winter only grow every alternate year, while those 
that are kept in the hot-house grow every year, which shows 
that heat is their element. C. circindlis is a large-growing 
species; the fronds are much longer, but not so close and 
thick. C. glauca is a fine species; the foliage is slightly 
glaucous. They require plenty of pot room, are much in- 
fested with the small white scaly insect, and ought to be 
frequently examined and carefully washed as prescribed in 
January. (Soil No. 12.) 

CypripMium msigne is a very beautiful nepal species of 
this curious Ladies' Shpper plant. The flowers have a 
waxy appearance, and very much in shape of an Indian shoe ; 
the colors are green and purple ; it likes a moist, half- 
shaded situation. (Soil No. 16.) 

Cyrtocercas reflexuSj or Hoy a coriacea, a new dwarf wax- 
plant of magnificent appearance, either for foliage or bloom,^ 
which it produces in great profusion from the axils of almosfe 
every leaf; it is a native of Manilla; it grows freely in Soil 
No. 13. 

Dracaenas, Dragon-tree,* about twelve species of Asiatio 
plants, varied in character. D. Ferrea is plentiful in our 
collections, and will keep in the green-house ; but the foliage 
is not so well retained as when kept in the hot-house ; the 
leaves are lanceolate, acute, of a dark crimson color. 
termindlisj striped leaved ; D. frdgransj when in bloom, 
14 



158 HOT-HOUSE — OF REPOTTING, ETC. [i¥ay. 



will scent the air for a considerable distance^ leaves green 
and lanceolate. D. Margindta is rare^ yet it is to be seen 
in a few of our collections. D. stricta is now Charlwoddia^ 
stricta, flowers blush, and in loose panicles. D. Draco is ad- 
mired, and the most conspicuous of the genus. (Soil No. 11.) 

Erdnthemums, about ten species. E. pulcMllum and E. 
hicolor are the finest of the genus ; the former is in our col- 
lections. Plenty of heat is indispensable to make it flower 
in perfection; therefore it should have the warmest part of 
the house, and it will produce flowers of a fine blue color 
from December to April. The flowers of the latter are 
white and dark purple, with a few brown spots in the white : 
blooms from April to August. Drain the pots well, and 
give the plants little sun during summer. (Soil No. 11.) 

Eugenias, about thirty species, esteemed for their hand- 
some evergreen foliage. This genus once contained a few 
celebrated species, which have been divided. (See Jam- 
hosa.) The Allspice tree, known as Mi/rtus Plmenta, is 
now E. Pimenta; the leaves are ovate, lanceolate, and, when 
broken, have an agreeable scent. There are several varie- 
ties, all of the same spicy fragrance. The plant is in very 
few of our collections. E. frdgrans is sweet-scented ] the 
flowers are on axillary penduncles; leaves ovate, obtuse. 
(Soil No. 11.) 

Euphorbia (spurge), a genus of plants disseminated over 
every quarter of the globe; a few are beautiful, many gro- 
tesque, and several of the most worthless weeds on the earth. 
There are about two hundred species, and from all of them, 
when probed, a thick milky fluid exudes. Those of the 
tropics are the most curious, and very similar in appearance 
to Cactus, but easily detected by the above perforation. 
There is a magnificent species in our collections, which was 
lately introduced from Mexico — (see Poinstttia^. E. spUn- 
dens flowers freely from December to May, and is of easy 
culture. E. fulgensy same as jaquiniijiora, is a plant of a 
slender willow-looking habit, but produces a profusion of 
flowers from the axil of each l^f, which renders it very 
showy. The flowers of the whole genus are apetalous, and 
the beauty of those described is in a brilliant scarlet bractta, 

* In honor of Mr. Charlwood, an extensive seedsman of Lon- 
don, who has made several botanical excur^ions on this continent. 



May.l HOT-HOUSE — of repotting, etc. 



159 



"which is very persistent. They must have plenty of pot- 
room. (Soil No. 9). 

Erythrinas (Coral tree), a genus containing about thirty 
species of leguminose, scarlet-flowering plants. Several 
species are greatly esteemed for their beauty and profusion 
of flowers, which, in well-established plants, are produced 
in long spikes. E. corallodendrum blooms magnificently 
in the West Indies, but in our collections has never flowered. 
Perhaps if it were kept dry during its dormant season, which 
is from November to January, and when growing greatly 
encouraged, it might produce flowers, E. specibsa is a splen- 
did flowerer, leaves large, ternated, and prickly beneath ; 
stem prickly. E. puhhcens is valued for its large peculiar 
brown pubescent leaves. E. princ^ps is quite a new species, 
and is represented as being the finest of all the Erf/fhruias, 
and exhibits its rich crimson flowers in great profusion ; to 
make them grow well and bloom freely, they require plenty 
of pot-room ; indeed, while in a growing state, they should 
be repotted every month. In regard to E. herhdcea, which 
is a native of the Carolinas, and frequently treated as a hot- 
house plant, it is our opinion that it would be more perfectly 
grown if planted about the first of the month in the garden ; 
and, when growing, if well supplied with water, it would 
flower from July to September. About the first of Novem- 
ber lift the roots and preserve them in half dry earth. E. 
lauri/dlia and E. cristagdlli are likewise often treated as 
hot-house plants, and in such situations they cast prema- 
turely their first flowers by the confined state of the air. 
They will keep in perfect preservation during winter in a 
dry cellar, half covered with earth, or entirely covered with 
half dry earth ] consequently, the best and easiest method 
of treatment is, to plant them in the garden about the first 
of May, and, when growing, if the ground becomes dry, 
give them frequent waterings. They will flower profusely 
three or four times in the course of the summer. 

We freely recommend the last species to all our patrons, 
confident that it will give ample satisfaction, both in profu- 
sion of flower and beauty of color. The soil they are to be 
planted into should be rich and well pulverized; or, if they 
are kept in pots, they must be enlarged three or four times, 
when they are in a growing state, to make them flower per- 
fectly ) otherwise they will be diminutive. (Soil No. 13.) 

Ficusy Fig-treC; a genus containing about fifty hot-house 



160 HOT-HOUSE — OF REPOTTING, ETC. [J\Iay, 



species, besides several that belong to the green-house : greatly 
admired for the beauty of their foliage. A few of them are 
deciduous, and all of the easiest culture. We have seen plants 
of F. eldstica hung in the back of the hot-house, without 
the smallest particle of earth, their only support being 
sprinklings of water every day. F. hrdssi and F. macro- 
'phylla are the finest-looking species that have come under 
our observation ; the leaves of both are very large and shad- 
ing, occupying considerable space. In small collections, F. 
iiidlca and F. nifida are desirable; F. rejpens is a climbing 
plant. (Soil No. 13.) 

Franclscea, a new genus of plants from South America, 
containing about four species of profuse blooming plants. 
F. Hopeana and F. latifoUa are generally known ; the latter 
possesses all the combined fragrance of the jasmine and 
jonquil ; the flowers are one inch in diameter, of a rich 
purple fading to pure white, and blooms the whole winter. 
(Soil No. 9.) 

Gardenias, a genus containing about seventeen species, 
several of them very popular in our collections, going under 
the name of Cape Jasmine, which do well in the green- 
house (see Maij). The species requiring this department, 
and deserving attention, are G. campanidata, of a soft woody 
nature, with ovate, acuminate leaves ; flowers of a straw 
color, and solitary ) G. amsena, the flowers are white, tinged 
with crimson, terminal and solitary, but seldom bloom ; G. 
costdta, admired for its beautiful ribbed foliage ; G. lucida 
has a handsome, ovate, acuminate, shining foliage, flowers 
white and solitary ] G. Sherhournii has large spotted flow- 
ers. G. Stardei/ana, flowers of a greenish white color, nine 
inches long, spotted with brown ; they require to have the 
pots well drained. (Soil No. 13.) 

Geissom6na Jomji flora. This is a new genus, and closely 
allied to Ruellia. The species alluded to is a free flowerer, 
blooming from January to May, in close spikes of a scarlet 
color, leaves opposite, ovate, elongate, and shining ) the 
plants must be well drained, and in summer kept from the 
direct influence of the sun. (Soil No. 2.) 

Helicoaia hrazdiensis. This very splendid plant 'is nearly 
related to Strelifzia, and in splendor surpasses it. The 
brilliant scarlet sheath that envelops the flowers contrasts 
most admirably with its rich green leaves. Give plenty of 



May,'] HOT-HOUSE — OF REPOTTING, ETC. 



161 



drainage to the pots, and, wlien the plants are growing, give 
a liberal supply of water. (Soil No. 17.) 

HelitrbpiumSj about twelve species, of little merit, except 
H. peruvianum, H. intermedia^ H. valitariana, pale bluish 
white ; H. fleur de Liege^ represented as yellow, but is only 
a very dull white, with a faint yellow eye ; these are all 
very agreeably scented, especially the two former^ which are 
universal favorites, (Soil No. 3.) 

Hibiscus. This genus affords many fine species and varie- 
ties of plants for the hot-house, besides others for every de- 
partment of the garden. The most popular in our collec- 
tions of the hot-house is H. rbsa sinensis j with its varieties, 
which are magnificent, and flower profusely from February 
to September. The single or original species is also beauti- 
ful ] the varieties are H. rbsa sinensis riihro pl6nMSy double 
red ; H. r, s. cdrnea plenusj double salmon ; IT. r. s. varte- 
gdtus, double striped; striped on the back of the outside 
petals ] H. r. s. flava plenus, or carneay double buff; IL r. 
s. lutea plenusj double yellow, or rather sulphur. The plants 
grow freely, and produce their flowers three or four inches 
in diameter, from the young wood ; the leaves are ovate, 
acuminate, smooth, entire at the base, and coarsely teethed 
at the end. All the varieties are of the same character, and 
highly deserving of a situation in every collection. There 
is said to be a double white variety, which we doubt. 11. 
mutdhilis fibre plhio is a splendid plant, of strong growth, 
and will, when well established, flower abundantly, if the 
wood of last year is cut to within a few eyes of the wood of 
the previous year; the flowers are produced on the young 
wood, and come out a pale color, and change to bright red, 
and about the size of a garden Provins rose ; leaves downy, 
cordate, angular, five-lobed, acuminate, and slightly in- 
dented. H. lillii-flbrus is a new highly esteemed species ; 
the flowers are various in color, being pink, blush, red, and 
purple. The leaves vary in character, but are generally 
cordate, crenate, acuminate ; the petioles are brown, and the 
whole slightly hirsute ; is deciduous, and requires to be kept 
in the warmest part of the house. (Soil No. 9.) 

HdyaSj wax-plant twelve species. All of them are climb- 
ing succulents, requiring plenty of heat and little water. H. 
carnbsa is a fine flowering species, and known in our collec- 
tions as the wax-plant; the leaves are green and fleshy; 

14* 



162 HOT-HOUSE — OF REPOTTING, ETC. [_May. 



the flowers are melliflueuSj five-parted, and in pendulous 
bunches, slightly bearded, and have every appearance of a 
composition of the finest wax ] of a blush color. H, cms- 
sf/dlia, H. grand 1 flora J brown flowered, H. hella, variegated, 
M. Cunnwgliamii and H. imperialis are all well worthy of 
cultivation. (Soil No. 2.) * 

Ijpommas, a genus of tropical climbing plants, nearly allied 
to ConvohiiluSy but of greater beauty. /. Jdlopa is the 
true jalap of the druggists, but not worthy of any other re- 
mark. / Horsfdllia has brilliant rosy crimson flowers, 
which it is almost entirely covered with from December to 
May. 1. inigosa has a profusion of large rosy lilac flowers. 
/. miiltifidraj blush and lilac. 1. Learii produces a profu- 
sion of large blue flowers; they are all very showy and 
beautiful ornaments for either the hot-house or the flower 
garden. (Soil No. 13.) 

Ismene amdncaes, or Pancrdtium amdncaes. This pro- 
fuse yellow flowering bulb is richly deserving of cultivation, 
and should be kept in the house all summer, repotting it as 
often as the roots touch the interior side of the pot, giving it 
plenty of water when in a growing state; but when dormant, 
it must be kept dry till it offers to grow: when well treated 
it will bloom repeatedly during summer. (Soil No. 12.) 

LcdraSj a genus of fine flowering plants, and does extreme- 
ly well in our collections in comparison to the state they are 
grow^n in England. The genus specifically is much confused 
among us, either from error originating with those who pack- 
ed them for this country, or after they have arrived. /. 
purpurea, leaves oblong, ovate, blunt; flowers crimson; 1. 
cTocdtay leaves oval, lanceolate, narrowing toward the stem, 
smooth underside of the leaf; the nerves are very percepti- 
ble; flowers safiVon-colored, and very profuse. /. rosea, 
leaves large, regular, oblong, a little acute, very distant on 
the wood, central nerve strong; flowers rose-colored in large 
corymbs, branching finely; 1. handhuca, leaves very close to 
the stem, ovate, acuminate; nerves straight, middle nerve 
stronger than any other of the genus; flowers scarlet. I. 
hidnday leaves small, lanceolate, ovate; flowers red, cymes 
branching in three. /. dicJiotima, leaves largest of the ge- 
nus, ovate, acuminate, undulate footstalk three-eighths of an 
inch long; whereas, none of the leaves of the other species 
have footstalks of any length ; it is now called /. unduldta ; 



MayJ] HOT-HOUSE — of repotting, etc. 



163 



flowers are white, leaves ovate, elongate, sessile; flowers 
scarlet, in crowded round corjnnbs; is called /. coccinea in 
the Botanical Magazine, bj which it is known in our collec- 
tions, and we think is the same as / stricta. L fldramea 
and /. qjecidsa. 1. Pavetta^ the flowers are white and sweet- 
scented, the leaves of all the species are opposite ; there are 
a few other species that we are not thoroughly acquainted 
with, but have been thus explicit to prevent error as far as 
possible in this beautiful genus. They are all evergreen, 
low growing shrubs ; the plants grow best in Jersey black 
sandy earth, but flower most abundantly with Soil No. 10. 

JamhosaSj about twelve species, which have been princi- 
pally taken from EiKjhiia^ and contains its finest' plants, and 
is a splendid genus of evergreen shrubs. E. Jdmbos is 
now Jamhbsa viilgdn's, which flowers and fruits freely in our 
hot-houses. The fruit is about an inch in diameter, eatable, 
and smelling like a rose, hence called ^' Rose Apple/^ The 
petals of all the species are simple, and may rather be con- 
sidered the calyx; the beauty of the flowers is in the many 
erect spreading stamens, either straw, white, rose, or green 
color. J. maldccensiSy Malay Apple, is greatly esteemed for 
the delightful fragrance of fts fruit. We frequently see J". 
jourjjurdscensj which is a native of the West Indies, going 
under J. m., which is an Asiatic species, with white flowers 
and entire oblong leaves; whereas, the leaves of J. p. are 
small, , ovate, acuminate ; the young shoots and leaves are 
purple. J. macropliylla^ white, and J. amplexicaulis^ green, 
have very large oblong, lanceolate leaves, and are of a strong, 
woody habit. They are all easy of culture. (Soil No. 11.) 

Jasmlnuniy Jasmine, is a favorite genus of shrubs for the 
exquisite fragrance of its flowers, of which none are more 
delightful than J. sdmhac or Arabian Jasmine. There are 
two other varieties of it, J. s. multiplex^ perfectly double; 
and J. s, tri/oliatum, double Tuscan Jasmine or Grand 
Duke ; J. s. Maid of Orleans^ large, very double, like a very 
perfect white rose, and exquisitely fragrant. There is al^o 
a semi-double variety in cultivation. J. midtiflbvum is a 
profusely flowering and beautiful species. There are seve- 
ral others, all with white flowers, and generally easy of cul- 
ture. (Soil No. 11.) 

Jdtropha, Physic-nut, is a genus of six strong-growing 
shrubs, natives of the West Indies. J. multifida and J. 



164 



HOT-HOUSE — OF REPOTTING, ETC. [^May. 



pandursefblia have the handsomest foliage; and both have 
scarlet flowers: the appearance of the foliage of this genus 
is the only object : the flowers are small, in coarse disfigured 
panicles, and several of the species have not been known to 
flower in artificial cultivation. The seeds of J. curcas are 
often received from the West Indies ; the leaves are cordate, 
angular and smooth. J. manihofj now Manihot cannahma, 
is the Cassada root, the juice of which, when expressed, is 
a strong poison. They are all easy of culture; want of 
strong heat in winter will make them cast their leaves, but 
does them no other injury. (Soil No. 17.) 

Justicia. A few species of this genus are fine showy hot- 
house plants. J. earned^ flesh color flowers in large spikes, 
very fine, blooming nearly the whole season. J. coccinea 
has large terminal spikes of scarlet flowers, blooming from 
December to March, and is a very desirable plant, of easy 
culture, and should be in every collection; it is apt to 
grow spindley, if not kept near the glass. /. picta, with its 
varieties, /. lucida and L calyctricha, are fine shrubby spe- 
cies. /. specidsa is a beautiful profuse j)urple flowering 
plant. (Soil No. 11.) 

Ldntdna, a genus of twenty species, all free-flowering 
shrubs; the flowers are small, in round heads blooming from 
the axils, in yellow, orange, pink, white and changeable colors; 
principally of a rough straggling growth, and are not es- 
teemed. However, L. selldi, light purple; L. mutdhilisj 
yellow, orange and pink; L. hicolor, white and pink, and L: 
fucdta (or Dougldsu of some), lilac and white; L. rosea j 
white, changing to rose ; L. mexicana, very rich orange, one 
of the finest. These are very handsome growing plants, 
and will even keep in a good green-house; but in such case 
will only bloom in summer. They will not bear a strong 
fumigation ; therefore, when the hot-house is under that ope- 
ration, they must be set down in the pathway, or other low 
part in the house. (Soil No. 9.) 

Lasiandra, a genus related to melastoma, of which there 
are several very handsome species. L, splendens with 
hirsute rich crimson foliage and brilliant purple flowers, 
blooming from January to May. L. Benthamiana with very 
elegant foliage and rich bluish purple flowers, grows freely 
in Soil No. 1. 

Latdnias. This genus contains three species of handsome 



3Iay,'] HOT-HOUSE — of REPOTTma, ETC. 



165 



palms. L. harhbnica is one of the finest of the Palmse, 
not growing to great magnitude ; the leaves or fronds are 
plaited flabelliform, leaflets smooth at the edge^ footstalk 
spiny, and the plant spreading. L. ruhray fronds same as 
the former, but leaflets more divided and serrulate ; foot- 
stalk unarmed: foliage reddish. L. glaucoplii/lla same as 
L. rhhraj only the foliage glaucous. They are all valuable 
plants, and are obtained by seed from the East Indies. They 
require plenty of pot-room. (Soil No. 12.) 

Lailrus. This genus, though of no beauty in flower, is 
generally admired in collections for its fine evergreen foli- 
age, and aromatic or spicy flavor, and several trees are 
important in medicine. The most esteemed are given to 
a genus named Cinnamomum, as has been observed in the 
green-house (see March). L, Chlordxylon is the Cogwood 
of Jamaica. L. persea is now Persea gratissima, Alliga- 
tor-pear, a fruit about the size of a large pear, and greatly 
esteemed in the West Indies ] the plant is generally known 
in our collections. G. vdnim is the true Cinnamon of com- 
merce. 

The part taken is the inside of the bark when the tree is 
from five to eighteen years old. The leaves are three- 
nerved, ovate, oblong ; nerves vanishing towards the point, 
bright green above, pale beneath, with whitish veins. 
This plant ought to be kept in the warmest part of the 
hot-house. C. cassia is frequently given under the former 
name, but when compared, may be easily detected by the 
leaves being more lanceolate and a little pubescent. They 
both make handsome plants, but require great heat. Drain 
the pots well of the delicate sorts. (Soil No. 13.) 

Jlangifera, Mango tree. There are two species. 31. 
indica is in our collections, and bears a fruit which is so 
highly esteemed in the East Indies as to be considered 
preferable to any other, except very fine pine-apples. The 
leaves are lanceolate, and from six to eight inches long, and 
two or more broad. The flowers are produced in lobse 
bunches at the end of the branches, but of no beauty, and 
have to be artificially impregnated or it will scarcely pro- 
duce fruit. The shell is kidney-shaped, and of a leathery 
crustaceous substance. They contain one seed, and in 
their indigenous state are more juicy than an apple. 
Drain the pots well, as the roots are apt to get sodden from 



166 HOT-HOUSE — OF REPOTTING, ETC. [May, 



moisture. The other species goes under the name of oppo- 
sitifdliaj but we question if it is not only a variety, for 
it has every character of the one just described. (Soil 
No. 11.) 

Malpighia (Barbadoes-cherry), about eighteen species, 
all beautiful evergreen trees or shrubs. They are easily 
distinguished by having bristles on the underside of the 
leaves. These bristles are fixed by the centre, so that 
either end of it will sting. We are not aware of any other 
plant being defended in this manner. M. urens has oblong, 
ovate leaves, with decumbent stiff bristles ; flowers pink. 
31. aqui folia has lanceolate, stiff, spiny leaves, and we think 
the most beautiful foliage of the genus. M. fucdta has 
elliptical shining leaves, with lilac flowers. M. glabra^ 
leaves ovate, entire, smooth; flowers purple. They all have 
five rounded clawed petals. The last species is cultivated 
in the West Indies for its fruit. The pots must be well 
drained. (Soil No. 17.) 

Merica, a genus of hot-house plants, closely allied to Iris, 
between which there is no distinction in the leaves. The 
flowers of M, coeridea are beautifully spotted with light and 
dark blue, the scape many-flowered. M. Sabini has flowers 
similar, but not so dark in color. M. NortJiidna has 
splendid white and brown-spotted flowers, spathe two- 
flowered. These plants, when growing, require a liberal 
supply of water, and should be greatly encouraged by fre- 
quent potting, to flower well. (Soil No. 12.) 

Meldstoma was once an extensive genus, on which the 
natural order Melastomacem is founded ; but is now much 
divided into other genera contained in the natural tribe 
Mlcomese. There are about thirteen species remaining in 
the genus. They now display great unity of character, and 
many of them may be considered very ornamental. The 
finest are 31. lieteromdlla, bluish purple, and an abundant 
bloomer ; 31. malahdflirica, rose-colored ; 31. sanguinea, 
lilac; if. splendensj large violet; and 31. aspera, rose. 
There is a plant in several of our collections known as 3f. 
purjJUrea and 31. tetrogdna, which is Ossd&a purpurascens ; 
leaves ovate, lanceolate, acuminate, five-nerved, pilose ; the 
footstalk and nerves underside of the leaf covered with 
brown hairs; stem four-sided; flowers purple. All the 



May,'] HOT-HOUSE — of repotting, etc. 167 



species are easy of culture. 3L nejpaUnsis is a green-house 
plant. (Soil No. 1.) 

Mandevilla SuaveMens^ or OJiili Jasmine: this beautiful 
climber is a native of South America ; the flowers are in 
clusters and nearly bell-shaped, white, and of exquisite fra- 
grance ] the bloom is produced on the extremity of the 
shoots. After the flowering season, the plants should be 
pruned back to within a few eyes of the preceding year's 
wood. (Soil No. 13.) 

Musa (Plantain tree), contains eight species, and is 
greatly esteemed in the East and West Indies for the 
luscious sweet flavor of its fruit, which can be converted 
into every delicacy in the domestic cookery of the country. 
M. paradislaca is the true plantain tree, has a soft herbace- 
ous stalk, fifteen or twenty feet high, with leaves from five 
to seven feet long, and about two feet wide. M. sapientum 
is the true banana tree ; habit and character same as the 
former, except it has a spotted stem, and the male flowers 
are deciduous. The pulp of the fruit is softer, and the 
taste more luscious. M. rosacea^ 31. coccinea, and M. chi- 
nensis, are more esteemed in artificial cultivation for their 
flowers, and for being smaller in growth. N. Cavendishu 
produces immense clusters of ripe and well-flavored fruit, 
plants only four feet and a half high ; will yearly produce 
about eighty pounds. M. ddcca is another dwarf species, 
and in 1838 ripened a cluster of fruit in the Royal Bo- 
tanic Gardens of Edinburgh which weighed fifty pounds. 
These dwarf bananas are now being cultivated in Europe 
expressly for their fruit, which is very delicious when per- 
fectly ripened. They are Chinese plants, and will soon be 
introduced into the West India Islands, where they will 
entirely supplant the large varieties. 

3Iyrtus Fimenta, or, more properly, Pimenta Vidgdi^is, 
is the Jamaica pepper or allspice^ there is no beauty in the 
flowers — the leaves are highly aromatic, and it is a hand- 
some evergreen. (Soil No. 9.) 

Nejjentlies (Pitcher-plant). There are two species of 
this plant. N. distillatdria is an esteemed and valuable 
plant in European collections, and we are not aware of 
there being any in this country, except in Philadelphia. 
The leaves are lanceolate and sessile ; from their extremity 
there is a spiral, attached to which are long inflated append- 



168 



HOT-HOUSE — OF REPOTTING, ETC. [May. 



ages that are generally half full of water, which appears to 
be confined within them by a lid with which the append- 
• ages are surmounted • hence the name of pitcher-plant. 
We have never observed the lids close again when once 
open. Writers have called it an herbaceous plant, but it 
is properly a climbing shrub. The pot in which it grows 
should be covered with moss, and the roots liberally sup- 
plied with water every day. It delights to be in a moist 
state. The flowers are small, and in long spikes. The 
plant is of easy culture, and even rapid in growth : a plant 
with us only nineteen months old is now five feet high. 
(Soil No. 5.) 

Pancratium is a genus of hot-house bulbs, and now only 
contains five species. They are all free-flowering. Several 
of them are handsome and fragrant. P. maritimum and 
P. verecundum are the finest ; the flowers are white, in 
large umbels ] petals long, recurved, and undulate. P. 
lUtordlkj P. specidsumj and P. carihasiimj are now given to 
the genus Hymenocdllis, and are fine flowering species. 
Care must be taken not to give them water while dormant. 
The soil ought at that time to be in a half dry state. They 
are in flower from May to August. (Soil No. 12.) 

PanddnuSj Screw Pine. There are about twenty species 
in this genus, several of them very interesting, but none so 
greatly admired as P. odoratissimus. The leaves in estab- 
lished plants are from four to six feet long, on the back 
and edges spiny ; are spreading, imbricated, and embracing 
the stem, and placed in three spiral rows upon it. The 
top soon becomes heavy, when the plant throws out prongs 
one, two, or three feet up the stem in an oblique descending 
direction, which take root in the ground, and thus become 
perfectly supported. It is cultivated in Japan for its de- 
lightful fragrance, and it is said, of all the perfumes, it is 
by far the richest and most powerful. P. lUiliSy red- 
spined. We question this species, and are inclined to be- 
lieve that it is the former, only when the plants are newly 
raised from seed the spines, and leaves are red, changing 
to green as they become advanced in age. The plants are 
easy of culture, and will grow almost in any soil. (Soil 
No. 12.) 

Passtflora, Passion-flower, so named on account of its 



MayJ] HOT-HOUSE — of repotting^ etc. 169 



being supposed to represent in the appendages of its flower 
the Passion of Jesus Christ/^ There are about fifty species, 
all climbing plants, that belong to the hot-house. Many are 
of no ordinary beauty ] a few species are odoriferous ; others 
bear edible fruits, though not rich in flavor. P. aldta is 
in our collections, and greatly admired ; the flowers are red, 
blue, and white, beautifully contrasted, and flower profusely 
in pots. P. racemosa^ red flower. P. cceruleo-racemdsa, 
purple. P. quadnmgiddris has beautiful red and white 
flowers. The plant is in several collections, but has seldom 
flowered ] it requires to be planted in the ground to make it 
flower freely, and it will also produce fruit. P. picturdta is 
a scarce and beautiful various-colored species. P. kerme- 
sina, bright rosy crimson, and, beyond all question, the 
most profuse flowering species now in cultivation, and will 
do well in a good green-house. P. Louddnu, bright crim- 
son. P. edulis is cultivated for its fruit. There are many 
other fine species, but these are the most esteemed sorts ; 
and, when well established, will flower profusely from May 
to August. They are desirable in every collection, and will 
take only a small space to hold them, by training the vines 
up the rafters of the hot-house. (Soil No. 13.) 

Phcenix^ Date-palm, about eight species, principally Asi- 
atic plants. The foliage is not so attractive as many others 
of the palm family, but it is rendered interesting by produ- 
cing a well-known fruit called Date. P. dactylifera will do 
very well in a common green-house. In Arabia, Upper 
Egypt, and Barbary, it is much used in domestic economy. 
P. paludosa has the most beautiful foliage, and the best 
habit. The flowers are dioecious. (Soil No. 12.) 

Plumbago rosea is a pretty free-blooming plant, with 
continued profusion of red flowers; it requires plenty of 
heat and a good drainage. (Soil No. 11.) 

PlumeriaSj above twenty species. Plants of a slow growth, 
robust nature, and are deciduous. The foliage is greatly 
admired. The plants are shy to flower, but are brilliant in 
color. P. acuminata has lanceolate, acute leaves, flowers 
corymbose and terminal. P. tricolor has oblong, acute, 
veiny leaves; corolla red, yellow and white. This and P. 
ruhrd are the finest of the genus. They ought not to get 
any water while not in a growing state. (Soil No. 11) 
15 



170 HOT-HOUSE — OF REPOTTING, ETC. [May. 



Poinsettia^ pidcherrima. When well cultivated, this is 
truly the most niagnificent of all the tropical plants we have 
ever seen ] from December to April it is crowned with flow- 
ers, surrounding which are bright scarlet whorls of bracteae, 
frequently measuring twenty-two inches in diameter. To 
grow it to such perfection, we treat it as follows : in April 
we cut the young wood down to within two inches of the 
wood of the preceding year, and reduce the ball of earth, 
putting it into a smaller pot. About the end of May we 
plant it in the open ground, in light rich soil, giving it one 
or two waterings after planting. During summer it will 
grow three or four feet ; about the end of September, it is 
carefully lifted and potted into a large-sized pot, and put into 
the hot-house, carefully shading it for a few days — when it 
requires no more attention except a regular supply of water, 
and to be kept in a temperature of from 55° to 75°. There 
is also a pale yellow bracteced variety; but we are not 
aware of its being for sale in this country. When the plant 
is grown in pots during summer, it must be repotted every 
month to encourage its rapid growth. (Soil No. 18.) 

Polyspdra axilldrisj once called Camellia axilldriSy 
though in appearance it has no characteristic of a Camellia, 
and has been frequently killed in the green-house by being 
too cold for its nature ; leaves oblong, obovate, toward the 
extremity serrulate. The leaves on the young wood are en- 
tire. Flowers white ] petals a little notched. It is worthy 
of a situation in every collection. (Soil No. 11.) 

Pterospermum, five species of plants that have very 
curiously constructed flowers, of a white color, and fragrant ; 
the foliage is of a brown rusty nature, and, before expansion, 
silvery-like. P. suberifdlium is in several of our collections, 
and esteemed. P. semisagittdtum has fringed bracteas; 
leaves oblong, acuminate, entire, sagittate on one side. (Soil 
No. 11.) 

PhdpiSj a genus of palms that will grow very freely with 
heat and room at the roots. P. jlahellifdrmis is an erect 

* Named by Professor Graham, of Edinburgh, in compliment to 
the Hon. J. R. Poinsett (late Secretary of War), who introduced the 
plant in 1828 to this country from Mexico, while he was Minister 
Plenipotentiary to that Republic. He also, at the same time, intro- 
duced a rich and valuable collection of Cactae. 



May,'] HOT-HOUSE — OF REPOTTING, ETC. 171 



growing palm, with a spreading head. It is a native of 
China. (Soil No. 12.) 

RondeUtia speciosa is a new and rare plant, in every re- 
spect equal, if not superior, to Ixdra cdcrinea ; its large 
corymbs of orange-red flowers have a very striking appear- 
ance, and it is easily cultivated in soil No. 1. It should 
Lave frequent repottings when growing. 

RueUia. There are a few species, very prettj^ flowering 
plants, of easy culture. R. formosa, flowers long, of a fine 
scarlet color; plant half shrubby. R. fuhjida has bright 
scarlet flowers on axillary long-stalked fascicles. R. perd- 
cifbliaj with unequal leaves and light blue flowers, is now 
called R, anisophylla. (Soil No. 10.) 

Russelia juncea, a slender plant of an upright habit, pro- 
ducing, when well grown, a profusion of scarlet tubular 
flowers, about one inch long each : it is of the easiest cul- 
ture in soil No. 19. 

SaguSj Sago palm. We are of opinion that the true palm 
from which the sago of the shops is produced has not been 
introduced into our collections. It is very rare in the most 
extensive collections of Europe, but it is not so fine a plant 
as the one we have under the Sago, which is placed in the 
natural order of Cycadese] and Sagus is in that of Palmse. 
The finest of this genus is S. vinifera and S. Rumpliii, 
They grow to a great height; even in artificial cultivation 
they may be seen from ten to twenty-five feet. We have 
not introduced them here for their beauty, but to prevent 
error. (Soil No. 12.) 

Soldndraj a genus of four species, remarkable for the ex- 
traordinary size of their flowers, and are considered beautiful. 
S. grandiflbra and S. viridiflbva are the best two. The 
plants will bloom well if they are restricted in pot room, and 
are only introduced as being worthy of cultivation. If they 
are repotted once in two or three years, it is sufficient, except 
where the plants are small and want encouragement. (Soil 
No. 13.) 

Strelitzia, a splendid genus of noble-looking plants, all of 
which do perfectly well in the green-house, except S. au- 
giista, the flowers of which are pure white ; the leaves are 
very large, being nearly six feet long and eighteen inches 
wide, and assume the appearance of the Banana tree : it 
requires great space for its roots. (Soil No. 12 ) 



172 



HOT-HOUSE — OF REPOTTING, ETC. \^May, 



SfepJianotus Jlorahundiis, a new and splendid evergreen 
climber, with dark green thick leaves like a luxuriant wax- 
plant, producing large bunches of pure white fragrant flowers; 
of easy culture in soil No. 13. 

Sivietenia, (Mahogany tree,) the wood of which is celebra- 
ted in cabinet-work. S. mahogoni, common. This tree 
varies much in general appearance, according to soil and 
situation. The leaves are pinnated in four pairs ; leaflets 
ovate, lanceolate ] flowers small, white, in axillary panicles. 
S. fiibrifuga^ leaves pinnated, in four pairs j leaflets ellipti- 
cal ; flowers white, in terminal panicles. The wood of the 
last is the most durable of any in the East Indies. They 
are fine plants, and require heat and pot room to produce 
flowers. (Soil No. 15.) 

Taherncemontdna^ a genus of little beauty, except for one 
or two species. A plant known in some collections as 
Nerium corondrnimj is now, and properly, T. corondria. 
The variety fibre plhio is the one most deserving of culture, 
and will flower profusely from May to August ; the flowers 
are double, white, fragrant and divaricating. The plant will 
lose its foliage if not kept in a strong heat ; therefore place 
it in the warmest part of the hot-house. T. densifidra is a 
fine species, but very rare. Drain all the plants well, and 
keep them in the shade during summer. 

Tecdma, a genus of plants closely allied to Bigndnia, and 
are free-flowering; several of them much esteemed. T. 
mollis, T. digitdta, and T. splhidida, are the most beautiful 
of those that belong to the hot- house. They have large 
orange-colored, tubular, inflated, ringent flowers, in loose 
panicles. There is a plant known in our collections as Big- 
nbnia stdns, which is now T. stdns; has pinnated leaves, with 
oblong, lanceolate, serrated leaflets ; flowers in simple termi- 
nal raceme, and of a yellow color, and sometimes known by 
Ash-leaved Bigndnia. It will always have a sickly aspect, 
if not well encouraged in light rich soil. Drain the pots 
well, as much moisture disfigures the foliage. (Soil No. 10.) 

Thrinax parvifidra is a fine dwarf palm of the West 
Indies, with palmated fronds, plaited with stiff", lanceolate 
segments. The plant is of easy cultivation, and will grow 
in any soil. (Soil No. 12.) 

Thunhergia, a genus containing six climbing plants of a 
half shrubby nature. Some of them have a fragrant odor. 



3Iay.'] HOT-HOUSE — of repotting, etc. 



173 



T. coccineaj red; T. grandijibra^ blue; T. frdgrans^ white 
sweet-scented ; T. alcita has pretty buff and purple flowers, 
which are in great profusion. If sown in May, they will 
bloom from J uly until killed by frost. T. chrysopsy beauti- 
ful blue, with a dark brown eye, a plant of dwarf habit re- 
quiring partial shade. This makes a very pretty annual in 
the flower garden, with its beautiful white variety, forming 
an elegant contrast. (Soil No. 13.) 

Tradescdntia discolor. Purple-leaved spider wort. This 
is an herbaceous plant, and is only cultivated for its beauti- 
ful purple foliage. It has curious small white flowers. (Soil 
No. 10.) 

Urania speddm^ a gigantic-looking plant closely connect- 
ed to Musa, from which it differs in habit by the large leaves 
being more erect : to grow it luxuriantly, give it plenty of 
heat, water^ and pot room. (Soil. No. 12.) 

Zdmiaj a genus of plants in the natural order of Ci/ca- 
dese. Several species of them are admired. Z. mediae Z. 
furfurdcea, Z. tenuis, Z. integrifblia, are the most showy 
that belong to the hot-house. The whole genus is frequently 
kept jn this department. They are all plants of a slow 
growth, and the beauty is entirely in the pinnated fronds, 
with from ten to forty pairs of leaflets. The pots must be 
well drained. (Soil No. 11.) 

Those genera of plants which we have enumerated under 
the head of repotting in this or next month, are composed 
of the finest hot-house plants that have come under our obser- 
vation. There are perhaps a few of them that are not to 
be found in the United States, or even on our continent; 
but the great object, in a choice collection of plants, is to 
have the finest from all parts of the known world. There 
are many plants whose nature does not require much support 
from soil, which is frequently observed in those that are 
mentioned. And there are many hundreds of plants desir- 
able for beauty, ornament, and curiosity, which would take 
volumes to specify and describe. In fact, every year brings 
many new things, and frequently both new and splendid, 
either in flower, fruit, or foliage. 

We have previously observed, that plants ought not to be 
flooded with water when newly potted, as it saturates the 
soil before the roots have taken hold of it; and that the best 
draining for pots is small gravel or pot-shreds broken fine. 

15* 



174 HOT-HOUSE — OF BRINGING OUT, ETC. [May. 



"We wish it to be understood that^ when plants are repotted, 
any irregular branch or shoot should be lopped off that can- 
not be tied to advantage. And repotting may take place 
either before or after the plants are exposed^ to the open air, 
according to convenience. 

OF BRINGING OUT THE HOT HOUSE PLANTS. 

Where the hot-house is very crowded with plants, the best 
method to have them exposed without danger is to take out 
those of the hardiest nature first^ that have no tender shoots 
upon them, thereby thinning the house gradually. This 
may be done from the sixteenth to the twentieth of the month, 
which will admit of a free circulation of air among those 
that remain. All may be exposed from the twenty-fourth 
to the twenty-eighth of the month. This is a general rule, 
though in some seasons there may be exceptions. Having 
previously given all the air possible to the house, that no 
sudden transition take place, which would make the foliage 
brown and otherwise materially injure the plants, choose 
calm days for the removing of them. 

There are few plants while in pots that agree with the full 
sun upon them^ or, if the plants receive the sun, the pots 
and roots ought not. The best situation for them is on the 
north side of a fence, wall, house, or other building, where 
they are excluded from the mid-day sun, and they should 
stand on boards or gravel, with the tallest at the back, firmly 
tied to a rail or some other security, to prevent them from 
being overturned by high winds. Make a fanciful bed, and 
cover it with sand or coal ashes, for the reception of the 
smaller plants, and setting them thinly and regularly there- 
on is preferable to crowding them with the taller sorts. And 
it may be desired to have some of the plants plunged in the 
garden through the flower borders. Of those that are so 
treated, the pots must be plunged to the brim, and regularly 
turned round every two weeks, to prevent the roots from 
running into the earth. If the roots were allowed to do so, 
it might for the present strengthen the plant, but ultimately 
would prove injurious. 

Where a sufficiency of shade cannot be obtained, it would 
be advisable to go to the expense of a very thin awning, 



May,'] HOT-HOUSE — of succulents, etc. 175 



that would not exclude the light, but merely the powerful 
rays of the sun, attending to roll it up every evening. Plants 
will keep in beautiful order by the above method, which 
amply repays for the trouble or expense. Avoid putting 
plants under trees ; comparatively few thrive in such situa- 
tions. 

When they are thus exposed to the open air, it will be 
very little trouble to give them a gentle syringing every 
evening when there is no rain, and continue your usual ex- 
aminations for insects; when they appear, resort to the pre- 
scribed remedies. Green-fly will not affect them, but the 
thrips may. Give regular supplies of water every evening, 
and again in the morning to all that require it^ carefully ex- 
amining those that are in small pots. 

SUCCULENTS, OR THE CACT^A TRIBE. 

The Cereiis Mammalldriaj and Opuntia. Divisions of 
this family are, in their indigenous state, exposed on rocks, 
hilly lands, and arid situations, being at all times fully ex- 
posed to the sun : still, with us, we find that they thrive 
best with a partial shade, though we have frequently seen 
them doing well when fully exposed to the influence of the 
sun; but where they are to be kept out of doors all the 
season, be careful in choosing for them an airy situation, and 
never allow the pots to become saturated with moisture. 

The habits of the Epipliyllum tribe are entirely different; 
they are generally parasites, growing on the branches and 
about the roots of decayed trees ; consequently, they are 
often much shaded, and they evidently show it, for they still 
delight to be shaded from the direct rays of a noonday sun. 
If they are kept in the house through the summer months, 
take some whiting, and make a thin white-wash, and put it 
on the inside of the glass, which will be found an agreeable 
and effectual shade ; but where time and means are at hand, 
a thin awning, of gauze or muslin, is preferable, provided it 
is regularly rolled up when the sun is not powerful. 



176 HOT-nOUSE — OF REPOTTING, ETC. lAuguSt. 



JUNE AND JULY. 

As tlie plants of the hot-house are all exposed to the open 
air, the directions will include both months. If the repot- 
ting is over, as recommended last month, all the attention 
they will require until the end of August is, the administer- 
ing of water at the roots, and by the syringe overhead. It will 
be impossible to say how great are their wants, these depend- 
ing entirely upon the nature of the plant, the situation, and 
the season j but never neglect to look over them every even- 
ing, and after dry nights they will need a fresh supply in 
the morning, observing to give to none except they are be- 
coming a little dry. 3Iake weekly examinations for insects 
of any description, and when they appear, have them in- 
stantly destroyed. 

Always after heavy rains look over the pots, in case water 
should be standing in them, which would injure the roots. 
Where any is found, turn the pot on its side, and, in a few 
hours, examine the draining which is defective; small pots 
in continued rains should be turned likewise. 

Tie up all plants and shoots to prevent them from being 
destroyed by the wind, and be attentive to pick all weeds 
from the pots. Turn round all the plants occasionally, to 
prevent them from being drawn to one side by the sun or 
light. 



AUGUST. 

The plants of the hot-house that were repotted in May 
and June, according to the directions therein given, will, at 
present, be in an excellent state of health, provided they 
have got, at all times, the requisite supplies of watering. 
And as we already have been very explicit on that subject, 
more remarks now would be merely repetition. 



SeptemberJ] hot-house — of dressing plants. 177 



REPOTTING. 

If any of the repottings were neglected during May or 
June, let it be done about the first of this month. Let 
young plants that are growing freely, where the roots have 
filled the pots, and the plants required to grow, have pots 
one size larger. In turning out the ball of earth, keep it 
entire, not disturbing any of the roots. 

OF PAINTING, REPAIRING, AND CLEANSING THE HOUSE. 

The necessary repairs of the hot-house are too often put 
off to the last day or week ; and then with hurry are super- 
ficially attended to. Previous to the first of September, 
have all the wood-work painted (which ought to have one 
coat every two years), and the glass all neatly repaired. 
Have the flues and furnace examined ; plaster over all rents, 
and make good every deficiency. Give the flue a thick coat 
of lime white- wash. Have the walls, shelves, and staging 
properly painted. If there is a tan-bed, have that renewed; 
take out what is most decayed, using two-thirds new tan, 
which must be dried at least three days in the sun before it 
is housed, and carefully protect it from rains. 



SEPTEMBER. 

DRESSING THE PLANTS. 

Having last month put the house in complete order, all 
that remains necessary to be attended to is the state of the 
plants and pots, which should be regularly examined, and 
of those where the roots fill the soil, a little may be taken 
off the top, supplying its place with fresh earth, thereby 
giving what is called a top-dressing. Grive each that re- 
quires it a sufficient rod, tying the plant neatly thereto ; mi- 
nutely scrutinize each for insects, and where they are de- 
tected, have them eradicated. 



178 HOT-HOUSE — OBSERVATIONS. [_Septemher. 

Finally, wash all contracted foulness from oflf the pots, at 
the same time pick off any decayed leaves ; thus all will be 
in perfect order to take into the house. If any plants have 
been kept in the hot-house during summer, they must like- 
wise go through the same operation. 

OF TAKING IN THE PLANTS. 

From the 16th to the 24th, according to the season, is 
the proper time to take in the hot-house plants. It is pre- 
ferable to have them what might be deemed a few days too 
early, than have them in the slightest degree affected by 
cold. 

Commence by housing the largest first, and those that 
stand farthest in the house, observing to place the most ten- 
der sorts nearest the heat or warmest part of the house. 
For observations 4)n them, see Uai/. In regard to arrange- 
ment, that must be according to the taste of the operator. 
We may observe, that in a small collection it is better to 
have them in a regular than in a picturesque form. A dry 
shelf is indispensable in this department for placing on it 
all herbaceous plants, such as Cdnna Hedi/chium, Zingiber, 
KcEmpferiaj &c., the watering of which by this time should 
be gradually suspended, that they may have their required 
cessation to make them flower well. This shelf may be in 
any situation ; one in darkness, where other plants will not 
grow, will answer perfectly well. If there is a bark bed, 
do not until the end of December, plunge any of the pots 
therein. If any plants of the Poinsettia are in the ground, 
have them carefully lifted and shaded from the sun. 

GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 

The plants being now all under protection, they must 
have as much air as possible admitted to them every day, by 
opening the doors, front and top sashes, closing only at night. 
The sy ringings must be continued, and care taken that plants 
of a deciduous or herbaceous nature are not over-watered. 
The tuberous species might be kept almost dry. Some prac- 
tical men of sound science repot these plants in this month 



October.'] 



HOT-HOUSE. 



179 



into fresh soil, and allow them to stand till January almost 
without water. We have never adopted this method with 
any description of plants, but do not doubt of its success 
with that genus. 

See that the ropes and pulleys of the sashes are in good 
order, and fit to stand all winter. 



OCTOBER. 

Very few directions remain to be given to the department 
of the hot-house. The supplies of water for this and the 
two succeeding months are, according to the state and na- 
ture of tropical plants, more limited than at any other period 
of the year. This is the first month of what may be called 
their dormant state. Observe the herbaceous plants, that 
they are set aside as soon as their foliage decays, in case of 
being too liberally supplied with water. Airing is highly 
essential about this period, that the plants may be gradually 
hardened ; but guard against injuring them. The tempera- 
ture should never be under fifty degrees : when the days are 
cool and the wind chilling, airing is not necessary ; and, 
when air is admitted, always close up early in the afternoon, 
while the atmosphere is warm, to supersede the necessity of 
fire as long as possible. If, at any time, you have recourse 
to it in this month, use it with great caution. 

Examine all the shutters and fastenings, and see that they 
are in good substantial order, and, where deficient, repair 
them instantly, that they may be in readiness. Remove all 
leaves, and give syringings in the morning of sunshine days, 
twice a-week. Clear off, sweep out, and wash clean, that 
every part may be in the neatest order. 

The succulent tribe will not require water more than once 
a-week, or once in two weeks. If any of them have ripened 
seeds during summer, wash such carefully from the pulp, 
and lay them past till the first of January, when they may 
be sown on the surface of sandy soil, and gently pressed 
down. Water them very carefully as they require ; cover 
the pot with a piece or pane of glass, which will greatly 



180 



HOT-HOUSE. 



\_Wovemler. 



assist their vegetating. In a few weeks they will make 
their appearance ; and when they are one-quarter of an inch 
high^ plant them out into other pots and fresh soil. In a 
few months they will make wonderful progress in growth, 
and in the following year, will require to be potted singly, 
and treated as recommended for established plants. 



NOVEMBER. 

The essential points to be attended to in the hot-house 
during this month are, ^re, air and water. The former 
must be applied according to the weather, observing not to 
allow the temperature to be under fifty degrees ; and it ought 
not to continue long at that degree, fifty-two degrees being 
preferable. The shutters should be on every night when 
there is any appearance of frost, and taken ofi" early in the 
morning. Admit air in small portions every day that the 
sun has any efiect and the atmosphere mild, observing that 
the temperature of the house be above sixty degrees pre- 
vious to admission. Shut all close early in the afternoon, 
or when any sudden changes occur. 

OF A CISTERN AND WATER. 

In watering, it is important to have the water of the 
same temperature in this department as the roots of the 
plants. To have this, there are two kinds of cisterns or 
tanks that might be adopted; one may be sunk in the house 
under ground, either closely plastered, or lined with lead, 
and neatly covered up, having a small perpendicular pump 
therein, or placed so that the water could be lifted by hand. 
The other might, where convenience will admit, be placed 
over the furnace, either in the back shed, or inside^ of the 
house, and the water could be drawn off this by a stop-cock. 
These can be supplied, in part, with rain water, by having 
spouts round the house to lead into the cisterns, supplying 
any deficiency from the pump. Thus water of a congenial 



December.^ hot-house — or shutters. 



181 



temperature may be always at hand^ which is of great im- 
portance to the healthful constitution of the plants. The 
water must now be given in moderate portions^ examining 
the plants every day. Be careful in watering bulbs^ as the 
smallest supply is sufficient for them at present. Succu- 
lents will require a little every two weeks^ except they are 
over the flues, when they may have some every week. 

Constantly clear off all decayed leaves, and carry them 
out of the house, which sweep and wash clean, and keep 
all in the neatest order. 



DECEMBER. 

The uncertainty of the weather in this month requires 
the operator to be constantly on guard, to ward off danger, 
either from frost, snow, or cutting winds. The tempe- 
rature observed last month must be continued, but not ex- 
ceeded, which would cause premature vegetation, of which 
the result and effects have already been observed. Always 
kindle the fires in time, to prevent the heat from being 
lower than what has been mentioned, lest a severe frost 
should take place, as then a considerable lapse ensues 
before the fire has any effect; and if the wind blows high, 
the result might be injurious, unless the house be very 
close. 

OF SHUTTERS. 

The benefit of these in severe weather is of material 
service, for the preservation of an even temperature in the 
house during the night, when changes are not observed ; 
but they ought never to remain on through the day, when 
the fire can be properly attended to. If the front and the 
lowest sash of the roof are covered with these, it is gene- 
rally sufficient. They should be made of three-quarter 
inch boards, closely grooved together, having a cross bar in 
the centre, and one at each end and each side, which will 
make them substantial. If thev are frequently painied 
16 



182 HOT-HOUSE — OBSERVATIONS. [Becemher. 



with care, they will last many years. Snow ought not to 
be allowed to lay on these while they are on the glass, for 
reasons that we have assigned. See January and February, 
Some adopt double panes of glass to supersede the use of 
shutters, which they think are attended with considerable 
labor (at the most only fifteen minutes a-day, while in use). 
The sash frame is made a little deeper, so as to allow half 
an inch between the panes of glass. The one is glazed from 
the out and the other from the inside. It appears to answer 
the purpose tolerably well, but the glass must be both fine 
and even on the surface, lest a lens should be produced, 
which would scourge the plants. We are almost confident 
that we have seen this effect in some instances. There must 
be a small hole about an eighth of an inch in both ends 
of each row of glass, to allow a current to dry up the 
moisture that may arise. Double sashes during the severe 
months are frequently used ; but shutters are preferable to 
either. 



OF PLACING BULBS, &c., IN THE HOT-HOUSE. 

If any Hyacinths or other Dutch roots are wanted to 
flower early, a few of them may be put in the hot-house 
tjiear the front glass, which will greatly tend to forward 
their time of flowering. By having some brought in 
every two weeks, a continued succession of bloom will be 
kept up. 

GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 

If there is a tan-bed in the house, and it was renewed in 
September, the pots should now be half plunged therein. 
The violent heat will partly be over, and the plants are not 
so liable to sufler at root in this as last month. It will in 
part prevent the plants from being affected by sudden changes 
of temperature. Be attentive in keeping all insects com- 
pletely under. This is the period that these are most 
neglected, but by attending to the modes of their destruction, 
as already given, no species of them will either be hurtful 
or unsightly. Syringe the plants about twice a-week, and 



December,'] hot-house — air plants. 



183 



always remember that decayed leaves or litter of any de- 
scription, do not beautify healthy plants, neither do they 
form a part of a well-kept hot-house. 



ORCHIDEOUS EPIPHYTES OR AIR PLANTS. 

Before we close the hot-house subject, it may be interest- 
ing to some of bur readers to know the nature and character 
of a few of the most desirable of those tropical parasites 
that have within these few years caused so much excitement 
in Europe. In several instances, houses upward of two 
hundred feet long have been erected for their exclusive cul- 
ture, and unless they do thus have an apartment adapted to 
their nature, no success will attend their cultivation. They 
grow only in a very humid atmosphere, kept at a tempera- 
ture of from 70° to 100°, and also in a partially shaded 
situation : it is only under such treatment that we have had 
any prosperity in blooming these peculiarly beautiful and 
interesting plants. Annexed are the names of a few that 
are of the easiest culture and most profuse of flower : — 

Brdssia maculdfa, greenish yellow, spotted with purple. 
Catasetiim trifidum, greenish yellow, spotted with dark 
brown. 

Cdttleya crispa^ white and purple, and is considered a 
superb plant. 

Cdttleya lahidta, rose and rich purple, striped and spotted 
with carmine. 

Cdttleya Forb6sii, yellow, white, green, and rose-colored, 
fine. 

Dendrdbium ciicullatum^ rose and pale yellow. 
Dendrdbium speciosum, pale yellow flowers, in great pro- 
fusion. 

Epidindrum cucullatum, dark brown, withyellow, is a very 
constant bloomer. 

GongSra atropurpurea, dark purple; the plant must be sus- 
pended in a pot or small box. 

Gongora specidsa, yellow, with black spots. 

Maxilldria Loddgedi^ orange flowers in long racemes. 

Maxilldria picta, yellow, beautifully spotted with red and 



184 



HOT-HOUSE — AIR PLANTS. [Decemher. 



crimson ] it is in the mornings onlij delightfully 
fragrant. 

Oncldiiim crispum, brownish copper color, and profuse 
flowering. 

Oncidium papiliOj bright yellow, spotted with rich brown. 

Onculium luridum^ flowers of a brownish-green. 

Rendiithera coccinea, a very superb scarlet flowering plant, 
but does not bloom very freely ; it grows in moss, 
and must be suspended in a pot or tied to a piece of 
stick. 

Stanlidpia <jvandi flora has delicate, w^hite, sweet-scented 
flowers. 

StanJibpia insignis, yellow and white, spotted with purple, 
and delightfully fragrant. 

Vanda Eojchuiyhii, ^Lowers pale yellow. 

Zi/ydpjetalums, all very beautiful flowering, generally of a 
yellowish green color, spotted with brown. They 
require to be kept in a hot dry atmosphere. 

OrcMdeous epiphytes generally grow upon trees, in the 
recesses of damp tropical forests, establishing themselves in 
the forks of the branches, and even upon rocks, stones, or 
decayed trees. Shade, therefore, is essential to their wel- 
fare; consequently, never permit them to be exposed to 
violent sunshine. They require but little water at the roots, 
provided the atmosphere they grow in is very humid. The 
best soil for them is a sandy, turfy peat, containing a large 
portion of fibrous matter; mix with this pieces of pot- shreds 
or cork, and be careful not to place the plant deep in the 
pot; they will also grow on blocks or sticks of wood. 
Although we use and prefer small boxes (about six inches 
square) made of cork, in which they grow finely and bloom 
profusely. With some of the strong-growing kinds, we use, 
in addition to the above soil, a little leaf-mould, using always 
plenty of drainage. The house we cultivate them in has an 
eastern aspect. Shade can easily be given to them by having 
creepers trained up the rafters of the house, or an occasional 
large plant, placed in such a situation as will afford most 
shade during mid-day; and it must be observed, that, 
although the plants are fond of moisture, they never thrive, 
except the water has a free passage from their roots. 



THE 



AMERICAN FLOWER GARDEN 
DIRECTORY. 



GREEN-HOUSE. 
ON THE CONSTRUCTION OF A GREEN-HOUSE. 

In many respects, the construction of the Green-house 
will be the same as the Hot-house, but might be made much 
more an ornamental object, and could be erected contiguous 
to the mansion-house, with large folding-doors to open at 
pleasure, and be connected with the drawing-room or parlor. 
The extent may vary according to the collection to be culti- 
vated. 

It was formerly the practice to build these houses with 
glass only in front, and even to introduce between the win- 
dows strong piers of brick or stone; but this is now abolished, 
and has given way to a more light and ornamental style, by 
which cheerfulness and the desired utility are better con- 
sulted. There should be conveniences for the admission of 
air in the highest part of the house, that a free current may 
be obtained whenever desired, which is an essential point 



186 



GREEN-HOUSE. 



{January 



GREEN-HOUSE. 
JANUARY. 

This compartment requires particular attention, in order 
to preserve the plants in good liealth, and carry them through 
this precarious season of the year. A little air must be ad- 
mitted at all convenient times. An hour or two at mid-day 
will be of the utmost importance in drying up damp and 
clearing off stagnated air, which is a harbor for every corrup- 
tion. The top sashes being let down or turned a few inches, 
in mild days (that is, when there are not high and cutting 
winds), from ten or eleven o'clock to two or three, according 
to the intensity of the frost, will renovate the interior air of 
the house and harden the plants. When the weather will 
permit, let the front sashes be opened about one inch or 
more. An assiduous, experienced hand will never omit an 
opportunity. 

With regard to fire heat, the temperature must be regu- 
lated to suit the nature of the plants in a general sense ; so 
let the mercury, or spirits of wine, of Fahrenheit's thermo- 
meter, be from 35"^ to 50°; if it begins to fall, give a little 
fire heat. No doubt we have seen the thermometer much 
lower in the green-house than the above, even as low as 24"^, 
without any immediate injury; but it was in an extensive 
collection, where the most hardy of the plants were selected 
into one house. Many boast how little fire they give their 
green-house, and how cold it is kept, not observing the 
miserable state of their plants — inexperience causing them 
to think that the least fire heat will make them grow, and 
would rather look on naked stems than healthy plants. The 
above temperature will not, in exotics, cause premature vege- 
tation, but will cause the plants to retain the foliage requisite 
to vegetative nature. A high temperature is' not necessary 
for the generality of green-house plants ; on the contrary, it 
might very much injure them. 



January^] green-house— camellia japonica. 187 



OF WATERING. 

In this month very little is requisite;, and must be given 
with great caution. Few plants will require much and some 
hardly any; but all must be attended to, and have their 
wants supplied. Some will need it twice, some once a-week, 
and some in two weeks, according to their shrubby and woody 
nature. Herbaceous and deciduous plants will seldom need 
water. Perhaps, from the shedding of the foliage to the 
commencement of vegetation, three or four times will be 
sufficient. Particular attention should be paid to the state 
of health and of growth, in which the plants respectively 
are, in the application of water; otherwise much mischief 
may be done, and many entirely ruined. 

Grreen -house plants being now in an absolutely inactive 
state, require little more water than merely to keep the earth 
about their roots from becoming perfectly dry, by occasion- 
ally applying a very small quantity at the root ; and, if done 
with a watering-pot, as described under this head in the 
hot-house of this month, very little will be spilt in the house 
to increase dampness, which, if it does appear, by any of 
the leaves of the plants becoming musty, they must be 
instantly picked oiF ; and, if it increases, give a little fire and 
air. Succulent plants will not need any water during this 
month, unless omitted in December. 

CAMELLIA japonica. 

This magnificent and attractive flower, with all its splen- 
did varieties, will, about this time, begin to open its beauti- 
ful flowers. But for this admired genus of plants, our green- 
houses at this season would be void of allurement. It is, in 
this country, subject to the red spider, and more especially 
in the city, which appears to be from the nature of the air. 
The effects of the spider on these plants, if not prevented, 
would prove fatal ; as from appearance, many have died by 
it in several collections. If it has reached a great extent, 
the leaves are brownish, having the appearance of being de- 
cayed or scorched with the sun. In taking hold of the leaf, 
it feels soft, and altogether seems to have lost its nutritive 



188 GREEN-HOUSE — OF CAPE BULBS, ETC. [January. 



substance ; and when the young foliage expands, it becomes 
covered with dark brown spots, and finally very much dis- 
figured; and when in this state the red spider is severe, and, 
ultimately, death ensues. 

If any of the plants are afi'ected as above described, take 
a sponge, and wash every leaf minutely with soft water, and 
syringe them with water three or four times a-week, which 
will clean them. All the young foliage will be healthy, and 
that which has been affected will fall off. However, preven- 
tion is better than cure; and if the Camellias are properly 
syringed every evening during summer, and once or twice a 
week during winter, they will never be subject to the ravages 
of that destructive insect. 

Tie up any of the flowers that are expanded to stakes, in 
case of accident ; and, in syringing, observe not to let any 
water fall on the flowers, as it causes premature decay and 
change of color. 

OF ORANGES, LEMONS, &c.. 

As there will perhaps be more leisure in the green-houso 
this month than in any other during the winter, it is pre- 
sumed that there will not be a moment lost. If any of the 
trees are infested with insects, these, being now in their in- 
active state, may be more easily destroyed than at any other 
time. It is the brown scaly insect that generally infests 
them. For treatment, see Hot-house^ J anuary. The plant 
or tree, after being washed, before it becomes dry, will re- 
quire to be syringed with water, otherwise the dust will ad- 
here to the glutinous particles of the soap. Set the plant in 
an airy situation to dry, in case of damp. There are several 
others subject to this insect, such as Myrtles^ Oleas^ Olean- 
derSj &c., which treat in the same manner. Be careful that 
these trees are not over-watered; if the soil is moist, it is 
sufficient. 



OF CAPE BULBS, &c. 



If there are any out of the ground, it is time that the 
whole were potted, such as Lachendlia, Wachendorjia, 



Fehriiary.~\ 



GREEN-IIOUSE. 



189 



Eucomis^ Ixicij Gladiolus^ with several others. Keep them 
in the shade until they begin to grow ; then put them on 
shelves near the light. Those that are growing must be 
kept in front of the house, to prevent tbem being weak. 
Wachenddrfia lias a beautiful large red tuberous root, and 
requires a pot about six or seven inches deep. 

OF HYACINTHS AND OTHER BULBOUS ROOTS. 

All these roots must be carefully examined. In case 
slugs or nails are preying upon the embryo of the flower, 
some of those that are farthest advanced may be put for a 
few weeks in the hot-house. It will greatly accelerate 
their flowering ] but they must be brought out again before 
the florets expand, and carefully tied up, leaving room for 
the increase and extension of the flower stem. Give them 
plenty of water, and if saucers can be placed under them 
to retain it, it will be of advantage. Change the water 
every week on those that are in glasses, and keep all the 
growing bulbs near the light. Narcissus^ Jonquils^ &c.; 
may be similarly treated. 



FEBRUARY. 

The directions given last month respecting the airing - 
and temperature of the house may still be followed, difi'ering 
only in admitting air more freely as the season advances, 
and according to the power the sun has on the glass, which 
now begins to be considerable. 

If the weather is tolerably mild, air may be admitted in 
time of sunshine, so as to keep the mercury as low as 50°, 
but be cautious in cold, cloudy, frosty weather. It is a 
practice with many in such weather to keep the shutters on 
the house night and day, for the space of a week, and 
sometimes more, never entering it; and, when the weather 
has induced them to look in, they find that the frost and 
damp have made many lifeless subjects; whereas, had the 



190 GREEN-HOUSE— OF CAPE BULBS, ETC. [^February. 



house and plants been attended to, in taking off the shutters, 
and giving a little fire when requisite, all would have been 
in safety, and many plants that cannot be replaced still in 
the collection. 

When watering, strictly adhere to the directions of last 
month, except with Geraniums^ and other soft-wooded 
plants, which require a little more water towards the end of 
the month. If the days are mild and sunny about eight or 
nine o'clock in the morning, all the plants would be benefited 
by a gentle syringing, which retards the progress of insects, - 
and accelerates vegetation. 

Succulents, such as Cactus, Mesemhrj/dntJiemum, Aloes, 
Farcrceas, Crdssulas, Cotf/Iedoiis, &c., will very seldom need 
water; at the same time keep them from getting as dry as 
powder. 

OF ORANGES, LEMONS, &c. 

Similar treatment to that recommended last month will 
do for this. Where the soil in the tubs or pots requires to 
be enriched, take of bone-dust or shavings, and fresh sheep 
dung, equal quantities j put the mixture into a large tub or 
barrel, until one-third full ; and fill it up with water. Stir 
it well two or three times every day till it ferments, then 
give each tree one good watering with the compound. Con- 
tinue to mix up afresh, and let it stand another week, and 
so on until all the trees requiring it are watered. This 
watering will greatly enrich the soil and invigorate the 
roots. 



OF CAPE BULBS, &c. 

The bulbs of Ferrdria undulata, ajid F. dnlherbsa, that 
were taken out of the pots in October, will now require to 
be planted. Five-inch pots will be large enough for good 
roots. The grand criterion for planting bulbs is when there 
is a protuberant appearance about the bottom, or root part 
of the bulb, showing by a principle of nature the true time 
for transplanting. When bulbous roots of any description 
appear above ground, they ought to be placed in an airy 



February.'] green-House — camellia japonica. 191 



situation. They are very frequently placed under other 
plants, by the inexperienced, until they show their flowers, 
and then brought to the light, having weak flowers^ and 
comparatively of momentary existence. 

Hyacinths y Narcissus j GladholuSj Ixia^ &c.j having 
flower stems, ought to have support, to prevent accident, 
especially the two former; keep them nigh the glass, and 
water freely. Change the water regularly once or twice 
a-week in the bulb glasses, observing that their roots are 
never allowed to become matted with fetid water. Any of 
the above plants that are in flower might, if desired, be 
taken into the drawing-room or parlor, washing the pots 
clean, and putting saucers under them, keeping therein a 
little water. Twice a-week the decayed ones can be 
taken out, and supplanted with those that are coming into 
bloom. 



CAMELLIA japonica 

Will, in this month, show a profusion of flowers; and, 
where there is a variety, they have truly a magnificent 
appearance. From a good selection, endless varieties, by 
seed, of exquisite beauty, might be obtained by attention to 
the following rule : The best to select for bearing seed are, 
Cornea, Donkelaarij JRuhricanlis, Tricolor ^ King^ and 
Waratahy and, in many instances, the pistil, or pistillum of 
Variegata, Regalls, Aiexina, and Miss Percival are perfect, 
with * several others. When any of the above are newly 
expanded ( Waratah is most perfect about one day before 
full expansion), take a fine camel-hair pencil, and put it 
gently on the farina or pollen, from the double sorts, which 
is a yellow substance on the anthers, and, when ripe, appears 
in thousands of small particles. Then, with this on the 
pencil, dust it lightly on the stile of those intended to carry 
seed. Between the hours of ten and twelve in the forenoon 
is the most proper time for the operation ; the seed will be 
ripe in September or October, which will be taken notice of, 
and directions given. For other particulars on cleaning and 
syringing, see January under this head. 



192 GREEN-HOUSE — OF SHIFTING, ETC. {^February. 



OF SHIFTING, &c. 

The best time to repot Camellias is in September or 
October. The most general time in shifting Camellias is in 
August, indiscriminately with other plants ] and, if then 
not very gently handled, bad roots eventually are produced. 
Frequently very fine plants have been killed by probing, 
and breaking the young fibrous roots, thus causing mor- 
tification. 

In the process do not, by any means, break or bruise any 
of the roots ) and do not give large pots, with the idea of 
making them grow fast ; it acts on most plants diametrically 
opposite to what is intended. A pot one or two inches 
wider and deeper than the one they have been in previously, 
is sufficient. Healthy plants, under five feet, will not re- 
quire shifting oftener than once in two years ) from five feet 
upward, in three or four years, according to, the health of 
the plants. This treatment, in the opinion of some, will 
appear insufficient for their support : it will be found enough 
with a top-dressing every year to keep them in a healthy 
flowering condition, the soil being according to our de- 
scription. 

On turning the plant out of the pot, it may easily be ob- 
served if the soil has, in any degree, been congenial to it; 
for, if so, the roots will be growing all round the ball ] if 
otherwise, no roots will appear. 

Therefore, with a blunt-pointed stick, probe away all the 
bad earth, until you come to the roots ; then put the plant 
in a pot about one inch in diameter larger than the com- 
bined roots, previously putting a few small pieces of broken 
pots, or clean gravel, to drain oflP the superabundant moist- 
ure, and give light waterings, as the roots in this case will 
grow but slowly. 

Top-dress all that do not require shifting, probe out the 
soil down to the roots, and by the side of the pot, taking 
care not to break the fibres; then fill up with fresh earth, 
watering gently with a rose on the watering-pot to settle it. 



March.'] 



GREEN-HOUSE. 



193 



OF CLEANING, &c. 

If any of the plants require cleaning, either by fumigation 
or otherwise, let it be done before the young foliage appears, 
according to the directions heretofore given. Likewise tie 
neatly all that require it, clean and top-dress those that will 
not be shifted, having every plant, and all in the green- 
house, in perfect order before the throng of spring com- 
mences. The weather will now admit, in very fine mornings, 
of the plants being syringed, which may be done between 
seven and eight o'clock ; and the path or pavement should 
be washed out once a-week, which is a great improvement to 
the appearance of the whole interior. 

In winter, when any glass is broken it should be imme- 
diately mended. Broken glass in cold nights causes a very 
destructive current of air. It should always be made water- 
tight, for if the drops fall into the pots upon the roots, they 
will frequently prove fatal to the plants ; therefore care ought 
to be taken during rain to remove those that stand in any 
manner exposed. 



MARCH. 

The plants in this compartment will begin to assume a 
different aspect, and air must be admitted every day if practi- 
cable, giving large portions in sunshine by the sashes regularly 
over all the house, opening those of the front a little, and 
likewise the doors in fine mild days. To perform this 
judiciously, give a little about eight or nine o'clock, more at 
ten, and the whole from eleven till twelve o'clock, shutting 
again by degrees. 

Fire heat will now be dispensed with, but in frosty nights 
have the shutters on about sundown. The sun is now power- 
ful, and the house can be early shut up in the afternoon, and 
will gain as much natural heat as will keep up the required 
temperature, viz., 36° to 45°. Perhaps there may be un- 
17 



194 



GREEN-HOUSE — OF ORANGES, ETC. IMareh. 



commonly cold weather : at such times be attentive to ward 
off danger by applying artificial heat. 

OF WATERING. 

Look over the pots and tubs at least every alternate day, 
to see where water is wanted. In watering, too much 
caution cannot be used, especially during winter and the 
commencement of spring. It was observed last month what 
would be the eflPect of too much water. It may be remarked, 
that if the exterior of the pot is very damp, the soil inside is 
too wet, and in that state, is uncongenial to vegetation, which 
now begins to start, and ought, by all possible means, to be 
encouraged, which we do very effectively with Guano water 
once a-week, for a few weeks, using about one pound to five 
gallons of water, allowing it to stand twenty-four hours, and 
stir it up before using. If you are troubled with worms in 
the pots, give one or two waterings with lime-water, one 
pound of lime in four gallons of water; allow it to stand 
twelve hours to settle, pour the clear water into another 
vessel, and use it only. People may be frequently observed 
watering all plants indiscriminately, not taking the trouble 
to look into or feel the state of the soil in the pots or tubs, 
and thus, by going over them three or four times in this 
manner, will be sufficient to put the plants in such a state 
that they will not be recruited for some months. Hence the 
reason of so many sickly plants. 

Camellias^ where there are collections, will continue to 
flower. Treat them according to the direction^ given last 
month. 



OF ORANGES, LEMONS, &c. 

Be sure they are not too wet, as too much humidity as 
well as aridity causes their foliage to have a yellow appear- 
ance, with this difference, that in the former case the foliage 
is the same to the touch as when green; but in the latter, it 
is soft and dry. We have observed trees in tubs and half 
barrels, with holes all round their sides. This is a ludicrous 
idea, having the appearance of keeping the water from reach*- 



MarchJl GREEN-HOUSE — GERANIUMS. 195 

ing the bottom of the tub or barrel. For the best kind of 
tub for large trees, see August under this head. If any of 
the trees have stunted, straggling, or irregular heads about 
the end of this month or beginning of next, head or cut them 
down to the shape desired. The old wood will push fresh 
shoots. You may cut close, or shorten less or more, accord- 
ing as you desire young shoots to arise; at the same tinie 
observe that you do not cut below the graft or inoculation. 
Trees thus headed down should be kept until May, and then 
planted in the garden (see Ala?/), or, if that cannot be done, 
turn it out, and reduce the ball of earth by probing with a 
pointed stick all round the sides and bottom of the ball, 
cutting off any very matted roots. If any of the roots are 
decayed, cut them into the sound wood. By being thus re- 
duced, it will go into the same pot or tub, if not a less one. 
Having a good supply of fresh earth ready, put a few inches 
in the bottom of the pot or tub, place the tree therein, and 
fill all around, at the same time pressing it down with the 
hand or a stick. Grive very little water until there are signs 
of vegetation. 

MYRTLES, OLEANDERS, &c. 

These, with similar exotics, may be treated as above. If 
any of them have been infected with the scaly insect, after 
heading down, &c., scrub the remaining stems with a strong 
decoction of tobacco, heated to about 100°. Afterward clean 
with soap and water. 

GERANIUMS. 

These will be growing freely. Keep them in airy situa- 
tions, so that they may not grow too weak, and flower im- 
perfectly. To flower these plants strong and of good color, 
they must not be crowded together, neither far from the 
light, and have plenty of air admitted to them when the 
weather is favorable. Keep them free from the green-fly, by 
fumigating frequently. 



196 



GREEN-HOUSE — REPOTTING. {^Mavch. 



HERBACEOUS PLANTS. 

Plants of ttis character will, by the first of the month, 
begin to grow. The best time to divide and fresh-pot them 
is when the young shoots are about one inch aboYe ground. 
See under the head Shifting in this month. 

OF CAPE BULBS, &c. 

Cape Bulbs, such as Lachendlias, Oxalis, Irias, Gladi- 
olus, Watsdnias, Bahidnas, &c., will, in many of the species, 
be showing flower. Keep all of them near the glass, to 
prevent them from being weak and unsightly. 

ITj/acinths, Tulips, Narcissus, &c. Those that have been 
kept in the green-house during winter will be in great per- 
fection. Have all the flower stems tied up neatly to small 
stakes (which, if painted green, will look much better), and 
keep them from the direct rays of the sun. The front of 
the house, perhaps, will be the best situation. They must 
be freely watered while in flower. Where there is conveni- 
ence, it will be essential to keep the pots in saucers contain- 
ing water : it will strengthen both stems and flowers, and 
likewise preserve them longer in perfection. Those that are 
blooming should be put aside, and watered sparingly, until 
the foliage begins to decay, when the pots may be laid on 
their sides to ripen the bulbs. 

REPOTTING. 

We have always considered that this month is the best 
period for repotting the generality of Cape and New Holland 
plants, and more especially those that you are desirous. of 
encouraging. Large plants of the Citrus^ Myrins, and 
Oleander tribes may be deferred till August: these are of a 
strong, robust habit, and will not be affected at that period; 
and they will then be out of doors, and more room can be 
had for the operation, but by no means defer repotting your 
Acacias, Ericas, Lejotdspermum, Ejidcris, &c.; and, for the 
guidance of our more inexperienced friends, we give a de- 



Mai'ck'] GREEX-HOUBE— REPOTTING* 197 



script! ve list of many of the finest, with a faint outline of 
their characters and general treatment, which will prove a 
desideratum for those who are inexperienced, and strangers 
to the beauties, pleasures, and arts of exotic flora culture. 
Therefore, if you have any of the following plants that you 
are desirous of encouraging, they should be repotted this or 
next month at the latest. Large plants will not require it, 
if they were done in August. Pots one size larger than those 
that they are in are sufficient. 

Acacias and Mimosas being now united into one genus, 
there are above two hundred species. About one hundred 
and thirty belong to the green-house. Among such a beauti- 
ful family, both for elegance of flower and beauty of foliage, 
it will be difficult to specif}^ the most handsome and desirable 
for this department. A, clealbdla, A. glauchcenSj A. verti- 
cilldta, A. florahunda^ A. diffi^sa^ A. anndfa, A. decipiensj 
A, frogrdns^ A. pidcMlla^ A. lophdntJiaj A. decurrens. A, 
puhescens, A. myrtifblia^ A. consplcua, A. linea.risj &c. 
These will afford a great variety of foliage, and are very de- 
sirable, flowering principally in winter, or early in spring. 
The flowers of those belonging to the green-house are of a 
yellow or straw color ; the most of those that are red or pur- 
ple, with the celebrated medicinal species, belong to the hot- 
house, for which see Mai/. There are some of the species 
very subject to the white scaly insect, which must be attended 
to, that they may not get to any extent. (Soil No. 1.) 

AgapdnthnSj three species. A. umhelldhiSj with bright 
blue flowers, is very celebrated, and well known in the col- 
lections of the country. There is a variegated variety of it 
highly desirable, the foliage being white striped, and fre- 
quently the flower stem and the flower A. dlbichts has pale 
white flowers, and as yet rather scarce. They have very 
strong roots, and require plenty of freedom. Plants are 
always large before they flower, and when the pots, by fre- 
quent shifting, become inconvenient, the plant should be 
divested of all the earth, and, if too large, divide it, cutting 
ofi" the strongest of the fibres ; then they will admit of being 
put into smaller pots. If the above operation is performed 
in August or September, it will not retard their flowering, 
which, when well grown, is very handsome, the flower stem 
arising about three feet, and crowned with twenty or thirty 
blossoms, continuing to bloom successively. (Soil No. 12.) 

17* 



198 



GREEN-HOUSE — REPOTTING. [March 



AcMmenes—^oui sixteen species. The type of this new 
genus has been long known in our collections under the 
name of Trevirdnia coccineaj now A. coccinea, flowers bright 
scarlet; A. longifloraj large blue; A. gramliflora^ fine rose; 
A. hirsuta^ bright rosy purple ; A. rosea^ profuse flowering, 
and A. pictay the foliage of which is beautifully variegated 
and striped; A. pedunciilata, spotted; A. elegans, purple; 
A.pi/ropa- A. patens 'y with a host of other new and worth- 
less sorts, all inferior to the above, though some of them 
cost us half a guinea each. They have all scaly tuberous 
roots requiring the pots to be kept entirely dry during winter; 
in this month they should be taken from the old soil and 
planted into fresh, giving gentle waterings till they begin to 
grow. They delight in a warm close moist atmosphere, and 
will bloom freely from July to October. (Soil No. 10.) 

Aloe. Nearly a hundred species of grotesque-looking 
succulent plants, and are principally natives of the Cape of 
Good Hope, and, consequently, will do well in the warmest 
part of the green-house, although, when convenient, they 
frequently get a situation in the hot-house. A. vulgaris, 
known as A. harbadensis, has orange yellow flowers; A, 
ohliqua, now called Gasteria obliqua ; A . dichotoma, and A, 
variegdfa, which is perhaps the finest of the genus: the 
leaves are beautifully striped, and commonly known as the 
partridge-breast Aloe; flowers scarlet and green. They ought 
to have very little water; once a month is sufiicient. They 
would grow without it, and several of them would also grow 
by being suspended in the house, without earth or any sub- 
stitute about their roots, by being frequently sprinkled with 
water. Few of them are admired for the beauty of their 
flowers, but the whole are considered curious. They flower 
from May to September. (Soil No. 9.) 

Alo7isdas, five species, all soft- wooded, small, shrubby 
plants, with scarlet flowers. A. incisifolia is known among 
us under the name of Hemimerls urticifolia^ and A. linedris 
as H. linedris. If well treated they form very handsome 
plants, and flower freely. They will not bear strong fumi- 
gation ; and, when the house is under that operation, they 
must be put on the floor of the green-house, where they will 
not be so much afi'ected. They flower from April to August. 
(Soil No. 9.) 

Aloysa citriodbra^ known in our collections as verhena 



MarchJ] GREEN-HOUSE — REPOTTING. 



199 



tripJiijlIa. The flowers are small, in long spikes of a pale 
lilac color; the celebrity of the plant is in the delightful 
odor of its foliage, which is linear, lanceolate, and ternate. 
It is of very easy culture, and has been known to survive 
winter in the open air in Philadelphia. Where large plants 
are desired, they should be planted in the ground during 
summer, and lifted in November, and put in a dry cellar or 
under the stage in the green-house. Before they begin to 
grow in the sprins;, trim the plants into a neat shape. 
(Soil No. 9.) 

AlstroemeriaSj about sixteen species, all exceedingly de- 
sirable, and many of them particularly beautiful ; such are 
A. durea^ golden flowered; A. hicolor, salmon and orange; 
A. carminatay carmine-colored; A. Hookerii^ rose-colored; 
A. pelegrina, elegantly spotted ; A. pulcJieUa^ red-flowered, 
and will grow six feet high, having its shoots crowned with 
a profusion of flowers ; A. psittacina^ red, yellow and green ; 
A. tricolor^ black, white and yellow ; very beautiful. They 
have, generally, tuberous roots, and should be potted into 
fresh soil as soon as they show symptoms of growth, and 
they will require repotting about every month previous to 
flowering, taking care never to break the ball of earth while 
they are in a growing state. (Soil No. 10.) 

Amaryllis. This is a genus of splendid flowering bulbs, 
containing about eighty species and one hundred and forty 
varieties. They are natives of South America, but more 
than one-half of them are hybrids grown from seed by cul- 
tivators. They are generally kept in the hot-house, but in 
our climate will do perfectly well in the green-house ; and 
we have no doubt that in a few years many of them will be 
so acclimated as to keep as garden bulbs, planting about 
the end of April, and lifting them in October. As the 
beauty of these plants is in the flowers, it will be proper to 
give a small description of a few of them. A. hellaj pure 
white striped with rose ; A. JBartonii, creamy white striped 
with pink ; A. Buistii, large pure white, striped with cherry 
color ; A. ignescens^ bright red, with white at the base of 
the petals. A. Jolmsbni, the flowers are a deep scarlet, 
with a white streak in the centre of each petal, four bloom 
on a stem of about two feet, each flower about six inches in 
diameter ; a bulb well established has two stems. A. reyina, 
Mexican Lily, has large scarlet pendant flowers, tube of the 



200 GREEN-HOUSE— KE POTTING. {^March 



flower fringed-like, with three or four on the stem. A. 
vittdta is an admired species with scarlet flowers, striped 
with pure white; there are two or three varieties of it; co- 
rolla campanulatC; three or four on the stera^ about three 
inches in diameter ) petals a little undulate. A. filJgiday 
flower scarlet, large, tube striped, petals acute, two flowers 
on the stem. A. dulica is magnificent, has from two to 
four flowers about seven inches in diameter, erect on a stem 
about two and a half feet high; six petals, stroDglj united 
to the capsule, bottom of the petals green, connected with 
spots of dark crimson, which spread into fine transparent 
red, covered with rich tints, nerves very perceptible, anthers 
bold; it is called Crowned AmarijUis. A. psittdcinaj 
Parrot Amaryllis, is scarlet striped with greeu, two or more 
flowers on the stem, each about five inches in diameter. 
A. lomjifblia is perfectly hardy; flowers pink, inclining to 
white, in large umbels, leaves long, glaucous, and is a de- 
sirable garden bulb. A. longijidra striata has pure white 
flowers with bright pink stripes, and each flower is about 
seven inches long ; it was introduced from South America 
by Mrs. R. Alsop, and is a most superb flowering bulb. A. 
solandrijidraj large red ; A. elegdns, red and green, and 
many other superb kinds, especially the hybrid sorts; from 
Johnsdni there are above twenty cultivated varieties; from 
/ormdsa Vbhovit twelve; and from Griffini about ten, all of 
them esteemed. Where they have been kept in the earth in 
which they were grown last year, the ball ought at this 
repotting to be reduced ; when the bulbs are in a growing 
state, they ought to have plenty of water, and be fully ex- 
posed to the sun, so that the foliage may have its full 
influence, and as the roots grow to the outside of the earth, 
give them another and larger pot. They must have plenty 
of drainage, and be kept from heavy rains. We prefer 
growing them in the green-house all summer, or into frames 
under glass; about the end of October the watering must be 
gradually withheld, and by the middle of November put the 
bulbs where they will be kept dry till February or March 
next, when they must be again potted (in soil No. 12). 

Araucaria. This noble genus contains four species, which 
are without exception the most noble plants we are acquainted 
with, for the beauty of their foliage and symmetry of their 
growth, that belong to the green-house. A. excilsa, Norfolk 



Marcll,~\ GREEN-HOUSE — REPOTTING. 201 



Island Pine, has leaves closely imbricated as if with a coat of 
mail, and are imperishable. A. imhricata^ Chile Pine, is 
one of the grandest of trees, and is the hardiest of the genus; 
grows in the open air with me ; the leaves are also closely 
imbricated. A. hrogiliensis is more tender and more rapid 
in growth. The foliage of either of the species will adhere to 
the wood many years after the plant is dead. They are all 
highly valued ; the pots must be well drained ) for if the ' 
plants get much water while dormant, the foliage becomes 
yellow, and never attains its beautiful green color again ; 
otherwise they are easily grown. (Soil No. 11.) 

ArhutiiSy ten exotic species and six varieties. They are 
generally hardy in England ; but we question if they stand 
out in the Middle States. A unldo riihra has the finest crim- 
son flowers; A. serratifolia the largest panicles; and A. 
ondrdcJine the finest foliage; and very profuse of bloom. 
They .flower in nodding panicles. A. candriensis has very 
neat pink flowers. They bear a pretty fruit similar to a 
strawberry ; hence it is called strawberry tree, and the fruit 
will remain on the bush a long time. They are very fine 
evergreens, and if any of them become acclimated, they will 
be a great acquisition to our'gardens. In the Southern States 
they make lovely evergreen shrubs. (Soil No. 9.) 

Aster argopJiylluSj or musk plant, has no beauty in its 
flowers, but is esteemed by some for its musky odor when the 
leaves are gently rubbed. Leaves ovate, lanceolate, and silky 
beneath ; the plant is of strong growth. (Soil No. 9.) 

Aucuha japonica is the only species. The flowers are small 
and almost insignificant, color purple : but the foliage is a 
desirable object, being yellow, spotted, or blotched. It is 
tolerably hardy, and withstands our winters. It prefers shade, 
and, if the situation were such when planted out, it would 
grow more freely. The hot rays of the sun are very preju- 
dicial to its growth. It is an evergreen shrub, and very de- 
sirable. (Soil No. 2.) 

Azaleas. The Chinese varieties of Azalea indica are al- 
most without an end ; we might properly say that they are 
without end ; but the finest we have seen are those we shall 
enumerate. The one that has been longest known in the 
collections of this country is Indica, a most splendid shrub, 
with red flowers and dark spots. Indica alha, the flowers of 
the purest white, rather larger than the former. Indica pur- 



202 



GREEN-HOUSE — : 



REPOTTING. 



\_Marclu 



pilrea plhio, double purple. This variety is not so fine as 
many of the others. Properly it is not purple, or, if it may 
be termed so, the color is very light, and the flower irregular. 
Lidica pliGeniceaj rich purple and a free grower. Inclica 
smithii of the French, and Lidica purpurea of the English^ 
are alike, pale lilac and very profuse of flower. Indica coc- 
cinea, bright scarlet, a superb variety, and extremely abund- 
ant of bloom. Indica flore variegdta flowers beautifully 
variegated, pink and white. Later itia, salmon color, fine, 
Williainsii, bright, rich crimson. Powleii, rosy purple. 
Prince Albert, very large, bright rosy crimson, of strong 
growth. Maitlandiij pure white, striped with pink, dwarf 
habit. Copeiiy bright rose. Daniehiana, bright red. Ln- 
dica cdrnecij delicate flesh color. Lidica nova hlanc^ white, 
with a greenish-yellow spot on the upper petals. Rid^ro pleno, 
double red, of very erect growth. Spectahilis, rose and violet. 
Indica eJegdns, bright rosy purple, a very profuse flowerer 
and of a neat habit. Lndica GillingJiclmia , very large lilac, 
and of a strong habit. Striata formosissimaj white striped 
rose. Hnrtioigj very bright crimson. Azalea sinensis does not 
belong to the indica tribe ; it is of a hard woody nature, flow- 
ers of a golden yellow, in large clusters; it no doubt will prove 
a hardy species. The varieties and sub-varieties of indica will, 
in a few years, be so numerous that the greatest difficulty 
will be to keep clear of those that are not decidedly distinct : 
to obtain this object our own feeble exertions will be industri- 
ously applied. We might have named a few other varieties, but 
they so nearly approach some of the above, that it is better to 
avoid them. A choice selection of the Chinese Azalea ought 
to be in every green-house ; they are all easy of culture, and 
bloom freely from February to May. The pots must bo 
well drained and shaded from the sun during summer, though 
the tops of the plants do best to have the full rays, to which 
we have them fully exposed, and find that by such treatment 
they are every year completely covered with their flowers and 
grow more stiff in habit than when the whole plant is shaded. 
They should be repotted as soon as done flowering in soil 
No. 6 when they are flowering plants, and in soil No. 5 
when young plants. 

Bdnksias. There are about thirty-two species, all curious 
in flower, and handsome and various in foliage; flowers in 
large heads of cone shape, anthers mostly green, and continue 
a considerable time in flower; produces a cone in shape of a 



, MarchJ] GREEN-HOUSE — REPOTTlNa. 203 



pine, but not imbricate. The substance is as hard as bone, 
and contains many seeds. A cone of B. grdndis in our pos- 
session weighs one pound and twelve ounces, and contains 
about one hundred and seven seeds. Those most admired for 
the foliage are, B. dentdtaj B. semula^ B. serrdlo, B, latifblia, 
B. grdndis, which is the largest. B. speciosa has the longest 
foliage. B. Gunninghdmiij B. spinulbse, B. palluddsa and 
B. repensj these will afford a good variety. B, verficilldta 
is entirely different in appearance from the others. 

They must be well drained, and placed in an airy part of 
the green-house. Grreat care should be taken that they do 
not get too dry, for they seldom recover if allowed to flag for 
want of water. This genus is named in honor of Sir J oseph 
Banks, a distinguished promoter of the study of natural his- 
tory. (Soil No. 6.) 

BardsmaSy above ten species of pretty plants, separated 
from Didsma. B. serratlfblia, white ; B. pidcliella, purple \ 
B. fcetidhsshna, blush ; B. odordta white ; and B. dioica^ 
pink, are the finest. (Soil No. 8.) 

BeaufdrtiaSj only two species. B. decussdta is splendid ) 
the flowers come out of the wood with stamens in fine parcels, 
color bright scarlet, foliage decussate, oval, and many-nerved, 
bloom persistent, and much esteemed. B. spdrsa, in flower 
similar to the other ; color light pink, foliage scattered, both 
of easy culture, and flower abundantly. (Soil No. 8.) 

BegoniaSy a few species, are desirable for the green-house 
especially. B. fuclisioides, scarlet; B. mcarna^a, flesh color, 
and blooms during winter ; B. zehrina, zebra-like, very pretty ; 
they are of a soft woody nature, and should be kept in the 
warmest part of the green-house. (Soil No. 9.) 

Benthdmia fragifera. This beautiful new plant will make 
a splendid hardy evergreen for the Southern States, where it 
will produce its pale white flowers in July, and an abundance 
of fruit very much like strawberries, of a slight acid taste : 
but we are doubtful if it will fruit in our green-houses unless 
greatly encouraged. (Soil No. 9.) 

Bletia hyacintliina is the only species belonging to the 
green-house, once known as Cymhidium hyacinthmum. It 
is herbaceous, and before it begins to grow, divide the root, 
putting the best into six-inch pots. The spike of flowers are 
hyacinth-like, and of a beautiful purple, flowering from April 
to July, (Soil No. 9.) 



204 



GREEN-HOUSE — REPOTTING. [^March. 



JBoitvdrdias, three species. B.Jlava yellow ; B. pallida pale 
red ; B. tripJiylla is well known among uS; has brilliant scarlet 
flowerSj and, when well grown, will flower beautifully from 
May till September. To keep the plants, they should be fre- 
quently renewed ; otherwise they are liable to grow straggling 
and become subject to the small white scaly insect. (Soil 
No. 3.) 

Borbnia is a beautiful genus of New Holland plants, con- 
tains about nine species ; most of them have been universally 
admired; the flowers are star-like, rose-colored, and some of 
them sweet-scented. B. pinnata grows and flowers freely. 
B. serruldta, foliage serrated and very crowded, bearing the 
flowers on the extremity of the shoot, and does extremely well 
in this country; the flowers are bright rose, and sweet-scented. 
B. aldta has a fine appearance, and grows handsomely. The 
foliage is winged and pinnate, strong-scented ; of a hardy 
nature, and easy culture. They are in flower about April 
and May, and continue a considerable time; are subject to 
mildew if not frequently syringed : drain the pots well. (Soil 
No. 8.) 

Brachysemasy two species, both evergreen climbers. B. 
latifblium has the best foliage, and large purple leguminose 
flowers. B. und ulatum , lowers yellow, and more plentiful 
than the former, continuing in long succession. The pots 
require to be well drained ; very few plants of either in the 
country. (Soil No. 6.) 

BrugmdnsiuSy four species of strong, coarse-growing plants, 
requiring great nourishment to flower them well. B. sauve- 
olens has very large white flowers, about five inches in dia- 
meter, and sweet-scented. B, sanguinea has flowers with a 
green thorax ; the brim of the corolla is of a dark orange 
color. B. Kniglitiiy large half double flowers of snowy white- 
ness, does well when planted in the open ground. B. flora- 
hunda^ orange-colored. They must have very frequent re- 
pottings, and be liberally supplied with water while growing. 
(Soil No. 18.) 

BruniaSy about ten species; have heath-like foliage, very 
fine ; generally, on close observation, found to be three-cor- 
nered. The flowers are white and globular, the plants, when 
young, are very handsome ; the finest are, B. nodiflbra, B. 
lanuginosa , B. combsa, B. ahrotanoideSy and B. formosa. 
They require an airy situation, and, in summer, to be pro- 



March.'] green-house — REPOTTixa. 205 

tected from the powerful rays of the sun. Drain the pots 
well. (Soil No. 6.) 

Brunsvigias are all large bulbs from the Cape of Good 
Hope, and will keep in the green-house during winter, but 
are better where they can obtain a situation in the hot-house. 
It is a splendid genus, containing about ten species. Some 
of the bulbs grow to an enormous size, and all of them, while 
growing, require a liberal supply of water ; but when dor- 
mant, it must be wholly withheld, and they should have large 
pots, to make them grow and flower in perfection. B. 7nul- 
tifldraj flowers scarlet and green ; the leaves lay on the sur- 
face of the pot. B. laticdma, flowers pale purple. B. Jose- 
pliinm has splendid rose-colored flowers, and the most ad- 
mired species of the genus ; the foliage spreading, half erect, 
and glaucous* flowers numerous, and in large umbels, on a 
stem two feet high, blooming successively : there is a variety 
that has striped flowers. 

Several other species have been given to different genera. 
B. falcdta is now Ammdcharis falcata ; B. margindto.^ now 
Imhofia) and J5. cillidris is now Bujjhdne cillidr is. They all 
flovv^er in umbels, on stems from six inches to two feet ; flowers 
lily-like, with six petals. (Soil No. 12.) 

BurcMllias, two species. B. capensis is a beautiful dwarf 
evergreen shrub, with tubular orange-colored flowers, in large 
terminal cliTsters; when well treated, grows and flowers freely, 
and highly deserving of attention. B, parviflbra differs from 
the above in the flowers being smaller and paler, and the 
foliage more pointed. (Soil No. 10.) 

Cactus : for descriptions of, see hot-house in May. 

Culceoldrm. This genus of plants has undergone a com- 
plete revolution. Within these few years, hundreds of superb 
hybrid varieties have been brought to notice, many of them 
truly splendid. With us the herbaceous kinds are very deli- 
cate during summer ; they are generally all cut off by our 
intense heat, or severe droughts. The shrubby varieties ap- 
pear to withstand the vicissitudes of our climate better, though, 
as yet, we confess we are not even altogether successful in 
their summer culture. However, a few of them have done 
well, and are C. angustifdliay bright yellow, and in great 
profusion ; C. jiipnteVj brown and yellow ; C. marjoridna 
superha^ nearly scarlet ; C. smitJdij red and yellow ; C\ ignea, 
bright crimson ; C. meteor^ dark crimson ; C. Vulcan^ dark 
18 



206 



GREEN-IIOUSE — REPOTTING. 



red; C. maculata, superbly marked with red or crimson. 
There are many others of very great merit of the shrubby 
kinds cultivated in Europe, such as whites of different shades, 
dark crimsons, with white capes, and others blending into 
almost every description of color and character. Any quan- 
tity of new sorts may be obtained by cross impregnation be- 
tween any two of very different colors ; the seeds will ripen 
in July, when they may be sown on light soil, and they will 
flower the following season. Flowering plants require to be 
greatly encouraged, and must be shaded during summer from 
the violent noonday sun. (Soil No. 10.) 

Calothdmmis, four species. This genus is named in allu- 
sion to the splendid appearance of the branches, covered with 
scarlet flowers of curious construction, which come out of the 
old wood. All the species are of easy culture, and ver}^ like 
dwarf pines. C. quadn ffida has the largest flowers ; C. cla- 
vdta the most abundant. They are all evergreens, and flower 
from April to Xovember, and are very desirable in a collec- 
tion. (Soil No. 6.) 

Callicoma serratifoliaj the only species, and remarkable 
for tufted yellow heads of flowers, which come out at the 
axils, and continue from May to July. The foliage is ovate, 
lanceolate, deeply serrated and opposite. (Soil No. 6.) 

(Camellias. There are about eight distinct species of 
this plant known in our collections 3 and the varieties of 
japonica approach to one thousand, to which many are 
3'early added ; but, unfortunately, their merits are not fully 
scrutinized before they are sent forth to the floral world, 
under names representing and expressing every quality 
that is grand or beautiful in floral imagination. Such has 
been the rapid inci-ease of varieties in Europe, and even in 
this country, that, in many instances, three or four distinct 
plants have come out under the same name; consequently, 
a great confusion of names has been the result, which has 
caused much difficulty in attaining the best of the names. 
The colltictions of this country were kept comparatively 
pure till within the last few years, when the anxiety of our 
cultivators to obtain variety caused them to import from the 
French and German markets, which has thrown the no- 
menclature into an almost impenetrable chaos. But still 
we can unite in saying, " What species of plant is there 
which better merits the intelligent and vigilant care of the 



IfarcA.] GKEEN-HOUSE — REPOTTING. 207 



amateur and horticulturist?^^ The elegance of its form, 
the beautiful verdure of its foliage, and the pure and bril- 
liant colors of the large and elegant flowers, sufficiently 
justify the admiration of all. In fact, we may say, there is 
not a green-house in which this lovely plant has not found 
a place, where it stands in the first rank of floral population. 
To give a full description of all the varieties we know would 
occupy this volume. However, we will give lucid details of 
nearly one hundred of the finest we have seen in cultivation. 
But, in regard to the shades and spots of color, we must 
throw ourselves on the charity of our readers; for many 
sorts are very capricious in that particular : though styled 
self-colored, they may come spotted, and even those that are 
generally spotted sometimes show themselves of one color. 

Camellia euryoides, flowers small, single white, and a 
little fragrant; plant of a slender growth. 

C. oleiferia is cultivated principally in China for the oil 
which is expressed from its seeds, which is much used in 
the domestic cookery of the country ; flow'er single white. 

C. Sesanqua, Lady Banks's. The foliage of this species 
is very small, and paler, and the green not so fine as any 
of the others. It seeds freely, and is often used as the 
female parent in producing nevv varieties; flow^ers small, 
white, and single, with many anthers. There are a semi- 
double and double variety of it of the same color. 

C. sesanqua rosea, or mallifldra of some, double pink, 
small flowers, but in very great profusion ; the plant is of a 
free, upright growth. The flowers are of about four weeks^ 
duration; it is very much esteemed. 

C. Jdsst. Small single w^hite ; the only species that is a 
native of Nepaul. 

C. rettadafa was brought from China by Capt. Eawes in 
1822. The foliage is very characteristic, being stifi" and flat, 
distinctly serrated, nerves deeply sunken; flow^ers bright 
rose, of a loose form, and above six inches in diameter, 
semi-double. From present appearance, it will never be so 
plenty as many of the others, being tardy of propagation ; 
only a few eyes on the extremity of each shoot make young 
wood, and if these are cut off, the plant does not seem to 
push afresh. Magnificent. 

C. japonica, small, single, red. It is supposed that this 
is the type of all the garden- cultivated varieties of the 



208 



GREEN-HOUSE — REPOTTING. \_March. 



Gdmillia, though some are inclined to think that it is a 
variegated or striped species, not yet introduced, that has 
been the origin of so many beautiful Chinese sorts. 
The following are supposed to be its varieties : — 
C. alha-'plena^ common double white, is admired by the 
most casual observer, and is generally considered a very 
superior flower, from the purity of its whiteness and the 
abundance of its large flowers, which are closely and regu- 
larly set with round petals. The foliage is large, and the 
plant grows freely; we have seen one shoot grow two feet • 
in one summer. It was imported into Europe from China, 
among the first of the varieties, about eighty years ago. 
Magnificent. 

O. semjjlex^^ dlha, single white. It is mentioned some- 
where as being very sweet-scented, though not very percep- 
tible to us. The foliage and wood are very strong, the fine- 
striped sorts have been raised from it; consequently, it is 
particularly desirable as a stock to grow new varieties from. 
Its flowers are large and abundant. Good. 

0. altlimflora, hollyhock flowered, is a great beauty, with 
large double dark red flowers ; the veins are very prominent, 
petals frequently irregular; foliage large, smooth, and very 
dark green, and is much esteemed. Fine. 

C. anemoneflbra, or Waratah (from the centre petals, 
having the appearance of the Waratah plant, Telopia spe- 
ciosissivia). This variety is very characteristic, both in flower 
and foliage. . The flower is dark crimson, with five regular 
large outside petals; those of the centre are very small and 
neatly plaited, with the stile (female organ) prominent; the 
foliage is large and oblong, nerves very smooth, and the wood 
strong, bark light. Had this kind not been found, we would 
li'>ve been deprived of many most splendid varieties which 
have originated from it, and we have no doubt they may be- 
come as diversified as the roses of the garden: this variety, 
in a collection, for that alone is invaluable. It seeds freely, 
and the pollen of any of the others applied to the style of 
this will produce a 'new variety, which seldom fails of being 

* We liave now, 1839, in flower, a single white, very similar to 
this, which we have raised from lljeseed of DahUaflora, a good double 
red variety; it, therefore, api)ears impossible to predict their character 
from the parent that produced the seed. 



MarchJ] 



GREEN-HOUSE — REPOTTING. 



209 



double, provided the pollen is from a double variety. It must 
be applied the first day that the flower is expanded, for the 
bloom is only of a few day's duration. Those that are not 
acquainted with the buds of this Camellia^ will take them to 
be dead, because, before expansion, they are very dark brown, 
and have a dried appearance. Superh. 

C. amdhile. This exceedingly perfect flower was raised 
from seed by J, B. Smith, Esq., of this city ] it is regularly 
imbricated, the extreme petals are bright rose, shading to 
delicate pink, and then again shading in the centre to light 
red. The plant is full of foliage and of excellent habit, flower 
about three and a half inches in diameter. Magnificent. 

C. atroriihem^ Loddiges' red, is a good variety ) color dark 
red, outside petals large, inside small and irregular, forming 
a very distinct character ; foliage stifi" ; grows freely and 
flowers well; and of long duration. AVe have seen a flower 
stand fresh on the plant two months ; however, that cannot 
be a rule, as it depends on the situation. Good. 

C. americana^ blush, medium size, finely cupped forjn, 
generally spotted with rose, an American seedling by Mr. 
Dunlap, of N. Y. Magnificent. 

0. Alexina, rose white, spotted and striped, dark rose im- 
bricated, and fully double foliage, dark green, cordate, a plant 
of neat habit. Superb. 

0. albicans, pure white, perfectly double, in shape growth 
and form very like riiyrtifolla alba. Supcyb. 

C. Binncj/U, rosy crimson, very perfect form, luxuriant 
foliage, of free growth and bloom. Superb. 

C. Bealiana, or Leana Superba, dark crimson, very large, 
superbly double, cup iCvm. Magnificent. 

C. candidissimaj purest white flowers, very large, four 
inches or more in diameter, full and most regularly imbri- 
cated, and resemble very much the old double ichite, though 
more perfect in form — leaves rather small, of an elongated 
form, smooth and pale green, often spotted with yellow. 
The plant is of vigorous growth, and a Japan variety. 3Iag- 
nificent. 

C. ccirneay frequently known as Middlemist's blush. 
Double pink, one of the original varieties, and frequently 
produces seeds, from which many very fine varieties have 
been obtained ; grows freely. Good. 

C. chalmerii perfectaj delicate waxy rose, perfectly imbri- 

18* 



210 GEEEN-HOUSE— REPOTTIXG. [^Mavch. 



cated form^ flower medium size, very persistent, foliage pale 
green, plant of regular pyramidal growth. Magnificent. An 
American seedling in the possession of Mr. William Chalmers, 
gardener to the late Geo. Pepper, Esq. 

C. chandlerii or versicolor, perfectly double, color yivid red, 
with occasional splashes of pure white ; the flowers vary, and 
are often only red — they are of long, duration, from six to 
eight weeks ; foliage large and dark glossy green. Magni- 
ficent. 

♦ C. colvillea, pale blush, with rose spots and pink stripes, 
is partially anemone formed ; but very compact and of free 
growth ; leaves cordate. Su})erh. 

O. concuinay deep cherry red, a very perfectly imbricated 
double flower, about three and a half inches in diameter ; 
foliage generally a little undulated, wood slender. Superh. 

C. conspicua, (Loddiges,) a shrub of strong handsome 
growth, with large dark green foliage; flower very double; 
five inches in diameter; bright orange red, hemispherical 
shape ; petals erect, and appear as if three or four flowers 
were united; it is profuse of bloom and very conspicuous. 
3Iagnifice7it. 

C. coquette^ rosy crimson, frequently blush, imbricated with 
large petals of a rather coarse texture ; foliage large cordate, 
pale green. Good. 

C. Oovitesse Nencini, pure white, beautifully striped with 
rose of perfect formation; foliage cordate acuminate, of good 
« h abi t . 3Ia gi i ificei \ t . 

0. Donheldrij bright red, variegated and sprinkled with 
pure white, three rows of large petals about one inch broad 
and two inches long; centre full of stamens, flower fully four 
inches in diameter; leaves about two inches broad and four 
inches long; this will be an elegant variety to seed from, 
and is of Chinese origin. Magnificent. 

C. cleleciissima, white, profusely striped with rose, exte- 
rior petals large and round ; those of the interior are closely 
set ; flower nearly four inches in diameter ; leaves very large, 
ovate, acuminate. Superh. 

C. Duchess of Orleans j rose white, beautifully spotted 
or striped with rose, perfect form, large, a free bloomer. 
Magnificent. 

0. dorsettla or p^artJionichia, of the Belgians; leaves fiat 
and closely set, of a dark shining green ; flower very large, 



March'] GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTINa. 211 

nearly five inches in diameter, of a pale recl^ mixed with rose 
and white ; petals closely imbricated, irregular, and numerous; 
those of the centre small. Magnificent. 

C. eclipse or Fressij of the English, or imperialis of the 
French ; flower pure white, with rose stripes, four inches in 
diameter; irregular, full, and double, with a few stamens 
appearing among the petals; the whole flower forms an arched 
centre, almost hemispherical; leaves long and pointed, of a 
clear rich green : we have seen flowers of this plant entirely 
rose. Max/mficent. 

C. elegans ( Chandler's), flower rosy red, fading to nearly 
white in the centre; three and a half inches in diameter; 
exterior petals large and rounded; those of the interior very 
numerous, and beautifully harmonize; forming, as it were, 
a depressed sphere ; a profuse bloomer, and of a neat habit. 
Magnificent. 

(J. tidtaj violet crimson, spotted with white, flower three 
and a half inches in diameter, perfectly imbricated to the 
very centre, and of the most perfect double; foliage dark 
green; plant of a good habit. Magnificent. 

C. elphingstdniay red spotted with white, frequently four 
inches in diameter; exterior petals very large, regularly gra- 
duating to the centre, which cover a few hidden stamens ; 
foliage dark green ; plant of a fine habit. Magnificent. 

C. Davy Crocket, rosy crimson, exceedingly large, fully 
five inches in diameter; round petals fully double and very 
showy. 3Iagnificent. 

O. De la Reine^ white frequently striped with dark rosy 
violet very double ; a magnificent flower, but a plant with very 
indiflerent foliage. 

C. Dunhp^s white J pure white, perfectly imbricated : a free 
grower. Magnificent. 

C. exhmia (Chandler's), flowers bright crimson, four 
inches in diameter, of a perfect double imbricated form; 
foliage light green and deeply serrated; nerves smooth; it 
is of free growth, but with us does not bloom freely. Alag- 
nificent. 

C. Emihj^ an exceedingly large irregular flower; blush 
white, striped and spotted with rose; foliage shining green; 
plant of strong growth. Magnificent. 

C. Fultoniij pale waxy rose ; regular flower of medium 
size; a profuse bloomer. Magnificent. 



212 



GKEEX-nousE — REPOTTING. {^MarcTi. 



C. Fdirleay foliage large, ovate, acuminate ; of a smooth 
shining dark green ; flowers nearly four inches in diameter, 
of a rich crimson, marked with pure white ; very double. 
JSiiperb. 

C. Feasiiij pure white, with a few spots of rose, fully 
double, imbricated, very distinct; foliage dark green; of free 
growth. Ma<jnificenL A seedling by Mr. Feast, of Balti- 
more. 

' G. fimhrlata : fringed white. JThe size, shape and set 
of the flower same as alba-plena^ and the white as pure, 
with the edges of the petals deeply serrated, or rather 
fringed; is equally as free in flowering, though not so 
strong in growth. It is universally admired, and in great 
demand. MagnificeM. 

G. flave^cens, or incdrnata. Lady Hume's blush, and 
by some called huff. It is a very double flower, beautifully 
regular and imbricated, and frequently hexangular, or star- 
like ; the bottom of the petals is most delicately tinged 
wdth blush ; on looking into it, it shows more like a blush 
vapor than nature, and is a great favorite, and deservedly 
so ; flowers and grows freely ; foliage rhomboid, elongate, 
nerves very visible, surface smooth and pale green, distinctly 
serrate; growth strong and erect. Maynificent. 

G. florida. Flower clear cherry red, large, frequently 
above four inches in diameter; very persistent; exterior 
petals large- and well rounded ; the interior small and closely 
set, rising in the centre; it is a profuse bloomer; foliage 
dark green. The plant is of a neat and regular habit. 
Magnificent. 

G. Floi/ii, one of the most noble of the Camellias, both 
in flower and foliage; leaves three inches wide, and nearly 
five long; smooth, dark green plant of strong growth; flower 
five inches in diameter, of a perfectly double form; the ex- 
tremity is cherry red, diverging to a pale rose in the centre ; 
the exterior petals are bold, round and elegant, of a cup 
shape when newly opened. It is frequently sold in Europe 
under the imposing name of Frederick the Great, though 
grown from seed by Mr. Floy, of New York, who has been 
very successful in producing several other esteemed sorts. 
Magnificent. 

G. Fdrdii, a free-growing plant, with lively green foliage 
and graceful habit; flower dark rose, three inches and a 



March,'] aREEisr-iiousE — repotting. 



213 



half in diameter, perfectly double, and regularly imbricated, 
forming a symmetrical bloom. Magnificent. 

O. formdsa^ foliage very dark green ; flower fully four 
inches in diameter, of a dark rose color, regularly double, 
petals large and erect; interior shortened, covering a few 
stamens. Superh. 

G. frankofortensisj or Welling toni, a plant of a very 
compact habit; flower three inches and a half in diameter, 
beautiful rose, occasionally spotted with white. Magnifi- 
cent. 

C. fulgens, flower three inches and a half in diameter, 
and very bright double crimson, approaching to C. atro- 
TuhenSj but more brilliant; petals regularly decreasing to 
the centre; foliage a lucid green, very smooth; young wood 
and wood buds have a red appearance. We have no doubt 
but it will occasionally seed; if so, it will be a first rate 
breeder. Superh. 

C. Gilesiij or JSfanci/ Daivson. The leaves are large, 
ovate, oblong and pointed; flowers above four inches in 
diameter, of a fine dark red color, often striped with white, 
and is ^^distinguished for fragrance as well as beauty. 
Magnificent. 

(J. grunellaj foliage oval and acute, of a deep glossy 
green, flower white, three inches and a half; rather irregular, 
but perfectly double, a profuse bloomer, and of good habit. 
Superh. 

0. Ilenderwnij raised by the celebrated camellia grower, 
Mr. Henderson, of Woodhall, Scotland. It is a large flower, 
four inches and a half in diameter, beautifully imbricated, 
and perfectly double, of a bright rose color ; foliage round, 
ovate, and distinctly serrated. Magnificent. 

C. Hampsteadiij large rosy crimson, quite double, with 
bold petals; foliage dark green, heart-shaped, a free-grower. 
An American seedling sent out by Messrs. Kitchie and 
Dick. 

C. Henri Favre, a beautiful rose color, of French origin, 
perfectly double, being similar to Landrethi. A free bloomer, 
foliage pale green. Magnificent. 

C. Hosdclxia, large dark crimson, nearly five inches in 
diameter ; flower rather flat, petals numerous, regularly 
decreasing to the centre, which has an occasional speck of 
white. It does seed, and will prove a first-rate variety for 



214 



GREEN-HOUSE — REPOTTING. 



I3farch. 



that purpose; foliage long and pointed, rather drooping; is 
of a free growth and bloom. iSuperb. 

C. imhricdfa, foliage very large, three inches wide and 
four and a half long, of a pale green, often marked w^ith 
white; flowers rich crimson, almost invariably marked more 
or less with white; they are full four inches in diameter; 
the petals are round, and regularly disposed, and imbricated 
on each other, gradually decreasing to the centre, forming 
a most perfect flower. The plant grows freely, and blooms 
profusely; no collection can be perfect without it. Ilarj- 
nificent. 

C. intermedia is a sport from aS'. pseonifibra ; it is a very 
large blush, beautifully suffused with rose. Magnificent. 

C. invincible^ or j^unctdf a, flower three inches and a half 
in diameter, rose ground, marked and striped with cherry 
red ; the circumference petals are broad and convex ; those 
of the centre small and erect. This Camellia sometimes 
produces flowers entirely red or rose-colored; it is of free 
growth ; leaves round, acuminate, and of a dark green. 
Superb. 

C. Jeffersonii, rosy crimson, perfectly imbricated to the 
centre ; flow^er of medium siz^ ; foliage shining green, three 
to four inches long, and two wide. A seedling by Dr. J. 
S. Gunnell, of Washington city. Magnificent. 

C. imbricata (Dunlop's), flowers rosy crimson, most per- 
fectly formed, marked w^ith white shading to blush ; foliage 
large, recurved, of a pale green color. Magnificent. 

C. Landrelhiiy or ^Jacksdnia, very beautiful pink, fading 
to the centre, a perfectly double and finely imbricated flower, 
about four inches in diameter, a free bloomer, and a plant of 
good habit; leaves ovate, acuminate, pale green. We have 
seen the flower profusely spotted with w^hite. 1 his elegant 
Camellia was grown from seed by D. and C. Landreth, and 
bloomed first in the spring of 18'29. Magnificent. 

C. latifblia^ leaves three inches wide and four inches and 
a half long, point recurved, a fine glossy green ; flower cherry 
red, cup form, interior petals irregular, festooned and curled, 
those of the exterior bold and round, about three inches and 
a half in diameter. Sup)erb. 

C. Lowii^ very dark crimson, imbricated flower; fine bold 
petals; foliage cordate, pale green. Magnificent. 

Mrs. FetterSj large dark red, shading to rose iu the centre, 



March.'] green-iiouse — repotting. 



215 



perfectly imbricated ; fine round petals, very regularly dis- 
posed; foliage dark green. One of the best of its color. 
Magnificeiit. 

0. mutdhilis traversiij foliage very large and almost cor- 
date ; plant of an elegant and free growth ; leaves ratber 
reflexed and of a lively green, nerves very conspicuous; 
flower four inches and a half in diameter, regular, and very 
double ; it opens a delicate rose, and soon changes to a 
violet purple, shaded with a faint line of white, an unique 
plant and flower. Mognificent 

C. myrtifolia, known in our collections as involuta. 
There are two varieties of it, major and minor; the former 
is certainly the best, and has a very handsome, large and 
regular red flower; the centre frequently is pink and purple ; 
it is much the shape of douhle loh'te, only the petals are 
more cupped. The flower is of considerable duration. The 
foliage, though small, is much larger than that of any of 
our common myrtles, which might make many mistake its 
character; and another prominent feature is, the leaves are 
much recurved and shining; plant pendulous, of a pale 
green. Magnificent. 

C. Madonna^ very pure white, delicately striped with 
bright rose; perfectly imbricated and above medium size; 
foliage dark shining green. Magnificent. 

C. Mrs. Ahhy Wilder^ white striped with pink ; a regu- 
larly imbricated flower of fine formation ; foliage large, coarse, 
sickly green. Magnificent 

0. 3Iiss Percivalj large flower, pure white, very fine when 
in bud, not fully double; foliage dark shining green. Good. 
When we have the pleasure ot giving a Camellia this name, 
it will be, in our estimation at least, without a fault. 

C. peeoniflbra : bright pink, large flower, fully four inches 
in diameter, two rows of circumference petals ; those of the 
centre numerous, very close, erect, and in the form of a 
sphere ; plant of a slender growth ; leaves two inches broad 
and three inches long, of a delicate green. Superb. 

C. Palmer s perfection., dark crimson, inclining to purple, 
very large, perfectly double, and of handsome form ; a free 
bloomer. Magnificent. 

C. Phlladelphica (Smith's), flowers four and a half to 
five inches in diameter ; the circumference petals large and 
round ; those of the interior smaller with a little convexity. 



216 



GREEN-HOUSE — REPOTTINa. [^March. 



perfectly double, color changeable, bright crimson, spotted 
with white ; dark rose, fading to the centre, or all crimson ; 
even the same plant producing all the variety ^ plant of an 
upright branching habit ; leaves ovate, acuminate, of me- 
dium size, and a very dull dark green ; bloomed first in 
1834, when only two years from the seed, and the flower 
was then four and three-quarter inches in diameter. Magni- 
Jicent. 

C. j)icturata : leaves three and a half inches wide and 
four and a half inches long, of a bright green ; flower four 
inches in diameter ; spherical and extremely double ; petals 
of the centre irregular and closely folded : those of the peri- 
phery or circumference round and entire, of a pure white, 
occasionally striped with red — a few hidden stamens — plant 
of an elegant habit. 3Iagnificent. 

C. j)omj)dnia, or Kew blush, flowers over four inches in 
diameter ; white, with a tinge of blush at the bottom of the 
petals, which has a good effect in setting off the flower. 
They frequently bloom all blush, having one or two rows 
of guard or outside petals ; those of the inside are short, 
stubby, and generally irregular; continues long in flower; 
yellow anthers among the short petals, and seeds when the 
female organ is perfect ; foliage similar to pseoiiifldra ; a 
very fast grower, and flowers freely. Superb. 

C. Prattii flower bright rose, full four inches in diame- 
ter, frequently every petal having a white stripe from the 
apex to the base, very closely and regularly imbricated to 
the very centre : in every respect equally as well-formed as 
C. imhricata ; leaves two and a half inches wide and four 
inches long, of a rich smooth green — is a plant of free 
growth and profuse flowering ; bloomed first in 1836. With 
pleasure, we say it is our first seedling of merit. Majni- 
Jicent. 

C. Punctata J see Invincihle. 

C. Prince Alherfj pale rose, striped with bright red, very 
distinct ; a Chinese variety perfectly double, a large flower ; 
petals rather short in the centre. Magnificent. 

C. Queen of England^ dark rosy crimson, with an occa- 
sional spot of white; large, imbricated, and fully double. 
Magnificent. 

* In compliment to our late and esteemed patron, H. Pratt, Esq., of 
Lemon Hiii. 



3farcJt.'] 



GREEN-HOUSE — REPOTTING. 



217 



C, Queen Victoria (Priestley's), crimson, occasionally 
marked with white ; flower large, perfectly imbricated ; fo- 
liage strong, dark green. Magnificent. 

C. rdsd sinensis,, a large double flower, four inches in dia- 
meter ; color bright rosy pink, petals long and full, closely 
imbricated to the centre : a very distinct variety, with beauti- 
ful dark green shining foliage, two inches wide and three 
and a half long ; grows and flowers freely. Magnificent. 

G. rd^ea (China), petals regularly and perfectly imbri- 
cated, flower frequently star-shaped, like Hume^s hhish, about 
three inches in diameter ; color bright rose, changing to 
rosy purple ; foliage pale green ; leaves one and a half 
inches wide and three inches long ; plant of slender habit, 
though well-formed, and a profuse bloomer. Magnificent. 

C. riihra-pleno, or Greaviirs double red, is a strong-grow- 
ing and free-flowering variety. The flowers are large, 
irregular, and very double, and are of long duration ; foliage 
of a yellowish-green, leaves two inches wide and three 
inches long; plant of a stiif habit. Superb. 

C. Saccoiy bright rose, imbricated form, very perfect, 
fading to a pale rose; a free bloomer. Magnificent. 

C. Saccoi de nova and Magiiifii are the same, very 
similar to the former, merely a shade paler in color ; foliage 
more distinctly nerved and serrated. Magnificent. 

C. Sai^ah Frosty rich crimson, of perfectly imbricated 
form, very full, a profuse bloomer, growing freely, of upright 
habit. Magnificent. 

O. Sherwoodiij rosy crimson, frequently spotted with 
pure white; very double; petals reflexed when fully open; a 
free grower and profuse bloomer. Magnificent. A seedling 
by Mr. Sherwood, of Laurel Hill. 

C. sesdnqua rosea. See among the species. 

C. sjpecidsa is a most splendid variety, has been called 
Chinese striped Waratah. The guard petals are large, round, 
and bold; color crimson with stripes of wdiite; the centre is 
full of irregular small petals, and spotted ; the foliage three 
inches wide and four inches long, and more heart-shaped 
than any of the others; grows freely, flower persistent, four 
inches in diameter, and highly esteemed, and considered one 
of the finest of the colored CamSlIias. Magnificent. 

C. splendens ; rosy red, flower full and bold, nearly four 
inches in diameter; petals few, but very lar2;e and round, 
19 



218 



GREEN-HOUSE — REPOTTING. 



\_3Iarch. 



lying gently over each other, showing a few stamens in the 
centre — ^is very attractive and conspicuous in a collection ; 
foliage dark green, ovate, acuminate. Superb. 

C. spoffbrtldana ; foliage deep plain green, acutely serrated, 
plant handsome and vigorous; flower three and a half inches 
in diameter, of a pure white, with an occasional red stripe; 
petals rather irregular, full and double; though showing a 
few stamens. Sup>erh. 

C. spoffdrthiana cdrnea'y flower larger than the former, 
otherwise very similar. Superb. 

C. Sw6etia vera; leaves three inches long and four inches 
wide, distinctly serrate, of a fine shining green, plant of an 
upright free-growing habit ; flower nearly four inches in 
diameter, with three rows of circumference petals — rose 
white, sprinkled with bright red ; those of the centre small 
and erect, concealing a few sterile stamens. Magnificent. 
There is a spurious plant out under this name, which is very 
inferior. 

C. tricolor ; foliage pale green, two inches wide and three 
and a half inches long, distinctly serrated, with the nerves 
very prominent ; flower full four inches in diameter — semi- 
double; petals large and round — very beautifully set; color 
white, shaded with various shades of red, rose, &c. A superb 
variety to produce seeds, having the female organ very 
perfect, and was introduced from China by Dr. Siebold. 
Superb. 

C. triumpTians ; foliage dark green ; leaves roundish oval, 
slightly pointed with nerves, and serratures very distinct ; 
flower nearly four inches in diameter, of a bright cherry red, 
shaded with rose ; petals regular, round, and large, a little 
recurved at the extremity, and gracefully imbricated to the 
centre, which is occasionally striped with white ; the plant 
is of a good habit and free growth. Magnificent. 

C. variabilis; this is a sportive variety of C. j^ceomfiora, 
with flower and foliage of same character; frequently 
blooming rose-striped, or marked with pink, blush, &c. 
Magnificent. 

C. varicgdta is one of the old standard varieties, and very 
much esteemed. It is striped with red and white ; some- 
times the ground is red, with white streaks or blotches, and 
vice versa; nearly four inches in diameter, petals large and 
round, rather loose, centre showing a number of stamens; 



MarcJlJ] GREEN-HOUSE — REPOTTING. 



219 



foliage very fine dark green, three inches wide and four 
inches long. We have had seed from it. Plant of a good 
habit and a profuse bloomer. Sitperh. 

C. teutonia^ an imbricated flower, of perfect form, rosy 
crimson, frequently inclining to pale rose. Magnificent. 

O. Vfalban/ciana ; foliage pale green, two inches broad 
and nearly four inches long; plant of rather loose habit; 
flower greenish-white, full four inches in diameter; petals 
large and oval, irregularly tufted, showing a number of sta- 
mens, though very double. We are inclined to believe that 
this is the Mtea alba of some catalogues. Superb. 

C. Wardii ; very dark gieen foliage; leaves rather cor- 
date and undulate, of a coriaceous texture ; plant of a branch- 
ing stiff habit; flower full three inches in diameter, very 
persistent — circumference petals large and round ; those of 
the interior small, round, and closely set, rather flattened, 
color vivid crimson. This fine variety is another by Mr. 
Floy, of New York. Superb. 

C, Washington (Grunneirs); dark rosy crim^son, of exqui- 
site form, imbricated to the centre ; a plant of neat habit, 
an abundant bloomer, always opening perfect. Magnificent, 

C. Wilderii ; very bright rose ; perfectly imbricated ; pe- 
tals regular to the centre ; almost a fac simile of the C. For- 
cliij except the foliage, which is more heart-shaped. Mag- 
nificent. 

G. Woodsii ; foliage light green; leaves two inches wide 
and four inches long ; plant of a rapid growth and regular 
shape ; flower four and a half inches in diameter, of a bright 
rose color ; petals large and rounding in the periphery ; 
those of the centre rather irregular — perfectly double, and 
blooms with difficulty. We have observed it to bloom finest 
when a gentle heat was applied, or when the plant flowered 
in March or April. Magnificent. (Soil No. 11 for the 
whole family.) 

We beg to observe that, in giving descriptions of the 
camellia, we have invariably, as far as known, described the 
best variety, where there were several varieties under one 
name. The new varieties in this beautiful family of plants 
are increasing with astonishing rapidity. The seedlings of 
this country alone would of themselves form a collection of 
every shade and color, though many of them are almost alike, 
especially among the whites and reds — nearly fac-similes ex- 



220 GREEN-HOUSE — REPOTTING. \_March. 



cept in foliage. The description of such we have carefully 
avoided. Indeed^ we boldly assert, though an extensive cul- 
tivator of over two hundred varieties, that there are not 
more than one hundred varieties known worthy of a passing 
remark, except for their deformed character. 

CarrnicliceUa aiisfralis, the only species; has very curious 
foliage, which the lilac leguminous flowers come out of, and 
continue from April to June. (Soil No. G.) 

CeandfJms azureus is the only species of the genus worth 
cultivating; it blooms profusely from May to July, and has 
^ considerable attraction with its brilliant blue spikes of small 
flowers. (Soil No. 6.) 

Oestrum ; a genus of about ten species ; some of them 
very popular under the name of Night-hlooming Jasmine ; 
which are 0. nocfurniim and parquii with long greenish- 
white flowers; C. (^Uir??a72, pearly white, the centre of the flower 
sparkling like a diamond; C. aui^anttacum^ dark orange 
flowers in large clusters; very handsome, blooming in winter. 
(Soil No. 12.) 

Chorizemasj about ten speqies, foliage very variable ; flow- 
ers small and papilionaceous, often very profuse ; color red 
and yellow ; though small, they are very neat. C. nana 
and C. iUcifblia are pretty; but nothing of the kind can 
exceed C. o-vata and C. varuim, with their beautiful scarlet 
and orange blossoms, which are in great profusion; if grown 
from seed, they will flower freely the second year ; drain the 
pots well. (Soil No. 6.) 

Cinerarias^ Cape aster, about twelve belong to the green- 
house. They are herbaceous, or half shrubby, soft wooded 
plants. C. speciosa, C. amelloxdeSy (now called Agatlisea 
coeIestus)j C. ^mrpurea, and C. Janata, are among the finest 
of the species ; flowers blue or yellow ; the latter is consi- 
dered the handsomest of the genus. The exterior petals are 
bright purple, and the interior ones white, and, with A. cce- 
Idstus, flowers most of the year ; flowers syngenesious and 
star-like. The herbaceous species must be treated as pre- 
viously mentioned for that kind of plant. The new hybrids 
of this genus are rivaling the species, both for beauty of co- 
lor and size of flower ; among these are C. Kingii\ C. tri- 
innphanty C. Scottii, 0. Qaeeiij C. Perfection^ and C 
Beauty. (Soil No. 12.) 

Cinnamomum camplidra is the camphor tree of commerce; 



MarcLI green-house — REPOTTma. 221 



is an excellent evergreen, but has no beauty in its flower. 
The foliage, when bruised, has a camphorated odor. (Soil 
No. 10.) 

CistuSj or Kock rose. There are above thirty species, 
principally natives of Europe, consequently hardy there, and 
form a great ornament to their gardens, being very abundant 
and various in flower; but with us they will not stand the 
rigor of winter. We have no doubt, however, but, through 
time, some kinds may be grown that will withstand the great- 
est cold of the Middle States ; they are low shrubby plants, 
of easy cultivation. C. ladaniferusj C. salignus, C. populifo- 
liusj C. undulatu^j and C. /orniGsuSj are perhaps the best; 
the flowers are of short duration, frequently only for one 
day ; but the quantity makes up this deficiency, being con- 
stantly in flower in May and June, and sometimes flower 
again in autumn. C. creticti^ is most productive of the gum 
laudanum, which is secreted about its leaves and branches. 
The flowers are generally five-petaled, and some of them 
large and showy; centre full of stamens. (Soil No. 3.) 

Citrus. This genus contains the most grand and noble of 
fruit-bearing trees ; Loudon says, The golden apples of the 
heathens, and forbidden fruit of the Jews, are supposed to 
allude to this family .^^ They are all handsome evergreen 
shrubs or trees, bearing highly odoriferous flowers and beau- 
tiful golden fruit. In cultivation, the orange fruit is dry 
and more insipid than in the tropics, but the lemon is far 
superior in its quality. The varieties of orange are exten- 
sive, nearly eighty kinds being cultivated in Italy ; but, with 
us, the sweet, sour, and rough-skinned are the principal 
sorts, and more recently we cultivate the mandarin, Otahei- 
tan, and other beautiful dwarf Chinese varieties ; also, the 
striped-leaved varieties of Bergamotte. The lemon are 
nearly as numerous, though not so apparently distinct; it is 
very valuable as a cultivated fruit, and should be in every 
green-house or conservatory. The lime and the shaddock 
should not be overlooked, as they are very ornamental, espe- 
cially the latter when it arrives at a fruit-bearing state. 
(Soil No. 18, when young plants, and when fruit-bearing 
keep from it the portion of sand.) 

Clematis^ Virgin's Bower. There are only six of these 
belonging to the green -house, all climbing plants, C. avis- 
tdta and C. hracliidta are the best; flowers in racemose 

19* 



222 



GREEN-HOUSE — REPOTTING. {^Mavch 



clusters, pure white; foliage small; and natives of the Cape 
of Good Hope. The foliage of C. ariatoM is cordate and 
blotched. Some of the hardy species and varieties make 
beautiful plants for the green-house, such 2,^fi6rida^ Sieholdiij 
and cceridea ; they are profuse bloomers and fine growers. 
(Soil No. 3.) 

Clerodindron frdgrans midtlpleXy double vfhite, frequently 
known under the name of Yolkamema Japonica^ which is a 
very different plant, and not supposed to be in this country. 
It keeps in a good green-house, and flowers well, frequently 
blooming during winter, and, if planted in the garden during 
summer, will flower superbly. The flowers have a delicious 
fragrance ; if the foliage is rubbed with the hand the smell 
is not so pleasant. The leaves are large, round, ovate, and 
tomentose ; flowers corymbose, compact, and terminal. (Soil 
No. 12.) 

Cledira arhdrea and C. arhdrea variegata are both fine 
shrubs ; the latter is preferable ; leaves ' are oblong, acumi- 
nate, and serrated, having a gold-colored edge ; flowers white, 
downy, in large branching racemose spikes, and sweet-scent- 
ed; grows freely. (Soil No. 2.) 

Clidndius punicenSy or Glory flower. This magnificent 
plant produced great excitement among European cultiva- 
tors, which consequently reached this country. The plant 
sold at extravagant prices, and cost the writer upwards of 
fifty dollars to introduce a living plant of it, which was done 
nine years ago. The plant has been cultivated in pots, and 
has not yet given general satisfaction ; the leaves are smooth, 
pinnated, of a delicate green, consisting of eight pairs ; the 
stem is of a soft woody nature ; the splendid large scarlet, 
leguminose, pea-like flowers grow in clusters, hanging down 
from the axils of the leaves on the lateral branches ; each 
flower is about two inches long. It is a native of New 
Zealand, and is tolerably hardy. We have not been able to 
grow a solitary good specimen of it, and the only handsome 
plant we have seen was in the collection of Gen. R. Patter- 
son; where it was planted out in the conservatory in Soil 
No. 10. 

Clivea ndhilisy a tuberous herbaceous plant, closely allied 
to Bninsvigia. The flowers are saicl to be very splendid ; 
color scarlert and green : although it has been in the coun» 



3£arc}l,'] GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTINa. 



223 



try several years, we are not aware of its ever Laving bloom- 
ed. (Soil No. 11.) 

Cohma scdndenSj the only species. It is a climber of 
very rapid growth ; has been known to grow above two hun- 
dred feet in one summer ; large bell-shaped flowers ; when 
they are newly expanded, they are of a pale green color, and 
change to dark purple : will grow in the garden during sum- 
mer, bearing a continual profusion of flowers, but will not 
stand frost. When this plant becomes too large in the house, 
do not cut it close to the root, except there is a young shoot 
arising to carry off the superabundant sap, for the old wood 
will not push, which will soon cause a mortification. 

The best method to adopt in such a case is, to turn back 
a shoot, and lay it in the ground to root, when it will be- 
come a young plant, which should always be done as soon 
as it "appears unsightly. It does best to be planted in the 
ground, but will not give any satisfaction as to flowering in 
a pot. It will flower as an annual if sown in pots this 
month, and placed in a warm ro-om or hot-bed, and planted 
into the garden about the middle of May ; it seeds freely. 
(Soil No. 11.) 

CoTonillay a very few are fine species in the green-house. 
C. glailca is a celebrated plant among us, as a free and early 
flowering shrub. C. valenfiana and C. vimindlis are equally 
so ; flower from April to June, color yellow ; papilionaceous 
flowers in clusters ] agree best in summer with partial shade. 
Drain the pots well. (Soil No. 12.) 

Correaj five species and several varieties, all very pretty 
dwarf shrubs, and flower profusely; foliage ovate, cordate, 
and either rusty or downy beneath. C. dlha and C. rufa 
have both white flowers a little tubular. C. indcliella is 
a very handsome, erect-growing plant; flowers large and 
tubular, of a bright red color, and grows freely. C. s'pecibm 
has been long admired as a splendid free-flowering plant ; 
flowers same shape as C. jndchella^ but more elongated ; 
color red and yellowish-green. C. virens is a very free 
grower, flowers same shape as the last two, color entirely 
green; C. mult} flora red — C. hicolor green and white — 
C. Harrisii spotted. They are abundant flowerers, when the 
plants are well established; having a continued succession 
from November to June, possessing the valuable requisite 
of flowering through the winter^ and ought to be in every 



224 GREEN-HOUSE — EEPOTTIXG. IMavch. 



collection. Thej require an airy situation and the pots to be 
well drained. The plants in summer must not be fully ex- 
posed to the sun. (Soil No. 6.) 

Crdssula. This genus has now no plant in it attractive 
in beauty. Several beautiful plants in our collections be- 
long to RocJiea and Kalosdnthus. There is a strong grow- 
ing succulent plant, known in our collections as C. falcdta 
which is R. falcdta. It seldom flowers ; the minor variety 
blooms profusely every year from May to August, and has 
showy scarlet flowers in terminal panicles. The plants 
known as 0. coccinea and C. versicolor are now given to 
the genus Kalosdnthus. The flowers of the former are scar- 
let, wax-like, terminal, and sessile; those of the latter are 
rose and white, also wax-like, and are both desirable plants, 
requiring very little water during winter. (Soil No. 18.) 

Cuphdea, a genus of rather unattractive plants were it not 
for the very brilliant C. platycintera, which is continually in 
bloom with its profusion of tubular, waxy, scarlet-colored 
edged with white and tipped with black : the plant is of dwarf 
habit and does well in almost any locality. (Soil No. 12.) 

Crateegus. There are none of these belonging to the 
green-house; but there is a plant in the collections, known 
as C. glabra y which is Photinia serruldta, a native of China, 
and is a very handsome plant ; has long foliage, deeply ser- 
rated, very shining. P. arhutifblia^ a native of California, 
and is the finest of the genus ; flowers in hirge dense panicles, 
foliage larger than the former, and not so deeply serrated ; 
they are both comparatively hardy, and we soon expect to 
see them acclimated. (Soil No. 11.) 

Crinum^ several species do well in the green-house, 
especially O. 3Iexicdnum, C. capensey and C. ascdtica : they 
require considerable pot-room to make them do well. (Soil 
No. 12.) 

Crbioea saUgna is among one of the finest plants of New 
South Wales. It flowers at the axils of the leaves, color 
pink, with five petals, connected by entangled hairs ; in 
flower from iVpril to -►December, and frequently through the 
winter; foliage lanceolate, and a fine green. The plant 
grows neat, and requires an airy situation : drain the pots 
well. (Soil No. 1.) 

Cunoaia capnesis^ the only species, and a handsome shrub, 
with large pinnated shining leaves, beautifully contrasted by 



MarcJi.'] 



GREEN-HOUSE — REPOTTING. 



225 



numerous dense elongated branches of small white flowers, 
and twigs of a red color, having more the habit of a tropical 
than of a Cape of Good Hope plant. (Soil No. 2.) 

Cnpressus may be desired in collections, as erect and hand- 
some-growing evergreen shrubs. C. hisifdnica^ the famed 
cedar of Groa ; C. pendula and C. juniperoides are the most 
desirable ; the flowers are insignificant and yellowish ; we 
liave no doubt they may prove hardy. C. hisiidnica is the 
handsomest tree of the genus. Its abundant, very long dicho- 
tomous branchlets distinguish it from all the evergreens of 
the conoferious tribe. (Soil No. 11.) 

Ci/rtdnthuSy a genus of Cape bulbs, containing nine spe- 
cies, and will do very well in the green-house ] but we find 
the assistance of the hot-house a great advantage. They are 
closely allied to Crinmn, The tubes of the flowers are long 
and round, with various shades of orange, yellow, red, and 
green. C, oddrus, C. stridtus, C. ohliqitus, and C. vittdim, 
are the finest. When the bulbs are dormant, which will be 
from October to January, they should not get any water; 
before they begin to grow, turn the bulbs out of the old 
earth, repotting it immediately. At this tim^ they should 
be potted with the bulbs of earth entire, which will cause 
them to flower stronger. (Soil No. 12.) 

DampieraSj four species. The genus is named in honor of 
Captain W. Dampier, a famous voyager : has Lobelia-like 
flowers, either blue or purple. C. piirptireaj C. undiddta^ 
and C. stricta^ are the finest; the former two are shrubby; 
the latter is herbaceous; they all flower freely. (Soil No. 6.) 

DaviesiaSj above ten species, principally natives of New 
South Wales, all yellow papilionaceous flowers. D. ulicma, 
D, latifblia^ D. aciciddris, and D. incrassdtGj are very fine 
species, flower and grow freely, and requir'e to be well drained : 
bloom from April to August. (Soil No. 6.) 

Dillwymas, above tv/elve species, and plants very little 
known. D. ci7ierescens, D. florihiinda, D. tereirfblla^ and 
D. pliylicoidesj are desirable plants; flowers small, papilio- 
naceous, and color yellow and red. They are very liable to 
suffer from too much wet; while dormant, therefore, the pots 
must be effectually drained. (Soil No. 6.) 

Didsmas. This pretty genus of heath-looking plants has 
recently been very much divided by botanical professors. 
The genera that they have been given to are Adendndra^ 



226 



GREEN-HOUSE — REPOTTING. 



[March. 



Acmddenia, Agathosma and Barosma. However^ we incline to 
adhere to the original name, and recommend D. capitdta, D, 
oj^posltifoliaj D. rubra, D. dlha, D. fragrant, D. uniflora, 
D. serratifbUaj D. speciosa, and D. pulcliella. They are all 
profuse blooming plants^ with generally small flowers of a 
white lilac or pink color. It is supposed that the dried 
leaves of pidcJiella are used by the Hottentots as powder to 
mix with the grease with which they anoint their bodies. 
Some travelers assert that it gives them so rank an odor 
that they sometimes could not bear the smell of those who 
were their guides. In fact, the foliage of all, if rubbed by 
the hand while on the plant, has a very strong smell, some 
of them very agreeable, others disagreeable. They are all 
evergreen small neat-growing shrubs. They require, while 
growing luxuriantly, to have their young shoots topped to 
make them bushy; drain all the pots well and keep them in 
airy situations, and not crowded with other plants, or they 
will become slender and unsightly. (Soil No. 6.) 

Dijoldcus puniceus. This shrubby (mimuliis) plant was 
introduced by Mr. Nuttall from California, by seeds, in 1836, 
and sent by us to England in 1837. The flowers are of a 
scarlet orange, about one inch and a half long, and produce 
in pairs ; from the axils of the leaves, or young wood, the 
plant requires considerable nourishment; for the more rapid 
it grows, the more profuse are its flowers, which bloom from 
May to September, and are rather showy. In the Southern 
States it will prove a hardy shrub, blooming nearly the whole 
year. (Soil No. 12.) 

Dracsena, or Dragon tree. The D. austrdlis and D, ferrea 
will keep in the green-house, and are attractive plants for 
their foliage, especially the latter, which is of a purple crimson 
and very unique ; the flowers are on large terminal spikes. 
(Soil No. 11.) 

Dorydnthus exceha, a Yucca looking plant belonging to the 
natural order of Amaryllidea; the leaves arise from the root, 
and are about three inches wide and three feet long; the 
flowers are bright crimson, surmounted on a stem about 
twenty feet high. The plant does not bloom till it is of con- 
siderable size. (Soil No. 10.) 

Drydudras. This genus is closly allied in character and 
habits to Bdnksia, and contains above sixteen species. D. 
nivea has most beautiful foliage, very long and deeply in- 



V 

IlarcJl.l GREEN-HOUSE — REPOTTING. 227 

dented. D. formbsa has a scent like the fruit of an apricot. 
D. nervbsOy D. fiorihunda^ D. armdta, jilmnbm^ D. JBax- 
teri D. nervosa and D. falcdta are the most conspicuous, and 
all highly desirable plants in collections. They are very 
delicate of importation ; flowers are straw and orange-colored, 
and thistle-like. Seeds in small cones. Treat them the 
same as directed for Bdnhsias. (Soil No. 6.) 

Di/ck\as, two species of very curious growing plants, of a 
dwarf habit, with bright orange flowers; they may be culti- 
vated with the aloe tribe, to which they have a similarity. 
D. rari/lbra BJid D. ramotiflbra] the latter is in the country. 
(Soil No. 18.) 

Echeveria, a genus of succulent plants chiefly from Mexico 
and California. E. grandiflbra^ flowers green and red. E. 
'pulverulhita^ flowers red. The foliage of this species is deli- 
cately covered with powder, which gives it a very beautiful 
appearance. E. hicblor is also a pretty species : they require 
to be kept very dry during winter. (Soil No. 10.) 

EdwdrdsiaSj about four species, very beautiful foliaged 
plants, and have very curious yellow flowers, but do not 
flower until the plant becomes large. E. grandiflbray E. 
chrysbphyllaj and E, micrbphyllaj are the best, and are tole- 
rably hardy, though doubtful of ever being acclimated. The 
flowers are leguminose, foliage ovate, pinnate, from eight to 
forty on one footstalk, and appear to be covered with gold 
dust. The hardier they are grown, the more visible it will 
appear. (Soil No. 11.) 

Elichrysums. This genus is now extinct, and two splendid 
species of it given to others. E. proliferum is now Phoena- 
coma prolifera, and has beautiful purple-rayed flowers, and 
highly esteemed : the foliage small, round, ovate, smooth, 
and closely imbricated. E. spectdhile is now ApJielexis humilis, 
has pine-like foliage, and large light purple flowers. Care 
must be taken that they are not over-watered; drain the 
pots well. (Soil No. 6.) 

EnlddnthuSj only two species, both very flne. E. quin- 
queflbrus has large ovate, acuminate foliage, flowers pink 
and pendulous; very handsome. E. reticiddius, the foliage 
is netted, and the flowers blush : they are liable, when dor- 
mant, to sufier from wet. Be sure to drain the pots well, 
and be sparing in water while in that state. (Soil No. 11.) 

Epdcrisy above twelve species, and all very ornamental. 



228 GREEN-HOUSE — REPOTTING. [^Mavch. 



E. grandijlbva has been celebrated ever since it was known; 
the foliage is small, flat, and acuminate; flowers tubular 
and pendulous, bright crimson, with a tinge of white, and 
very abundant ; in flower from January to June. E. pidcMlla 
is likewise a most beautiful plant; foliage very small and 
closely set, flowers pure white, and in long spikes, sweet- 
scented. E. i77i2)ressa, foliage impressed, and flowers of a 
rose color. E. paluddsa, flowers white, grows and flowers 
very handsomely, and is very fragrant. E, purpurdscens 
r Libra is a variety, with good bright red flowers. E. pallida, 
rose-colored, long tubular flowers. E. nivalisj rosy white. 
E. Townii, beautiful rosy blush color. These with several 
others are very desirable. They are mostly erect-growing 
plants; flower from January till August, and a rough, turf}^, 
sandy soil is found most congenial. They are natives of the 
mountainous districts of New South Wales. The pots must 
be well drained; the roots will run with avidity among the 
potshreds. (Soil No. 6.) 

Ericas, heath. There are in cultivation in Europe above 
five hundred and fifty species and varieties of this magnificent 
genus. About sixty years ago it consisted only of a few 
humble British plants, with the heath of Spain, E, Mediter- 
ranea, which is at present most common in our collections, 
though in a few years we may expect to see it supplanted by 
others more splendid. 

In their native countries they are adapted to a great many 
useful purposes. In the North of Britain the poorer inhabit- 
ants cover their cabinp or huts with heath, and build the 
walls with alternate layers of it and a kind of cement made 
with straw and clay. They likewise brew ale and distil spirits 
from the tender shoots ; and it has been known to be used in 
dying, tanning, and many other useful domestic purposes. 
Encomium on their beauty is not requisite ; they are almost 
as diversified in color as color itself. Many are graceful 
and elegant; hundreds are pretty; a few noble and splendid; 
others grotesque, curious, and odoriferous. To cultivate 
and propagate them is considered one of the most delicate 
branches of floriculture. Nevertheless, it has been said by a 
scientific writer, that those who complain of the difficulty 
of growing the heath, are ignorant people, who have never 
had a heath to grow.^' The most splendid collection in Europe 
is under the care of Mr. M^Nab, of the Royal Botanic Garden, 



March,'] GREEN-HOUSE — REPOTTING. 229 



Edinburgh^ where there are two large houses devoted to their 
culture ; and through the whole year a continued profusion 
of bloom is kept up. Some of the plants are eight feet in 
diameter and fourteen feet high. The soil used is a coarse 
sandy peat. Pots drained with potshreds, and pieces of free- 
stone are put down the sides of the large pots and tubs ; where 
these can be had they are essential to the culture of mount- 
ainous plants, preventing them from being saturated with 
moisture, or from becoming dry, thus keeping the roots in a 
medium state; for if once the roots are allowed to get tho- 
roughly dried, no art of the gardener can recover them . This 
may be the true reason why they are said to be difficult of 
cultivation. 

In the summer season, the pots must be kept out of the 
violent sun, for in a few hours the pot would become heated, 
dry the roots, and cause death, or a brownness of foliage 
which would never again become natural. In winter, too, 
much fire heat will also hurt them. They only require to 
be kept free from frost, need a great deal of air, and plenty 
of light ; consequently, should be placed near the glass, that 
they may have the benefit of all the air that is admitted. 
Their flowers are as varied in shape as variety or color, but 
they all partake of a wax-like nature, and are very persistent. 
(Soil No. 5 for young plants : when older. No. 6 will do 
better.) 

The finest and most select varieties that appear to with- 
stand the severity of the summer are the following : — 



WHITE FLOWERS. 

Arhoreaj 

Bowiednaj 

C affray 

Conferta, 

Jesniinofibra^ 

Margaritdcea^ 

Odordta, 

Pelludda^ 

Phylicbides. 



20 



YELLOW FLOW- 
ERS. 

Capitdta, 
Upistdma, 
Grandtflora. 

SCARLET FLOW- 
ERS. 

Ardens, 
Coccineaj 

grand I flora, 
Vermx coccinea, 
Vestita coccinea. 



RED FLOWERS 
Bellaj 

Canaliculataj 

Ourvifldra rubra 

Gracilis, 

Ignescens, 

Plukenetii, 

Plneaj 

3Iedite7Tdnea, 
PURPLE FLOWERS, 

Amoeiia, 



230 GREEN-HOUSE REPOTTIisG. {^Jilarcll, 

Denticuldtaj 
Fasciculdrhj 
Hispidulay 
Mammosa, 
PiiLescenSj 
Tenella, 

Erlabbtri/a japdiiica, Loquat^ or Mespilus japomca, is a 
fine plant, with large lanceolate, distinctly serrated leaves, 
white underneath ] small white flowers on a racemose spike, 
and produces a fruit about the size of a walnut, of a fine 
yellow blush color, and of tartish flavor. If it • flowers in 
the autumn, it will require the heat .of a hot-house to ripen 
the fruit. It is of very easy culture, and its noble aspect 
is never passed unobserved. It is perfectly hardy in the 
Southern States, and forms a handsome evergreen. (Soil 
No. 11.) 

Erod'LumSj Heron's bill. There are about thirty species, 
all of a geranium character, and there are among them some 
very pretty flowering, soft-wooded, shrubby, herbaceous^ 
and annual plants. Only a few of them belong to the 
green-house, of which E. incarndtum, E. cirissifdlmnij and 
E. lacinidtum are the finest ; culture similar to Gei^uniuni. 
The flowers of these are scarlet, pentapetalous and veiny. 
(Soil No. 10.) 

Erytliiina cristdgdUi^ or Coral plant. If this magnificent 
scarlet flowering plant is desired to be kept in a pot or tub, 
it must have a repotting every month till September : to 
keep it in fine blooming condition, it is worthy of extra care, 
as it will bloom three times during the season, if well treated. 
(Soil No. 18.) For other methods, see Flower Garden for 
April, May and November. 

EscaUdnicij a shrubby genus, of about ten species, of rather 
neat blooming plants, of a strong shrubby habit. They 
require great encouragement to flower them' well, if -kept in 
pots : the best mode of treatment would be to plant them in 
pits with other half hardy shrubs. E. riibra^ red flowering \ 
E. glandidoscij white; and E. h\fida, pink, are the finest. 
(Soil No. 12 ) They are perfectly hardy south of Virginia, 
and we are not certain but they may become acclimated here. 

Eucahjpim^ above fifty species of them, and the tallest 
rowing trees of New Holland \ foliage very diversified;, 



VARIOUS CO- Cruenta superha, 

LORS. Euhlda, 
2\d)ifldraj 

Ahetinay Ventricbsa superha. 

Bdccans, 

Cerinthoides, 



3farcJi,'] 



GREEN-IIOUSE— REPOTTING. 



231 



generally of a bard glaucous texture. From tbeir rapid 
growtbj they soon grow higher than the loftiest house. The 
most conspicuous are, U. corddta, E. rostrata^ E. Tadiata^ 
E. pidvigeray E. glbhifera^ E. pulveridenta ^ and E, resinefera. 
In Yan Diem an' s Land, a manufactory has been esta^blished, 
where a tannin is extracted from many of the species. The 
last-mentioned produces gum like that which the druggists 
call Kino. They ought not to be too much fostered, as it^ 
would in some degree retard their growth. They are of a 
very hardy nature. When large, the plants will flower freely, 
and are similar in flower to Myrde; many stamina, proceed- 
ing from a hard nut-like capsule. (Soil No. 6.) 

Eiionymus, a few of this genus have been recently intro- 
duced from China and Japan. Such as E. japonica^ with 
its burnished green foliage, and its variety with silver-edged 
iolmge—E.fimhrlataj large dark green foliage. They all pro- 
duce scarlet berries in winter, and are highly ornamental in 
the South for hedges, lawns or edgings. They are green-house 
plants in the Eastern and Northern States. (Soil No. 11.) 

Eupaiormm. There is only one species deserving of culti- 
vation in the green-house ; flowers syngenesious, white, and 
in large flattened panicles ; very sweet-scented. The plant, 
when growing freely, in the beginning of summer, should be 
topped, which would make it more bushy ; if not, it is apt to 
grow straggling. Known in our collections as E. elegdns. 
(Soil No. 3.) 

Eutdxias., two species. E. myvtifhlla is a most beautiful 
free-flowering evergreen shrub; foliage small, but very neat; 
flowers leguminose, small and very many; color yellov/ and 
red ; grows freely. The young plants should be frequently 
topped, or they will grow naked and unsightly. E. irimgens^ 
similar to the other except in foliage. They flower from 
March to June, and ought to have a place in every green- 
house. Culture very easy. (Soil No. 6.) 

Ficm^ a few species, are good plants for this department, 
especially F. eldstica ; leaves smooth, shining green, fre- 
quently six inches wide and twelve long : this is the plant 
that produces the gum elastic, or Indian rubber. F. aus- 
trcdis is also an excellent evergreen, with elliptic dull green 

* This plant is in some collections as a variegated leaved ca- 
mellia, and is perfectly hardy with us. Does well in the shade. 



232 GREEN-HOUSE — REPOTTING. {JUaVcTl. 



foliage ; very rusty underneath ; they grow almost too freely. 
(Soil No. 11.) 

Fuchsia^ or Ladies' Ear-drop. There is an endless va- 
riety of this lovely genus of deciduous small shrubs now 
cultivated, but there are only a few to surpass the common 
and celebrated Coccinea : true, many have been, and are, 
represented as far surpassing it, but when brought to the 
test, they are, in some particular, found wanting. How- 
ever, among the many, F. Caroline^ F. Exonieyisis, F. Gigan- 
tea, F. Rohusta, and F. Coccinea rosea. These are very 
superb varieties; some of the flowers are two and a half 
inches long and two inches in diameter. The following are 
light-colored varieties, indeed nearly white, with a purple 
or pink centre, forming a beautiful contrast with the deep 
crimson and purple sorts; F. Napoleon, F. One in the Ring, 
F. Magnificent, F. Acantlia, F. delicata, F, Snoio-drop, and 
F, fiavescens. To grow these in perfection, they require to be 
very frequently shifted, as they advance in growth till you 
have them in pots ten inches wide. Just now, I have plants 
only six months from the cutting that are four feet high 
and sixteen feet in circumference, loaded with thousands 
of flowers, and are the admiration of every beholder. They 
require liberal supplies of water. F. fiilgens is a distinct 
species; the foliage is very different from any other sort; 
leaves of a well-grown plant are four inches wide and five 
inches and a half long : the flowers are from two inches and 
a half to three inches long, of a pink and scarlet color, and 
the plant is nearly tuberous. We would recommend our 
readers to grow them from seeds when obtained : it is well 
known they will produce variety, and it is even supposed by 
some that the seeds of F. coccinea have produced by hy- 
bridizing nearly all the varieties of the present day, which 
exceed one hundred : most of the flowers are a bright scarlet, 
the stamens are encircled with a petal of bright purple, and 
are of very curious construction ; they bear a dark purple 
berry, and are of the easiest cultivation ; but during summer 
the pots must be carefully kept from the sun, although the 
plants will not be affected by it. If the plants are young 
and growing freely, we find that a deluge of rain, and after- 
wards a hot day, is their instant death. Some of them do 
' tolerably well when planted in the flower garden early in 
May. (Soil No. 10.) 



March,'} green-house— repotting. 



233 



Fahidna, a genus of new plants that will prove entirely 
hardy in the Southern States ] they are upright growing shrubs, 
with delicate foliage. F. imhvicata is the most popular^ pro- 
ducing a profusion of white tubular flowers about an inch 
long, of easy culture in soil No. 12. 

Gardoqula Hooklvi^ a very pretty dwarf plant — native of 
the Floridas; it blooms profusely from June to October; 
flowers are about one inch and a half long, of a tubular labiate 
form, of a bright orange color; it is easy of culture in soil 
No. 1. 

Gehhnhim nitidum^ Carolina jasmine, a most beautiful 
climbing evergreen, flowering shrub. In the months of April 
and May it produces many large yellow trumpet-like blossoms 
of delicious fragrance. If much encouraged in growth, it 
will not flower so freely. (Soil No. 6.) 

Genista : a few of these are very pretty free-flowering shrubs. 
G. ramdsus, G. canarieiisis, G. tricuspiddtaj G. ciisjnddsa and 
G. iimhelldta, are the finest green-house species. All of them 
have yellow leguminose flowers in great abundance ; leaves 
small, lanceolate. (Soil No. 1.) 

Geranium^ Cranes-bill, a distinct family from the Pelargo- 
nium, though adapted to the same culture and even more, 
extensively as border or bedding-out plants that ornament the 
parterre from May to November with their dazzling scarlet 
and bright pink flowers, very generally known as Fish or 
Horse-shoe geraniums. In pots, they bloom in the green- 
house the whole winter; and where that convenience is not at 
hand they do very well in a dry cellar free from frost, from 
whence take them in April, cut them well down, and plant 
them into the garden in rich soil: the cuttings, after being 
allowed to dry a few days, may be planted, and will by mid- 
summer bloom profusely : when frost approaches place them 
in their winter quarters. The best are, Brighton Hero, Com- 
pactum, Queen, Shrubland, General Tom Thumb, all scarlet; 
Lucey Rosea, and Lucey Major are pink-colored, and make an 
elegant contrast with the others. 

Gnaplidltum, everlasting. There are above ten species, 
most of them very splendid, persistent flowers. G. eximia 
has brilliant red flowers. G. spiralis, G. speciosissima, G. 
fruticam, G. oriantdhnn, and G. imhricdtum, are all very 
fine; pots must be Vv^ell drained. (Soil No. 8.) 

GnidlaSj about ten species of pretty green-house slirub^. 

20* 



234 



GREEN-HOUSE — REPOTTING. [March. 



G. simplex^ G. sericea, G. imherhis, and G. pinifolia^ flower 
the most freely; flowers straw color, tubular, and corymbose. 
G. simplex is sweet-scented, leaves small 3 the pots must be 
well drained, and care taken that they do not get either too 
wet or too dry, for the roots are very delicate. The plants 
must be kept near the glass, or they will be drawn weak. 
(Soil No. 6.) ^ ^ 

Gorizria persondta is the only species that belongs to this 
genus, and is an annual. There are several plants in our 
collections known as Gorterias^ but \yhich properly are Gazd- 
nia, of which there are five species. G. rmgens, when the 
flowers are fully expanded, (which will only be while exposed 
to the sun, closing at night and opening again with the in- 
fluence ef the sun's rays,) is a great beauty. The rays of 
the flowers are brighi orange, and the centre dark purple. 
G. pavbnia has handsome foliage; flower similar to G. rin- 
gens, except the centre of the flower being spotted, and is 
thought to be the finest, but does not flower so freely. G. 
heterophylla is of the same character, except the foliage, 
which is variable, the color orange and vermilion. They are 
dwarf-growing plants, and duringt he months of July, August, 
and September, are liable to damp ofi" at the surface of the 
earth, from the action of heat and too much water. Pots 
must be well drained, and the plants kept partially in the 
shade. Their flowers are syngenesious, and about two inches 
in diameter. (Soil No. 9.) 

GrevilleaSj about thirty species. A few of them very 
handsome in flower and foliage, among which are G. puni- 
cea] G. acanthifoUa, (beautiful foliage;) G. conclnna, very 
pretty straw and rose-colored flowers; G. Jwmperma, 
green and straw-colored; G. IinedriSy white flowers. The 
flowers of the whole are curious, though not very attractive. 
Some carry their flowers in racemose spikes, others on flower- 
ing branches, which are recurved ; the petals are very small 
and rugged; the stile longer than the appendage. They 
grow freely, flower and ripen seeds; all evergreen dwarf 
shrubs. (Soil No. 1.) 

Hahrdnthus, about ten species of small South American 
bulbs, nearly allied to AmaryllU. H. Andersdniiy IT. versi- 
color , H. Candida, and H. Tohusta, are fine; they are in 
color yellow, blue, white, and lilac. We have very little 
doubt but these bulbs will do to plant out in the garden in 



March.'] GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. 235 



April^ and be lifted in October. Keep them from frost. 
Thus treated, they are very desirable. (Soil No. 12.) 

HelychrysumSj above forty species, chiefly belonging to the 
green-house — all everlasting flowers. H. gvandiflbrum^ H. 
arhoi^eum, H. fragrans, H. adoratlssimum, H. friiticanSj 
and H. fulgidum^ are all very esteemed species, mostly with 
soft downy foliage. The pots should be well drained, and 
the plants kept in an airy situation, as they sufier from the 
least damp. If the flowers are cut off" before they fade, they 
will retain for many years all the splendor of their beauty; 
but if allowed to decay on the plant, they will soon become 
musty, and all their color fade. (Soil No. 6.) 

Hibhertias, about ten species. Three of them are known 
to be fine climbing evergreen shrubs, namely, H. glossular- 
isefolia ; H. dentcita ; H. volubilisj if closely approached, has 
a disagreeable smell; H. fasciculdta, H. Saligna^ and K. 
j)eduncidata^ are evergreen shrubs; they have pure yellow 
flowers of five petals, blooming from May to September. 
(Soil No. 12.) 

HbveaSj about eight species, pretty plants of New South 
Wales, blue pea-flowering evergreen shrubs; the finest are 
H. panosa^ H. atropurjpurea, H. linedrisj H. rosinaTinifdliaj 
H. longifolia, and H, Oelsiij which is the most superb, and 
flowers in abundance. They grow and flower freely ; the 
pots should be drained. (Soil No. 6.) 

Hypericums ^ St. John's-wort, about twenty species. A few 
of them are very showy, and with few exceptions have yel- 
low flowers. H. monogynum^ H. halearicum, H. floribundum j 
II. canoriensej H. segyptiacum and H. cochin-cMnense, which 
has scarlet flowers, are among the best, and all of them flower 
freely ; five petals, filaments many in three or five parcels. 
They are all of very easy cultivation, and bloom generally 
from April to September. (Soil No. 11.) 

Hydrangea hortensis is a well-known plant, and much 
esteemed for its great profusion of very elegant, though mon- 
strous flowers. They are naturally of a pink color, but 
under certain circumstances of culture they become blue. If 
grown in brown loam with a little sand, they will preserve 
their original color ; but if grown in swamp earth with a 
littfe mould of decayed leaves, they will become blue."^ 

* Mix the iron sparks from the blacksmith's shop with any kind 
of soil, and they will be a beautiful bhie. One and a half quarts to 
a bushel will do. 



236 



GREEN-HOUSE — REPOTTING. [^Mavch. 



The swamp earth and vegetable mould being more combined 
with aluminous salt than brown loam is the cause of the 
change : and^ when first found out (which w^as merely by 
chance), was thought a great wonder. It must have a very 
plentiful supply of water when in flower, which is produced on 
the shoots of the previous year. They will neither grow nor 
flower well if they are not kept constantly in the shade. 
When kept in the sun, the foliage is very brown ; and by 
being neglected in watering, we have seen the flowers com- 
pletely scourged. H.japonica^ a new variety with pink flow- 
ers, and the same disposition to change color, a little fragrant. 
Being tolerably hardy, when the winters are mild, by a little 
protection in the open air, they will flower profusely ) the 
flowers will be very large, and in bloom from June to Octo- 
ber. They are deciduous, soft-wooded shrubs. 

Ilex, Holly, oil. aqiiifblium. There are above one hundred 
of them in cultivation in Europe, differing in variegation, 
margin shape, and size of the leaves : some are only prickly on 
the margin of the foliage, others prickly over all the surface. 
In Europe they are all hardy, but with as few or none of the 
varieties are so. If they become acclimated, they will be a 
great ornament to our gardens, being all low evergreen 
shrubs. The most common and conspicuous varieties are 
tlie hedge-hog^ striped liedge-liog, icliite hedge, gold edged, and 
painted; the flowers are white and small, berries yellow or red; 
they do not agree with exposure to the sun. J. Cassine and 
e/. 'vomitoria have very bitter leaves, and, though natives of 
Carolina, we have to give them the protection of a green-house. 
It is said that at certain seasons of they ear the Indians make 
a strong decoction of the leaves, which makes them vomit 
freely, and after drinking and vomiting for few days they con- 
sider themselves sufficiently purified. (Soil No. 15.) 

llUciums, Anise-seed tree, three species. 1. florkldnum has 
very sweet-scented, double purple flowers, and the plant 
grows freely and systematically if properly treated, and de- 
serves particular attention. 1. parvifibrum has small yellow 
flowers; 1. anisdtiim is so very like /. parvijidrum in every 
respect as to make us conclude they are the same, were / 
am'sdtum not a native of China, and the other two natives of 
Florida. When the leaves and capsules of either of them are 
rubbed, they have a very strong smell of anise; they grow 
very freely. (Soil No. 1.) 



3Iarcll.'\ GREEN-HOUSE — REPOTTING. 



237 



Indigbfera ; Indigo tree^ about twenty species, belong to 
the green-house, and are chiefly pretty free-flowering shrubs. 
1. denudatay I. amsena, I. austrdUs, I. anguldtay I. cdndi- 
cans^ and I. JilifdUa, are very fine; flowers papilionaceous, in 
long panicles; color various^ red; blue^ yellow and pink. 
(Soil No. 6.) 

JacksdmaSj a genus consisting of five species. The foliage 
is varied, and all natives of New South Wales. J. scoj^dria, 
J. horrida, and J. reticiddta^ are the finest; the small flowers 
come out of the young shoots, are yellow and papilionaceous ; 
the pots should be well drained. (Soil No. 6.) 

Jambbsa vulgaris or Eugema jdmbos is a splendid ever- 
green tree, producing a fruit of an agreeable odor and called 
rose apple. J. austrdlis has a very neat habit, and produces 
purple fruit; they are of the earliest culture in soil No. 12. 

Jasmmum, Jasmine. A few species of this genus are 
celebrated either for the green-house or rooms, J. odoratis- 
simum, Azorian, has very sweet-scented yellow flowers, 
blooming from April to November. J. revolutiim is the 
earliest flowering one, and of the same color ; it is apt to 
grow straggling, and should be close pruned as soon as done 
blooming, which will be in May. J. puhigerum is also yellow. 
J. grandiftdrum is frequently called Catalonian, and should 
be pruned early in spring to make it bloom well, especially 
old plants. J. midtiflbrum^ profuse flowering white. These 
plants are all perfectly hardy in the Southern States. J". 
officindle is a hardy climbing plant for arbors, walls, &e. 
There are several varieties of it. (Soil No. 3.) 

Justicias. Only a few of these belong to the green-house. 
J. carnea is the most splendid, being crowned with its bright 
rosy pink spikes of flowers nearly the whole year. Give it 
good large pots, well drained. J. Adhdtocla, Malabar-nut. 
These are the only ones that are worth observation, and are very 
easily cultivated in any soil. 

KennediaSj about twelve species, all beautiful evergreen 
climbers of the easiest culture, and flower abundantly. K, 
moiiophylla, blue-flowered, and K. ruhiciindaj crimson-flow- 
ered, are common in our collections. K. prostrdta, one- 
flowered scarlet, and K. coccinea, many-flowered scarlet, are 
very pretty. K. Comptonidiia has splendid purple flowers^ 
K. nigricans, black flowers, and K. spUndeyis and marry- 
dtta are thought the most superb. They have bright crimson 



238 



GREEN-HOUSE — REPOTTING. [^MarcJl. 



flowers^ and are yet rare in our collections. The pots should 
be well dniined; flowers are either in racemose spikes or 
solitary^ which is rather too much distinction for the same 
genus. (Soil No. 6.) 

LasicypetalumSj only two species. There were a few more, 
but they are now Thomdslas, plants of no merit whatever 
in regard to flower; foliage three-lobed^ small, rough, and 
rusty-like. Thomdsai solandcea and T. quercifdlia are the 
best species; foliage of the former is large, cordate, and 
deeply indented ; they are all of the easiest culture. (Soil 
No. 1.) 

Laurus. A few species are green-house plants. This 
genus has been divided to Cinnambmum ] still there are a 
few celebrated plants in the original. L. noMlis, sweet bay, 
though hardy, is kept under protection. It will bear the 
winter with a little straw covering; notwithstanding, there 
should be a plant kept in the house in case of accident by 
frost or otherwise ; there is a variegated variety of it. L. 
indica, royal bay, L. foetenSyL. aggregdta^ and L. glauca, 
are favorites. There is a species known in our collections 
as L. scabra. The Camphor tree, known as L. camplLbra, 
is Cinnamomum campliora ; the wood, leaves, and roots of 
this tree have a very strong odor of camphor. It is ob- 
tained by distillation from the roots and small branches, which 
are cut into chips, and put into a net suspended within an 
iron pot, the bottom of which is covered with water, having 
an earthen head fitted in it ; heat is then applied, and the 
steam of the boiling water acting upon the contents of the 
net, elevates the camphor into the capital, where it concretes 
on the straws, with which this part of the apparatus is lined-- 
They are all fine evergreens (which the name denotes), and 
easily cultivated. (Soil No. 10.) 

Lavdndulas, Lavender. About seven species belong to 
the green-house, and a few of them very pretty soft-wooded, 
half shrubby plants, and, if touched, are highly scented. L. 
dentdta has narrow serrated foliage, very neat ; L. formbsa 
and L. pinnata are desirable ; blue flowers on a long spike ; 
should be kept near to the glass; they are of the easiest 
culture. (Soil No. 7.) 

LecJienaidtia ; four species of pretty dwarf blooming plants. 
L. formbm is almost always a picture with its bright scarlet 
flowers and heath-like foliage, and ought to be in every col- 



GEEEI>r-HOUSE — REPOTTING. 



239 



lection; L. hiloba and L. Drummdndii are both blue^ though 
very rarely seen in bloom ; fine plants two years old with us 
have not yet shown a flower ; they must have an airy situation^ 
and near the front glass; otherwise they will be weak and 
spindling. (Soil No. 19.) 

Leondtis^ Lion's-ear^ four species. They have very fine 
scarlet tubular fiowerS; orifice-toothed. They come out in 
large w^horls^ and look elegant; but neither plant nor foliage 
has an agreeable appearance. They are of the easiest culture. 
L. intermedia and jC. iveojitYnis are the best flowering species> 
(Soil No. 7.) 

Lej)tospenniims, about thirty species, all pretty New Hol- 
land evergreen dwarf shrubS; with small white flowers. 
haccdtum^ L. pendalumj L. juniper iniLmy L. ovdtum, L. 
steUatmrij L. grandifldrmn, a.nd L. scopdriumj are the best 
of the species. The latter was used as tea by the crew of 
Captain Cook's ship. It is an agreeable bitter, with a pleasant 
flavor when fresh. When young plants are growing, they 
ought to be frequently topped to make them bushy, and 
kept in an airy situation, or they will be drawn and unsightly. 
They are of very easy culture. (Soil No. 1.) 

Leucadendrons, Silver tree, above forty species, all natives 
of the Cape of Good Hope» They are evergreens, with 
handsome silvery-like foliage. L. argenteum (once Prbtm 
argentea) is a great beauty ; foliage white, lanceolate and 
silky. It is a plant that has been long in cultivation, greatly 
admired, and much sought for, and is the finest of the genus. 
L. sqiiarrbsiim^ L, stelldtum, (once Prbtea stelldris.) L. torttm.^ 
L. servicemn L. margiyidtiim, and L. pliimbsum (once P, 
parviflbra^) are all fine species. The pots must be well 
drained and the plants never over-watered. They 2iXQ very 
desirable in collections for their beauty of foliage. (Soil No, 

Leucospermums, about eighteen species of Proteacous plants, 
chiefly low growing, and are mostly downy or hairy; flowers 
yellow, in terminal heads. L. formdsum^ L. grandiflbrumy 
L. tomentdmm, and L. candicans, rose-scented. These are 
fine species. For treatment, see Proteas. (Soil No. 9.) 

Llnuins, flax, two or three species are very fine, and flower 
freely. L. trigynum has large yellow flowers in clusters, and 
L. ascyrifblium^ whose flowers are large, blue and white, and 
in long spikes. They bloom in February; the shape of them 



I 



240 



GREEN-HOUSE — REPOTTING, 



[March. 



is very like tlie flower vulgarly called Morning-glory. (Soil 
No. 4.) ^ 

LipdriaSj about five species, much esteemed for their beauty 
of foliage ; leaves ovate, lanceolate, downy or woolly ; flowers 
yellow, leguminose and capitate. L. sphsertcaj L. tomentdsa, 
L. villdsa and L. seincea, are the finest. L. vistita and L. 
villosa are the same, although put in many catalogues as 
difi'erent species. None of them ought to be much watered 
over the foliage, as it adheres to the down, and causes the 
young shoots to damp ofi". Drain the pots well, and keep 
the plants in an airy situation. (Soil No. 6.) 

Lobelias. Several of them, when well treated, form pretty 
flowering plants; they are principally herbaceous. The genus 
consists of about eighty species; seventy of them are exotics; 
many of them natives of the Cape of G ood Hope, with little 
flowers of brilliant colors. L. cderiileaj L. TJiunhergii^ L. 
corymhbsa, L. pyramidalisy L. erines, and L, illicxfblia^ are 
very fine species, of weak growth, but flower freely. (Soil 
No. 4.) 

Lonicera japonica. There is a plant in our collections 
known by that name, which is now Nintoda longiflora ; 
flowers of a straw color, but come out white. It has been 
known to withstand the winter, but does not flower, and is 
frequently killed entirely ; is a fine climber, and much esteemed 
in the south for its fragrance. (Soil No. 3.) 

Lopliospcrmum scdnclens. This is a magnificent climbing 
soft-wooded shrub, with rosy purple, campanulate flowers, 
which are produced from the axils on the young wood y they 
bloom from May to September ; leaves large, cordate, and 
tomentose; grows rapidly, and flowers abundantly. (Soil 
No. 3.) 

Lychnis corondta is an esteemed Chinese plant ; flowers 
in abundance, pentapetalous, large, and a little indented at 
the edges ; color a red-like orange ; flowers terminal and 
axillary. A good method of treatment is to divide the roots, 
and plant some of them in the garden ; they will flower well, 
and could be lifted in the fall, and put under protection. If 
not done so, plant them in four-inch pots, and repot them 
into those of six-inch in May. Do not expose them while in 
flower to the mid-day sun, for it will deteriorate the fine 
orange color. (Soil No. 9.) 

LysinemaSj four species, closely allied to Epdcris. In 



MarchJ] green-house — repotting. 



241 



every respecfc treatment the same. L. pen.tapitalum^ L. con- 
spicum, and L. rbseiim, are the best ; the flowers of the for- 
mer two are white. (Soil No. 6.) 

Magyiblias. There are four species that require the pro- 
tection of our green- houses ; all the others are hardy. M. 
fuscata and M. annonsefblia are very similar in foliage and 
flower; the young branches and leaves of M. fuscata are 
covered with a brown^ rusty-like down ; the other by some 
is considered merely a variety; flowers small, brown, and 
very sweet-scented. M. piimila is very dwarf-growing ; 
leaves large and netted; flowers semi- double, white, pendent, 
and exceedingly fragrant. They are natives of China. We 
have several others from the east, but being deciduous are 
perfectly hardy. M. odoratissima, now Talduma Conddlii, 
is a native «of the Island of Java, and considered odorifer- 
ous, but it is very rare even in Europe ; said to have a straw- 
colored flower. (Soil No. 9.) 

Mahernia ; a genus of dwarf plants, with yellow, orange, 
or pink flowers. M. odorata is extensively cultivated for 
the fragrance of its bell-shaped blossoms, that hang in great 
profusion early in spring. Foliage small, crenulated, and 
heart-shaped. (Soil No. 17.) 

Manettia ; a genus of pretty climbing plants, producing 
a profusion of scarlet flowers, especially M. glabra^ (of Don), 
or cordifblia (of Paxton), which is a complete mass of flow- 
ers from July to October, and is a lovely object when turned 
into the borders during the summer. M. hicolor^ red and 
yellow, blooms through the winter, and is a charming 
climber in that dull period of flowers ; they are of the easiest 
culture in soil No. 17. 

Melaleucas, above thirty species, and a beautiful genus of 
New Holland plants, of easy culture; flowers come out of 
the wood-like fringes. M. elliptica, M. fulgens, scarlet, M. 
decussdtaj 31. Jiypericifbliaj M. squarrdsa, M. linarifolia, 
M. inccma, M. tetragonia, M. thymifolia^ are all very fine 
species, and flower freely if they have been grown from cut- 
tings ; the singularity of flower and diversity of foliage make 
them generally admired. (Soil No. 1.) 

Meldstoma nepalensis is a good green-house species, flow- 
ering freely during winter, of a pale blush color, and is of 
the easiest culture. As soon as done blooming, the plant 
should be well cut in to keep it into shape. (Soil No. 1.) 
21 



242 



GREEN-HOUSE — EEPOTTIXG. 



[March. 



3Ih]} lilts. See Enjahotrya. 

MetrosideroSy about fifteen species. Many have been added 
to Callistemon. M. fibrida^ M. nmhelicita, and M. angusti- 
folia, C. saUgnumj G. lanceoJdtiim, C. sew.perfldreiis, C. 
(/laucum, once 31. specidsa, and G. formbsum ; these are. all 
beautiful plants, with scarlet flowers. Other two beautiful 
species with white flowers have been given to Angojjhdra. 
A. cordifblia, once 31. hispida, and A. lanceoldtcij once 
31. costdta ; these genera are very easily distinguished from 
any other Australasian shrubs, by the peculiar character of 
having both sides of the leaves alike. The flowers consist of 
stamens, stiles, and anthers, coming in hundreds out of the 
young wood for the length of three or four inches, forming 
a dense cone crowned with a small twig ; hence frequently 
called bottle brush plant leaving capsules in the wood, 
which will keep their seeds perfect for a great number of 
years. They grow freely, and the pots should be well 
drained. (Soil No. 1.) 

3Ii/rsineSy Cape Myrtle, dwarf cape evergreen shrubs co- 
vered with small flowers from March to May. 31. rethsa 
has purple flowers ; 31. rotund If blia, flowers white and pur- 
ple. They will grow in any situation, and are of easy cul- 
ture. (Soil No. 1.) 

31yrtus, Myrtle, is a well-known and popular shrub, espe- 
cially the common varieties, and was a great favorite (even 
to adoration) among the ancients. It was the mark of au- 
thority for Athenian rulers, and is among the moderns an 
emblem of pre-eminence. They are elegant evergreen shrubs 
Avith an agreeable odor. 31. communis midtljpUx, double 
flowering, is a very neat shrub, and flowers abundantly. 31, 
communis, leucocdrpci, white-fruited myrtle. 31. itdlicaxari- 
egdta, striped leaved; 31. itdlica maculdta., blotch-leaved, are 
very fine shrubs ) and M. tomentbsa, Chinese myrtle, is a 
magnificent erect-growing shrub, with a white down over the 
foliage; the flowers are the largest of the genus. When they 
first expand they are purple, and afterwards change to white^ 
so that there are beautiful flowers of several shades of color 
on the plant. We have not the smallest doubt but this species 
will become, in many instances, as plentiful as the common 
myrtle. It is more easily grown, but cannot stand much ex- 
posure to the sun in summer. 31. tenuifblia is a very fine 
plant^ and a native of New South Wales. Myrtles in general 



MarcJi.~] 



GREEN-HOUSE — REPOTTHSTG. 



243 



should be sprinkled with water in the evening, to keep off the 
red spider. (Soil No. 11.) 

Nandma domedica, a very hardy species^ and a popular 
shrub in the gardens of Japan, where it is called Kcnidin. 
It has supra-decompound leaves, with entire lanceolate leaf- 
lets, a kind of foliage that is very rare; the flowers are small, 
whitish-green, in panicles, succeeded by berries of the size 
of a pea; drain the pots well. (Soil No. 1.) 

Cerium (Oleander) is a genus of beautiful erect-growing 
evergreen shrubs, of the easiest culture, and abundant in 
flower. N. olednder is, the common rose-colored single flower- 
ing species, from which many varieties have originated. At 
present the most popular is ISf. oleander splendens^ which 
has a double rose-colored flower, JV. o. striata fl. ]pL has 
doubled striped flowers. ]Sf. macropliyUum has very large 
double pink flowers. N. o. ragindf^ or tangUj has deep crim- 
son flowers striped with white, though they are frequently 
of a pink color. JSf. o. piuyiirea, dark red. " There is one 
that has got into our collections as double white, which is 
only semi-double. N. oleander eleganiissiinum, a most beau- 
tiful plant with deep silver-edged foliage; and the young 
wood is striped white and green. There are likewise single 
yellow, single white, and single blotched varieties oiN olean- 
der. They are subject to the small white scaly insect, and 
should be frequently washed, as has been directed, to keep it 
off". (Soil No. 12.) 

OleaSj Olive, about twelve species and varieties. 0. Eu- 
ropcea longifolia is the species that is cultivated to such an 
extent in the south of France, and Italy. 0. Europcea 
latifoUa is chiefly cultivated in Spain. The fruit is larger 
than that of Italy, but the oil is not so pleasant, which is 
obtained by crushing the fruit to a paste, and pressing it 
through a woolen bag, adding hot water as long as any oil 
is yielded. The oil is then skimmed off the water,* and put 
into barrels, bottles, &c., for use. The tree seldom exceeds 
thirty feet, and is a branchy, glaucous evergreen, and is said 
to be of great longevity. Some plantations at Turin, in 
Itlay, are supposed to have existed from the time of Pliny. 
It frequently flowers in our collections, but seldom carries 
fruit ; flowers white, in small racemose axillary spikes. O. 
capensis has thick large oblong foliage; flowers white in large 
terminal panicles. 0. verrucosa, foliage flat, lanceolate, and 



244 GREEN-HOUSE — KEPOTTING. IMavch. 



white beneath J branches curiously warted. 0. fra grans blooms 
in winter; foliage and blossoms are both highly odorifer- 
ous; the plant is much esteemed in China^ and is said to be 
used to adulterate and flavor teas. Leaves are elliptic, lan- 
ceolate, and a little serrated; flowers white in lateral bunches. 
It is subject to the small white scaly insect, and ought to be 
carefully kept from them by washing. 0 rosea has pink 
flowers. 0. paniculdta is also a fine species. They are all 
very easily cultivated. (Soil No. 11.) 

Oxylbhiumsj seven species, plants very similar to CaUista- 
chys, with ovate, cordate, light-colored, pubescent foliage, 
with papilionaceous flowers. 0. obtusifblium has scarlet 
flowers; 0. retusum, orange flowers; and 0. ellijpticum, yel- 
low flowers. They grow freely, and should be well drained ; 
flower from May to August. (Soil No. 6.) 

Passi flora; a celebrated genus of climbing plants, called in 
common Passion Yine.^^ Those belonging to the green- 
house flower during summer. Several of them are both 
beautiful and profuse in bloom, especially P. Kermosine, P. 
princ^ps^ P. hijhrida, P. fragraiis, P. Newmannia^ P. Lemo- 
chentzianaj and are very distinct species; the former is of a 
beautiful rosy crimson color. (Soil No. 13.) 

Pelargoniums y Stork's Bill. This genus, so universally 
known among us as Geranium^ from which it was separated 
many years ago, is a family of great extent and variety, for 
which we are principally indebted to the Cape of Good Hope. 
There are many hundred species, with upwards of twelve 
hundred beautiful and well-marked varieties, which have been 
obtained from seed. They are of every character, color and 
shade, of the most vivid description. The easy cultivation 
of the Pelargdnium tribe, or Geraniums, as they are com- 
monly called, has rendered them very popular; also the 
agreeableness of scent and fragrance, of which many of them 
are possessed, makes them favorites. 

Their flowering season is also of considerable duration, espe- 
cially the bright scarlet and crimson varieties, which bloom 
from March till August, rendering them quite indispensable 
in collections. Some growers complain of their straggling 
habits; but it is only those that do not know how to prune 
them : even some of the choice kinds of the present day 
could not be made to grow irregularly — such as Perfection^ 
King, Mary, Margaret, md others; indeed, within these few 



March.'] GREEN-HOUSE— REPOTTING. 



245 



yearS; the habits and beauties of the plant are improved 
a hundred-fold, and those who are only acquainted with the 
old sorts would be transported with a view of the dazzling 
and beauteous colony of the new kinds that have been pro- 
cured by hybridizing those of good habit and character. 

The best method to adopt in impregnating these is to 
choose the female, one that has large flowers, of easy culti- 
vation, and as nearly allied in character and other habits as 
possible. When a flower of the intended female is newly 
expanded, take a pair of very fine-pointed scissors, and cut 
off the anthers before the polten expands ; then, as soon as 
the summit of the stile divides, apply the pollen taken 
from the anthers of the intended male plant on a very fine 
camel hair-pencil, or cut out the stigma entirely, and place 
the anther on the summit of the stile, which if correctly done 
will have the desired effect. As soon as the seed is ripe, 
sow it in light sandy soil ; and when it has come up, take 
care not to over-water the soil, which would cause them to 
damp off. When they are about one inch high, put them 
into small potg, and treat as the other varieties. Have them 
all distinctly marked until they flower, which will be in the 
second year from the time of sowing 

The tuberous and fleshy stemmed species are very interest- 
ing to the discriminating inquirer. Their habit and constitu- 
tion are so peculiar that we have frequently wondered that 
they have not been separated into distinct genera. The cul- 
tivation of them is more difficult, water being very prejudi- 
cial to them when they are inactive. If they are well 
managed, they flower beautifully, and the colors are very 
superior and peculiar, having frequently bright green and 
purple in the same flower. 

The following list comprehends the most desirable varieties 
that we have seen : — 



21^ 



• 



246 



GREEN-HOUSE — REPOTTING. \March. 



PURE WHITE, 

MARKED OR STRIPED WITH 
RED, PURPLE, OR CRIMSON. 

Alexandrina, 

Desdemone, 

Cecilia, 

Lord Warden, 

Pearl, 

White Flag, 
Queen of Scots, 
Witch. 

BLUSH, 

MARKED OR STRIPED WITH 
RED, &C. 

Acme, 

Bell of Ware, 
Cyrus Superb, 
J uliette. 
Miss Percival, 
Queen of Fairies, 
Miss Holford. 

PINK, 

MARKED OR COLORED WITH 
RED OR CRIMSON. 

Admiration, 
Bella, 

Blood Royal, 
Captivation, ' 
Hebe's Lip, 
Matilda, 
Nestor. 

ROSE, 

WITH STRIPES OR SPOTS. 

Celestial, 
Gigantea, 
Hebe, ' 



Hector, 
Mrs. Brooks, 
Mark Anthony, 
Rosy circle. 
South Western. 

RED OR SCARLET, 

WITH STRIPES OR SPOTS. 

Aurora, 

Agrippina, 

Brutus, 

Chieftain, 

Duke of Cornwall, 

Emperor, 

Forget-me-not, 

Lady Napier, 

King, ^ 

Perfection, 

Orion, ^ 

Shield of Achilles, ■ 
Star of the West. 

FANCY COLORS 

OF VARIOUS SHADES. 

Anais, 

Madam Meilez, 
Ytoimshii. 

YERY DARK CRIMSON, 
OR PURPLE, 

MARKED WITH BLACK. 

Ajax, (purple,) 

Arabian, 

Lady Macbeth, 

Mustii, 

Negress, 

Seline, 

Sir Walter Raleigh, 
Sir Henry Smith, 
Salamander. 



MarcllJ] GREEN-HOUSE — REPOTTING. 



247 



YARious^ CURIOUS AND FINE Maculatum, 

SORTS. Sanguineum^ 
Bipinnatifidum, Tricolor^ 
Comptonianuni; Tricolor major. 

Echinatum^ 

There are several others very recently introduced, which 
have not bloomed so as to allow us to judge of their merits ; 
but their foreign characters are highly flattering. The re- 
potting of the geranium tribe should be done as early in the 
month as possible, or even about the end of last month would 
be advisable in some seasons. (Soil No. 12, with a little 
more manure.) 

Phdrmium tenax, New Zealand flax lily, the only species^ 
foliage resembling an Iris, and very thready. In New Zea- 
land and Norfolk Island the natives manufacture from this 
plant a kind of stuff like coarse linen, cordage &c. ; the 
plant is very hardy, and we would be nowise surprised to see 
it stand the severity of our winters. It bears exposure to 
the open air in Europe in the fifty-sixth degree of north 
latitude. The fiov/ers are said to be yellow and lily-like ; of 
the easiest culture. (Soil No. 7.) 

PhylicaSj above twenty-five species. Several of them are 
very pretty-growing evergreen shrubs, and of easy culture. 
P. horizontdlis, P. squarrdsay P. imhricdta^ P. my Hi folia, P. 
callbsa, P, hicolor, and P. ericoideSy are all neat growing; 
flowers small white, in heads: drain the pots well, and keep 
them in an airy situation. The foliage of several of the 
species is downy. (Soil No. 6.) 

Phasedlus car acedia, or snail-flower, is a very curious bloom- 
ing plant, with flowers of a greenish yellow, all spirally 
twisted, in great profusion when the plant is well grown. 
(Soil No. 12.) 

Phoenix dacfylifera, common date palm ; a plant that at- 
tains a large size and of rather a rugged appearance; its 
fruit is the common well-known date. (Soil No. 12.) 

Pimileas, about fourteen species. Most of them are highly 
esteemed, and are not often seen in our collections. P. 
decussdta is the finest of the genus, both in foliage and flov/- 
ers, which are red, and in large terminal^ clusters; P. his- 
ptday P. rosea, P. lini folia, P. spicdta, and P. spectdhilis, 
are all fine species. The latter has very beautiful lanceo- 



248 GREEN-HOUSE — REPOTTING. l^IarcJl, 



late foliage and of an elegant habit. They should be well 
drained. They are very small evergreen shrubs, with white^ 
red, or pink flowers. (Soil 'No. 6.) 

PistdciaSj seven species of trees, principally of the south 
of Europe. There is nothing particular in their appearance, 
except their productions in their native country. P. terehin- 
thus is deciduous, and produces the Cyprus turpentine. P, 
lentiscus is the true mastich tree, which is obtained by cut- 
ting transverse incisions in the bark. P. vera, P. reticiildta are 
good species; leaves pinnated; leaflets ovate, lanceolate; easily 
cultivated. (Soil No. 2.) 

PittdsporumSj about nine species, with handsome foliage, 
and small white 'flowers in clusters, which are fragrant. P. 
tohira is a native of China, and nearly hardy ; leaves lucid, 
obovate, obtuse and smooth ; there is a beautiful variegated 
variety of it. P, iindiddtum^ P. coridceinn, P. revolutumj 
P. fiUvum, and P. ferrugineum are very ornamental ever- 
greens, and will grow with the most simple treatment. 
(Soil No. 13.) 

Plati/Ibhiums, Flat Pea, four species of fine free-flowering 
plants, flowers leguminose ; color yellow. P. fovmmum^ 
P. ovdtum and P. trianguldre are the best; the foliage of 
the former two is cordate ovate ; the latter hastate, with 
spiny angles. (Soil No. 6.) 

Phmihagos, Lead-wort. The two most beautiful species 
for green-house culture are P. capensis, of a beautiful light 
blue, flowering in spikes from June to December ; foliage 
pale green, oblong, entire, and glaucous — P. Larpanta, Lady 
Larpant's Leadwort, is of a very dwarf habit, small dark green- 
ish-brown foliage, crowned with flowers of the finest azure blue, 
and is tolerably hardy in the open ground; in fact, they are 
both perfectly hardy in the Southern States. (Soil No. 1.) 

Poclahjrias, about fourteen specias of pretty Cape shrubs ; 
foliage oblong, obovate, and silky-like ; the flowers legumi- 
nose; color blue or pink. P. seHcea, P. stiracyfblia^ P. 
coriiscans, P. argentea, P. lip)arioides, and P. suhi florae are 
the finest and most distinct species, and flower abundantly. 
(Soil No. 6.) 

Prbteas, about forty-four species. The foliage of this 
genus is very divft'sifiecl; flowers very large, terminal; stamens 
protected by an involucrum, many-leaved and imbricated ; 



March.'] GEEEN-HOUSE — REPOTTING. 249 



"which is very persistent. P. cynaroides has the largest 
flower^ which is purple, green, and red. P. speciosa, P. 
umhondlis, once P. loiigi/dlia, P. melaleuca, P. grandi flora, 
P. coccinea, P. cenoccwpa, P. pollens^ P. formosa, P. mag- 
nificaj P. specibsa ruhra, and P. mellifera, will afford a very 
good variety. It is almost impossible to describe their true 
color, it being so various; red, white, straw, brown, green, 
and purple, are most predominant, and frequently to be seen 
the same flower. The plants must be well drained ; and during 
warm weather be careful that they are not neglected in 
water, for if they are suffered to droop, they seldom recover. 
For this reason the pots ought not to stand in the strong 
sun ; the plants can bear it^ but to the roots it is injurious. 
(Soil No. 9.) 

PidteneeuSj about forty species, pretty little dwarf- growing 
shrubs of New South Wales ; flowers small, leguminose, all 
yellow with a little red outside of the petals. P. suhttmhel- 
lata J P. villosa^ P. ohcorddta, P. argentea, P. plumbsa^ P. flex- 
uisj shining-leaved, fragrant; P. Candida, and P. stricta, 
are all fine species, and esteemed in collections. The leaves 
are all small ; they require an airy exposure^ and the pots 
drained. (Soil No. 6.) 

Rliodoclnton volubile, or Lopliorspermiim rJiodocliiton : this 
is a very fine climbing plant, with large tubular dark brown 
flowers, blooming from July to October; it is of rapid growth, 
and is an excellent plant for the flower-garden. The plant 
must have frequent repotting to make it grow rapidly, for the 
finer it grows the more profusely it flowers. (Soil No. 12.) 

Rhododendrons, (Rose tree,) a magnificent genus^ and 
contains some of the most superb and gigantic plants that 
adorn the green-house. At present the most admired is R. 
arhbreum, with its varieties. It has deep crimson flowers, 
with dark spots and flakes campanulated, and in large clusters ; 
leaves lanceolate, acute, rough and silvery beneath. R. ar- 
hbreum album is very rare. R, arhbreum superhum, flow- 
ers same shape as arhbreum, color bright rosy scarlet; 
foliage one-third larger, but not silvery beneath; grows freely, 
and generally thought the finest variety. R. arhbrea alta- 
Cldrence is also very superb. R. arhbrea Russelidnum, 
picfum, venustum, guttdtum, tigrinum nohlcdnum, grand- 
iflbrum, spectdhile, are all very distinct; but there are so 
many other varieties from seed that they will soon be so 



250 



GREEN-HOUSE — REPOTTING. {^MarcJl, 



much amalgamated that the named sorts will not be distin- 
guished. A green-house without some of the choice varieties 
of this plant is deficient of a flower whose beauty and grand- 
eur are beyond the highest imagination. It is a native of 
Nepaul, in India, and when found by Dr. Wallach, awakened 
the ambition of every cultivator and connoisseur in Europe."^ 
There are several other species lately brought from that 
country, which are highly valued: the species are R. cam- 
panulaturrij R. antJiopogoUj and R. cinnamomum. They 
are rarely seen in our collections, but a few years will make 
them more plentiful. Their beauty of flower is beyond de- 
scription. The pots should be well drained, and if they are 
large, put several pieces of sandy stone or potshreds around 
the side, for the fine fibres delight to twine about such, being 
mountainous plants. When growing, give copious waterings 
at the root. For young plants, soil No. 6. And for bloom- 
ing plants, use one portion of leaf mould. 

Roellas^ pretty leafy shrubs, with blue terminal funnel- 
shaped flowers, lip-spreading; R. ciUidta, R. spiccita^ and 
R. pedunculdta are the finest of the genus. The pots must 
be well drained, and care taken that they are not over-wa- 
tered. (Soil No. 6.) 

Salvia (Sage) is an extensive genus of soft-wooded, shrub- 
by, or herbaceous plants ] very few of them do well in the 
green-house, and many of them are very trifling, having no 
other attraction than the flower; and those of the tender 
species, when compared with S. fulgens^ crimson, S. spUn- 
densy scarlet, ^S'. angicsti/oUa, pale blue, >S'. patens, dark blue, 
S. involucrata, pink (which in artificial climates constitute 
the standard of the genus), are not worth cultivation. The 
best method to a<lopt with the summer flowering kinds is to 
plant them in the garden in May : they will grow strong and 
flower abundantly, and in the fall they can be lifted, and 
preserved during winter in pots. They neither grow nor 
flower so well as when planted out, and even a slip planted 
in the ground in moist weather will root in a few days, grow, I 
and flower in a few weeks. S. spJendens is the best to select 
for the purnose. All will grow easily with- encouragement. 
(Soil No. 12.) 

* Mr. Hoirg, the eminent horticulturist of New York, raised the -i 
first plant of arboreum from seed in England. 



March,'] gkei^-house— -repotting. 



251 



ScdUi'aSj three species of valuable plants ; S. dentdta, 
with rosy leguminose blossoms ; leaves opposite^ ovate, acu- 
minate, serrate ; S. angusti/olia has brown flowers; S. tra- 
jDezifbrmuSy leaves ovate^ acute, serrulate. We do not know 
the color of its flowers ; the pots must be well drained, and 
the plants kept in the warmest part of the green-house^ and 
near the light. (Soil No. 6.) 

Senecios. Some species of this genus are pestiferous weeds 
all over the world. They are even found near the limits of 
perpetual snow, where neither tree nor shrub is able to rear 
its head, and yet there are a few species that are neat little 
plants, and are worthy of a situation, namely, S. grandiflb- 
Tu^j S. veniistus, and S. cinerdscens, with the double white, 
purple, and red variety of S. 6Iegans. The last three varie- 
ties aTe free flowering, but if allowed to grow several years, 
they become unsightly. Being very easily propagated, a few 
cuttings of them should be put in in September, and in two 
weeks they will strike root, when they may be put in pots 
to keep through the winter^ and then planted in the garden, 
continuing to renew them. The other mentioned species 
should be frequently done the same way. Do not keep them 
damp during winter, or they will rot off. Give them an airy 
exposure. (Soil No. 12.) 

Sdllija lieteroplii/Ila : a good climbing plant, with bright 
blue clusters of drooping flowers; it is a native of New Hol- 
land, and will prove a hardy plant south of latitude 36°. 
(Soil No. 4.) 

Sparrmdnnias are strong-growing green-house shrubs. 
S. Afncdna is a plant very common in our collections, with 
large three-lobed cordate leaves, hairs on both sides ; flowers 
from March to July. S. ritgdsa. The leaves are rugged ; 
flowers of both are white, in a kind of corymb, supported 
by a long footstalk ; buds drooping, flowers erect. There is 
a plant known in our collections as the free flowering Sparr- 
mdnnia (which is EntUia arhoriscens)^ and is easily dis- 
tinguished from Sparrmdnnia by the leaves being cordate, 
acuminate, and otherwise, by all its filaments being fertile, 
and the fl'owers more branching, and blooming from Novem- 
ber to June, profusely ; very easily cultivated, and desirable. 
(Soil No. 12.) 

Splicer olbhiums J only two species of leafless plants, with 
yellow and red leguminose flov/ers, which proceed from the 



252 



GREEN-HOUSE — REPOTTING. \_March. 

%■ 



youDg shoots. S. vimineum and S. raedium. They flower 
freely, and are easily cultivated. The old wood should be 
frequently cut out where it is practicable. Drain the pots. 
(Soil No. 6.) 

Sprengelia incarndta, the only species^ a very pretty 
plant, allied to E-pdcris ; foliage acuminate, embracing the 
stem ] flowers small, pink, bearded, and in close spikes ; 
grows freely. The pots must be well drained, and the plants, 
when dormant, watered sparingly ; for if they get sodden 
about the roots, they very seldom recover. (Soil No. 6.) 

Strelitzkij or queen plant : a genus of fine plants belong- 
ing to the natural order of Miisacea. S. regma, S. ovdfa, 
and S. humiUs are the most free and beautiful flowering 
species, and are very similar, except in habit. The flower- 
stalks is from one to two feet long, producing about five 
flowers of a bright yellow, having a large blue stigma, which 
forms a distinct contrast. S, juncea and S. j^ci^i^iflora are 
also desirable species, but are more rare than the former, 
which ought to be in every green-house. (Soil No. 19.) 

Stre^^tocarjjus rliexiiy a free-blooming dwarf plant, of easy 
culture in soil No. 4. 

StyUdUniiy six species of pretty little plants, with small 
linear leaves, and remarkable for the singular elasticity of 
-the style or column, \^hich, when the flower is newly ex- 
panded, lays to one side, and, on being touched with a pin, 
starts with violence to the opposite side. S. gramini folium, 
S. fruticosiim, S. lancifoUumj and S. adndtum, are all free- 
flowering; flowers in spikes, very small; color light and 
dark pink ; blooms from April to July. S. adndtinn is half 
herbaceous, and should, when growing, be kept nigh the 
glass, or it will be drawn, and the flowers become of a pale 
color. They are all of easy cultivation. (Soil No. 10.) 

SfyplieliaSy seven species of very showy flowers, with mu- 
cronate leaves; corolla in long tubular form, having several 
bundles of hairs in it; segments reflex and bearded. >S^. 
tubiflbra, crimson; S. trifldra, crimson and green; S. adsceii- 
densj and S. longiflbra, are beautiful species. They grow 
freely, and should be well drained, as too much wat^r is very 
hurtful to them. In summer, they ought not to be much 
exposed to the hot sun^ or the foliage will become brown. 
(Soil. No. 6.) 



March.'] greek-house— repotting. 



253 



Sutherldndia frutescens, very similar to Swainsojiia; 
flowers fine scarlet. (Soil No. 2.) 

SivainsdmaSj four species of free-flowering, soft- wooded 
sbrubs, natives of New South Wales. * S. galegifblia, S. 
coronilleefdliaj and S. astragali folia, are red, purple, and 
white; leguminose flowers in spikes from the axils, are of 
easy culture and deserving of a situation; the foliage is 
pinnate; leaflets ovate, acute. (Soil No. 2.) 

Tecbma is a genus of beautiful flowering plants, separated 
from Bignbnia, They are of easy culture and desirable in 
all collections. T. capensis has bright orange flowers in large 
clusters, and very profuse on large plants. T. aiistrdlis, 
known as Bignbnia' j^andbra, has white and pink flowers in 
great profusion. T. jasmindides is quite a new plant, producing 
very large clusters of white flowers with a bright pink centre; 
it is a charming plant for climbing, and the foliage is of a 
very agreeable shining green. The plants require encourage- 
ment. (Soil No. 10.) 

Telopla speciosissimiLS is the only species, and was once 
called Emhothrium speciosissimus. It is now called Telopea, 
in allusion to the brilliant crimson flowers, which from their 
large size are seen at a great distance, and which render it 
one of the most conspicuous productions of New South Wales. 
The leaves are oblong, deeply toothed, veiny, and smooth; 
wood strong; flower ovate, connate, and terminal, and of 
considerable duration. There ought to be a specimen of it 
in every collection. The pots must be well drained, and the 
plant in the extreme heat of summer not too much exposed 
to the sun. Very scarce. (Soil No. 19.) 

Testudindria^ Elephant's foot, or Hottentot's bread, two 
species remarkable for their appearance. The root or bulb, 
if it may be so called,^ is of a conical shape, and divided into 
transverse sections. Those of one foot diameter are com- 
puted to be one hundred and fifty years of age. It is a 
climbing herbaceous plant, v/ith entire reniform leaves of no 
beauty; flowers small; color green. The pots must be well 
drained, for when the plant is inactive, it is in danger of 
suffering from moisture, and ought not to get any water. T. 
eleplidntipes and T. montana are the species, natives of the 
Cape of Good Hope, and require the warmest part of the 
house. (Soil No. 10.) 

Thea: a genus celebrated over the known world as fur- 
22 



254 



GREEN-HOUSE — REPOTTING. [March. 



nishing the domestic drug called Tea. T. viridis, and T, 
hohea are said to be the species which supply the tea. Some 
have asserted that there is only one shrub used^ but by ex- 
amination it may be easily perceived that there are leaves of 
various shape and texture, some of them similar to Carriellia 
sesanqiia. Dr. Abel gives an explicit detail of the growing 
and manufacturing process of tea, from which, in compliment 
to our fair patrons, we give a few extracts : 

^^The tea districts of China extend from the twenty- 
seventh to the thirty-first degree of north latitude. It seems 
to succeed best on the sides of mountains. The soil from which 
I collected the best specimens consisted chiefly of sandstone, 
schistus, or granite. The plants are raised from seeds sown 
where they are to remain. Three or more are dropped into 
a hole four or five inches deep ; these come up without farther 
trouble, and require little culture, except that of removing 
weeds, till the plants are three years old. The more careful 
stir the soil, and some manure it, but the latter practice is 
seldom adopted. The third year the leaves are gathered, at 
three successive gatherings,. in February, April, and June, and 
so on until the bushes become stunted or slow in their growth, 
which generally happens in from six to ten years. They are 
then cut in to encourage the production of fresh roots. 

The gathering of the leaves is performed with care and 
selection. The leaves are plucked off one by one : at the first 
gathering only the unexpanded and tender are taken ; at the 
second those that are of fall growth ; and at the third the 
coarsest. The first forms what is called in Europe imperial 
tea: but, as to the other names by which tea is known, the 
Chinese know nothing ; and the compounds and names are 
supposed to be made and given by the merchants at Canton, 
who, from the great number of varieties brought to them, have 
an ample opportunity of doing so. Formerly it was thought 
that green tea was gathered exclusively from T. viridisj but 
that now is doubtful, though it is certain that there is what 
is called the green tea district and black tea district ; and the 
varieties grown in the one district differ from those of the 
other. I was told by competent persons that either of the 
two plants will aftbrd the black or green tea of the shops, but 
that the broad thin-kaved plant viridis) is preferred for 
making the green tea. 

" The tea leaves being gathered, are cured in houses which 



March.'] GREEN-HOUSE — REPOTTlNa. 



255 



contain from five to twenty small furnaces^ about three feet 
high each, having at top a large flat iron pan. There is also a 
long low table covered with mats, on which the leaves are laid, 
and rolled by workmen, who sit around it : the iron pan being 
heated to a certain degree, by a little fire made in the furnace 
underneath, a few pounds of the fresh-gathered leaves are 
put upon the pan ; the fresh and juicy leaves crack when they 
touch the pan, and it is the business of the operator to shift 
them as quickly as possible, with his bare hands, till they 
cannot be easily endured. At this instant he takes off the 
leaves with a kind of shovel resembling a fan, and pours them 
on the mats before the rollers, who, taking small quantities at 
a time, roll them in the palms of their hands in one direction, 
while others are fanning them, that they may cool the more 
speedily, and retain their curl the longer. This process is 
repeated two or three times, or oftener, before the tea is put 
i nto the stores, in order that all the moisture of the leaves may 
be thoroughly dissipated, and their curl more completel}^ pre- 
served. On every repetition the pan is less heated, and the 
operation performed more closely and cautiously. The tea is 
then separated into the different kinds, and deposited in the 
store for domestic use or exportation. 

^^The different sorts of black and green arise not merely 
from soil, situation, or the age of the leaf; but after win- 
nowing the tea, the leaves are taken up in succession as they 
fall; those nearest the machine, being the heaviest, are the 
gunpowder tea ; the light dust the worst, being chiefly used 
by the lower classes. That which is brought down to Canton 
then undergoes a second roasting, winnowing, packing, &c., 
and many hundred women are employed for these purposes.'' 

Kaempfer asserts that a species of Camellia as well as 
^ Olea Frdgrans is used to give it a high flavor. 

Tacsbniay a genus of plants much resembling Passifloras 
both in flower and habits. T, pinnatistipulata and T. mollis^ 
when planted into the ground and trained up the rafters of 
the green-house, make a pretty appearance with their profu- 
sion of rosy blush-colored flowers. (Soil No. 13.) 

Tropdedlum, a genus of generally delicate-growing plants, 
principally from South America. They require nicety of 
treatment to bloom them well, unless a large bulb can be 
procured, when it may be planted in a seven-inch pot, and 
"all then flower without farther care by training their deli- 



256 ^ GREEN-HOUSE — REPOTTING. [March. 



cate shoots on a wire trellis; or small twigs of branches stuck 
in the pots. T. tricolorum^ T. trlcolorum superhum^ and 
T, "ppjituphyllum have beautiful scarlet flowers marked with 
yellow and blacky and are superb and lovely when in bloom. 
T, hrachyseras has yellow flowers. (Soil No. 10.) 

Vei'hena. The beauty of the green-house in spring and 
the flower-garden in summer is greatly augmented by the 
late introduction of this lovely family of perpetual flowering 
plants. There are among them every shade of color, from 
the richest scarlet to the purest white^ and^ in addition to 
the beauty and profusion of their flowers, several of them 
are exquisitely scented. V, chamsedry foliar or melindreSy 
was the first scarlet species introduced, and it is yet pretty. 
V. hicolor grandiflora^ scarlet crimson eye. F. Blue Queen, 
fine blue; V. Beauty, rose; V. Feastii, large/ white fading to 
lilac ; V. Beauty supreme, beautiful large rose ; V. 3Iestonii, 
bright scarlet; V. Queen, pure white; V. Polkii, very dark 
purple crimson; V. perfection, purple; Y, Wilsonii, bluish 
purple; V. Nymph, beautiful pink; V. Triumph, very dark 
crimson. 

Robeson's Defiance, the best scarlet; Buist's Perfection, the 
best sweet-scented lilac. 

These are principally new varieties, of perfect formation; 
the flowers in many are as large as a dime, far outvieing 
those cultivated a few years ago. It is only twelve years 
since I grew the first white, pink and crimson verbena, from 
seed received from Buenos Ayres. They created a very great 
excitement in the Floral world, both in this country and 
Europe. Now there are thousands produced from seed an- 
nually. In England, they bear the titled name of Ladies, 
Marquesses and Queens, commanding a very high price ; but 
with all their titles, none of them excel a few of those named 
above. They require very little water during winter, and 
should be kept on a dry airy shelf till February, when the 
pots may be enlarged except those intended for the garden, 
which can be planted out about the middle of April. Cut- 
tings of the young shoots, placed in sandy soil and covered 
with a glass, will root in a few weeks. The whole family 
should be industriously collected and cultivated ; for truly we 
are not acquainted with a tribe of plants that will give as much 
satisfaction with as little cost and trouble : they naturally 



MarcJl.'] GHEEN-HOUSE — REPOTTING. 257 



grow on hills and elevated plains, so that they must not be 
kept wet. (Soil No. 9.) 

Veronica, an extensive genus of plants that are cultivated 
Largely as ornaments for the flower garden. Within these 
few years some very beautiful species have been discovered 
in New Zealand. Among them is V. speciosa, a picture of a 
plant with foliage equal to a Camellia, producing spikes about 
three inches long, of bright purple flowers, fading to a pale 
blush. V. Lindlei/ana, with ovate lanceolate leaves, and 
spikes of delicate blush flowers; blooming in winter. They 
cire of the simplest culture — growing freely and symmetrically 
in soil No. 9. 

Vlmindria denuduta, the only species. This plant is re- 
markable for its twiggy appeararrce, but it has no foliage, 
except when growing from seed. It has at the extremity of 
the twigs or shoots an ovate, lanceolate leaf, disappearing 
when the plant grows old; the flowers are small, yellow, 
coming out of the young shoots, to the astonishment of the 
beholder. It grows freely. (Soil No. 6.) 

Viburnums. A few of these are very ornamental evergreen 
shrubs, and almost hardy. V tlnus is the well-known Lau- 
restine, (or what is commonly called Laurestinus,) is of the 
* easiest culture; flowers small white, and in large flattened 
panicles; blooming from February to May, and universally 
esteemed. It will stand the winter by a litle protection, but 
the flower buds being formed in the fall, the intense frost 
destroys them ; consequently, it will not flower finely, except 
it be protected from severe frost. V. Ihcidum is a good 
species, and superior in flower and foliage to the former, but 
does not flower so freely when the plants are small. When 
they grow large, they flower profusely. There is a desirable 
variegated variety. V. odoratissimum has smooth, ever- 
green, oblong elliptic, distinctly toothed leaves, and frequently 
a stripe in them, is sweet-scented, but not a free flowerer. 
F. hirsutum has flowers similar to the above; foliage ovate, 
with rough brown hairs on both sides, and very characteristic. 
V. strictum variegdtum is a very fine variety, and upright 
growing. These plants are all very desirable, blooming early 
"n spring, and continuing for several months; all easily cul- 
vated. (Soil No. 17.) 

Westringias, a genus of four species, very like the common 
losemary, W, ivsmarinifdrimSj leaves lanceolate^ and sil- 

22* 



258 



GREEN-HOUSE — REPOTTING. \_March. 



very beneath. W. longifblia is similar; both have small sil- 
very white flowers, and are easily cultivated. (Soil No. 2.) 

WitseniaSj four species, W. corymhosa is a plant that has 
stood in high estimation ever since it was known, but, unfor- 
tunately, there is a very inferior plant. Aristea cyanea got 
into our collections under that name. The panicles of W. 
corymhosa are quite smooth ] those of Aristea are hairy, 
which is itself sufficient to detect them ; but otherwise the 
appearance of W. corymhosa is much stronger and more erect 
growing, not inclining to push at the roots so much as Aris- 
tba. The foliage is lanceolate and amplexicaule, the leaves 
having much the nature and appearance of Iris. The plant 
is of easy culture, and blooms from July to November ; color 
fine blue. W. ramosa is a very fine species, similar to the above ; 
flowers yellow and blue; plant branching. (Soil No. 8.) 

Yucca aloefolia, and its beautiful variety variegata, are de- 
sirable plants. They do not bloom till they have grown to 
considerable size; but still they make a decided contrast 
among other plants ; the flowers are white and produced on 
terminal spikes. (Soil No. 11.) 

Zdmias, about twenty species, eight of which belong to 
this compartment. The foliage is greatly admired, and is in 
large fronds, with oblique, lanceolate leaflets. Several of 
them glaucous. They bear heads of flowers of a brown co- 
lor in the centre of the plants, very like large pine cones. 
Z. librrida, the finest; Z. pungens^ Z. spiralis^ and Z. 
latlfbliay are the most conspicuous. They must be kept in 
the warmest part of the green-house ; and give them large 
well-drained pots, watering sparingly during winter. They 
are imported from the Cape of Good Hope. (Soil No. 11.) 
All the plants herein named requiring to be drained, in pre- 
paring the pots, place first a piece of broken pot, oyster- 
shell, or any similar substitute, with the convex side on the 
hole of the pot, and then put in a few, or a handful (accord- 
ing to the size of the pot) of shivers of broken pots, or 
round gravel about the size of garden beans. Those that 
we have mentioned in this Repotting^ as to be done in this 
or beginning of next month, is not intended to apply to 
plants in general, large and small, but to those that are 
young, and require encouragement, or to those that were not 
shifted last autumn. The roots must not be disturbed, but 
the ball turned out entire ; and put as much earth as will 



March.'] green-house — on enarching, etc. 259 



raise the ball within about a half an inch of the rim of the 
pot. Press the earth down around it with a thin narrow 
piece of wood, called a potting -stick, frequently shaking it 
that no vacancy may be left. If the roots are rotten, or 
otherwise injured, take all such off. If this be the case^ the 
plant will be sickly. Give it a new pot of a smaller size, 
administering water moderately until there are visible signs 
of fresh growth. The plants must not be disturbed while 
flowering ; let the repotting be done afterward. Plants are, 
at certain stages, if in good health, in a state that no one 
can err in shifting them when desirous to hasten their growth. 
Those plants that make two or more growths during the sum- 
mer may be repotted in the interim of any of these growths, 
and all others just before they begin to push in the spring; 
that is, when the wood buds are perceptibly swelled. Never 
saturate with water fresh-potted plants. There are many 
kinds that, without injury, can be repotted when growing. 
When done potting, tie all up neatly with stakes rather 
higher than the plant, that the new shoots may be tied there- 
to during the summer, to prevent them from being destroyed 
by the wind. There may be many that do not require re- 
potting, but would be benefited by a top-dressing. This 
should be done by probing off all the surface earth down to 
the roots, replacing it with fresh compost, suitable to the na- 
ture of the plant. 

When the above is done, arrange all the plants in proper 
order, and syringe them clean ) but if there are any of the 
green-fly, they must be fumigated previous to syringing. 
The pavement of the house should be cleanly and neatly 
swept every day, and washed at least once a-week. Thus, 
every part of the house will be in order before the hurry of 
the garden commences. 

OF ENARCHING, OR GRAFTING BY APPROACH. 

In this method of grafting, the scion is not separated from 
the parent plant until it is firmly united with the stock; con- 
sequently, they must stand contiguously. We intend the 
following method to apply directly to Camellias, as they are 
the principal plants in the green-house that are thus worked. 
The criterion for the operation is about the first of March or 



260 



GREEN-HOUSE— DIRECTIONS. 



June. Place the stock contiguous to the plant where the 
graft or enarch is to be taken from. If the branches, where 
the intended union is to take place, do not grow at equal 
heights, a slight stage may be erected to elevate the lower 
pot. Take the branch that is to be enarched (the wood of 
last year is the most proper), and bring it in contact with the 
stock J mark the parts where they are to unite, so as to form 
a pointed arch. In that part of the branch which is to rest 
against the stock, pare off the bark and part of the wood 
to about two or three inches in length, and in the side of the 
stock which is to receive the graft do the same, that the in- 
side rind of each may be exactly opposite, which is the first 
part where a union will take place. Bind them firmly and 
neatly together with strands of Russia matting, and protect 
the joint from the air by a coat of close composition; clay 
of the consistency of thick paint, turpentine, or wax, will 
equally answer. Finish by fastening the grafted branch to 
the head of the stock or a rod. Many practitioners make a 
slit or tongue into the enarch and stock, but we find it unne- 
cessary, more tedious, and likewise more danger in breaking. 
Camellias are also grafted and budded, but these two opera- 
tions require great experience and continued attention, and 
seldom prove so successful as enarching. When they have per- 
fectly taken, which will be in from three to four months, begin 
to separate them by cutting the scion a little at three different 
periods, about a week apart, separating it at the third time. 
If the head is intended to be taken off the stock, do it in 
like manner. By the above method, many kinds can be 
grown on the same stock. The same plan applies to all 
evergreens. 



APRIL. 

Regarding the shifting or repotting of plants, the direc- 
tions given last month may be followed. If the plants that 
require it are not shifted, get them done as soon as possible. 
Those that were repotted last month will have taken fresh 
root in the new soil; and the advantage will soon be per- 



April.'] 



GREEN-IIOUSE — WATEKING. 



261 



ceptible. In order to strengthen the plants, and keep 
them from becoming drawn and spindly, admit large por- 
tions of air every mild day. Indeed, theroMvill be very 
few days in this month that a little air may not be given, 
. always observing to divide the quantity regularly over the 
house, in cool nights closing in time. About the end of 
the month an abundance of air is indispensable, leaving 
the sashes and doors open every mild night, that the plants 
may be inured to the open exposure they will have in a few 
weeks. 



WATERING. 

As the season advances and vegetation increases, the 
waterings will require to be more copious and more fre- 
quent. Look over all plants minutely every day, and with 
judicious care supply their wants. Those that are of- a 
soft shrubby nature, and in a free-growing state, will require 
' a larger portion at one time than those of a hard texture, 
which may only want it every two or three days. The 
weather and situation, in some instances, may require a 
modification of these directions. Plants in general will not 
suffer so soon from being a little dry as from being over- 
watered. The health and beauty of the foliage of the plants 
may be much improved by syringing them freely three 
evenings in the week, except in moist weather, when it 
ought not to be done. The ravages of many insects also 
will he retarded, especially mildew and red spider, which 
will be entirely destroyed. If the red spider is on any of 
the plants particularly, take them aside evening and morn- 
ing, and give them a good dashing with water through the 
syringe. Where there is mildew, after syringing the plant, 
dust it on the affected parts with flower of sulphur, and set 
them for a few days where they will be sheltered from the 
wind, after which wash off the sulphur. If the cure is not 
complete, renew the dose. Always sweep out and dry up 
the w^ater in the house when any is spilt. The succulent 
plants will be in want of a little water about once a-week, 
but do not over-water them, as there is not heat enough to 
absorb much moisture. If the soil is damp, it is quite suf- 
ficient. 



262 



GREEX-HOUSE — ORANGES, ETC. [J.p'z7. 



ORANGES, LEMONS, &c., 

"Will, in many instances, about the end of this month, be 
showing flowers or flower buds. They must, under these 
circumstances, h^ve plenty of air to prevent them from 
falling ofl* when entirely exposed. The reason that we see 
so much fine blossom falling to the ground where the trees 
are brought out of the house in May, is from the confine- 
ment they have had. Where there is a convenience of 
giving air from the back of the green- house, it should always 
be given in mild days, especially in those houses that have 
a recess back from the top of the sashes, for even if the 
sashes are let down every day, still the house will not be 
properly ventilated. Any plants that are sickly and in- 
tended to be planted in the garden next month to renovate 
their growth, may be cut back (if not already done) as far 
as is required to give the tree a handsome form, taking care 
not to cut below the graft of inoculation. Let the operation 
be done with a fine saw and sharp knife, smoothing the 
amputations that are made by the saw } and if they are 
large, put a little well-made clay over the wound, to prevent 
the air from injuring it. Beeswax and turpentine are 
preferable to clay, not being subject to crack or fall ofi* by 
the weather. 

If there are any Lar/erstroemiaSj Pomegranate or lit/- 
drdnrjeas in the cellar, they should be brought out about 
the first of the month, and planted in their respective situa- 
tions. Give the IL/drdnc/ea a very shady spot. It does 
not require much sun, provided it has plenty of air, and do 
not plant it into soil that has been lately manured. A large 
plant must have great supplies of water in dry weather. If 
the plant is very thick, the oldest branches may be thinned 
out, but do not cut out any of the young shoots, as they 
contain the embryo of the flower. Lagerstroemias will 
flower abundantly without pruning, but, to have fine large 
spikes of flowers, cut in the wood of last year to about three 
eyes from the wood of the preceding year; by this they will 
be much finer. Pomegranates will only require a little of 
the superfluous wood cut out. Perhaps some of them may 
be desired to flower in pot or tubs during summer ; the balls 
will admit of being much reduced, and by this a pot or tub 



April'] GREEN-HOUSE — GERANIUMS. 263 

very little larger will do for them. Do not give much water 
until they begin to grow. 

MYRTLES AND OLEANDERS. 

If any of these have grown irregularly, and are not headed 
down or otherwise pruned, as directed last month, it should 
now be done. Oleanders are very subject to the white 
scaly insect, and, before the heat of summer begins, they 
should be completely cleansed. This insect is likewise 
found on Mijrtles^ which are worse to clean, and ought to 
be minutely examined twice every year. We have observed 
the red spider on these shrubs, which makes the foliage 
brown and unsightly. If it is detected in time, syringing 
is an effectual remedy. 

GERANIUMS. 

These will now begin to flower, and the sun will greatly 
deteriorate their rich colors where they are near the glass 
with a southern aspect. The glass should be whitewashed 
or covered with thin muslin, which will cast a light shade 
over them, and prolong the duration of the bloom ] but if 
they are above five feet from the glass, shading is not re- 
quisite. The strong kinds will be growing very luxuriantly, 
and require liberal supplies of water. When syringing, do 
not sprinkle the flowers, as it would make the colors inter- 
mingle with each other, and cause them to decay prema- 
turely. If they have been properly attended to in that 
respect, it may be dispensed with after they have come in 
flower. 

Cai^e Balhs. Those that flowered late in autumn, as 
soon as the foliage begins to deca}^, may be set aside, and 
the water withheld by degrees. When the foliage is en- 
tirely gone, and the roots dry, clear them from the earth, 
and after laying exposed in the shade for a few days to dry, 
pack them up in dry moss, with their respective names 
attached, until August, when they mny be again potted. 
Treat those that are in flower the same as directed in last 
month. 



264 GREEN-HOUSE — INSECTS. [_April 

Dutch Boots. All the species and varieties of these that 
have been kept in the green-house during the winter will 
now be done flowering ; the water should be withdrawn 
gradually from them ; and then the pots turned on- their 
sides to ripen the bulbs. Or, a superior method is, where 
there is the convenience of a garden, to select a bed not 
much exposed. Turn the balls out of the pots and plant 
them; the roots will ripen better this way than any other. 
Have them correctly marked that no error may take place. 
Tiiey can be lifted with the other garden bulbs. 

FLOWERING PLANTS. 

The best situation for most plants, while in flower, is 
where they are shaded from the sun and fully exposed to 
the air. Primroses^ both European and Chinese, flower 
best, and the colors are finest, where the plants are in the 
front of the house and entirely shaded. The Chinese Azaleas 
and Rhododendrons require, while in flower, a similar situa- 
tion. Have all the shoots tied naturally to neat rods, and 
keep them clear from others by elevating them on empty 
pots, or any other substitute. See that there are no insects 
upon them ; for they make a miserable contrast with flowers. 
The CciUa JEtliiopica should stand in water when in bloom, 
and even before flowering they will be much strengthened 
by it. 

INSECTS. 

Insects will, on some plants, be very perplexing. The 
weather may admit of those that are infected to be taken 
out of doors, and put into a frame in any wiiy that is most 
convenient. Fumigating them about fifteen minutes, if the 
day is calm, will be sufiicient ; but if windy they will take 
half an hour. When done, syringe them well and put 
them in their respective situations. By the above method, 
the house will not be made disagreeable with the fumes of 
tobacco. 

Tie up neatly all the climbirig plants. Keep those that 
are running up the rafters of the house close to the longi- 



Aprtl~] GREEN-HOUSE — FLOWERING STOCKS. 265 



tudinal wires. As previously observed, running plants 
should not be taken across the house, except in some in- 
stances where it can be done over the pathway, otherwise 
it shades the house too much. Clear off all decayed leaves 
and all contracted foulness, that the house and plants may 
in this month have an enlivening aspect, as it is undoubt- 
edly one of the most interesting seasons of the year in the 
green-house. ■ 

FLOWERING STOCKS. 

Those that have been kept in the green-house, or in 
frames, should be planted into beds or the borders, where 
they will seed better than if kept in the pots. The method 
generally adopted is, to select the plants that are intended 
for seed; plant the different kinds distinctly and separately; 
then take a few double flowering plants of each kind, which 
plant round their respective single varieties that are to be 
kept for seed. Whenever any of the colors sport, that is, 
become spotted or striped with other colors, plant such by 
themselves, for they will soon degenerate the whole, and 
ought never to be seen in collections that have any preten- 
sions to purity. Many have been the plans recommended 
as the best for saving and growing from seed the double 
varieties of German stock. In every method we have 
tried we have been successful and unsuccessful ; although 
we generally practice planting the double kinds beside the 
single, where they are intended for seed. We have no 
scientific reason for it; not seeing what influence these 
monsters of flowers can have over a flower where the male 
and female organs are perfect; which in these are wanting. 
Some say that the semi-double sorts are best; we have like- 
wise found them both abortive and fruitful in the desired 
results. 



23 



266 GREEN-HOUSE — WATEEING, ETC. \^May. 



MAY. 

About the first of the month all the small half-hardy plants 
may be taken out of the green-house^ and those that are left 
will be more benefited by a freer circulation of air, which 
will inure them to exposure. The Geraniums ought to stand 
perfectly clear of other plants, while in flower and growing, 
or they will be much drawn and spindly. 

WATERING 

We have advanced so much on this subject, another obser- 
vation is not necessary ] except as to succulents, which are 
frequently over- watered about this period. Before they begin 
to grow, once a-week is sufficient. 

OF BRINGL\G OUT THE GREEN-HOUSE PLANTS. 

Those trees or plants of Orange^ Lemoriy Myrtle^ Nerium^ 
&c., that were headed down with the intention of planting 
them into the garden, to renovate their growth, should be 
brought out and planted in the situations intended for them. 
A good light rich soil will do for either, and the balls of earth 
might be a little reduced, that, when they are lifted, they 
might go into the same pot or tub, or perhaps a less one. 
This being done, the plants, generally in a calm day from 
the 12th to the 18th of the month, should be taken out, 
carrying them directly to a situation partially shaded from 
the sun, and protected from the wind. In regard to a situa- 
tion best adapted for them during summer, see Hot-house this 
month, which will equally apply to green-house plants. All 
Primroses and Polyanthus delight in shade. The reason of 
so many plants of the D. oddra"^ ^f^^g) is ^^om the efiects 

* On examining these plants, when the first appearance of decay 
affected them, the decayed part was without exception at the surface 
of the soil, which was completely mortified, while the top and roots 
were apparently fresh. This led us to conclude that the cause was 
the effect of sun and water on the stem. We have since kept the 



3IayJ] GREEX-HOUSE — REPOTTING PLANTS. 267 



of the sun and water. We keep tliem always in the green- 
house. 

The large trees may be fancifully set either in a spot for 
the purpose^ or through the garden. Put bricks or pieces 
of wood under the tubs to prevent them from rotting, and 
strew a little litter of any description over the surface of the 
soil to prevent evaporation^ or about one inch of well-decayed 
manure, which will, from the waterings help to enrich the 
soil. . A liberal supply of water two or three times a-week 
is sufficient. A large tree will take at one time from two to 
four gallons. We make this observation, for many trees 
evidently have too limited a supply. Continue to syringe the 
plants through the dry season every evening, or at least three 
times per week. All the tall plants must be tied to some firm 
support, because the squalls of wind frequently overturn 
them, and do much harm by breaking, &c. Keep those that 
are in flower as much in shade as will preserve them from 
the direct influence of the sun. 



REPOTTING PLANTS. 

After the following-mentioned plants, or any assimilated 
to them, are brought out of the house, and before they are 
put in their respective stations, repot them where they are 
required to grow well. Aloes. These plants, so varied in 
character, have been divided into several genera. These are, 
Gasteria^ PacMdendron^ RipMdodendronj Hoivdrtliia^ and 
Apicra : of these there are about two hundred species and 
varieties ) to enter into any specific detail would be beyond 
our limits, especially with a tribe of plants that as yet have 
but a few patrons. (Soil No. 10.) 

Chamserops. There are about seven species of these palms ; 
four of them belong to this deparrtment, and are the finest of 
those that will keep in the green-house. They all have large 
palmated fronds, and require large pots or tubs to make them 
grow freely, and are tenacious of life if kept from frost. 

Gardenia. This is an esteemed genus of plants^ especially 

earth in a conical form round the stem, thereby throwing the water 
to the sides of the pot, and kept them in the shade. Previously to 
doing this, great numbers perished every year, and now no plants 
thus treated die with us. 



268 GREEN-HOUSE — REPOTTING PLANTS. \^May, 



for the double flowering varieties, which are highly odoriferous^ 
and have an evergreen shining foliage. G.fldrida florejpleno, 
Cape Jasmine^ is a plant universally known in our collections^ 
and trees of it are frequently seen about seven feet high^ and 
five feet in diameter^ blooming from June to October. G. 
rdd leans, dwarf Cape Jasmine, G. longifdlia, G. midti flora, 
G. lat) folia, G. Fortuiiii, and G. camellia flora, are also in 
several collections, but not so generally known ; the flowers are 
double, and all equally fragrant. We are inclined to think 
they are only varieties of G. florida, of which camellia' 
flora is one of the finest. Any of the above will keep in the 
coldest part of the green-house, and even under the front of 
the stage is a good situation for them, where the house is 
otherwise crowded during winter. They must be sparingly 
watered from November to March. Much water, while they 
are dormant, gives the foliage a sickly tinge, a state in which 
they are too frequently seen. G. rothmannia and G, Tliun- 
hergia are fine plants, but seldom flower; the flowers of the 
former are spotted, and are most fragrant during night. (Soil 
No. 10.) 

JlesemmydntJieimim, a very extensive genus, containing 
upward of four hundred and fifty species and varieties, with 
few exceptions, natives of the Cape of Good Hope. They 
are all singular, many of them beautiful, and some splendid ; 
yet they have never been popular plants in our collections. 
The leaves are almost of every shape and form; their habits 
vary in appearance. Some of them are straggling, others 
are insignificant, and a few grotesque. When they are well 
grown, they flower in great profusion ; the colors are bril- 
liant and of every shade ; yellow and white are most prevalent. 
Each species continues a considerable time in flower. The 
flowers are either solitary, axillary, extra-axillary, but most 
frequently terminal ; leaves mostly opposite, thick, or succu- 
lent, and of various forms. They are sometimes kept in the 
hot-house, but undoubtedly the green-house is the best situa- 
tion for them. They must not get water above twice a-month 
during winter, but while they are in flower, and through the 
summer, they require a more liberal supply, and they seldom 
need to be repotted; once a-year is sufficient. (Soil No. 18.) 



June^ JuIyJ] green-house — observations. 269 



CAMELLIAS. 

- These plants, when they are brought from the green-house 
(which should be about the end of June), ought to be set in 
a situation by themselveSj that they may be the more strictly 
attended to in watering and syringing. An airy situation, 
where the sun has little eJffect upon them^ is the best. They 
should be syringed e\»2ry evening when there has been no 
' rain through the day. After heavy rains examine the pots^ 
and where water is found, turn the plant on its side for a 
few hours to let the water pass off, and then examine the 
draining in the bottom of the pots^ which must be defective. 

CAPE BULBS. 

As soon as these are done flowering, and the foliage begins 
to decay, cease watering, and turn the pots on their sides, 
' until the soil is perfectly dry ] then take out the bulbs, and 
preserve them dry until the time of planting, which will be 
about the end of August or first of September. 



JUNE AND JULY. 

The plants being out of the house, there need be little 
added under this head. Their treatment is in the general, 
and the required attention is in giving water according to 
their different constitutions and habits. Where there is no 
rain nor river water, it should stand at least one day in butts 
or cisterns, to take the chilly air from it, and become softened 
by the surrounding atmosphere. This is more essential to 
the health of the plants than is generally supposed. The 
small plants in dry weather will need water evening and 
morning. Continue regular sy ringings as directed last month. 
There are frequently rains continuing for several days, 
which will materially injure many plants if they are not 
turned on their sideS; or defended by sash or shutterS; until 

23* 



270 GREEN-HOUSE — GERANIUMS. [^AugUSt. 

the rain is over, especially small plants. The syringings 
should never be done till after the waterings at the roots, 
and they should never be more seldom than every alternate 
evening. Turn all the plants frequently^ to prevent them 
from being drawn to one side by the sun or light. Carefully 
look over them at these turnings to detect any insects; and 
observe that the tuberose-rooted or deciduous geraniums, such 
as Ardens, Bicolor, ComiJtdnia, Uchindtum, Tristum, &g., 
are not getting too much water, they being now dormant. 



AUGUST. 

Any of the Mtjrtles, Oranges j LemonSj Oleanders, &c., 
that were headed down in April or May, will be pushing many 
young shoots. The plant must be carefully examined, to 
observe which of the shoots ouo'ht to be left to form- the tree. 

o 

Having determined on this, cut out all the others close to 
the stem with a small sharp knife; and if the remaining 
shoots are above one foot long, pinch off the tops to make 
them branch out. 

The trees that were entirely headed down should not have 
above six shoots left, which will, by being topped, make a 
sufficient quantity to form the bush or tree. 

GERANIUMS. 

These plants, about the first of the month, require a com- 
plete dressing. In the first place collect them all together, 
and, with a sharp knife, cut off the wood of this year to 
within a few eyes of the wood of last year. Citrioddrum 
and its varieties do not need pruning. The plants grown 
from cuttings during the season that have flowered, cut them 
to about three inches from the pot. This being done, have 
the earth all prepared, and potsherds or fine gravel at hand, 
for draining the delicate kinds. Choose a cloudy day for 
the operation, and turn the plants j)i'^gi'6ssively out of the 
pots they are in, reducing the balls of earth so that the same 



Augustli GREEN-HOUSE — ORANGES, ETC. 



271 



pots may contain them again, and allow from half an inch to 
two inches, according to the size of the pot, of fresh soil around 
the ball, carefully pressing it with the potting-stick. Finish 
by leveling all neatly with the hand. Give very gentle wa- 
terings from a pot with a rose mouth, for a few weeks, until 
they have begun to grow. The tuberous-rooted and deci- 
duous species must be very moderately supplied. Be careful, 
when watering, that the new soil does not become saturated 
with water, for, though allowed to dry again, it will not be 
30 pure. When they grow afresh, expose them fully to the 
sun, turn them regularly every two weeks, to prevent them 
growing to one side. 

ORANGES, LEMONS, &c. 

As it is frequently very inconvenient to shift these trees 
into larger tubs in the months of March and April, this 
month is a period that is suitable, both from the growth of 
the trees and their being in the open air. It would be im- 
proper to state the day or the week, that depending entirely 
on the season. The criterion is easily observed, v/hich is when 
the first growth is over, these trees making another growth in 
autumn. When they are large, they require great exertion, 
and are frequently attended with inconvenience to get them 
shifted. Where there is a quantity of them, the best plan 
that we have tried or seen adopted is as follows : Have a 
strong double and a single block trimmed with a sufficiency 
of rope ; make it fast to the limb of a large tree, or anything 
that projects and will bear the weight, and as high as will 
a.dmit of the plant being raised a few feet under it. Take a 
soft bandage and put around the stem, to prevent the bark 
from being bruised ; make a rope fast to it, in which hook 
the single block. Raise the plant the height of the tub, put 
a spar across the tub, and strike on the spar with a mallet, 
which will separate the tub from the ball. Then with a 
strong pointed stick probe a little of the earth from among 
the roots, observing to cut away any that are alfected by dry 
rot, damp, or mildew, with any very matted roots. Having 
all dressed, place a potsherds over the hole or holes in the 
bottom of the tub ; measure exactly the depth of the ball 
that remains around the plant, and fill up with earth, press- 



272 



GREEI^-HOUSE — OF PRUNING, ETC. [AuffUSt. 



ing it well with the hand^ until it will hold the ball one inch 
under the edge of the tub. If there is from two to four inches 
of earth under it^ it is quite enough. Fill all around the ball, 
and press it down with a stick, finishing neatly off with the hand. 
Observe that the stem of the tree is exactly in the centre. 
This being done, carry the tree to where it is intended to 
stand, and give it water with a rose on the pot. The earth 
will subside about two inches, thus leaving three inches, 
which will, at any time, hold enough of water for the tree. 
Trees thus treated will not require to be shifted again within 
four or five years, having in the interim got a few rich top- 
dressings. 

Frecjuently, in attempting to take out of the tubs those 
that are in a sickly state, all the soil falls from their roots, 
having no fibres attached. When there are any such, after 
replanting, put them in the green-house, and shut it almost 
close up 3 there give shade to the tree, and frequent sprinklings 
of water, until it begins to grow, when admit more air gra- 
dually until it becomes hardened. Sickly trees should be 
put in very small tubs, and a little sand added to the soil. 
Give very moderate supplies of water, merely keeping the 
soil moist Tubs generally give way at the bottom when 
they begin to decay, and in the usual method of cooper- 
ing after this failure they are useless, the ledging being 
rotten, and will not admit of another Ibottom. The staves 
should be made without any groove, and have four brackets 
nailed on the inside, having the bottom in a piece by itself, 
that it can be placed on these brackets, and there is no ne- 
cessity of it being water tight. Then when it fails, it can 
be replaced again at a trifling expense. A tub made in this 
way will outlast three or four bottoms, and is in every re- 
spect thfe cheapest, and should be more wide than deep. 
When made in this manner they are easier shifted; you 
have only to set the tub on a high block of wood, and drive 
the tub off with a mallet, when the tree can be easily re- 
placed into another tub. Large Myrtles and Oleanders may 
be treated in the same manner as directed for the above. 



OF PRUNING ORANGES, LEMONS, &c. 



These trees will grow very irregularly, especially the 
Lemon^ if not frequently dressed or pruned. Any time this 



August,'] GREEN-HOUSE — HEPOTTING, ETC. 



273 



month look over tliem all minutely^ and cut away any of the 
small naked wood where it is too crowded, and cut all young 
strong straggling shoots to the bounds of the tree, giving it 
a round regular head. It is sometimes necessary to cut out 
a small limb, but large amputations should be avoided. 
Cover all large wounds with clay, turpentine, or beeswax^ 
to prevent the bad effects of the air. 

OF REPOTTING PLANTS. 

Any of the plants enumerated in March under this head 
may be now done according to directions therein given, and 
which apply to all sizes. This is the proper period for repot- 
ting the following : 

Callay a genus of four species. None of them in our col- 
lections, and in fact not worth cultivation, except C. JEthi- 
opica^ Ethiopian Lily, which is admired for the purity and 
singularity of its large white flowers, or rather spatha, which is 
cucuUate, leaves sagittate. It is now called Ricliardia JEthi- 
opica. The roots, which are tubers, should be entirely 
divested of the soil they have been grown in, breaking off any 
small offsets, and potting them wholly in fresh earth. When 
growing, they cannot get too much water. The plant will 
grow in a pond of water, and withstand our severest winters, 
provided the roots are kept at the bottom of the water. 

Cydamen. There are eight species and six varieties of 
this genus, which consists of humble plants with very beau- 
tiful flowers. The bulbs are round, flattened and solid, and 

^are peculiarly adapted for pots and the decorating of rooms. 

WiC. cbum^ leaves almost round; flowers light red; in bloom 
from January to April. C. persiciim, with its four varieties, 
flower from January to April; color white, and some white 
and purple. C. hederse/olmm, Ivy-leaved ; color lilac ; 
there is a white variety; flowers from September to De- 
cember. C. Europseiimy color lilac, in bloom from August 
to October. C, NeapoUtdmim^ flowers red; in bloom from 
July to September. These are all desirable plants. When 
the foliage begins to decay, withhold the accustomed sup- 
plies of water, keeping them in a half dry state; and, when 
growing, they must not be over-w^atered^ as thoy are apt to 



274 GREEN-HOUSE — REPOTTING, ETC. . ^August. 



rot from moisture. Keep them during the summer months 
in partial shade. The best time for potting either of the 
sorts is when the crown of the bulb begins to protrude. If 
the pots are becoming large, every alternate year they may 
be cleared from the old soil, and put in smaller pots with 
the crown entirely above the ground. When the flowers 
fade, the pedicles twist up like a screw, enclosing the germen 
in the centre, lying close to the ground until the seeds ripen, 
from which plants can be grown, and will flower the third 
year. 

LaclienaUa^ a genus of about forty species of bulbs, all 
natives of the Cape of Good Hope, and grow well in our 
collections. The most common is L. tricolor. L. quaclri- 
coJor and its varieties are all fine ) the colors yellow, scarlet, 
orange and green, very pure and distinct; L. ruhida, L. 
punctata, L. orclioides and L. nervosa are all fine species. 
The flowers are on a stem from half to one foot high, and 
much in the character of a hyacinth. The end of the month 
is about the time of planting. Five-inch pots are . large 
enough, and they must get very little water till they begin 
to grow. 

Oxalis, above one hundred species of Cape bulbs, and, 
like all other bulbs of that country, they do exceedingly well 
in our collections, in which they are only comparatively a few 
species, not exceeding twenty. 0. idrtaj branching, of a ver- 
milion color; 0. flabili/dlia, yellow; 0. elongdta, striped; 
and ameenaj are those that require potting this month. 
The first of September is the most proper period for the 
others. (Soil No. 11.) 

This genus of plants is so varied in the construction of its 
roots that the same treatment will not do for all. The root 
is commonly bulbous, and these will keep a few weeks or 
months out of the soil, according to their size. Several are 
only thick and fleshy; these ought not to be taken out of the 
pots, but kept in them, while dormant; and about the end of 
this month give them gentle waterings. When they begin 
to grow, take the earth from the roots, and put them in fresh 
soil. In a few months the bulbs are curiously produced, the 
original bulb 'near the surface striking a radical fibre down- 
right from its base, at the extremity of which is produced a 
new bulb for* the next year's plant, the old one perishing. 

Ovnitl^ inh>m^ Star of Bethlehem, about sixty species of 



September,'] green-house — observations. 275 



bulbs, principally from the Cape of Good Hope. Many of 
them have but little attraction. The most beautiful that we 
have seen are 0. lacfeum, which has a spike about one foot 
long, of fine white flowers, 0. Peruviana, blue-fiowered, and 
0. aureitm, flowers of a golden color, in contracted racemose 
corymbs. These three are magnificent. 0. maritimum is 
the officinal squill. The bulb is frequently as large as a 
human head, pear-shaped, and tunicated like the onion. 
From the centre of the root arise several shining glaucous 
leaves a foot long, two inches broad at base, and narrowing to 
a point. They are green during winter, and decay in the 
spring ; then the flower-stalk comes out, rising two feet, naked 
half way^ and terminated by a pyramidal thyrse of white 
flowers. The bulb ought to be kept dry from the end of 
June till now, or it will not flower freely. 



GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 

"Watering, and other practical care of the plants, to be 
done as heretofore described. Frequently the weather at the 
end of this month becomes cool and heavy. Dew falling 
through the night will, in part, supply the syringing opera- 
tion, but it must not be suspended altogether. Once or 
twice a-week will suffice. Any of the plants that are plunged 
should be turned every week. In wet weather^ observe that 
none are suff"ering from moisture. 



SEPTEMBER. 

During this month, every part of the green-house should 
have a thorough cleansing, which is too frequently neglected, 
and many hundreds of insects left unmolested. To preserve 
the wood- work in good order, give it one coat of paint every 
year. Repair all broken glass, white-wash the whole interior, 
giving the flues two or three coats, and cover the stages with 
hot lime, whitewash or oil paint; examine ropes, pulleys and 
weights, finishing by washing the pavement perfectly clean. 



276 



GREEN-HOUSE — STOCKS, ETC. \_Septemhe7\ 



If there have been any plants in the house during summer, 
be sure after this cleansing that they are clean also^ before 
they are returned to their respective situations. 

OF WATERING. 

The intensity of the heat being over for the season, the 
heavy dews during night will prevent so much absorption 
among the plants. They will, in general, especially by the 
end of the month, require limited supplies of water compa- 
ratively to their wants in the summer months. Be careful 
among the Geraniums that were repotted in August, not to 
water them until the new soil about their roots is becoming- 
dry. Syringing in this month may be suspended in time of 
heavy dews, but in dry nights resort to it again. 

The herbaceous plants and those of a succulent nature 
must be sparingly supplied. The large trees that were put 
in new earth will require a supply only once a-week, but in 
such quantity as will go to the bottom of the tubs. 

PREPARIXG FOR TAKING IN THE PLANTS. 

About the end of the month, all the j^lants should be exa- 
mined and cleaned in like manner as directed for those of the 
hot-house, last month, which see. From the first to the eighth 
of October is the most proper time to take them into the 
green-house, except those of a half-hardy nature, which may 
stand out until the appearance of frost. Always endeavor 
to have Geranium plants short and bushy, for they are 
unsightly otherwise, except where a few very large specimens 
are desired for show. All Myrtles and Oleanders that were 
headed down, if the young shoots are too crowded, continue 
to thin them out, and give regular turnings, that all the heads 
may grow regularly. 

STOCKS AND WALL-FLOWERS 

That are wanted to flower in the green-house (where they 
do remarkably well), and are in the ground, have them care- 



September.'] green-house — cape bulbs. 277 

fully lifted before the end of the month, and planted in six 
or seven inch pots, with light loamy soil. Place them in the 
shade till they take fresh root, and give them frequent 
sprinklings of water. As soon as the foliage becomes erect, 
expose them to the full sun, and treat as green-house plants. 

CHRYSANTHEMUMS. 

These very ornamental plants blooming so late, and at a 
period when there are few others in flower, one of each variety 
(or two of some of the finest) should be lifted and put in 
eight-inch pots, in light loamy soil, and treated as above 
directed for stocks, &c. These will flower beautifully from 
October to December; and, when done blooming, the pots 
may be plunged in the garden, or covered with any kind of 
litter until spring, when they can be divided, and planted 
out. 

CAPE AND HOLLAND BULBS. 

About the end of this month is the period for all of these 
that are intended for the green-house to be potted. We 
specified some of the former last month, and will here enume- 
rate a few others. 

Anemotlnca criienta, a sparkling little gem of a bulb, produc- 
ing a mass of scarlet flowers spotted with orange and brown. 

Bahlana^ a genus of small bulbs, with pretty blue, white, 
red, and yellow flowers. B, distica, pale blue flowers in 
two ranks. B. stricta, flowers blue and white. B. iuhiflbra, 
beautiful bright blue. B. plicata has sweet-scented pale 
blue flowers. B. villosa, red ; B. sulphureaj sulphur color ; 
B. ruhro-cyanea^ dark purple with crimson centre. There 
are about twenty species of them, and they grow from six to 
twelve inches high. Five-inch pots are suflicient for them. 
(Soil No. 11.) 

Gladiolus^ corn-flag, a genus of above fifty species There 
are several very showy plants among them, and a few very 
superb. G. fiorihundus^ large pink and white flowers. G. 
cardindlis^ flowers superb scarlet, spotted with white. G. 
hyzantmus, purple. G. hldnduSy flowers of a blush rose color, 
and handsome. G. ciispiddHis. flowers white and purple. 
24 



278 GREEN-HOUSE — HOLLAND BULBS, \_September. 



G. racembsiis, flowers beautiful rose and white. G. 'psittd- 
cinus; the flowers are striped with green^ yellow, and scarlet, 
about four inches in diameter, in great profusion, on a stem 
about two feet high. G. forniosissimus, beautiful bright 
scarlet, the three upper petals having a spot of white, a very 
profuse bloomer. G. Queen Victoriay (r. and several 

others are of very similar character. G. gandavensis, very 
superb orange and yellow. G. Buistiij large bright scarlet, per- 
haps the finest of the whole family. They all do perfectly when 
kept dry all winter, and planted in the open ground early in 
March. The beauty of this genus is all centered in the 
flowers. (Soil No. 10.) 

Ixiciy a genus containing about twenty-five species of very 
free-flowering bulbs. L monacUIplia, flowers blush and green. 
/. leucdntha^ flowers large white. I. cajpafdtay flowers in 
heads, of a white and almost black color. /. cdnica, flowers 
orange and velvet. I. columelbris is a beautiful shaded rosy 
purple. /. hermosina, a fine vermilion color. /. squal- 
lida, shaded rosy lilac; /. viridiflbra^ green; I. longijibra, 
bufi*. The flower stems are from six to twenty-four inches 
high. (Soil No. 11.) 

Lilium. The Chinese species of this emblem of purity 
is everywhere esteemed, and the fine Chinese sorts are very 
splendid, such as L. longifibra, L. longi flora suaveolensj and 
L. jcqmm'ciim, are all pure white; L. lanci/blmmj white 
pe^tals reflexed; L. lancifbliuin jmnctatum, white, spotted 
with rose ; L. lancifblium Hpeciosumy rose, spotted with 
crimson. L. lancJfblmm and its varieties, are all delight- 
fully scented with the odor of vanilla ; noble specimens of 
tlje family from Japan, growing from four to six feet high; 
a full-grown bulb producing from ten to twenty flowers, and 
perfectly hardy south of Philadelphia. They should be 
potted in seven or eight-inch pots, and kept in a cool part of 
the green-house; give the pots at least one inch of drainage. 
(SoifNo. 11.) 

Oxdlis. All the varieties and species may now be potted; 
the whole are pretty spring flowers, requiring to be kept 
near the glass : among the many the following are very 
deservinor of attention: 0. luxuliis, or rosacea, brio'ht rose. 
0. Bbioli, bright rose red, a large and profuse bloomer, and 
one of the finest. 0. florahunda^ pink ; a pretty free-flow- 
ering tuberous species. 0. Ixmda alha^ blush, white ; 0. 



September.'] GREEN-HOUSE — HOLLAND BULBS. 279 



midtiftora^ profuse flowering white. 0. versicolor^ striped. 
0. dippiij lilac, which blooms in summer. 0. caparina, 
yellow ; there is also a double yellow variety, though not 
pretty ) for a few others see Last month. There should be 
three or four bulbs planted in a five-inch pot, giving very 
little water till they begin to grow. They will all keep in 
good pits, as well as in the green-house. (Soil No. 11.) 

Spardxis. We are enraptured with this beautiful genus 
of small bulbs, closely allied to Ixia^ but more varied in 
color. S. grandiflbra striata is striped with purple and 
white. S. versicolor J colors crimson, dark purple, and yellow. 
S. tricolor^ yellow, black, and scarlet. S. alhida^ large 
white, with black spots. ;S. cadestisj bluish purple. S. 
sulphur ea^ yellow. S. purpurescenSj purple. Treat as Ox- 
dUs. (Soil No. 11.) 

Tritbnia^ a genus of about twenty-five species. Few of 
them deserve culture in regard to their beauty. T. crocdta 
is in our collections as /. crocdta^ which is among the finest, 
and T. zanfJiosplla has' white flowers, curiously spotted with 
yellow. (Soil No. 11.) 

Watsonia, a genus containing several species of showy 
flowers, several of which are in our collections under the 
genus Gladiolus, but the most of the species may be dis- 
tinguished from it by their fiat shell-formed bulbs. W. iridi- 
fblia is the largest of the genus, and has flowers of a flesh 
color. W. rbsea is large growing, the flowers are pink, and 
on the stem in a pyramidal form. W. humilis is a pretty 
red-flowering species. TF. fiUfjida, once Antholi/za fidgensj 
has fine bright scarlet flowers. W. rahens is an esteemed 
red-flowering species, but scarce. (Soil No. 11.) 

These genera of bulbous plants are in general cultivation. 
There are, no doubt, some splendid species that have not 
come under our observation, and others which may be ob- 
tained from the Cape of Good Hope and China that are not 
known in any collection, all of which would be perfectly 
hardy in our Southern States. Bulbs generally require very 
little water until they begin to grow; then supply mode- 
rately, and keep them near the light. Of the Holland or 
Dutch bulbs, the Hyacintli is the favorite to bloom in the 
green-house. A few of the Tidip, Narcissus, Iris and Crocus, 
may, for variety, be also planted with any other that curiosity 
may dictate. When these arc grown in potS; the soil should 



280 GREEN-HOUSE — OF TAKING IN, ETC. [_Oetoher. 



be four-eigliths loam, two- eighths leaf mould, one-eighth de- 
composed manure, one-eighth sand, well compounded ; plant 
in pots from five to seven inches, keep the crown of the bulb 
above . the surface of the soil, except of the tulip, which 
should be covered two inches. When these roots are potted, 
plunge them in the garden about three inches under ground; 
mark out a space sufficient to contain them ; throw out the 
earth about four inches deep, place the pots therein, covering 
them with earth to the above depth, making it in the form 
of a bed. Leave a trench all round to carry off the rain. 
By so doing, the bulbs will root strongly, the soil will be 
kept in a congenial state about them, and they will prove 
far superior than if done in the common method. Lift them 
from this bed on the approach of frost, or not later than the 
second week of December; wash the pots and take them 
into the green-house. 



OCTOBER. 

OF TAKING IN AND ARRANGING THE PLANTS. 

As observed in the previous month, let the housing of 
green-house plants now be attended to. Have all in before 
the eighth of the month, except a few of the half hardy sorts, 
which may stand until convenient. Begin by taking in all 
the tallest first, such as Oranges, Lemons^ Myrtles, Oleanders^ 
&c. Limes ought to be kept in the warmest part of the 
house, otherwise they will throw their foliage. In arrange- 
ment, order is necessary to have a good effect ; and in small 
houses it ought to be neat and regular, placing the tallest 
behind, and according to their size graduating the others 
down to the lowest in front. Dispose the different sorts in 
varied order over the house, making the contrast as striking 
as possible. Having the surface of the whole as even as 
practicable, with a few of the most conspicuous for shape and 
beauty protruding above the mass, which will much improve 
the general appearance, and greatly add to the effect. All 
succulents should be put together. In winter they will do 



Ocfoher.'] green-house — of repotting. 



281 



in a dark part of the house, where other plants will not 
grow, studying to have the most tender kinds in the warmest 
part, and giving gentle waterings every three or four weeks. 
When all are arranged, give them a proper syringing, after 
which wipe clean all the stages, hencJies, &c., sweeping out 
all litter, and wash clean the pavement, which will give to 
all a neat and becoming appearance. 

Let the waterings now be done in the mornings, as often 
and in such quantities as will supply their respective wants, 
examining the plants every day. 

During the continuance of mild weather, the circulation 
of air must be as free as possible, opening the doors and 
front and top sashes regularly over the house. But observe 
in frosty nights to keep all closely shut. Be attentive in 
clearing off decayed leaves and insects. 

Any plants of Lagcrstrcemia^ Stercidia^ Hydvamjea^ Po- 
megranate, and others equally hardy, that are deciduous, 
may be kept perfectly in a dry, light, airy cellar : give fre- 
quent admissions of air, and one or two waterings during 
winter. 



OF REPOTTING. 

Anemones. Where A. nemordsa flore pleno and A. tlia- 
lictroides fibre pleno are kept in pots in the green-house, 
they should be turned out of the old earth, and planted in 
fresh soil. They are both pretty, low growing, double white 
flowering plants, and require a shaded situation. The latter 
is now called Tlialictrum anemoneoides. (Soil No. 11.) 

Daphne is a genus of diminutive shrubs, mostly ever- 
greens, of great beauty and fragrance. Yery few species of 
them are in our collections. D. odora, frequently called D. 
indica, is an esteemed plant for the delightful odor of its 
flowers, and valuable for the period of its flowering, being 
from December to March, according to the situation; leaves 
scattered, oblong, lanceolate and smooth; flowers small white 
in many flowered terminal heads ; there is a variety equally 
as fine with marginated foliage. D. odora rnhixi, the buds 
are red, and the flowers rose white, of a delightful spicy fra- 
grance. I), hi/hrida is a species in high estimation at pre- 
sent in Europe, but little known here, being only in a few 

24* 



282 



GREEN-HOUSE — OF REPOTTINa. lOctober. 



coliGctions, flowers rosy purple, in terminal heads, and late- 
ral bunches in great profusion; blooms from January to 
May, and is of a peculiar fragrance. D. oleoides is what 
maybe termed ^^ever-blooming*/' flowers of a lilac color; 
leaves elliptic, lanceolate, smooth. D. lauriola, Spurge lau- 
rel; D. jjontica, D. aljyhia, and D. Onedru7n, are all fine 
species, and in Europe. are esteemed ornaments in the shrub- 
bery, but they are not hardy in our vicinity. (Soil No. 15.) 

Primula. There are a few fine species and varieties in 
this genus, adapted either for the green-house or rooms. All 
the species and varieties will keep perfectly well in a frame, 
except the China sorts. Having previously observed a few 
of the other species and varieties, we will observe the treat- 
ment of these. P, sinSnsiSy now prwm'tens, known commonly 
as China primrose; flowers pink, and in large proliferous 
umbels, flowering almost through the whole year, but most 
profusely from January to May. There is a double white 
and a double purple variety that will always be scarce, from 
the slow method of their propagation. Keep them in the 
shade, and be careful that they are not over- watered during 
summer. As the stems of the plant become naked, at this 
repotting a few inches should be taken ofi" the bottom of the 
ball, and placing them in a larger pot will allow the stems 
to be covered up to the leaves. P. p. alhiflora, color pure 
white and beautiful. F. p. denttflora. There is also a 
white variety of this, both similar to the former two, only the 
flower indented or fringed. All these require the same treat- 
ment. As they live only a few years, many individuals, to 
propagate them, divide the stems, which in most cases will 
utterly destroy them. The best, and we may say the only 
method to increase them is from seed, which they produce 
every year. (Soil No. 2.) 

Pseonia mdutan : this magnificent plant and its varieties 
are c^uite hardy with us, but most of them require the green- 
house in northern latitudes. These are P. moxttan, Tree 
Pasony ; the flower is about five inches in diameter, of a 
blush color, and semi-double. P. M. Banhsii is the common 
Tree Pseony, and called in our collection P. moutan-^ it has 
a very large double blush flower, and is much admired. P. 
31. papaveracea is a most magnificent variety; has large sin- 
gle white flowers, with purple centres. P. M, rosea is a 
splendid rose-colored double variety, and is scarce ; there are 



October.'] green-house — camellias. ^ 283 

also in China several other varieties, such as purple, scarlet 
and crimson, which have been introduced into cultivation, 
and within these few years, many varieties have originated 
in Europe, said to he very magnificent. These plants ought 
not to be exposed to the sun while in flower, as the colors 
become degenerated, and premature decay follows. 

If the Dutch bulbs intended for flowering during winter 
are not potted, have them all done as soon as possible, accord- 
ing to directions given last month. 

CAMELLIAS. 

These plants ought to have a thorough examination, and 
those that were omitted in repotting before they commenced 
growing, may be done in the early part of this month ; but 
it is not advisable, except the roots are all round the ball of 
earth, which should be turned out entire. Examine all the 
pots, stir up the surface of the earth, and take it out to the 
roots, supplying its place with fresh soil. Destroy any 
worms that may be in the pots, as they are very destructive 
to the fibres. Look over the foliage, and, with a sponge 
and water, clear it of all dust, &c. Frequently the buds are 
too crowded on these plants, especially the Double tvMte and 
Variegated. In such case pick ofi" the weakest, and where 
there are two together, be careful in cutting, so that the 
remaining bud may not be injured. 

This is the best period of the year to make selections of 
these, as they now can be transported hundreds of miles 
without any material injury, if they are judiciously packed 
in close boxes. In making a choice of these, keep in view 
to have distinctly marked varieties, including a few of those 
that are esteemed as stocks for producing new kinds, which 
are undoubtedly indispensable, and will reward the culti- 
vator in a few years with new sorts. Besides, it will afford 
unbounded gratification to behold any of these universally 
admired ornaments of the green-house improving by our 
assistance and under our immediate observation. There is 
nothing to prevent any individual from producing splendid 
varieties in a few years. Mr. Hogg correctly observes, ^^It 
is very probable in a few years we shall have as great a 
variety of Camellias as there are of Tulips, Hyacinths, Car- 



284 Gi;^EN-HOUSE — OF AIR AND WATER. [November. 

nations. Auriculas," &c. This shrewd remark is likely to be 
verified much earlier than we anticipated. 

It has been often said that these plants are diflScult of 
cultivation. This is unfounded ; indeed, they are the reverse 
if put in a soil congenial to their nature. When highly 
manured soils are given, which are poisonous to the plants, 
sickness or death will inevitably ensue; but this cannot be 
attributed to the delicacy of their nature. We can unhe- 
sitatingly say there is no green-house plant more hardy or 
easier of cultivation, provided they are kept at an even 
temperature, say from 40° to 45° during night, and 45° to 
50° during day, and they are equally so in the parlor, if 
not kept confined in a room where there is a continuance of 
drying fire heat^ their constitution not agreeing with an arid 
atmosphere. 

SO WING C A MELLI A SEED. 

These seeds ripen generally during September and October, 
and must be sown as soon as ripe; plant them about one 
inch under ground into pots filled with leaf mould, loam, and 
white sand, in equal portions; if the pots after sowing can 
be placed in . a hot-house, they will vegetate in about six 
weeks, and be ready to pot into single pots in February. 
Many of them will bloom in the second year; but if heat 
is not accessible, keep the pots in the warmest part of the 
green-house, and give an occasional watering, and the plants 
will appear some time in May and June : they will be ready 
to pot into single pots in September, and after doing so put 
them into a close frame, and shade them from the sun for a few 
weeks; use at this potting only about one-fifth of sand. 



NOVEMBER. 
OF AIR AND WATER. 



Airing the house should be strictly attended to. Every 
day that there is no frost it may be admitted largely, and 



DeeemherJ] green-house— observations. 



285 



in time of slight frosts in smaller portions, never keeping 
it altogether close when the sun has any effect on the interior 
temperature of the house, which should not be allowed to 
be higher than fifty degrees. 

Water must be given in a very sparing manner. None of 
the plants are in an active state of vegetation, consequently 
it will be found that looking over them thrice a-week and 
supplying their wants will be sufficient. Succulents will 
need a little once in three weeks or a month. Give very 
moderate supplies to the Amari/llis that are dormant, and 
keep all these bulbs in the warmest part of the house. 

OF TENDER BULBS. 

Where there are tropical bulbs in the collection, and there 
is not the convenience of ahot-h^se, they may be very well 
preserved by shaking them clear of the soil. Dry thera pro- 
perly, and place them in a box of very dry sand or moss, and 
put them in a situation near the furnace, where they will be 
free from damp. These can be potted about the first of April. 
Give no water till they begin to grow, then plant them in 
the garden about the middle of May, where they will flower 
during the summer season, if they are mature. 

GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 

If there are any of the half-hardy plants exposed, have 
them taken into the house or under the requisite protection, 
in frames, pits, cellars, &c. The autumn flowering Cape 
bulbs should be placed near the glass, and free from the 
shade of other plants. Cleanliness through the whole house 
and among the plants ought at all times to be attended to. 



DECEMBER. 

The weather may probably be now, severe, and it is at 
all times advisable to keep the temperature as steady and 



286 GREEN-HOUSE — BULBDus ROOTS. [_Deeemher. 



regular as possible. The thermometer should be kept in the 
centre of the house, and free from the effects of reflection. 
As noticed last month, sun heat may be as high as 50° in 
the house, and would not be hurtful, but it should not con- 
tinue so for any considerable time without admission of air. 
The fire heat should not exceed 45°, and never below 35°. 
It ought not to continue at that point — 36° is the lowest for 
a continuation that with safety can be practiced ; and where a 
collection of Cactii are kept, 40° should be the lowest. So 
that no error may occur, the temperature ought to be known 
in the coolest and warmest parts of the house, and the varia- 
tion remembered ; then whatever part of the house the ther- 
mometer is placed, a true calculation of the heat of the whole 
interior can be made. We would recommend to the inexperi- 
enced to keep the thermometer in the coldest part of the 
house. A green-house compactly and closely built, and the 
lowest row of top sash all covered with shutters (which no 
house ought to be constructed without), will seldom require 
artificial heat; but by being long kept close, the damp will in- 
crease. In such case give a little fire heat, and admit air to 
purify the house. In fresh mild weather, give liberal portions 
of "air all over the house : and though there is a little frost, 
while mild, and the sun shining, the plants will be benefited 
by a small- portion of air for the space of an hour^ or even 
for half of that time. 

Whatever state the weather may be through the winter, 
never keep the house long shut up. Thirty-six hours should 
be the longest time at once; rather give a little fire heat. 

We are no advocates for keeping plants in the dark, and 
never think that our plants are receiving justice if kept 
longer in darkness than one night. 

BULBOUS ROOTS. 

Those that were plunged in the garden, if not lifted and 
brought under cover, this should now be done without delay. 
Clean the pots, and stir up the surface of the soil. Hya- 
cinths grow neatest by being kept very close to the top glass; 
the flower stems are thereby stronger and shorter. Water 
moderately until they begin to grow freely. 



THE 



AMERICAN FLOWER GARDEN 
DIRECTORY. 



EOOMS. 
PLANTS IN ROOMS. 

To treat on the proper management of plants in win- 
dows is a subject of considerable difficulty ; every genus re- 
quiring some variation both in soil, water and general treat- 
ment. Plowever, a great part of the labor will be abridged 
by referring to these subjects in the green-house culture, 
which is quite applicable to the parlor, green-room, or ve- 
randa. If the room where the plants are kept is dark 
and close, but few will ever thrive ; if, on the contrary, it is 
light and airy, wijth the windows in a suitable aspect to 
receive the sun, plants will do nearly as well, and, in 
some instances, better, than in a green-house. This is 
a well-known fact, and may be observed every day. We 
have seen as fine plants of Cactus, Daphne, Roses, Gera- 
niums, Gallas, Laurestinus, Carnations, Azaleas and Myr- 
tles, grown in a window from year to year as ever could be 
grown in a green-house. Indeed, when there is a failure, it 
can be traced to one of the following three causes : 

1st. Want of pro^oer light and pure air is, perhaps, the 
most essential point of any to be considered ; for, however 
well all other requisites are attended to, a deficiency in either 
of these will cause the plants to grow weak, yellow, and 



288 



EOOMS — PLANTS IN ROOMS. 



sickly. Therefore, have them always placed as near the 
light as possible, and receive as much air as can be admitted, 
when the weather will allow, and occasionally, in fine days, 
carry them out of doors, and give them a sprinkling of 
water all over. 

2d. Injurious watering does more injury to plants in rooms 
that many persons imagine; and it is very often to be ob- 
served that some individuals destroy all with too much, and 
others kill all with too little of that nourisher of health. To 
prevent the soil ever having a dry appearance is an object 
of great importance in the estimation of many : they, there- 
fore, water to such an excess that the soil becomes sodden, 
and the roots consequently perish. Others, as we have said, 
run to the opposite extreme, and do not give sufficient to 
sustain life, and this is a more common practice than that of 
too much. The best plan is, always to allow the mould in the 
pot to have the appearance of dryness, but never sufficient to 
make the plant droop before a supply of water is given, 
which should then be copious and thoroughly going to the 
bottom of the pot; but always empty it out of the saucer 
or pan in which the pot stands: the water used should 
always be of about the same temperature as that in which 
the plants grow ; avoid using it fresh from the pump. 

3d. Being over-potted in unsuitable soil. This is also a 
crying evil, and large pots invariably given to weak plants, 
with the view of causing them to grow; but such practi- 
tioners are like the unskilful physician who gluts the weakly 
stomach of his patient, only hastening on what they are 
trying to prevent. With weak plants the very reverse should 
be practiced, giving small pots to encourage their roots out- 
ward : whereas, the earth in a large pot to a small plant, 
with frequent waterings, soon becomes sour and stagnated, 
and utterly obnoxious to the roots of even the strongest 
growing plants. If the directions and table of soils, in this 
work, are properly followed up, unsuitable soils will rarely 
occur, especially when each genus is separately treated. 

In fact, we have yet to be convinced why all plants, with 
the exception of a few tropical, and those belonging to Eri- 
€683 and Epacrideae, will not grow and bloom well in rooms 
and windows. With the following monthly instructions, 
and executing them properly, failure will seldom occur; but 
where failure should occur^ we would call particular attention 



January.'] eooms — watering, etc. 



289 



to the tribe of Cactii, wliich are varied, beautiful, and truly 
interesting, and grow admirably in dry rooms, with or with- 
out full exposure to the sun, and in any temperature from 
45° to 85°, requiring only small portions of water once 
a-week in winter, and twice or thrice a-week during summer : 
they also only require fresh soil once a-year, or even once 
in two years for large plants will be found sufficient. The 
variety now cultivatedis truly astonishing, and we doubt not 
but in a few years large horticultural buildings will be 
erected for their express culture; and, to the inexperienced 
amateur, there is not a family of plants that will give more 
satisfaction, or, when properly studied, will afford greater 
interest and amusement. 



JANUARY. 

Plants that are kept in rooms generally are such as re- 
quire a medium temperature, say from 40° to 60°. Sitting- 
rooms or parlors, about this season, are, for the most part, 
heated from 60° to 70°, and very seldom has the air any 
admittance into these apartments ; thus keeping the tempera- 
ture from 10° to 15° higher than the nature of the plants 
requires, and excluding that fresh air which is requisite to 
support a vegetative principle. Therefore, as far as practica- 
ble, let the plants be kept in a room adjoining to one where 
there is fire heat, and the intervening door can be opened 
when desirable. They will admit sometimes of being as low 
as 38°. 

If they be constantly kept where there is fire, let the 
window be open some inches, once a-day, for a few minutes, 
thereby making the air of the apartment more congenial, 
both for animal and vegetable nature. 

WATERING, &c. 

All that is necessary is merely to keep the soil in a moist 
state, that is, do not let it get so dry that you can divide the 
particles of earth, nor so wet that they could be beat to clay. 
25 



'290 



BOOMS — OF INSECTS, ETC. [January. 



The frequency of watering can be best regulated by tbe 
person doing it, as it depends entirely upon the size of the 
pot or jar in proportion to the plant, whether it is too small 
or too large, and the situation it stands in, whether moist or 
arid. Never allow any quantity of water to stand in the 
flats or saucers. This is too frequently practiced with plants 
in general. Such as Cdlla jEthidpica, or African Lily, 
will do well, as water is its element (like Sagittdria in this 
country) ; the Hydrangea and Hyacinths, when in a growing 
state, will do admirably under such treatment. Many plants 
may do well for some time, but it being so contrary to their 
nature, causes premature decay; a fetid stagnation takes 
place at the root, the foliage becomes yellow, the plant 
stunted, and death follows. 

OF CAMELLIA JAPONICA. 

In rooms, the buds of Camellias will be well swelled, and 
on the double white and double variegated sorts perhaps they 
will be full-blown. While in that state the temperature 
should not be below 40° ; if lower, they will not expand so * 
well, and the expanded petals will soon become yellow and 
decay. If they are where there is fire heat, they must have 
plenty of air admitted to them every favorable opportunity, 
and water freely given, or the consequence will be that all 
the buds will turn dark brown, and fall off. It is generally 
the case, in the treatment of these beautiful plants in rooms, 
that, through too much intended care, they are entirely 
destroyed. They do not agree with confined air, and to 
sponge frequently will greatly promote the health of the 
plants and add to thelDeauty of their foliage, as it prevents 
the attacks of the red spider. 

When the flowers are expanded, and droop, tie them up 
neatly, so that the flower may be shown to every advantage. 

OF INSECTS, ETC. 

Insects of various kinds will be appearing on your plants. 
For method of destruction, see Hot-house, January. It will 
not be agreeable to fumigate the room or rooms, or even to 
have the smell of tobacco near the house from this cause. 



\ 



January.'] rooms — of bulbous roots, etc. 291 

Take a tub of soft water (if the day is frosty it had better 
be done in the house), invert the plant, holding the hand, 
or tying a piece of cloth, or anything of the kind, over the 
soil in the pot, put all the branches in the water, keeping 
the pot in the hand, drawing it to and fro a few times; take 
it out and shake it. If any insects remain, take a small 
fine brush, and brush them off, giving another dip, which 
will clean them for the present. As soon as they appear 
again, repeat the process — for nothing that we have found 
out, or heard of, can totally extirpate them. 

OF BULBOUS ROOTS IN GENERAL. 

If you have retained any of the Cape hulhs from the last 
planting, let them be put in in the early part of the month. 
For method, see Septemher, Those that are growing must 
be kept very near the light, that is, close to the window, or 
they will not flourish to your satisfaction. The fall-flowering 
oxalis may be kept on the stage, or any other place, to give 
room to those that are to flower. 

Hyacinthsj Jonquils, Narcissus j Tulips^ &c., will keep 
very well in a room where fire heat is constantly kept, pro- 
vided that they are close to the window. A succession of 
these, as before observed, may beautify the drawing-room 
from February to April, by having a reserved stock, in a cold 
situation, and taking a few of them every week into the 
warmest apartment. 

Wherever any of the bulbs are growing, and in the inte- 
rior of the room, remove them close to the light, observing 
to turn the pots or glasses frequently to prevent them from 
growing to one side, and giving them support as soon as the 
stems droop, or the head becomes pendent. The saucers 
tinder the Hyacinth and Narcissus may stand with water, 
and observe to change the water in the glasses once or twice 
a-week. 

Every one that has any taste or refinement in their floral 
undertakings, will delight in seeing the plants in perfection ) 
to have them so, they must be divested of every leaf that 
has the appearance of decaying — let this always be attended 
to. 



292 



ROOMS — CAMELLIAS. [February. 



FEBEUARY. 

At this season, the plants call for the most assiduous at- 
tention. If the stage has been made according to our de- 
scription in September, in *very cold nights it should be 
drawn to the centre of the room, or at least withdrawn from 
the window, observing every night to close the window tight 
by shutters^ or some substitute equally as good. And, if the 
temperature begins to fall below 40^, means should be 
adopted to prevent it from lowering, either by putting a fire 
in the room, or opening any adjoining apartment where fire 
is constantly kept. This latter method is the best, where it is 
practicable, and ought to be studied to be made so. 

Some very injudiciously, in extreme frosts, put into the 
room, where there is no chimney, among the plants, a fur- 
nace of charcoal, in order to heat the room. The efi*ect is, 
that the foliage becomes dark brown and hardened like, and 
many of the plants die, the rest not recovering until 
summer. 

Watering may be attended to according to the directions 
of January, only observing that those that begin to grow 
will absorb a little more than those that are dormant. 

Roses, especially the daily, if kept in the house, will be- 
gin to show flower. Use means to kill the green-fly that 
may attack them. 

Hyacinths and other bulbs must have regular attendance 
in tying up, &c. Take care not to tie them too tightly, 
leaving sufficiency of space for the stem to expand. Give 
those in the glasses their necessary supplies, and keep 
them all near the light. Never keep bulbous roots, while 
growing, under the shade of any other plant. 

CamelliaSy with all their varied beauties, will, in this 
month, make a splendid show. Adhere to the directions 
given in the previous month, and so that new varieties may 
be obtained (see Green-house, Fehmary^ under the head of 
Camellia), which directions are equally applicable here. 
When the flowers are full-blown, and kept in a temperature 
between 40° and 50°, they will be perfect for the space of 
four, five, and frequently six weeks, and a good selection of 



Ilarch.'] ROOMS — REPOTTING. 293 

« 

healthy plants will continue to flower from December to 
April. 

Be sure that there is a little air admitted at all favorable 
opportunities. 



MARCH. 

If the plants in these situations have been properly at- 
tended to by admitting air at all favorable times, and when 
the apartment was below 40°, a little fire heat applied to 
counteract the cold, keeping the heat above that degree, your 
attention will be rewarded by the healthy appearance of your 
plants. The weather by this time has generally become 
milder, so that air may be more freely admitted, espe- 
cially from ten to three o'clock. They will require a more 
liberal supply of water, but always avoid keeping them wet. 
Pick off all decayed leaves, and tie up any straggling shoots ; 
give the pots a top-dressing with fresh soil, which will greatly 
invigorate the plants, and will allow the fresh air to act upon 
the roots, which is one of the principal assistants in vegeta- 
tion. For those that require shifting or repotting, see Green^ 
house, March ; the plants enumerated there equally apply 
here, if they are in the collection, with this difference, 
that well-kept rooms are about two or three weeks earlier 
than the green-house. After the end of this month, where 
there is a convenience, plants will do better in windows that 
look to the east, in which the direct rays of a hot sun are 
prevented from falling upon them, and the morning sun is 
more congenial for plants in this country than the afternoon 
sun. Where there is any dust on the leaves of any of them, 
take a sponge and water, and make the whole clean ; like- 
wise divest them of all insects. The green-fly is perhaps on 
the roses ; if there are no conveniences for fumigating, wash 
them off as previously directed. Where there are only a 
few plants, these pests could be very easily kept off by exa- 
mining the plants every day. For the scaly insect, see Ja- 
nuary. If they have not been cleared off, get it done di- 

25* 



294 ROOMS — FLOWERING PLANTS. [March. 

rectlj ; for by the heat of the weather they will increase 
tenfold. 



FLOWERING PLANTS. 

Hyacinths, Tulips , Narcissus, Jonquils and Crocus, will 
be generally in flower. The former require plenty of water^ 
and the saucers under the pots should be constantly full, un- 
til they are done blooming. The others need only be libe- 
rally supplied at the surface of the pot. Grive them neat 
green-painted rods to support their flower stems, and keep 
them all near the light. The spring flowering Oxalis will 
not open except it is exposed to the full rays of the sun. 
The Lachenalia is greatly improved in color with exposure 
to the sun, though when in flower its beauties are preserved 
by keeping it a little in the shade. 

Primulas, or Primrose, both Chinese and European, de- 
light in an airy exposure ; but the sun destroys the beauty 
of their flowers by making the colors fade. 

Camellias. Many of them will be in perfection. See 
green-house this month for a description of the finest varie- / 
ties. Do not let the sun shine upon the blooms. Those 
that are done flowering will, in small pots, require to be 
repotted. 

The Hyacinths that are in glasses must be regularly sup- 
plied with water. The roots will be very much reduced by 
this method ; therefore, when the bloom is over, if possible, 
plant them in the garden, or bury them in pots of earth, to 
ripen and strengthen the bulbs. They cannot satisfactorily 
be again flowered in glasses, and, properly, they ought not 
to be allowed to bloom in the garden next year. Those that 
are done flowering in pots can be set aside, and the usual 
waterings gradually withdrawn. Treat all other Dutch bulbs 
in a similar manner. 



April'] ROOMS — DIRECTIONS, ETC. 295 



APEIL. 

We remarked last month that, about this season, where 
it is convenient, an eastern window is more congenial to 
plants than a southern. The sun becomes too powerful, 
and the morning sun is preferable to that of the afternoon. 
West is also preferable to south. Some keep their flowering 
plants in excellent order at a north window. But the wea- 
ther is so mild after this that there is no dijfficultj in pro- 
tecting and growing plants in rooms. They generally suffer 
most from want of air and water : the window must be up 
a few inches, or altogether, according to the mildness of the 
day. And as plants are liable to get covered with dust in 
these apartments, and not so convenient to be syringed or 
otherwise cleaned, take the first opportunity of a mild day 
to carry them to a shady situation, and syringe well with 
water such as are not in flower; or, for want of a syringe, 
take a watering-pot with a rose upon it; allowing them to 
stand until they drip, when they may be put into their re- 
spective situations ; or expose them to a shower of rain, but 
avoid allowing them to be deluged, which would be very 
injurious. 

DIRECTIONS FOR PLANTS BROUGHT FROM THE 
GREEN-HOUSE. 

Any plants that are brought from the green-house during 
the spring months ought to be as little exposed to the direct 
rays of the sun as possible. Keep them in' airy situations, 
with plenty of light, giving frequent and liberal supplies of 
water. Plants may be often observed through our city dur- 
ing this month fully exposed in the outside of a south win- 
dow, with the blaze of a mid-day sun upon them, and these, 
too, just come from the temperate and damp atmosphere of 
a well-regulated green-house. Being thus placed in an arid 
situation, scorched between the glass and the sun, whose 
heat is too powerful for them to withstand, the transition is 
so sudden, that, however great their beauties may have 
appeared, they in a few days become brown, the flowers tar- 



296 ROOMS— BRINGING PLANTS OUT, ETC. [April 

nish or decay, and the failure is generally attributed to in- 
dividuals not at all concerned. From this and similar 
causes many have drawn the unjust conclusion, viz., that 
plants from green-houses are of too delicate a nature to be 
exposed in rooms or windows at this early season. But 
every year gives more and more proof to the contrary. 
There are ladies in Philadelphia, and those not a few, whose 
rooms and windows at this period vie with the finest of our 
green-houses, with respect to the health, beauty and order 
of their plants, and we might almost say in variety. Some 
of them have got above twenty kinds of Camellias in their 
collections, which afford a continual beauty through the win- 
ter, with many other desirable and equally valuable plants. 
The plants generally are now growing pretty freely, and are 
not so liable to suffer from liberal supplies of water, observ- 
ing never to give it until the soil in the pot is inclining to 
become dry, and administering it in the evenings or 
mornings. 

FLOWERING PLANTS. 

Our directions last month under this head will equally 
apply now. The Chinese roses and geraniums that are now 
coming plentifully into flower should be kept near the light, 
and in airy exposures, to brighten their colors, otherwise 
they will be very pale and sickly. 

BRINGING PLANTS OUT OF THE CELLAR, ETC. 

All or most of the plants that have been in the cellar 
during winter, such as Pomegranates, Lagerstrdemias, Hy- 
drangeas, Oleanders, Siceet-haj/, d:c., may be brought out to 
the open air any time about the middle of the month. If 
any of them stand in need of larger pots or tubs, have them 
turned out, the balls reduced, and put them in others a little 
larger; or, where convenient, they may be planted in the 
ground. Be sure to keep the Hydrangeas in shady situa- 
tions. It will not be advisable to expose entirely the orange 
and lemon trees until the end of this or first of next month. 
"Where there is any scale or foulness of any kind collected 



May.'] ROOMS — observations. 297 

on the foliage or wood, have it cleaned directly before the 
heat increases the one^ and to get clear of the disagreeable 
appearance of the other. 



MAY. 

All the plants will be able to withstand exposure^ in the 
general state of the seasons, about the tenth of the month. 
Begin about the first to take out the hardiest^ such as Laii- 
restinus^ Hi/drangeas^ Roses, PrimroseSj Polyantlius, &c., and 
thus allow the others to stand more free and become hard- 
ened to exposure. The reason that plants are so often seen 
brown, stunted, and almost half dead during summer, is from 
the exposed situation they are placed in, with the direct sun 
upon them, and too frequently from being so sparingly wa- 
tered. There are no shrubby plants cultivated in pots that 
are benefited by full exposure to the hot sun from this pe- 
riod to September. A north-eastern aspect is the best for 
every plant except Cactus, Aloe, Mesemhrycmtliemum, and 
such as go under the name of succulents, which may be fully 
exposed to the sun, but not to long and continued rains. 
Where there are only a few plants, they should be conve- 
niently placed, to allow water from a pot with a rose mouth 
to be poured frequently over them, which is the best substi- 
tute for the syringe. DajDhne, Coronilla, Fuchsia, Camel- 
lia, Primrose and Polyanthus, do not agree with bright sun 
through the summer. There has been a general question 
what is the cause of the death of so many of the Daphne 
odora. It may be observed that the first place that shows 
symptoms of decay is at the surface of the soil, and this 
takes place a few weeks before there are evident efi*ects of it. 
The cause is from the efi'ect of heat or sun and water, act- 
ing on the stem at least. If the soil is drawn in the form 
of a cone round the stem, to throw off the water to the 
edges of the pot^ that the stem may be dry above the roots, 
mortification does not take place, neither do they die prema- 
turely when thus treated. For further remarks^ see Green- 
house this month. 



298 



EOOMS — REPOTTING. \June^ July. 



CAPE BULBS. 

Any of these that are done flowering, such as Ixia, Ox- 
alls, Lachendlia, &c., as soon as the foliage begins to decay, 
turn the pots on their sides, which will ripen the roots, and, 
when perfectly dry, clear them from the soil, wrap them up 
in paper, with their names attached, and put them carefully 
aside until the time of planting. 

REPOTTING. 

Where it is required, repot Cactus, Aloe, 3Iesemhrt/anihe- 
miims, and all other succulents, with any of the Amaryllis 
that are required to be kept in pots; also, Cape Jasmines. 
For description of the above, see Hot-house and Green-house 
of this month, under the same head. 



JUNE AND JULY. 

The only attention requisite to these plants is in giving 
water, keeping them from being much exposed to either sun 
or high winds, and preventing the attack of insects. Water 
must be regularly given every evening, when there has not 
been rain during the day. Where they are in a growing 
state, they are not liable at this season of the year to sufier 
from too much water, except in a few instances, such as the 
Lemon-scented Geranium, and those kinds that are tuberose- 
rooted, as Aniens, Bicdlor, Tristum, &c., which should have 
moderate supplies. 

All the plants ought to be turned round every few weeks 
to prevent them from growing to one side, by the one being 
more dark than the other, and keep those of a straggling 
growth tied neatly to rods. Wherever insects of any descrip- 
tion appear, wash them off directly. Give regular syring- 
ings or sprinklings from the rose of a watering-pot. Be par- 



August,'] ROOMS — OBSERVATIONS. 



299 



ticularly attentive in this respect, to the Camellias^ which 
will keep the foliage in a healthy state. 

If the foliage of LiUum loiigifldrum, or Japdnicum, has 
decayed, do not water them while dormant, as they are 
easily injured by such treatment. 



AUGUST. 

For the kinds of plants that require potting, we refer to 
the Green-house for this month. All that are therein speci- 
fied are peculiarly adapted for rooms, and we would call at- 
tention to the genus Cyclamen^ which has not been gene- 
rally introduced into the collections of our ladies ; as, from 
the character and beauty of the flowers, they are very at- 
tracting and highly deserving of culture. Attend to the 
Geraniums as there directed, and be particular in having 
them cut down and repotted, as there fully described. The 
Oranges J Lemons, Oleanders and Myrtles that are kept in 
cellars or rooms, should have the same attention in this 
month as directed in the green-house, which to repeat here 
would be occupying space unnecessarily. 

Reseda odorata, or Mignonette, is one of the most fra- 
grant annuals. To have it in perfection during winter, the 
seed should be sown about the end of this month, or the be- 
ginning of next, into pots of fine light earth, and sprinkled 
with water frequently. When it comes up, the plants must 
be thinned out or transplanted : the former method is pre- 
ferable. Keep them from frost during winter, and always 
near the light. 

This will equally apply to the green-house. 

Cape bulbs, such as Sparaxis, Ixia, Oxalis and Lache- 
nalia, should now be planted. For method and sorts, see 
Green-house in August and September. 



300 ROOMS — GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. lOctoher. 



SEPTEMBER. 

"Where tliere is a quantity of plants to be kept in these 
apartments, they should be disposed of to the best effect, and, 
at the same time, in such a manner as will be most effectual 
to their preservation. A stage of some description is better 
than a table, and, of whatever shape or form, it ought to be 
on castors, that it may, in severe nights of frost, be drawn to 
the centre of the room. The shape may be either concave, 
a half circle, or one square side. The bottom step or table 
should be six inches wide and five inches deep, keeping each 
successive step one inch farther apart, to the desired height, 
which may be about six feet. Allowing the first step to be 
about two feet from the floor, there will be five or six steps, 
which will hold about fifty pots of a common size. A stage 
in the form of half a circle will hold more, look the hand- 
somest, and be most convenient. We have seen them circular, 
and, when filled, appeared like a pyramid. These do very 
well, but they must be turned every day, or the plants will 
not grow regularly. With this attention, it is decidedly the 
best. Green is the most suitable color to paint them. 

GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 

The directions given for the green-house this month are 
equally applicable here. The late blooming Chri/santhe- 
mums are particularly adapted for rooms, the colors are 
so varied ; and many of them are dwarf-growing, and even 
neat in their habit, especially the new hybrid sorts. 



OCTOBErx. 

Have a stage or stages, as described last month, in the 
situations Vv'here they are intended to remain all winter; 
place the plants on them from the first to the eighth of this 



October.'] rooms — of bulbous roots. 



301 



month, beginning with the tallest on the top, graduating to 
the bottom. It is desirable to place flats or saucers under 
each to prevent the water from falling to the floor, and the 
water should be emptied from the flats of all except those of 
Cdlla and Hydrangea. The latter while dormant should be 
kept only a little moist. 

Previous to taking in the plants, they should be divested 
of every decayed leaf, insects, and all contracted dust, having 
their shoots neatly tied up, and every one in correct order. 
Every leaf of the Camellias, ought to be sponged, and the 
plants placed in an airy exposure, and from this period till 
they begin to grow have them exposed to the sun. If the 
flower buds are too crowded, picking ofi* the weakest will 
preserve the remainder in greater perfection, and prevent 
them in part from falling off. Do not on any occasion keep 
them in a room where there is much fluctuating fire heat, as 
the flower buds will not expand, except they are kept in an 
even temperature. See Green-house, this month, more largely 
on this subject. 

OF BULBOUS ROOTS. 

Those that are intended to flower in glasses should be 
placed therein this month, and kept in a cool room. After 
the fibres begin to push a few shoots, the glasses may be 
taken to the warmest apartments to cause them k> flower 
early. Bring a few from the coldest to the warmest every 
two weeks, and thus a succession of bloom may be kept up 
from January to March. Hyacinths and other Dutch bulbs 
should now be planted in pots. See Green-house for full 
directions. 

Cajye Bulbs, All that are unplanted and offering to grow 
should be put in pots forthwith. Ample directions are given 
for the planting of these in the two preceding months. 

Keport. Rabus rosa^folius^ or Bramble-rose. They should 
have pots one size larger than those they are now in. To 
make them flower profusely, when done blooming in May, 
divide them and put only a few stems in one pot, and repot 
them in this month, as above directed. 
26 



302 ROOMS — GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. [Novemher. 



GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 

Any herbaceous plants in the collection ought to be set 
aside^ and the water in part withheld. When the stems and 
foliage are decayed, the plants may be put in a cool cellar, 
where they will not be in danger of frost, and be permitted 
to remain there until they begin to grow; then bring them 
to the light, and treat as directed for these kinds of plants. 
Deciduous plants may be treated in a similar manner. 



NOVEMBER. 
GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 

The remarks and instructions that are given last month 
for these apartments will equally answer here. Where the 
Dutch bulbs were omitted to be placed in glasses, they ought 
not to be longer delayed. 

Oxalis. The autumn-flowering species will now be in 
bloom, and must be kept in the sun to make them expand 
freely. The neglect of this is the principal reason that these 
do not flower perfectly in rooms. 

Camellias. These plants, where there is a collection, 
flower from this period till April; and the general desire to 
be fully acquainted with the method of their culture has in- 
duced us to be liberal in our observations on every point 
and period through the various stages of their growth and 
flowering. We will here only remind the inquirer that a 
pure air and plenty of water, giving the plants frequent 
sprinklings, are the present necessities, which only are con- 
ducive to their perfection. 

Attend to the turning of Geraniums and other rapidly 
growing plants, that all sides of them may have an equal 
share of light. 



December.'] 



ROOMS. 



303 



DECEMBER. 

As the trying season is now approaching for all plants 
that are kept in rooms, especially those that are desired to 
have a flourishing aspect through the winter, a few general 
instructions (although they may have been previously ad- 
vanced) will perhaps be desirable to all those who are 
engaged in this interesting occupation, which forms a luxujy 
through the retired hours of a winter season, and with very 
little attention many are the beauties of vegetative nature 
that will be developed to the gratification of every reflecting 
mind. Tiie following is a routine of every day-culture : — 

Do not at any time admit air (except for a few moments) 
while the thermometer is below 35°, exposed in the shade. 

In time of very severe frosts the plants ought to be with- 
drawn from the window to the centre of the room during 
night. 

Never give water until the soil in the pots is inclining to 
become dry, except for Hyacinths and other Dutch bulbs 
that are in a growing state, which must be liberally sup- 
plied. 

Destroy all insects as soon as they appear : for the means 
of destruction, see next month. 

Give a little air every favorable opportunity (that is, 
when the thermometer is above 35°, exposed in the shade), 
by putting up the window one, two, or three inches, accord- 
ing to the state of the weather. 

Clean the foliage with sponge and water frequently to 
remove all dust, &c. The water thus used must not exceed 
80°, but 60^^ is preferable. 

Turn the plants frequently to prevent them growing to 
one side. 

Eoses of the daily sort may be obtained early by having 
them in a warm room that has a south window, and as soon 
as they begin to grow admit air in small portions about 
noon every day that the sun has any effect. Such must be 
well supplied with water. 

Bulbs in glasses must be supplied with fresh water at 
least once a-week, in which period they will inhale all the 



304 



ROOMS — CAMELLIAS. {^December. 



nutritive gas that they derive from that element^ if they are 
in a growing state. 

Camellias, when in bud and fiower, should never be 
allowed to become the least dry, neither confined from fresh 
air. The effects would be that the buds would become stint- 
ed, dry, and drop off. Therefore, to have these in perfec- 
tion, attend strictly to watering. Give frequent airings, and 
wash the leaves occasionally with water. Never keep them 
in a room where there is a strong coal fire. The most of 
Camellias will bear 3° of frost without the smallest injury, 
so that they are easier kept than Geraniums j except when 
they are in bloom. In that state frost will destroy the 
flowers. The air of a close cellar is also destructive to the 
buds. V 

The reason that the Camellia does not bloom perfectly in 
parlors or other heated rooms is owing to their being too 
warm and arid, destroying the vital vegetative principle of 
the plant, and it soon perishes. There is one way in which 
these plants can be kept perfect even in such dry places when 
the recess in the windows is of suflacient depth as to allow 
plants to stand within it, enclosing them from the apartment 
by another sash : in such a situation, water could be placed, 
which would keep the atmosphere between the windows per- 
fectly moist. The verdure would be rich and the flowers 
brilliant; and they would be completely protected from dust 
— the whole would have a very pleasing effect. Attention 
will be requisite to give them air during the mild part of the 
day. There are several Camellias not proper for room cul- 
ture; those which have dry brown scaly buds are to be 
avoided, such as anemonejiora, egertonia, cleviana^ fulgenSy 
atroruhens ; also avoid luoodsiiy chandlerii and dorsetia^ 
as - being difiicult of expanding — they are so very full 
of petals. Those most proper for room culture are double 
loliitey eclipse, fimbriatay imhricatay maliflora pseonijloray 
Landrethii, Sacco, Sai^ah Frosty WasMngton, Madonna, punc- 
tatay speciosay variegata and incarnata. Such will be found to 
bloom freely and fully: many others might be added, but 
these will give an idea of those sorts that agree best with 
room culture. We cannot conclude our subject without 
giving our readers some hints on the effect of plants in 
household apartments. It has been proved that the leaves 
of plants absorb carbonic acid gas by their upper surfaces^ 



December.'] rooms — camellias. 



305 



and give out oxygen by their under ones, thereby tending to 
purify the air^ in as far as animal life is concerned, because 
carbonic acid gas is pernicious to animals, and oxygen is 
what that life requires. It is in the light, however, that 
these operations are carried on, for in the dark plants give 
out carbonic. It does not appear that any of the scentless 
products given out by plants are injurious to human beings, 
because those who live among accumulated plants are not 
less healthy than others, but rather enjoy more uninterrupted 
health, which, of itself, is a sufficient recommendation for 
all to spend their leisure moments in so healthful and rational 
an employment. 



26* 



I 



THE 



AMERICAN rLOWEE GARDEN 
DIRECTORY. 

ON THE CULTURE OF THE GRAPE. 

"We are not aware of any vegetable production that is 
more conducive to the luxurious gratifications and pleasures 
of man than the vine. In fact, there is no fruit so delicious, 
applicable to so many purposes, nor any that is so agreeable 
to all palates : from the remotest ages the vine has been cele- 
brated as the emblem of plenty and the symbol of happi- 
ness.^' Its quickness of growth, its great fertility, and as- 
tonishing vegetative powers, with its unknown age, has ren- 
dered it one of the most fruitful blessings bestowed by 
Providence ; a blessing which almost every inhabitant of this 
Union may enjoy, and we see no occasion to doubt but that 
thousands of acres of our fertile uplands will be converted 
into vineyards, producing the finest fruits and richest wines 
in the world. Indeed, with very little care and attention, 
our unsightly post and rail-fences may be converted into 
grape espaliers, and fine wines produced at as little cost as 
spruce beer ; every square foot of surface might be made to 
produce a pound of grapes, and every post, at least, round 
our gardens afibrd ample space for one vine, which would 
yearly produce from three to nine pounds of fruit, fit either 
for the table or the wine-press. But the small space allotted 
in this volume will not allow us to dilate on this fruitful 
subject. Our object is to give a few hints on the aspect, 



308 



ON SOIL. 



soil; propagation J and culture of the vine, so as to produce 
an extra crop in the smallest given space. We will then con- 
sider^ first, the 

ASPECT. 

As our climate gives us plenty of heat for" the maturation 
of the vine, we have, therefore, more scope in aspect than 
any other country. However, the most preferable is one 
from south to east, or west. Shelter from high and often 
recurring winds is a prime consideration. Our western and 
south-western gusts of wind are very*destructive to the vine 
when it is in the full vigor of growth ; it dissipates all the 
accumulated secretions of the foliage, and closes its pores, 
thereby totally deranging the vital functions of the plant, 
which (although in the height of the growing season) has 
been known to be suspended for weeks. There are fre- 
quently many local circumstances affecting the shelter of 
walls and other buildings, which, where they exist, must de- 
termine the best aspect for training the vine. But if there 
be no such local circumstances, w^ have no hesitation in stat- 
ing that an eastern aspect is the best. On such the sun 
shines with full force during the morning, at which time 
there is something highly favorable to vegetation in his rays, 
which seems to stimulate the energies of plants in an extra- 
ordinary degree, and to excite them to a vigorous exertion 
of all the functions appertaining to vegetable life. 

ON SOIL. 

The soil most congenial to the growth of the vine and the 
maturity of its fruit is a rich, sandy, turfy loam, about two 
feet deep, on a dry, gravelly, rocky, or sandy bottom ; the 
roots run with avidity into such sub -soils, lying secure from 
the excess of moisture, which always accumulates in clayey 
or compact soils. The excrementitious matter discharged 
from the roots of a vine is very great, and if this be given 
out in close and retentive soils, they quickly become delete- 
rious, and a languid and diseased vegetation ensues ; this is 
the great reason that so many failures exist. It may hence be 



ON SOIL. 



309 



inferred that vines will not thrive in a cold wet soil, nor 
composed of stiff clay, which is easily accounted for from 
the fact that they delight only in soils easily rendered dry 
by evaporation, and free from excess of moisture, and ^^re 
always more warm, which is so genial to the growth of this 
plant. To elucidate this, we can record an instance that 
occurred a few years ago in this vicinity: A vine border 
was dug out to the depth of three feet and a half, in a cold 
retentive clay soil ; twenty inches of stone, brick, and lime- 
rubbish were put in the bottom, and the remainder filled 
up with good compost for the vines, in which they were 
planted, and grew well for two years, and produced some 
fruit; finally, they languished, and almost died, and it was 
at once pronounced that fine foreign grapes would not do in 
this country. But, on examining the roots of the plants, 
it was discovered that they were rotten from the excess of 
moisture which was retained in this pit ; for though it had 
been partially filled with a dry bottom, no provision was 
made to carry oft' the water, therefore it proved to be a com- 
plete water-pail : a drain was necessarily dug to the full 
depth to carry oft" the water, and the soil generally renewed; 
the vines were cut to within two feet of the ground ; they 
now (four years after the operation) grow luxuriantly, and 
produce abundant crops every year. Therefore, if the sub- 
soil is not naturally dry, it must be made so by draining, 
which is the basis of the work, filling up the bottom with a 
sufficient quainty of dry materials, such as stones broken 
moderately small, brickbats, lumps of lime-rubbish, oyster- 
shells, &c., which will keep them dry and warm by the free 
admission of air and solar heat, and to admit of heavy rains 
passing quickly through without being retained sufficiently long 
to saturate the roots or injure the tender extremities ; having 
thus furnished a dry bottom", cover to the desired height with 
turf taken about three inches deep from a rich pasture ; and 
to every four loads of turf add one load of thoroughly de- 
composed manure, at least one year old, interspersing it 
with bones of any description, oyster-shells, or any other 
enriching material that undergoes slow decomposition : the 
whole must be repeatedly turned, and allowed to settle before 
the vines are planted. Extreme caution has to be exercised 
in administering bone-dust, slaughter-house offal, and other 
over-rich manures^ especially if the vines are to be planted 



310 



ON SOIL. 



the same or even the following season. Soils glutted with 
instant enriching manures are destructive to the vine. The 
surface of the border should have a gentle descent from the 
wall or fence : never crop your vine borders, and be careful 
of treading much upon them ; a board trellis should be laid 
for walking upon when the operation of pruning, tying, &c., 
takes place, which is almost daily during summer. The 
border, after it has been once made, ought never to be stirred, 
except at intervals, to keep it from becoming hard and im- 
pervious to heat or moisture; and, when necessary, it 
should only be forked up about two inches deep, at all times 
taking care not to injure the roots. 

In dry sandy soils all that is wanted for the full perfec- 
tion of the grape is to take out about one foot of the poorest of 
the ground, and replace it by turf from a meadow, adding 
thereto a portion of well-decomposed manure. Sweepings 
from turnpike roads, where there is much travel, is an ex- 
cellent article for incorporating with such soils ; it is of an 
enriching quality, its component parts consisting chiefly of 
sand, pulverized stones, dung, and urine, which is of a more 
lasting nature than can be found in almost any other com- 
post; it ought to be thoroughly incorporated with the other 
soil soon after it has been collected from the road, as all its 
valuable qualities will then be entirely preserved. The fore- 
going remarks in the preparation of soil, if followed, will 
insure the luxuriant growth of vines and the yearly produc- 
tion of fine crops of grapes, and, when circumstances will 
permit, should be practically adopted at all times. But it 
must not be supposed that vines will not grow and mature 
fine crops unless thus encouraged in extra prepared soils. 
Such is not the fact, for vines will do well in any soil that 
is not adhesive and has a dry bottom ; but they grow finer, 
and bear greater crops of fruit within a given space of time, 
when planted in ground that has been properly prepared for 
their reception. For instance, if two cuttings be planted, 
the one in a soil fully prepared, and the other in that of the 
latter description, it v/ill be found at the end of three years 
that the vine in the former soil is double the size of the 
latter ; consequently, the strong vine v/ill produce two-thirds 
more fruit, and of a better quality, than the weak vine. 
This difference occurring every year, and even greater as 
the age increases^ is sufiicicnt to amply repay for all the 



ON THE PROPAGATION OF VINES. 311 



trouble and expense incurred in making a suitable compost. 
However^ the disadvantage of a poor soil may in part be 
compensated for by planting the vines closer together. If, 
indeed; vines could not be planted with any prospect of 
success, except in borders purposely prepared, only a very 
small quantity of grapes would be grown, compared with 
w^hat this rich and fertile country is capable of producing. 

Many instances occur in towns and cities, around dwell- 
ings and other descriptions of brick and stone erections, 
which present very favorable situations for the training of 
vines, but, which, nevertheless, are so situated as to admit 
of little or no soil being placed at their roots. In such 
cases, if an opening can be made, twenty inches deep, and 
as many wide, it will be sufficient to admit of the roots of 
a young vine, which will support it till its rambling roots 
have found their way under the pavement, or along the walls 
to some more distant nourishment ; if a wider space can be 
made, it will, of course, be better : loosen the sides and 
bottom as much as possible, and fill up with compost, as 
previously directed, and therein plant the vine. The surface 
covering, whether of brick or stone, may be replaced after 
the soil has fully settled, leaving a hole about six inches 
square to allow the stem of the plant to swell in its future 
growth. The roots soon find their way under the paving or 
along the foundation walls, and, indeed, in every direction, 
in search after food, and will extract nourishment from 
sources apparently harren. The fact is that the roots of 
the vine possess an astonishing power of adapting them- 
selves to any situation in which they may be planted, pro- 
vided it he a dry one, 

ON THE PROPAGATION OF VINES. 

Vines are generally propagated in the open ground by 
cuttings and layers. 

Bu cuttings. At the general pruning, provide cuttings of 
the preceding summer's growth ; choose such as are of a 
medium size, well-ripened and short-jointed, cut them into 
lengths of about eighteen inches each, leaving at the ends 
not less than two inches of wood to protect the eye; place 
these temporary cuttings about three-fourths of their length 



312 ON THE PROPAGATION OF VINES. 



in the ground^ in a warm and sheltered situation, where they 
can be protected with a little litter from the severity of frost 
durmg winter. The best time for planting them is about 
the 25th of March in this latitude, earlier or later if more 
south or north : if intended to plant the cutting where the 
plant is to remain, which is the most preferable method, 
prepare them in the following manner : 

By cutting them into lengths of tree-buds each, and let- 
ting the uppermost bud have an inch of blank wood re- 
maining to protect it, the extremity of which must be cut in 
a slanting manner, and the slanting side opposite to the buds, 
to throw off the moisture : the end that is to be inserted in 
the ground cut transversely just under the bud, and the cut- 
ting will be complete : the cuttings being thus prepared, 
plant them forthwith; if intended to remain, place two in 
each space, inserting them in the ground so as the second 
eye may be about half an inch under the soil, which must 
be pressed close, when it will, most frequently, be found 
that the eye thus placed will grow first and strongest, when 
the upper eye can be displaced ; if both the cuttings grow, 
cut off the weakest. During May, June, and July, care 
must be taken to keep the cuttings constantly moist 3 soap- 
suds or drainings of the dung-hill can be used for the pur- 
pose once a-week, but not oftener, using rain or river water 
for general waterings. If the soil should sink down, and 
leave the buds higher than above mentioned, more must be 
added to keep them as directed. To prevent the ground 
from becoming hard by repeated waterings, and also to re- 
tain a regular moisture about the cutting, cover the soil with 
shells, litter, or any such substitute, which will greatly pro- 
mote the vegetating powers of the scion. As soon as they 
have made shoots six inches long, water may be more spar- 
ingly applied, and the shoots must be carefully tied to some 
support, and their tendrils and lateral shoots should be cut 
off, the latter to within one eye of the main stem : about the 
first of Xovember, cut every plant down to within two eyes 
of the cutting. But if the plants are intended to be re- 
moved, they should be planted in such a situation as to be 
shaded from the mid-day sun ; from four to six hours a-day 
of sun is quite sufficient. A spot sheltered from severe 
winds is also most desirable. When transplanted, be careful 



ON THE PROPAGATION OF VINES. 



313 



of their small roots, and choose a mild day (about the first of 
April, or earlier, is a good season), for the operation. 

By layers. This is a very expeditious mode of growing 
young vines, provided the shoots be laid in pots ; but vines 
raised from shoots laid down in the open ground should be 
avoided as the worst of all plants : they make but few roots, 
and, when removed, these nearly all die off from being cut 
at the extremities in lifting, and the second year of such a 
plant is not much in advance of a good cutting. To grow 
vines by laying the shoots in pots, the following directions, 
if followed, will insure success : For each intended layer 
procure a seven-inch pot, or a small box of a similar, or even 
larger size, prepare some fine rich sandy mould, containing 
a great portion of decayed leaves, then take the shoot and 
run it through the hole in the bottom of the pot till you 
come to the last three buds ; close up the aperture round 
the shoot with moss, cotton, or any elastic substance, and 
then fill up the pot or box to within half an inch of the top 
with the prepared soil, having previously secured it in a safe 
and level position ; and, where it can be conveniently wa- 
tered during the season; this must be attended to at least 
once a-day. When there is not time for this attendance, the 
pot or box should be plunged under ground, and the layer 
placed thereon, and firmly secured, so that its own force will 
not raise it up ; then cover up the shoots at least three inches, 
leaving space for occasionally holding some liquid nourish- 
ment. Shoots may be thus laid any time from the first of 
March to the first of April. It must be clearly understood 
that the success of the operation depends entirely on keep- 
ing the mould in the pots moist, treating it as directed for 
watering-cuttings. The plant may be separated from the 
vine about the first of September, and instantly planted into 
its desired locality, or put into a larger vessel, and there re- 
main till planting season ; the following year displace the 
tendrils and laterals as directed for cuttings, and in pruning 
cut it down to within three eyes of the ground. We may 
safely assert that it is a species of strangling to a vine in the 
first three years of its growth to be sparing of the knife, al- 
lowing, at once, small weak shoots to be laid in to form in a 
day (comparatively) a ]3lant that is expected to withstand 
the vicissitude of ages, and produce yearly its quantum of 
fruit ; but more of this when treating of pruning. 
27 



314 



ERECTIONS, ETC. 



By eyes. This is our most favorite method of propagating 
plants of this most valuable fruit. Early in the month of 
March we cut the shoots into eyes^ leaving about an inch of 
wood on each extremity, and plant those with their eyes up- 
permost into pots, and place them in a hot or cold frame, 
prepared for the purpose ; plants from a single eye may ea- 
sily be made to grow twelve feet in one season, by constant 
repotting and nourishing. The plants thus growing are de- 
cidedly the best rooted, forming more capillary fibres ; con- 
sequently more nutritious support to the vine is absorbed in 
the same given period of time ; they also form shorter joints, 
and are capable of producing more fruit on a plant of the 
same size. We are aware that some start at this idea, and 
say that in a few years it is not observed. It reminds us 
very much of the son of the ^^Isle of the Ocean,^^ when 
asked how old his brother was, replied he was so much, but 
in two years he would be " the same age.''' Nevertheless, 
this method of propagating may not be generally accessible, 
the former two plans being at the command of every one. 

ON ERECTIONS FOR THE SUPPORT AND PROTECTION 
OF THE VINE IN OUT-DOOR CULTURE. 

To limit the proper height for training grapes would be a 
preposterous idea, for they can be perfectly cultivated in this 
country on any height from four to forty feet : indeed, on a wall 
of the former, we have thirty sorts of grapes growing luxu- 
riantly, and fruiting in the most profuse manner. Some of 
the vines, four years old, which have produced from six to 
nine bunches of fine fruit, which only occupy, after pruning, 
a space of about eighteen inches square. 

Walls of brick are decidedly the most preferable for the 
perfection of the grape ] and if they be built for the express 
purpose, the most judicious distribution of materials would 
be m the erection of several low walls, not more than seven 
feet high. For the purpose of pruning, training, &c., walls 
of this height are far preferable to those of a greater; and if 
built to run directly south or north, the entire surface of 
both sides may be judiciously covered. The eastern aspect 
would render a sure and abundant early crop; those on the 
western side would not be so productive, and more liable to 



ERECTIONS, ETC. 



315 



be affected by our frequent severe westerly gales. When in 
bloom, or when the fruit is ripening, would be the period 
that they would be most liable to suffer. However, as they 
would frequently produce a full crop, an astonishing quantity 
of fruit may be produced on a very small space of ground 
by erecting walls of this description, built parallel to, and * 
not far distant from, each other — say, at the nearest, from 
twenty to twenty-five feet. If from local causes bricks can- 
not be had, a good substitute will be found in strong ranges 
of plank fencing made of well-seasoned wood,' and closely 
jointed, having three or four good coats of oil paint. Grapes 
raised in this way will be nowise inferior to those produced 
on walls : indeed, we would prefer such to any wall of stone 
that could be erected, it being of a more even surface and 
more convenient for training, and not giving harbor for in- 
sects, &c. A very great advantage will be derived by having 
a coping on the wall or fence, projecting eight or ten inches, 
turning on a pivot, so as it can be used in time of heavy 
dashing rains while the vines are in bloom, or when the fruit 
is ripening, which are the only periods that it will be of ac- 
tual service, for all dews and light rains are indispensable to 
the health and maturity of the vine; and if the fence is 
north ^and south, the. light and heat excluded by it would be 
a serious drawback on the ripening of the fruit. We say, 
therefore, if it is not on a pivot, the plants will be better 
without it, unless it have only one or two inches of a pro- 
jection, the dripping from the coping will fall on the foliage, 
and that will carry it entirely free from the fruit; but we 
urge the great utility and even necessity for movable coping. 
Espaliers or trellises are in common use for the training of 
the vine, also arbors : the former suit admirably in small 
gardens where it is not desirable to go to expense, but the 
latter should be avoided as the worst possible construction 
for growing grapes ; the interior is always filled with a cur- 
rent of cold air highly prejudicial to the maturity of fine 
fruits; but for coarse grapes it is a matter of little conse- 
quence, as they are at best only fit for producing shade. Up- 
right trellises in city gardens may be made eight feet high, 
with the spars not more than six inches apart ; and these 
should be made of the very best materials, and supported 
every three feet by uprights. Strong wire makes an elegant 
substitute for the cross slats, which, if kept well painted, 



316 



ON TRANSPLANTING THE VINE. 



will not suffer by corrosion. We have seen an elegant new 
erection by a tasteful grape amateur, and think it will answer 
a /ery good purpose ; it consists of an upright double trellis, 
about one foot wide at the bottom, tapering to one bar at the 
top, running north and south, which is about eight feet high ; 
from which, on each side, there is fixed a small projecting 
sash, at an angle of about 48°, which keeps the vines per- 
fectly secure from deluging rains, and even concentrates more 
solar heat for their maturity. The whole has a light and ra- 
ther imposing effect; its practical utility remains to be tried, 
as it is but lately finished ; there is no apparent doubt but 
it will prove very beneficial in its results. 

ON TRANSPLANTING THE VINE. 

The best period of the year for transplanting is during the 
months of October or March. The longer its removal is 
postponed after these periods the more injurious will be the 
effects of transplanting. Admitting the ground has been pre- 
pared according to directions formerly given, dig a hole about 
twenty inches deep, and as wide as will admit of the roots, 
if possible, to their full extension, without crippling in any 
manner. If any of them are injured in lifting, they must 
be cut back to soundness; fill up the hole to within twelve 
inches of the top, set the vine in the hole thus made, with 
its stem about six inches from the wall or fence, and let the 
plant be cut even with the ground ; or, where there is plenty 
of space, and the plant two or more feet long, plant the root 
at a distance from where the stem of the vine is desired, and 
then disbud the young shoot, except the uppermost three; lay 
it down its full length, bringing the terminal buds to where 
the plant is wanted; by this method the whole extent of the 
shoot will make roots, and be of infinite service for the far- 
ther growth and support of the plant. When the eyes thus 
left grow, displace the weakest two, leaving the strongest for 
the permanent plant. We have seen old vines laid down in 
this manner for the distance of thirty feet, and, in two years, 
formed plants of the most astonishing vigor and production. 
If the vine has been grown in a pot, shake the ball of earth 
from the roots, among which place, with care, new and fresh 
soil; taking the plant and giving it several shakes to settle it 



ON PRUNING. 



317 



well about the roots, whieli will encourage the plant to put 
forth new roots for its farther support. Transplanting should 
always be done in dry and mild weather, and when the soil 
is mellow and free. During the removal the roots must be 
carefully kept from exposure ; the atmosphere would dry up 
their tender extremities, and cause much injury; and, when 
vines are brought from a distance, this precaution ought to 
be carefully put in practice. Its first season's growth should 
be confined to one stem only, carefully cutting off all lateral 
shoots within one ^ye of the main shoot, as directed on the 
subject of propagation. 

ON PRUNING. 

The first year's growth of a transplanted vine should, in 
November, be cut down within four inches of the ground, and, 
on the appearance, cover the plant with about three inches of 
stable litter, allowing it to remain in this state till the middle 
of March. The plant will now push strongly, and two of the 
best shoots should be trained their full length during summer, 
carefully nipping off tendrils and laterals, and, at all times, 
securing the shoots from the effects of high winds. If walls 
are used for training, there should be slats fixed about one 
inch from the wall to tie the shoots thereto, using soft mate- 
rial for the purpose of tying : if the vines should show fruit, 
cut it off. 

Having the previous season retained two well-grown shoots 
from near the surface of the ground, you will now, in Novem- 
ber, tie these in a horizontal position, about six or eight 
inches above the surface, cutting them at nearly two feet dis- 
tance from the main stem. In the following month, February, 
when the weather is mild, displace every alternate bud, ob- 
serving that it is those on the under side of the shoot. If 
everything has been attended to in soil, planting, and pruning 
that we have advanced, there may be expected to arise four 
shoots from each of these horizontal branches, which, if any 
show fruit, it must be cut off : these young shoots must be 
trained upright during summer, being careful to displace every 
other as they appear. Some approve of training these young 
upright shoots in a serpentine form, which, in our opinion at 
present, is of little consequence ; but top them about the end 

27^ 



318 



ON PRUNING. 



of August, or earlier if they are to the desired height. In 
November of the third summer's growth, you may now prune 
for fruit as above stated. Your horizontal branches will have 
fully matured four luxuriant upright shoots. Cut two of 
these alternately within one eye of the horizontal shoot, 
which will produce wood to be fruited the following year, and 
lay in the other two, in a serpentine form for fruit, to about 
three feet in length. The vine has now assumed the form 
in which it is permanently to remain, and it may be con- 
sidered as the foundation of a system of alternately fruiting 
four shoots, and training four out their full length every year, 
which method may be continued every year without any 
alteration. After several years, if it is thought proper, the 
arms may be lengthened by the training in of a shoot at 
their extremities, and managing it in the same manner as 
when the arms were first formed ; but it is not advisable that 
the branches should be far extended, which would ultimately 
prove injurious to those branches arising from the bosom of 
the vine. This system of pruning and training the vine we 
do not advocate as something new or original^ but one which 
we have seen in full and successful practice twenty years ago. 
By procuring well-grown plants in pots, one year may be 
gained on the above calculation ; for you can prune, and at 
once take two shoots to prepare for laying the foundation of 
your future plant; but more than this cannot be accomplished. 
We are aware that many of our readers are already startled 
at this tedious method of fruiting vines, and have almost con- 
cluded to have fruit the first year or none. Such are too 
frequently the conclusions of many; but, as sure as they 
practice it, they as invariably meet with a failure, and that 
in a very few years. The practice of training vines to get 
them up to the top of arbors, &c., cannot be done with fine 
vines without risk. As we have already said, it may and will 
do with our native kinds, but no other. The general system 
of spur-pruning has many advantages in in-door culture, but 
does not at all agree with growing grapes in the open air. 
Our limits do not admit of giving in detail our reasons for so 
saying, but those who doubt may go on in the old way, giving 
the system herein advised a trial with one plant onlt/^ and we 
guarantee that in less than five years their old vines are 
headed down to the stump, to begin on a system that yearly 
renews itself, and can be perpetuated for ages on the same 



ON MANURE. 



319 



vine, which may be said to renew its youth every year/' 
In fact, it recommends itself by simplicity — by the small 
number of wounds annually made — by the clear and hand- 
some appearance of the vine, and by the great ease with which 
it is managed — its occupying but a small space. We there- 
fore conclude this subject with the following few general rules : 
Use a knife of the best description, and let it be perfectly 
sharp; cut always upward and in a sloping direction; always 
leave about an inch of blank wood beyond a terminal bud, 
and let the cut be on the opposite side of the bud. In pruning 
out an old branch, cut it even with the parent limb, that the 
wound may quickly heal. Never prune in frosty weather, 
nor in the months of March, April, or May. Let the general 
fall pruning take place about the end of October or first of 
November ; after which, stir up the ground, and let a good 
coating of fresh stable manure be laid thereon, which will both 
protect the roots that are near the surface, and also' enrich 
the soil ; but if stable manure cannot be procured, leaves from 
the woods are an excellent substitute, which, after decompo- 
sition, form a vegetable manure very enriching, and one very 
congenial to the vine ; this being done, nothing more is re- 
quired till the first of March, when the roughest must be 
removed, and the decomposed particles forked into the borders. 
It may be proper to state that in more northern latitudes and 
greater altitudes than Philadelphia, it will be necessary to lay 
down the vines after pruning during winter, and give them 
a light covering of litter, straw, leaves, or mats, which will 
completely protect them from the severest frost ; although it 
is not altogether the severity that destroys, but the alternate 
frost and sun acting on the plant every twenty-four hours, 
which overcomes the vitality of the plant ; and another fell- 
destroyer is when we have a mild February and a severe 
March. When such occurs, which is but rarely, the vines 
must all be protected by mats while there is danger. 



ON MANURE. 

This subject has been very recently indulged in to a de- 
structive extent. We could record instances of soils strongly 
impregnated with very enriching manures being almost death 
to the plant; very rich soils are adhesive and retentive of 



820 



DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE, ETC. 



moisture, wliich is destruction to the roots of the vine. The 
celebrated Brassin, conductor of the royal vinery of France, 
used to practice enriching his vine borders with exciting ma- 
nures : he now finds that cleansing of ditches, grass-turf, and 
road sweepings, mixed well together and allowed to ferment 
for a year, is far preferable. He now uses it entirely as 
an annual dressing; but, in our opinion, this cannot be con- 
tinued for any length of time unless the border is also yearly 
reduced; consequentl}^, manures that are of slow decomposi- 
tion are preferable, and nothing that we are acquainted with 
excels bones of every description; but these are not always 
at hand in quantity. When to be obtained, they should al- 
ways be put to a good purpose; an annual winter top-dressing 
of manure of a few inches, and the roughest removed in the 
spring, digging in the remainder not over four inches deep, 
which will encourage the roots to the surface, where they 
will be greatly benefited by solar heat and air. Liquid 
manures are highly valuable where immediate effect is re- 
quired : they contain all the soluble parts of manure in such 
a state as to' admit of being taken up by the plant as soon 
as applied. These' are urinCy which may be used pure any 
time from the first of November to February when the ground 
is not frozen ; but if used at any other period, must be di- 
luted with its equal quantity of water. BrainbKj!^ of ma- 
Qinre-Jiccqjs and soap-mds can be used at all times, but not 
too frequently. Soot dissolved in water, in the proportion 
of one to twelve, is an exceedingly strong manure, and very 
stimulating. Guano dissolved in water at the rate of 20 lbs. 
to 100 gallons is a first rate manure. Where great growth is 
required, they may be safely watered once a-week, during 
the growing season, with the enriched liquid; but all these 
exciting manures must be cautiously applied, as excess is 
very injurious to the fertility of the vine; and although 
one of the grossest feeders in nature, even possessing the 
appetite of a glutton, it can be satiated and destroyed. 



DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE OF GRAPES MOST SUITABLE 
FOR OPEN AIR CULTURE. 

Golden ChasselaSj Chasselas de Foiitatnhlean, U Arhoyce^ 
or Royal Muscadine. Bunches medium size^ with very small 



DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE, ETC. 



821 



shoulders, berries of a moderate size, round when ripe, turn- 
ing to a bright amber color, having a thin skin, a soft flesh, 
and a rich juice. This is an exceedingly fine grape, a free 
bearer, is very hardy, and ripens early; it may be considered 
one of the best white grapes for out-door culture. 

White Chasscl(iis or White Muscadine. Bunches medium 
size, shouldered, and well formed. Berries round and of a 
good size, juicy, rich, and well flavored; it ripens about the 
middle or toward the end of September, and is an excellent 
hardy grape and fully equal to the former. We consider 
this grape the same as the Malmsey Muscadine. 

White Sweet Water (early). Bunches rather large ; 
berries of a good size, round, of a white color, and, when 
perfectly ripe, especially when exposed, they are shaded 
with a light russet color ; they grow close on the bunches, 
and when desired to have large berries, the bunches must 
be well thinned, the juice very saccharine and luscious. 
We consider this the very best white grape for walls ; it is 
an excellent bearer, makes good short-jointed wood, and is 
very early. We have had it perfectly ripe on a south wall 
the first day of September. 

White Muscat of Alexandria, Jerusalem Muscat, Malaga. 
Bunches large, but short and well shouldered ; berries large, 
oval, and, when perfectly ripe (which Avill not be till October), 
are of a pale amber color, often without stones, skin rather 
thick, the flesh firm, juice not plentiful, but of a sweet, 
highly musky, delicious and peculiar flavor. It is an extra 
fine grape, and requires a warm situation. It does not bear 
so freely as the former two. 

White Fro7iti(jnac or Fronti(jnan. Bunches long and 
narrow, without shoulders, rather closely set, of a dull white 
or greenish-yellow, and covered with a powdering bloom ; 
juice very sugary and rich, with a delightful spicy flavor. 
It ripens in September, and delights in a dry soil. 

White Ilambwy, White Lisbon, WJiite Portugal. Bunches 
very large, short and loosely formed ; berries large and oval, 
skin thick, of a greenish white color, flesh firm, juice sweet, 
slightly mixed with acid; one of our latest white grapes. 
The plant is of a strong robust habit, and an excellent bearer. 

Austrian Muscat. Bunches large and tapering: berries 
round, of a russet white color, skiu thin^ juice rich and 



322 



DESCKIPTIVE CATALOGUE, ETC. 



musky, and of excellent flavor. It ripens about the second 
week of September, and is an excellent bearer. 

Blade Frontignac^ Violet Frontignac^ Muscat Noir. 
Buddies small and short : berries round, and grow close in 
bunches; skin black, covered with a fine light bloom, flesh 
tender and juicy, of a rich vinous spicy flavor. 

Black Hamburg. Bunches tolerably large, with short 
compact shoulders, tapering to a point; berries large, of an 
oval form, skin rather thick, very nearly black, and covered 
with a blue bloom ; flesh tender, sweet, and of a rich vinous 
flavor ; ripens about the first of October, but will hang on 
the vine till frost. This is, in every respect, one of the 
finest black grapes that can be grown in the open air : it is 
also a constant bearer. The leaves in the fall are mottled 
with green and yellow. 

Black Prince. Bunches rather long and generally shoul- 
dered: berries oval, and of a good size, skin rather thick, 
of a dark purple, and covered with a thick bloom : flesh 
white, sweet, juicy and well flavored : ripe about the first of 
October. 

Black Lomhardy^ VVesth St. Peter^s. Bunches long and 
well shouldered : berries large, round, and of a regular size; 
skin thin and very black, juice plentiful and of a very high 
flavor ; is perfectly ripe about the middle of October, and 
will keep on the vines till frost. 

Black Muscacline, Black Chasselas, Violet Ohasselas, 
Bunches about the size and shape of the Golden Chasselas : 
berries perfectly round and covered with a blue bloom : flesh 
juicy and of a very rich flavor: ripens about the first of 
October. 

Frankendale. Bunches large, with small shoulders, and 
rather longer than the Black Hamburg : berries round and 
closely set; skin deep purple, approaching to black, covered 
with a thin blue bloom; flesh tender, sweet, rich, and of a 
luscious flavor: it is a great bearer, and fully ripe about 
the end of September or first of October. 

Grizzly Frontignac^ Muscat Gris. Bunches of a medium 
size, with small shoulders : berries round, of a light brown 
color, intermixed with red and yellow; the juice is exceed- 
ingly rich, and possessing a high spicy flavor : it ripens about 
the middle of September, 



DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE, ETC. 323 



Hansteretto. Bunches large and well formed : berries also 
large and perfectly round, of a jet black color when perfectly 
ripe; flesh rather juicy and of a rich flavor; leaves deeply 
lobed and a little downy underneath. An excellent hardy 
grape, but inferior in quality to the Black Hamburg : ripe 
about the first of October. 



325 



LIST OF HARDY EVEIiaEEEN TREES AND 
SHRUBS. 

The heights given are approximations to what is supposed 
the pU^nts will attain in this country, to serve as some 
guide in planting them out. 

Feet. 



Abies excelsa, Norway spruce . . . .100 

alba, white spruce . . . . . 50 

Canadensis, hemlock spruce . . .100 

Douglasii, Douglas spruce . . . .150 

nigra, black spruce . . . . . 80 

rubra, red spruce . . . . . 50 

Smithiana ....... 50 

Araucaria imbricata. Chili pine . . . .100 
Aucuba Japonica, Japan gold tree ... 5 
Berberis diilcis, sweet berberry .... 4 
Buxus arborescens, tree box . . . . . 20 

argentea, silver edged do. . . . . 15 

durea golden do. do. . . . . 15 

latifolia, broad leaved do. . . . . 15 

Cedrus Deodara, Deodar cedar . . . .100 

Libiini, cedar of Lebanon . . . .100 

Cotoneaster microphylla, small leaved ... 4 

thymifolia. Thyme leaved ... 3 

Crataegus Pyracantha, Pyracanth . . . * 10 
Cryptomeria japonica, Japan weeping cedar . . 50 
Cupressus torulosa, twisted Cyprus . . . 15 

Australis, Australian Cyprus . 20 

pyrimadalis, pyramidal do. . . . 25 

Eleagnus argentea, silver tree . . . . 12 
Eriobotrya Japonica, loquat . . . . . 10 
Escallonia rubra, red flowered .... 8 
Euonymus Japonica, Japan spindle tree . . 10 
28 



326 LIST OF HARDY EVERGREEN TREES, 



ETC. 



Feet. 

Eudnymus argent ea, silver edged do. . . 10 

fimbriatus^ fringed spindle tree . . 8 

Hedera hMix creeper, Irish ivj . . . . 30 

Ilex opaca, American holly . . . . . 30 

aquifdlium^ European do. . . . . 30 

variegatum, variegated do. . . . . 20 

Jasminum fruticans^ dwarf Jasmine . . . 6 

pnbigerum, Japan do. . . . . 10 

Juniperus Chinensis, Chinese juniper ... 15 

— = excelsa^ giant do. . . . 30 

phoenicea Phoenician do. . . . 10 

suecica^ Swedish do. . . . 20 

■ Sabina, savin do. . . . 8 

Yirginiana, Virginian do. . . . 41 

Kalmia latifolia^ broad-leaved sheep laurel . . 10 

Magnolia grandiflora^ tree laurel .... 50 

Mahonia fascicularis, evergreen berberry . . 10 

aquifolia, holly leaved do. . . . 8 

Picea balsamea^ balm of Grilead fir ... 60 

pectinata, silver do. ... 60 

Pinus Austriaca, Austrian do. . • . 60 

excelsa^ Bhotan pine . . . . .100 

LariciO; Corsican do. . . . . . 80 

strobuS; white or Weymouth pine . . 80 

sylvestris, Scotch do. . . 60 

inops, Jersey do. . . 60 

Prinos glaber, evergreen prinos . . . . 6 

Rhododendron Catawbiensie^ Carolina rosebay . 8 

maximum^ mountain laurel . . 10 

— pdnticum^ European rosebay . . 8 

Rosmarinus officinalis^ rosemary .... 8 
Spartium jilnceum, broom ..... 

Taxodium sempervirens, Californian spruce . . 100 

Taxus baccata^ English yew . . . . 20 

adpressa, appressed ..... 4 

Canadensis, Canadian yew . . . . 16 

Chinensis, Chinese do. . . . . 10 

Hibernica, Irish do. . . . . 10 

pyramidale, pyramidal . . . . 20 

Dovastoniana, weeping yew ... 4 

Thuja filifdrmis, weeping arborvitas ... 4 



LIST OF HARDY EVlilKGREEN TREES, ETC. 327 



Feet. 



Thuja occidcn talis, American urborvitge . . 20 

orientyis, Chinese do. . . . 15 

pliciita, tan leaved do. . . . 10 

pyramid{\lis, pyramidale do. . . • 15 

Torr^ja taxif51ia, Florida yew tree ... 50 

Ulex Europ6a, European furze or whin . . . 10 

Yucca filamentosa, Adam's needle .... 3 

• gloriosa, do. do. .... 4 

recurvifolia recurved do. ... . 5 



328 



LIST OF SELECT HARDY DECIDUOUS TREES 
AND SHRUBS. 

The heights given are approximations to what it is supposed 
the plants will attain in this country in order to serve as 
some guide in planting them out. 

Acacia Julibrissin 20 feet — Julibrissin tree^ or purple Acacia; 

very handsome. 
Acer platan oideS; 60 feet — maple. 

campestrC; 20 feet — English maple. 

laciniatum, 20 feet — cut-leaved maple. 

saccharinum, 60 feet — sugar maple. 

Nigrum, 50 feet — black maple. 

jEscuIus Hippocastaneum, 60 feet — horse-chestnut. 

flore pleno — double flowered. 

rubicunda — red flowered. 

Amorpha fruticosa, 10 feet — bastard indigo. 

Ampelopsis quinquefolia, Virginia creeper; very fine for 

covering walls or trees. 
Amygdalis nh.na, 3 feet — dwarf-flowering almond. 

communis flore pleno, 15 feet — double-flowered 

peach. 

■ pendula, 10 feet — weeping peach. 

Andromeda polifolia, 2 feet — powdered andromeda. 

grandiflora, 2 feet — large-flowered andromeda. 

Aralia japonica, 12 feet — Japan aralia. 

Aristolochia sipho — Dutchman's pipe, a splendid climber. 

Azaleas, 3 feet — hardy sorts, all beautiful. 

Berberis vulgaris, 6 feet — Barberry. 

alba 4 feet — white fruited. 

aristkta, 6 feet — very distinct, 

purpureus, 4 feet — purple leaved. 

Betula alba, 50 feet — white birch. 

pendula, 20 feet — weeping birch. 

lacinikta, 40 feet — cut-leaved birch. 

Buddlea Lindley^na^ 3 feet — Lindley's buddlea. 



LIST OF SELECT HARDY DECIDUOUS TREES, ETC. 329 



Buddlea globosa, 4 feet — globe-flowered. 
Calycanthus floridus, 6 feet — flowering shrub. 

fragranS; 4 feet — Chinese allspice. 

Cast5.nea lutea, 40 feet — yellow-flowered chestnut. 

pumik; 6 feet — dwarf chestnut. 

Catalpa syringaefolia, 30 feet — flowering catalpa. 
Cerasus vulgaris fl. pL, 40 feet — double-flowering cherry. 

pendula, 6 feet — weeping cherry. 

Cercis Canadensis, 20 feet — Judas tree or red-bud. 
Chionanthus Virginica, 20 feet — white fring tree. 
Clethra alnifolise; 5 feet — ^white fragrant clethra. 
Cornus sangumea, 8 feet — red dogwood. 

Florida, 20 feet — white-flowering dogwood. 

Corylus Avellana, 10 feet — common filbert. 

purpurea, 8 feet — purple-leaved filbert. 

Crataegus edulis, 20 feet — edible-fruited hawthorn. 

splendenS; 20 feet — splendid do. 

albapleno, 15 feet — double white do. 

— rubra pleno, 15 feet — double red do. 

Cupressus disticha, 70 feet — deciduous cypress. 
Cydonia Japonica, 6 feet — red pyrus. 

alba, 6 feet — white do. 

sinensis, 10 feet — pink flowering. 

Cytisus laburnum, 20 feet — golden chain. 

odoratus, 10 feet — sweet-scented chain. 

alfinus pendulus, 10 feet — weeping labur- 
num. 

elongatus, 3 feet — dwarf do. 

Deutzia scabra, 6 feet — garland deutzia. 

staminese, 6 feet — large white-flowered deutyia. 

Euonymus Americiinus, 10 feet — spindle tree, or burning 
bush. 

Europeus, 10 feet — European, do. 

■ albus, 10 feet — white fruited, do. 

Eagus sylviitica pui-purea, 30 feet — purple beech. 

asplenifolia. 20 feet — fern-leaved beech. 

pendula, 16 feet — weeping do. 

Forsythia viridissima, 4 feet — yellow flowered, large and 
showy. 

Fn\xinus excelsior pendula, 30 feet — weeping ash. 

aurea, 20 feet — golden ash. 

Fraxinus excelsior argentea, 20 feet — silver-edged ash. 

28^ 



330 LIST OF SELECT HAKDY DECIDUOUS TREES, ETC. 



Fraxinus excelsior argentea salicifolia — willow-leaved asli. 
G-ymnodadus Canadensis^ 70 feet — Kentucky coffee tree. 
Halesia diptera, 15 feet — silver-bell tree. 

tetraptera, 15 feet — snow-drop tree, heautifid. 

Hibiscus syriacus, all very beautiful, 6 feet — Althaeas, make 

very ornamental hedges. 
Hypericum kalmianum, 4 feet — St. Johns-wort. 
Juglans regia, 30 feet — English or Madeira walnut. 
Kerria Japonica, 6 feet — or yellow corchorus. 
Kolreuteria paniculata, 20 feet — yellow flowered, beautiful. 
Larix Americana — American larch. 

Europaea — European do. 

pendula — weeping larch. 

Lavandula spica, 3 feet — lavender. 

Ligustrum vulgare, 8 feet — prim or privet, j^?ze for fancy 
hedges. 

Liriodendron tulipifera, 80 feet — tulip tree. 
Lonicera tartaricae, 6 feet — Tartarian honeysuckle. 

rubra, 6 feet — red flowered, do. 

Ledebourii, 4 feet — Ledebours do. 

xyldsteum, 6 feet — fly do. 



Madura aurantiaca, 30 feet — Osage orange. 
Magnolia conspicua, 20 feet — Chinese, or early white mag- 
nolia. 

cordata, 60 feet — heart-leaved magnolia. 

glauca, 15 feet — swamp laurel, or magnolia. 

macrophylla, 40 feet — broad-leaved do. 

purpurea, 8 feet — purple-flowered do. 

• rubra, 8 feet — red-flowered do. 

soulangikna, 20 feet — Chinese striped do. 

tripetala, 70 feet — cucumber tree. 

Mespilus Germanica, 10 feet — Dutch medlar. 
Oxy coccus macrocarpus, 10 feet — mountain cranberry. 
Paeonia arborea fl. pi., 3 feet — tree pseonia, double"^ 

I Requi 

ed, white 

rosea, 3 feet — rose colored 

Paulowniaimperialis, 30 feet — Chinese imperial tree, fragrant. 
Philadelphus coronarius, 8 feet — mock orange. 

flore pleno, 4 feet — double flowered. 

grandiflorus, 12 feet — large white 

flowered. 



flowered, 

papaverkceae, 3 feet — single flower- )■ ^^^^ 



LIST OF SELECT HARDY DECIDUOUS TREES, ETC. 331 



Platanus orientalis, 80 feet — Chinese button wood. 
Populus tremula pendula, 20 feet — weeping poplar. 

alba, 30 feet — tree d^Abele^ or silver poplar. 

Pt^lea trifoliiita, 15 feet — hop tree. 
Pyrus nivalis, 15 feet — snowy pyrus. 

Americana, 20 feet — American rowan tree. 

Aucuparia, 20 feet — European do. 

vestita, 20 feet — waving do. 

malus flore pleno, 15 feet — double flowering apple. 

Quercus, 20 to 80 feet. The oak, though a common tree, 

should not be discarded in planting ; it is both beautiful 

and valuable. 
Rhiis cotinus, 12 feet — mist tree. 
Ribes dureum, 8 feet — yellow flowering currant. 
sangiiineum, 4 feet — red flowered^ though a native^ 

does not do well in this latitude. 
Robinia hispida, 4 feet — rose acacia. 

viscosa, 20 feet — white flowered. 

Salisburia adiantifolia, 60 feet — Grinko, or maiden-hair tree. 
Salix babylonica, 40 feet — weeping willow. 

. crispa, 30 feet — ringlet willow. 

Americana pendula, 15 feet — New weeping willow. 

Shepherdia argentea, 30 feet — buffalo berry. 
Sophora Japonica, 20 feet — Japan Sophora. 

pendula, 1 5 feet — weeping do. 

Spiraea — all very beautiful dwarf-growing shrubS; with white 

or pink flowers, exceedingly ornamental. 
Syrmga vulgaris^ 10 feet — purple lilac. 

alba, 10 feet — white do. 

The red and white Persian, 6 feet — Charles the 1 0th and 

other sorts, are indispensable when planting shrubbery. 
Tdmarix Germanica, 10 feet — tamarisk tree^ singular. 
Tilia Europsea, 40 feet — European linden. 

Americana, 60 feet — American do. 

Ulmus Americana, 80 feet — American elm. 

camp^stris, 50 feet — English do. 

montana, 60 feet — mountain do. 

pendula — weeping do. 

Yiburnum opulus, 10 feet — guelder rose. 

oxy coccus, 12 feet — tree cranberry. 

Vitex ilgnus castus, 8 feet — chaste tree. 

Weigelea rosca^ 4 feet — rose colored, cleg ant , unique. 

Xanthoxylum fraxfneum^ 10 feet — toothache tree. 



832 



TABLE 01' SOILfS. 



TABLE OF SOILS. 



The following compounds of soils are adapted to the nature of the 
Plants contained in this work: — 



Number. 


Savanna. 


Loam. 


Leaf. 


Sand. 


Manure 


1 


2 


1 


- 


- 


— 


2 


- 


3 


2 


1 


- 


3 


- 


4 


— 


1 


1 


4 


- 


2 


1 




- 


5 


all 










6 


3 


1 








7 




o 

■ u • 


1 


1 




8 


4 


1 








9 




2 


2 


•1 

a 




10 


1 


1 


1 






11 




3 


2 


1 




12 




3 


1 


1 


1 


13 


2 


2 


1 


1 
a 


1 


14 




4 




1 




15 




4 


2 


I 




16 


4 




1 






17 




5 


1 


1 


1 


18 




1 


1 


1 


1 


19 


1 


1 









REMARKS ON THE NATURE OF SOILS USED IN THE ABOVE TABLE. 

Peat or Savanna soil is of a dark color, with a large portion of white 
sand incorporated with it, and is found frequently in New Jersey. A 
mixture of two-thirds black earth from the woods and one-third of 
pure white sand will be similar to it, and may be used as a substitute, 
but it is not exactly of the same nature. 

Loam is of a light-brown color, and is that from the top of old pas- 
tures or commons, which should lie one year, and be frequently 
turned before using. It ought not to be from a clay bottom, and 
merely three inches of the turf taken. 

Leaf mould is that which is to be found on the surface of the ground 
in woods, and is the decomposed leaves. It may be termed nearly 
of first rate importance in vegetation. 

Sand is a substance that is generally known, and that which is found 
on the surface is decidedly the best. If it is from a pit, it must be 
spread out and frequently turned, that it may assimilate with the 
atmosphere before using ; four months will be sufficient. 

Manure.hefore using, must be decomposed to very fine particles. It 
will require two years, during which time it must be often turned, 
arid the longer it lays it will be the finer and more congenial. 



GENERAL INDEX 



Acacia, 147, 196, 197 

Achirnenes, 198 

Acmadenia, 22G 

Aconitum, 35 

Adam's needle, 46 

Adenandra, 225 

Adonis, 29, 34 

iEschynanthus, 148 

.^:thiopian lily, 273 

Aga{)antl)us, 197 

Agathosma, 226 

Ageratutn, 26 

Agrostcinnia, 41 

Air plants, 184 

Allspice tree, 167 

Allamanda, 148 

Alligator pear, 165 

Ala>, 190, 198, 267 

Alonsoa, 198 

Aloysia, 198 

Alpinia, 142 

Alstra3meria, 199 

AllhGca, 19, 20, 33 

Amaryllis, 92, 105, 107, 144, 199 

Amaranthus, 29 

American cowslip, 38 

sultan, 26 

Ammocharis, 205 
Amomum, 142 
Amorpha, 19 
Am})elopsi8, 82 

Anemone, 17, 34, 49, 87, 105, 107, 
281 

— of planting, 116 

Aniseed tree, 236 
Annesl^ia, 147 

Annuals, list of for hot-bed, 26 

hardy, 29 

Anomatheca, 277 
Anthericum, 35 
Antirrhinum, 35 



Aphelandra, 148 
Aphelexis, 227 
Apicra, 267 
Araucaria, 200 
Arbor vita^, 94 
Arbutus, 201 
Ardisia, 148 
Areca, 148 
Aristolochia, SO, 149 
Asclepias, 35 
Aster, 26,201 
Astrapea, 149 
Aucuba, 201 

Auricula, 17, 43, 48, 106 

, character of a fine, 88 

Azalea, 201 
Azorian jasmine, 337 

Babiana, 196, 277 
Balsamina, 26 
Bamboo cane, 149 
Bambusa, 149 
Ikmana tree, 167 
Banisteria, 149 
Banksia, 201 
Barbadocs cherry, 166 

gooseberry, 154 

Barosma, 203, 226 
Barringtonia, 149 
Beaufortia, 203 
Beaumontia, 150 
Begonia, 203 
Bell clematis, 81 
Belladonna, 93, 107 
Bollis, 35 
Hrnthamia, 203 
Bergamotte, 221 
nignonia, 81, 150 
liindvveed, 30 
Birthwort, 80, 149 
Bletia, 150, 203 



334 



INDEX. 



Bonapartea, 150 
Boronia, 204 
Bouvardia, 204 
Brachysema, 204 
Brachycome, 30 
Bramble rose, 301 
Brassia, 183 
Brompton stock, 41 
Browallia, 26 
Brunsfelsia, 160 
Brunsvigia, 205 
Brugmansia, 204 
Brunia, 204 
Budding roses, 1 10 
Buddlea, 150 
Buphone, 205 
Burchellia, 205 

Cabbage tree, 148 

Cacalia, 26 

Cactus, 145, 151, 190 

, grafting of, 154 

Calathea, 150 
Calandrinia, 26 
Calceolaria, 205 
Calla, 264, 273 
Callicoma, 206 
Calliopsis, 37, 30 
Calothamnus, 206, 242 
Calystegia, 80 
Camellias, list of, 207 

, 187, 191, 192, 206 

, in rooms, 304 

Campanula, 17, 36 
Camphor tree, 238 
Canary-bird flower, 28 
Candytuft, 30 
Canna, 142, 151 
Cantua, 33 
Cape myrtle, 242 
— jasmine, 160, 268 

Aster, 220 

Caprifolium, 83 
Carmichelia, 220 

Carnation, 17, 38, 47, 88, 108, 113 

— , on laying, 109 

, character of a, 108 

Carolina jasmine, 233 
Caryota, 155 
Caryophyllus, 155 
Cassava, 164 
Catasetum, 183 
Catalonian jasmine, 237 
Catchfly, 34 
Cattleya, 183 



Ceanothus, 220 
Celosia, 26 
Centradenia, 155 
Centranthus, 45 
Centaurea, 26 
Cerbera, 155 
Cereus, 152, 175 
Ceropegia, 155 
Cestrum, 220 
Chamaerops, 267 
Charlwoodia, 158 
Cheiranthus, 36 
Chelone, 36 
Chili jasmine, 167 

pine, 201 

Chinese hybrid roses, 59 

primrose, 282 

pink, 27 

arbor vitJE, 94 

Chorozemia, 220 
Chrysanthemum, 36, 115 
Chryseis, 30 
Cineraria, 220 

Cinnamomum, 165, 220, 238 
Cistus, 221 
Citrus, 196, 221 
Clarkia, 26 
Clematis, 37, 80, 221 
Cleome, 26 

Clerodendrun, 155, 222 
Clethra, 222 
Clianthus, 222 
Clivea, 222 
Clintonia, 26 
Clove tree, 155 
Cobaea, 223 
Coffea, 155 
Coffee tree, 155 
Colchicum, 107 
Collinsia, 27 
Colutea, 19 
Combretum, 156 
Commelina, 27 
Convolvulus, 30 
Coreopsis, 30, 37 
Coral plant, 159, 230 

honeysuckle, 83 

Corn flag, 277 
Coronilla, 223 
Correa, 223 
Corypha, 156 
Cotyledon, 190 
Cowslip, 43 
Crane's bill, 233 
Crassula, 190, 224 



INDEX. 



335 



Crataegus, 224 
Crinum, 156, 224 
Crocus, 107, 117 
Croton, 157 
Crowea, 224 
Cunonia, 224 
Cuphea, 224 
Cupressus, 225 
Curcuma, 142 
Cycas, 157 
Cyclamen, 273 
Cydonia, 121 
Cymbidium, 203 
Cypripedium, 157 
Cypress vine, 30 
Cyrtanthus, 225 
Cyrtoceras, 157 
Cytisusj 19 

Dahlia, history of, 96 

character of, 103 

list of, 100 

on lifting the, 122 

propagation of, 97 

Daisy, 17, 35, 48 
Dampiera, 225 
Daphne, 281 
Date palm, 169, 247 
Daviesia, 225 
Day lily, 39 
Delphinium, 37 
Dendrobium, 183 
Dianthus, 38, 27 
Dictamnus, 38 
Digitalis, 33 
Dillvvynia, 225 
Dionsea, 142 
Diosma, 225 
Diplacus, 226 
Dodecatheon, 38 
Double rocket, 17 

larkspur, 116 

wallflower, 17, 106 

Doryanthes, 226 
Dracaena, 157, 226 
Dracocephalum, 39 
Dragon's head, 39 
Dragon tree, 157, 226 
Dropwort, 44 
Dryandra, 226 
Dutchman's pipe, 80 
Dyckia, 227 

Echeveria, 227 
Echinocactus, 152 



Edgings of various plants, 56 
Edwardsia, 227 
Elephant's foot, 253 
Elichrysum, 227 
Embothrium, 253 
Enkianthus, 227 
Entelea, 251 
Epacris, 196, 227 
Epidendrum, 183 
Epiphyllum, 153, 175 
Epiphytes, 184 
Eranthemum, 158 
Erica, 196, 228 

list of, 229 

Eriobotrya, 230 
Erodium, 230 
Erythrina, 123, 159,230 
Erysimum, 30 
Escallonia, 230 
Eschscholtzia, 30 
Eucalyptus, 230 
Eucomis, 189 
Eugenia, 158, 237 
Euonymus, 95, 231 
Eupatorium, 39, 231 
Euphorbia, 158 
Eutaxia, 231 

Evergreen shrubs of planting, 84 
Evening primrose, 31, 42 
Everlasting, 233 

Fabiana, 233 
Fair eye, 30 
Fan palm, 164 
Ferraria, 190 
Ficus, 159, 231 
Fig tree, 159 
Flos Adonis, 29 
Flax, 239 

Flower-garden, on laying out a, 13 

de luce, 40, 118 

Flues, on constructing, 130 
Fourcroya, 190 
Foxglove, 33 
Franciscea, 160 
Fraxinella, 38 
French honeysuckle, 34 

eglantine rose for stock, 

110 

Fritillaria, 107, 113, 125 

framing of, 17, 25 

Fuchsia, 232 
Funkia, 39, 40 

Furnace, on constructing, 130 



336 



INDEX, 



Gardenia, 160, 267 
Gardoquia, 233 
Gasteria, 267 
Geissomeria, 160 
Gelsemium, 233 
Genista, 19, 233 
Gentiana, 39 
Geranium, 233 
Gerardia, 34 
German stocks, 124 
Gesneria, 142, 144 
Geum, 39 
Gilia, 30 

Gladiolus, 92, 189, 191, 196, 277 

Gloriosa, 143 

Glory flower, 222 

Gloxinia, 143, 144 

Glycine, 81 

Gnaphalium, 233 

Gnidia, 233 

Gongora, 183 

Gomphrena, 27 

Gorteria, 234 

Grafting, 56 

Grape vine, culture of, 307 

pruning of, 317 

manure of, 319 

descriptive catalogue 

of, 320 

Grass and other edgings, 32 
Green-house, on erecting a, 185 
Grevillea, 234 
Grove love, 31 

Guano, introduction and p. 54 
Gum-elastic tree, 231 

Habranthus, 234 
Hawkweed, 30 
Haworthia, 267 
Heart's-ease, 31, 90 
culture of, 90 



Heath, 196, 228 
Hedera, 82 
Hedychium, 142 
Hedysarum, 34 
Helianthus, 30 
Helichrysum, 234 
Heliconia, 160 
Heliophila, 30 
Heliotropium, 161 
Hemerocallis, 39 
Hemimeris, 198 
Hemlock spruce, 94 
Heron's bill, 230 



Hibbertia, 235 
Hibiscus, 40, 161 
Hieracium, 30 
Holly, 236 
Hollyhock, 33 
Honeysuckle, 20, 83 
Hottentot's bread, 253 
Hovea, 235 
Hoya, 161 
Humea, 34 

Hyacinth, 85, 105, 117, 125, 191, 
'196 



character of a, 86 



Hybrid roses, 59 
Hydrangea, 235, 262 
Hypericum, 235 

Iberis, 30 

Ice plant, 27 

Ilex, 236 

Illicium, 236 

Imhofia, 205 

Indigofera, 237 

Indigo tree, 237 

Insects, destruction of, 136 

Ipomoea, 30, 162 

Ipomopsis, 33 

Iris, 40, 47, 107, 118 

Irish ivy, 82 

Ismene, 162 

Ixia, 139, 189, 191, 196, 277 
Ixora, 162 

Jacksonia, 237 
Jacobaea lily, 92 
Jambosa, 163, 237 
Japan day lily, 39 
Jasmine, 82, 237 
Jasminum, 82, 163, 237 
Jatropha, 163 
Jonquil, 47, 107, 118 
Juniperus, 94 
Justicia, 164, 237 

Kaempferia, 142 
Kalosanthes, 224 
Kennedia, 237 

Lachenalia, 139, 188, 196, 274 
Ladies' slipper, 26 

plant, 157 

Lagerstreemia, 262 
Lantana, 164 
Larkspur, 37 
Lasiopetalum, 238 



INDEX. 



337 



Lasiandra, 164 
Latania, 164 
Lathyrus, 30 
Laurus, 165, 238 
Laurustinus, 257 
Lavandula, 238 
Lavender, 56, 238' 
LeschenauJtia, 238 
Leadwort, 43, 248 
Leonotis, 239 
Leptospermum, 239 
Leptosiphon, 196 
Leucadendron, 239 
Leucospermum, 239 
Liatris, 40 
Lilium, lis, 278 
Lily, 118, 278 
Linum, 239 
Lion's ear, 239 
Liparia, 240 
Loasa, 30 
Lobelia, 240 
London pride, 44 
Lonicera, 88, 240 
Lophospermum, 240, 249 
Love lies bleeding, 29 
Loquat, 230 
Lunaria, 34 
Lupinus, 30 
Lychnis, 40, 240 
Lysinema, 240 
Lythrum, 41 

Magnolia, 241 
Mahernia, 241 
Mahogany tree, 172 
Malabar nut, 237 
Malay apple, 163 
Malope, 31 
Malphighia, 166 
Mammillaria, 151, 175 
Mandevillia, 167 
Manettia, 241 
Manetii rose for stock, 110 
Mangifera, 165 
Mango tree, 165 
Manihot, 164 
Marica, 166 
Marigold, 28 
Marvel of Peru, 31 
Mastich tree, 248 
Matthiola, 41 
Maurandia, 27 
Maxillaria, 183 
Meadow sweet, 44 

29 



Melaleuca, 241 
Melastoma, 166, 241 
Melocactus, 152 

Mesembry anthemum, 27, 190, 268 

Mespilus, 242, 230 

Metrosideros, 242 

Mexican lily, 199 

Mignionette, 31 

Mimosa, 27, 197 

Mirabilis, 31 

Mimulus, 41 

Monarda, 41 

Monkey flower, 41 

Monk's hood, 35 

Musa, 145, 167 

Musk scabious, 34 

Myrsine, 242 

Myrtle, 167, 196, 242 

Myrtus, 167, 196, 242 

Nandina, 243 

Narcissus, 47, 118, 191, 196 
Neapolitan violet, 45 
Nemophila, 31 
Nepenthes, 167 
Nerium, 243 
New Zealand flax, 247 
Norfolk Island pine, 200 
Night-blooming cereus, 152 

jasmine, 220 

Nintooa, 240 

(Enothera, 42 
Olea, 243 

Oleander, 196, 243 
Olive, 243 
Oncidium, 184 
Opuntia, 154, 175 
Orchideous plants, 183 
Ornithogalum, 274 
Ossoea, 166 
Oxalis, 196, 274, 278 
Oxlip, 43 
Oxylobium, 244 

Pachidendron, 267 

Paeonia, 282 
Pasonias, list of, 118 
Pancratium, 162, 168 
Pandanus, 168 
Pansy, 31 
Papaver, 31 
Passiflora, 83, 168, 244 
Passion vine, 83, 168, 244 
Pelargonium, 244 



838 



INDEX. 



Pelargonium, list of, 246 
Pentstemon, 17 
Pereskia, 154 
Periploca, 82 
Periwinkle, 28 
Persea, 165 
Petunia, 27 
Phaseolus, 247 
Phlox, 27, 42 
Phoenix, 169, 247 
Phormium, 247 
Photinia, 224 
Phrynium, 142 
Phylica, 247 
Physic nut, 163 
Pimelea, 247 
Pimenta, 167 

Pinks, 17, 3S, 47, 88, 108, 109 
Pinus, 94 
Pistacia, 248 
Pitcher plant, 167 
Pittosporum, 248 
Plantain tree, 167 
Platylobium, 248 
Plumbago, 43, 169, 248 
Plumeria, 169 
Podalyria, 248 
Poinsettia, 170 
Poivrea, 156 
Polianthes tuberosa, 89 
Polyanthus, 17, 88, 106 

character of a, 89 

Polyspora, 170 
Pomegranate, 262 
Potentilla, 43 
Portulaca, 27 
Primrose, 43, 48, 88, 106 
Primula, 43, 282 
Prince's feather, 29 
Protea, 239, 248 
Pruning, 18, 19 
Pterospermum, 170 
Pultenea, 249 
Pyrus, 121 

Queen Margaret, 26 

plant, 171, 252 

stock, 41 

Ragged Robin, 41 

Ranunculus, 17, 49, 87, 105, 107 

character of a, 87 

Red cedar, 94 

spider, 137 

Renanthera, 184 



Reseda, 31 
Rhapis, 170 
Rhododendron, 249 
Rhodochiton, 249 
Rhus, 19 
Richardia, 273 
Rhipidodendron, 267 
Robinia, 19 
Rochea, 224 
Rocket larkspur, 30 
Rock rose, 221 
Roella, 250 
Rondeletia, 171 

Rooms, treatment of plants in, 287 
Rose campion, 33 

tree, 249 

Pvoses budding, 110 
, Chinese or Bengal, ever- 
blooming, 66 

, climbing, 53, 75 

, daily, 66 

, hardy garden, list of, 49 

, hybrid Chinese, list of, 59 

, hybrid perpetual, 63 

, I'Isle de Bourbon, 65 

, microphylla, 78 

, musk-scented, 74 

, noisette, 72 

odorata or tea, 69 

, of grafting, 64 

, perpetual, 61 

, striped, list of, 61 

Rubus, 301 
Ruellia, 171 
Russelia, 171 

Sage, 250 
Sago palm, 171 
Sagus, 171 
Salpiglossis, 27 
Salvia, 250 
Saponaria, 44 
Saxifraga, 44 
Scabiosa, 34 
Schizanthus, 28 
Scottia, 251 
Screw pine, 168 
Senecio, 251 
Sensitive plant, 27 
Shrubs, of planting, 21 
Shortia, 28 
Silene, 44 
Silk vine, 82 
Silver tree, 239 
Snail flower, 247 



INDEX. 



339 



Snapdragon, 35 
Solandra, 171 
Sollya, 251 
Sparaxis, 279 
Sparmannia, 251 
Speedwell, 45 
Spherolobium, 251 
Spiderwort, 173 
Spiraea, 44 
Spurge, 158 

laurel, 282 

Spreikelia, 92 
Sprengelia, 252 
Stanhopea. 184 
Star of Bethlehem, 274 
St. Barnos lily, 35 
St. Johnswort, 235 
Statice, 44 
Sterculia, 281 
Sternbergia, 107 
Stephanotis, 172 
Stock gilly, 17, 41 
Stork's bill, 244 
Strelitzia, 171, 252 
Strawberry tree, 201 

pear, 153 

Streptocarpus, 252 
Stylidium, 252 
Styphelia, 252 
Summer heliotrope, 31 
Sutherlandia, 253 
Swainsonia, 253 
Sweet William, 38 

bay, 124 

pea, 30 

sultan, 26 

Swietenia, 172 
Sword lily, 92 

Tabernoemontana, 172 
Tacsonia, 255 
Tagetes, 28 
Talauma, 241 / 
Taliera, 156 
Tea plant, 253 
Tecoma, 82, 172, 253 
Telopea, 208, 253 
Testudinaria, 253 
Thea, 253 
Thomasia, 238 
Thrift, 44, 56 
Thrinax, 172 



Thuja, 94 

Thunbergia, 28, 172 
Thyme, 56 
Tiger flower, 93 
Tigridia, 93 
Tournefortia, 31 
Tradescantia, 173 
Tree primrose, 31 

poeony, 282 

Tritonia, 279 
Tropaeolum, 28, 255 
Tuberose, 89, 105, 115 
Tulip, of planting the, 119 

character of a good, 86 

Tulips, 47, 86, 105, 125, 196 
Turk's cap, 152 

Urania, 173 

Valeriana, 45 
Variegated Euphorbia, 30 
Vanda, 184 

Venus' paint-brush, 27 

fly-trap, 142 

Verbena, 28, 256 
Veronica, 45, 257 
Viburnum, 19, 257 
Viminaria, 257 
Vinca, 28 
Viola, 45, 90 

Virgin's bower, 37, 80, 221 
Volkameria, 222 

Wachendorfia, 188 
Wahlenbergia, 36 
Wall flower, 36, 106, 124 
Warratah, 208 
Watsonia, 196, 279 
Wax plant, 161 
Westringia, 257 
Wind flower, 34 
Wistaria, 81 
Witsenia, 258 
Wolfs'-bane, 35 

Yucca, 46, 258 

Zamia, 173, 258 
Zebra plant, 150 
Zingiber, 142 
Zinnia, 28 
Zygopetalum, 184 



THE END. 



R. BUIST, 

NURSERYKIAN AND SEED-GROWER, 

Cultivates and has for sale an extensive Stock of 

FRUIT 

AND 

ORNAMENTAL TEEES, 

FIiOWE:R$, ISHR1JBS, BOiSES, &c. 

Also, an extensive grovrer of 

GARDEN SEEDS. 

WHOLESALE AND EETAIL 

NURSERY AND SEED FARM, 

1>ARBY ROAD. 

SEED WAREHOUSE, 

9^ CMEST]¥IJT STREET. 

Green-houses, to the extent of 20,000 feet of Glass, at the 
ROSEDALE NURSERIES, 

PHILADELPHIA. 

Priced Catalogues on application. 
N. B. — Every article warranted as represented. 



NEW BOOKS 

RECENTLY PUBLISHED BY 

A. HART, late CAREY & HART, 

No. 126 Chestnut Street, Philadelphia. 



HISTORICAL AND SECRET MEMOIRS | PROSE WRITERS OF GERMANY. 



OF THE 

EMPRESS JOSEPHINE, 

(Marie Rose Tascher de la Pagerie,) 
FIRST WIFE OF NAPOLEON BONAPARTE. 
BY MLLE. M. A. LE NORMAND. 
Translated from the French by Jacob M, 
Howard, Esq. 
In 2 vols., 700 pages, muslin extra gilt. 
*'Xt possesses great intrinsic interest. It 
is a chequered exhibition of the undress life 
of Napoleon. All the glitter and pomp and 
dust of glory which bewilder the mind is 
laid; and we behold not the hero, the em 

Eeror, the guide and moulder of destiny, 
ut a poor sickly child and creature of cir- 
cumstance—affrighted by shadows and lor 
lured by straws."— PA?7ac?a. City Item. 

" This is one of the most interesting works 
of the day, containing a multiplicity of in 
cidents in the life of Josephine and her re- 
nowned husband, which have never before 
been m print."— i^. O. Times. 
^ " This is a work of high and commanding 
interest, and derives great additional value 
from the fact asserted by the authoress, that 



By FREDERICK H. HEDGE. 

ILLUSTRATED WITH EIGHT PORTRAITS AND AM 
ENGRAVED TITLE-PAGE, FROM A DESIGN 
BY LEUTZE. 

Complete in One Volume Octavo. 
Contents* 

Luther, Boehme, Sancta Clara, Moser, 
Kant, Lessing, Mendelssohn, Hamann, Wie- 
land, Musaus, Claudius, Lavaier, Jacobi, 
Herder, Goethe, Schiller, Fichte, Richter, 
A. W. Schlegel, Schleiermacher, Hegel, 
Zschokke, F. Schlegel, Hardenberg, Tieck, 
Schelling, Hoffmann, Chamisso. 

"The author of this work— for it is well 
entitled to the name of an original produc- 
tion, though mainly consisting of transla- 
I lions— Frederick H. Hedge of Bangor, is 
qualified, as few men are in this country, 
or wherever Ihe English language is writ- 
ten, for the successful accomplishment of 
the great literary enterprise to which he has 
devoted his leisure for several years. 
"Mr. Hedge has displayed great wisdom 



-iV. O. Com. 



irom me laci asserted by the authoress, that i . "eage nas aispiayed great wisdom 

the greater portion of it was written by the selection of the pieces to be trans- 

empress herself. It has a vast amount of?'^^^^' given the best specimens of 

mformalion on the subject of Napoleon's ^^^^ authors, so far as was possible in 
career, with copies of original documents 5^^^ ^^"i^^^'^ space. 

^,"5 ^il^ copjous [ " We ve::ture to say that there cannot be 
crowded into the same compass a more 
faithful representation of the German mind, 
or a richer exhibition of the profound 
thought, subtle speculation, massive learn- 
ing and genial temper, that characterize the 
most eminent literary men of that nation." 
— Harbinger. 

"What excellent matter we here have. 
The choicest gems of exuberant fancy, the 
most polished productions of scholarship, 
the richest flow of th^ heart, the deepest 
lessons of wisdom, all translated so well by 
Mr. Hedge an(> his friends, that they seem 
to have been first written by masters of the 
English tongue."— r/ie City Item. 

"We have read the book with rare plea- 
sure, and have derived not less information 
than enjoyment." — Knickerbocker. 

" The selections are judicious and tasteful, 
the biographies well wriltee and compro 
hensive."— /nguirer 



not to be 

notes at the end of the work." 

Bulletin 

'Affords the reader a clearer insight into 
the private character of Napoleon than he 
can obtain through any other source."— 
Baltimore American. 

"They are agreeably and well written ; 
and It would be strange if it were not so, 
enjoying as Josephine did, familiar collo- 
quial intercourse with the most distinguish- 
ed men and minds of the age. The work 
does not, apparently, suffer by translation." 
— Baltimore Patriot. 

It IS the history— in part the secret his- 
tory, written by her own hand with rare 
elegance and force, and at times with sur- 
passing pathos-of the remarkable woman 
who, by the greatness of her spirit was wor- 
thy to be the wife of the soaring Napoleon. 
a combines all the value of authentic his- 
■ory with the absorbing interest of an auto- 
biography or exciting romance."— J?e?/i. 



NEW BOOKS PUBLISHED BY A. HART. 



NAPOLEON i 

AND \ 

THE MARSHALS OF THE EMPIRE, i 

Complete in 2 vols. 12mo.5 < 
With 16 Steel Fortraits in Military Costume. \ 
Contents* 

Napoleon, Jourdan, Serruner, Lannes, 
Brune, Perignon, Oudinot, Soull, Davoust, 
Massena, Murat, Mortier, Ney, Poniatow- 
gki, Grouchy, Bessieres, Berthier, Soucliet, ; 
St. Cyr, Victor, Moncey, Marmont, Mac- ; 
donald, Bernadotte, Augereau, Lefebvre, \ 
Kellermann. 

The biographies are twenty-seven in 
number — Napoleon and his twent;^-six 
marshals, being all those created by him — 
and therefore these pages have a complete- 
ness about them which no other work of a 
similar design possesses. 

The style is clear and comprehensive, 
and the book may be relied upon for histo- 
rical accuracy, as the materials have been 
drawn from sources the most authentic. 
The Conversations of Napoleon, with Mon- 
tholon, Gourgaud, Las Cases and Dr. O'- 
Meara have all been consulted as the true 
basis upon which the lives of Napoleon 
and his commanders under him should be 
founded. 

"The article on Napoleon, which occu- 
pies the greater part of the first volume, is 
written in a clear and forcible style and 
displays marked ability in the author. Par- 
ticular attention has been paid to the early 
portion of Napoleon's life, which other wri- 
ters have hurriedly dispatched as though 
they were impatient to arrive at the opening 
glories of his great career." — N. Y. Mirror. 

"The lives of the Marshals and their 
Chief, the military paladins of the gorgeous 
modern romance of the 'Empire,' are given 
with historic accuracy and without exag- 
geration of fact, style or language."--.Ba^- 
timore Patriot, 

" We have long been convinced that the 
' character of Napoleon would never receive 
*even handed justice' until some impartial 
and intelligent American should undertake 
the task of weighing his merits and deme- 
rits. In the present volume this has been 
done with great judgment. We do not 
know the author of the paper on Napoleon, 
but whoever he may be, allow us to say to 
him that he has executed his duty better than 
any 'predecessor.'^''— Evening Bulletin. 

" The style of this v/ork is worthy of com- 
mendation—plain, pleasing and narrative, 
the proper style of history and biography 
in which the reader* does not seek fancy 
sketchss, and dashing vivid pictures,^ but 
what the work professes to contain, biogra- 
phies. AVe commend this as a valuable 
library book worthy of preservation as a 
work of reference, after having been read." 
•—Bn.lt. AmeriDan. 

"This is the clearest, most concise, and 
most interesting life of Napoleon and his 
marshals which has yet been given to the 
public. Tne arrangement is judicious and 



the charm of the narrative continues ua* 
broken to the end." — City Item 

"The publishers have spared no pams or 
expense in its production, and the best talent 
in the country has been engaged on its va- 
rious histories. The style is plain and gra- 
phic, and the reader feels that he is perusing 
true history rather than the ramblings of a 
romantic mind."— Xa(ii/'s Booh. 

"The result of these joint labors is a series 
of narratives, in which the events succeed 
each other so rapidly, and are of so marvel- 
ous a cast, as to require only the method in 
arrangement and the good taste in descrip- 
tion which they have received from the 
hands of their authors. The inflated and 
the Ossianic have been happily avoided." — 
Colonization Herald. 

"Their historical accuracy is unimpeach- 
able, and many of them (the biographies) 
are stamped with originality of thought and 
opinion. The engravings are numerous and 
very fine. The book is well printed on fine 
white paper, and substantially bound. It 
deserves a place in all family and school 
libraries." — Bulletin. 

"It abounds in graphic narratives of bat- 
tles, anecdotes of the world-famed actors, 
and valuable historical information." — Rich" 
mond Inquirer. 

" We receive, therefore, with real plea- 
sure, this new publication, having assurance 
that great pains have been taken in the pre- 
paration of each individual biography, and 
especially in collating the various authori- 
ties upon the early history of the Emperor. 
There appears to be nowhere any attempt 
to blind the reader by dazzling epithets, and 
the accuracy of construction throughout is 
highly creditable to the editor."— Commer- 
cial Advertiser^ N. Y, 

"The style Is simplicity itself, wholly free 
from the amusing pomposity and absurd in- 
flation that distinguish some of the works 
which have gone before it." 



BRYANT'S POEMS. 

ILLUSTRATED BY TWENTY SUPEEB ENGRAVINGS, 

From Designs by E. LEUTZE, 

Expressly for this Volume, 
ENGE.AVED BY AMERICAN ABTISTS, 

And printed on fine VeUum paper. 
COMPLETE IN ONE VOLUME OCTAVO. 

Sixth Edition. (Just ready.) 

Pi-ice ^5.00 dound in scarlet^ gilt edges; or 
beautifully bound by S. Moore in calf 
or Turkey morocco, $7.00. 

"This is really a splendid book, and one of 
the most magnificent of Carey & Hart's collec- 
tion of "The Illustrated Poets.' "—?7:->S'. Gaz. 

" The * getting up' of this edition is credit* 
able in the highest degree to the publishers 
and the fine arts of the country. The paper 
binding, and the engravings are all of the 
very best '^n.(!i,'"^InqiMrer and Cmrier, 



NEW BOOKS PUBLISHED BY A. TIART. 



PETBR SCHLSMIHL. 



PETER SCHLEMIHL IN AMEllICA. 



Complete in One Volume, \2ino. 



" The object of this work is to * catch ihe 
manners living as they rise' in connection 
with the antagonisms of the present day— 
^novelties which disturb the ^eace' — as Swe- 
denborgianism, Transcendentalism, Fou- 
rierism, and other isms. The author has ^ 
made these pages the vehicle of valuable 
information oa all the topics of which he 
has treated." 

" Peter, as our readers may recollect, sold 
his shadow to a Gentleman in Black, and 
upon this fable the American adventures 
are founded. The author, whoever ne may 
be, has read much, and been at least ' a 
looker on in Venice,' .f not a participator 
of the follies of fashionable life. 

"The theological and political criticism 
is inwoven with a tale of fashionable life, 
and the reader becomes not a little interest- 
ed in the heroine, Mrs Smith, who certainly 
must have been a lemarkable woman. It 
is nealiy published, and will be extensively 
read." — Bulletin. 

" We shall be greatly mistaken if this 
book does not kick up a whole cloud of 
dust."— The City Item. 

*'TLe work is characterized by much 
learning and sincere feeling." — N. Y. Mirror. 

" One of the most entertaining works we 
have read for many a day, as well as one 
of the best written. Who the author is we 
know not; but we do know that the book 
will meet with a rapid sale wherever an 
inkling of its character leaks out. For 
watering places, or anywhere, during the 
hot weather, it is worth its weight in — gold 
we almost said. It is full of everything of 
the best, and you can scarcely open it at 
random without striking upon some sketch 
or dialogue to enchain the attention."— Ger- 
mantown Telegraph. 

" His stock of knowledge is large ; and as 
his conscience is rectified by Christian 
principle, and his heart beats in unison 
with the right and the true, he uses his trea- 
sures of information only for good purposes, 

"The book belongs to that class of novels 
which make an interesting story the me- 
dium for the communication of important 
*|uth. In many respects it is a peculiar 
work, differing from all others in both de- 
sign and execution, and leaving the impres- 
sion that it is the product of a mind of no 
ordinary power. * * * ♦ 

"Those who love to thinlc and/eeZ, as the 
result of trulhtul thought, will read the book 
with interest and profit." — Rejlector ^ Watch- 
man. 

"A rare book. Who m the world wrote 
it? Here are nearly five hundred pages 
with gems on every one of them. The 
satire is equal to that of Don Quixote or 
Asmodeus. The hits at society in this 
country are admirable and well pointed. ) 
The humbugs of the day are skillfully ' 



shown up, and the morals of the book ar* 
unexceptionable. The author cannot long 
esftipe detection, in s{ute of his shadowy 
concealment, and if a new practitioner ha 
will jump to the head of his profession al 
once." — Godey''s Lady''s Book. 

"We are prepared to say, that Peter 
richlemihl is an exceedingly clear and 
well-written work — that the author has 
displayed a considerable amount of book 
lore in its composition — that the story is in- 
teresting and instructive — that we have 
been entertained and edified by Us perusal, 
and that it possesses merits of more than 
ordinary character. We cordially recom- 
mend it to the reading community, since we 
are sure that they will be benefitted as well 
as entertained by the revelations contained 
in the pages of Peter.— TAe National Era. 

"A strangely conceived and ably executed 
work."— iV. O. Com. Times. 

"The work forms a consecutive tale, all 
along which runs a vein of severe satire, 
and which at every step is illustrated by a 
vast deal of valuable information, and the 
inculcation of sound principles of morality 
and religion. It is a work which is adapted 
to do good, suited to all intelligent general 
readers, and a pleasant companion for the 
scholar's leisure hours."— iV. Y. Recorder. 

"This is a very remarkable production, 
and unless we are greatly deceived, it is 
from a new hand at the literary forge. We 
have read every page of this thick volume, 
and have been strongly reminded of South- 
ey's great book, The^Doctor. The author of 
this work must be a man of close observa- 
tion, much research, and if we are accurate 
in our estimate, he is a layman. * * * * 
This same book will make a sensation in 
many quarters, and will unquestionably 
create a name and reputation for its author, 
who forthwith takes his place among the 
best and keenest writers of our country. * * 
We commend it to the graved and gayest of 
our readers, and assure them that our own 
copy will not go off our table until another 
winter has passed away."— JV. Y. AUianca 
and Visitor. 

"The volume cannot fail to be read exten- 
sively and do good, The popular '■ isms'' of 
the day, their folly and injurious tendency, 
are descanted upon with mingled gravity 
and humor, and considerable talent and 
truthful feeling are shown in the discus- 
sion. Whether the book have an immediate 
run or not, the soundness of its views, deli- 
vered with some quaintness of style, will 
insure it permanent popularity."— iV. York 
Commercial Advertiser. 

"Light, sportive, graceful raillery, ex- 
pressed with terse and delicate ease. * * • 

"It is a novel of fun, with grave notes by 
way of ballast."— CAmfia^ Examiner, 

3 



PI^BLISHED BY A. HAET. 



Nov<7 ready, in 2 vols, post Svo., price ^2 00. with 16 Portraits, 

WASHINGTON AND THE GENERALS Off 

THE RE¥OLUTION. . 

BY VARIOUS EMINENT AUTHORS. 

CONTAINING- 

Siog'raphical Sleetches of all^the Jflajor and Mrig-cidier Generals 
icho acted tender comiuissiGtis from Cong-ress during^ 
the ISevoliitionart/ W*ar» 



"We hail these beautiful volumes with 
Iftndisguised delight. They supply, in a dig- 
nified and comprehensive form, valuable 
information, w^hich will be^sought with avi- 
dity, not only by the American public, but 
by the world at large. •The w^ant of a work 
of positive authority on this subject has long 
been felt and deplored. The enterprise and 
good taste of Messrs. Carey and Hart have 
given us two handsome and reliable vo- 
lumes, betraying industry and talent, and 
replete with facts of the deepest interest. 
There is no idle romancing — no school-boy 
attempts at rhetorical display; on the con- 
trary, the work is written in a clear, un- 
affected, business-like, yet beautiful man- 
ner. The authors had the good sense to 
think that the stirring events of "the times 
that tried men's souls," needed no embellish- 
ment. It is a complete, impartial, and Vv^ell 
written history of the American Revolu- 
tion, and, at the same time, a faithful bio- 
graphy of the most distinguished actors in 
that great struggle, whose memories are 
enshrined in our hearts. The typographical 
execution of the work is excellent, and the 
sixteen portraits on steel are remarkably 
well done. The first volume is embel- 
lished with a life-like portrait of Washing- 
ton mounted on his charger, from Sully-s 
picture, " Quelling the Whisky RiotsP- This 
is, w^e believe, the first engraving taken 
from it. There are biographies of eighty- 
eight Generals, beginning with "the Father 
cxf his country," and closing with General 
Maxw^ell. To accomplish this task, we 
are assured that "the accessible published 
and unpublished memoirs, correspondence, 
and other materials relating to the period, 
have been carefully examined and faith- 
fully reflected." We earnestly commend 
this work. It will be found an unerring 
record of the most interesting portion of 
our history. — The City Item. 

This work differs from Mr. Headley's, 
having nearly the same title, in many ira- 
portaiit particulars ; and as a7i historical book 
is much superior. — N. Y. Coin. Advertiser. 

Certainly the most comprehensive and 
individualized work that has ever been 
published on the subject — each member of 
the great dramatis personce of the Revolu- 
tionary tragedy, standing out in bold and 
*'sculf tured" relief, on his own glorious 
d*'.p-ds — Saturday Courier. 

This work is a very different affair from 
tiie flashy and superficial book of the Rev. 
J. T. Headley, entitled "Washington and 
bis Generals." It appears witiiout the 



name of any author, because it is the join*' 
production of many of the most eminent 
writers in the country, resident in various 
states in the Union, and having, from the 
circumstance, access to original materials 
f in private hands, and to public archives not 
^ accessible to any one individual without 
I long journey and much consumption of 
time. The result, however, is a complete 
and authentic work, embracing biographi- 
cal notices of every one of the Revolution- 
ary Generals. The amount of fresh and ori- 
ginal matter thus brought together in these 
moderate-sized volumes, is not less sur- 
prising than it is gratifying to the historical 
reader. This will become a standard book 
of reference, and v/ill maintain its place in 
libraries long after the present generation 
shall have enjoyed the gratification of pe- 
rusing its niteresting pages, exhibiting in a 
lively style the personal adventures and 
private characters of the sturdy defenders 
of American Independence. — Scotfs Weekly 
Neiusfaper. 

The author's name is not given, and from 
what w^e have read, we presume that va- 
rious pens have been employed in these in- 
teresting biographies. This is no disadvan- 
tage, but, on the contrary, a decided benefit, 
for it insures greater accuracy than could be 
looked for in such a series of biographies 
written by one person in a few months. 
The volumes are published in a very hand- 
some style. The first sixty pages are oc- 
cupied v.'ith the biography of Washington, 
which is written Vv^th force and elegance,' 
and illustrated by an original view of the 
character of that great man. * * * The 
number of the biographies in these volum.es 
is much greater than that of Mr. Headley's 
work. There are eighty-eight distinct sub- 
jects. — N. Y. Mirror. 

We have read a number of the articles, 
find them to be written with ability, and to 
possess a deep interest. The author has 
; manifested excellent judgment in avoidinf^ 
; all ambitious attempts at what is styled 
J^ne writing; but gives a connected recital 
' of the important events in the lives of his 
^ heroes. The v/ork will be highly interest- 
ing and valuable to all readers — particu- 
larly so to youth, who are a!w^ays attracted 
by biographies. If a father wishes to pre- 
sent to his sons noble instances of uncor- 
rupted and incorruptible patriotism, let him 
place this w^ork in their hands. It should 
have a place in every American library, 
and is among the most valuable books of tha 
&e ason . — Baltimore A?r< erica n. 



NEW BOOKS PUBLISHED BY A. JEIALIT. 



FEDERAL ADMINISTILfiTIONS. 

MEMOmS 

OF THE 

ADMINISTRATIONS OF 
WASHINGTON AND JOHN ADAMS. 

EDITED FROM THE PAPERS OF 

OLIVER WOLCOTT, 

SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY. 

By GEORGE GIBBS. 

''Nullius addictusj urate in verlia magislri." 
hi Two Vols. Octavo. lOCO Pages j Cloth Gilt, 
Price 85. 

"Books of this character best illustrate 
the history of the country. The men who 
have acted important parts are made to 
speak for themselves, and appear without 
any aid from the partiality of friends, or any 
injury from the detraction of enemies." — 
Jrovidence Journal. 

"The materials of which these volumes 
ire composed are of great value. They: 
/onsist of correspondence, now first given ; 
to the world, of Washington, the elder; 
Adams, Ames, John Marshall, Rufus King,; 
Timothy Pickering, Wolcott, &c. There; 
are thirty-seven original letters from Alex- j 
ander Hamilton, many of them of the highest '< 
interest; one in which the writer with keen I 
sagacity and all the splendor of his elo- 1 
quence, gives a character of Mr. Burr upon ; 
which his own fate was destined to put the ; 
seal of truth, is read now with singular] 
emotions. Mr. Gibbs has performed his ; 
task extremely well. His preface is modest ; 
and dignified. The passages of narrative ; 
by which the letters are connected are ac- | 
curate, judicious and agreeable; they illus- ] 
trate, and do not overlay the principal ma' j 
terial of the work." — North A7Jierican. 1 

"Here we meet, illustrated in something! 
like forty important letters, the blazing intel- 
ligence, the practical sagacity, the heroic ! 
generosity, the various genius, which have : 
made Hamilton the name of statesmanship ; 
and greatness, rather than the name of a 
man. llere we have the piercing judgment 
of John Marshall, unsusceptible of error, 
whose capacity to see the truth was equalled 
only by his power of compelling others to 
receive it; in the light of v»'hose logic opi- 
nions appeared to assume the nature of: 
facts, and truth acquires the palpableness 
of a material reality; the bluntness, force; 
and probity of Pickering; the sterling ex- 
cellences of Wolcott himself, who had no : 
artifices and no concealments, because his : 
strength was too great to require them, and 
his purposes too pure to admit them; and: 
soundin^f as an understrain through the : 
whole, the prophet tones of Ames."— 17^. S. : 
Gazette. ; 

"An important and valuable addition to | 
the historical lore of the country." — N. Y. \ 
Evening Gazette. ( 
" We look upon these memoirs as an ex- 1 
ceedingly valuable contribution to our na- j 
tional records."— A''. Y Corn. Advertiser. i 



PETEHS' DIGEST. 

A FULL AXD AH RANGED 

DIGEST OF THE DECISIONS 

In Common Law, EquiUj, and Admiralty 
OF THE COURTS OF THE UNITED STATES, 

From the Organization of the Government i% 
1789 to 1647 : 

IN THE SUPREME, CIRCUIT, DISTRICT, AND 
ADSIIRALTY COURTS; 

Reported in Dallas, Cranch, Wheaton, Peters, 
and Howard's Supreme Court Reports ; in 
Gallison, Mason, Paine, Peters, "Washington, 
Wallace, Sumner, Story, Baldwin, Brocken- 
brough, and McLean's Circuit Court Re- 
ports ; and in Bees, Ware, Peters, and Gil- 
pin's District and Admiralty Reports. 

BY RICHARD PETERS. 

With an Appendix — containing the Rules 
and Orders of the Supreme Court of the United 
States in Proceedings in Equity, established 
by the Supreme Court, Complete in two 
large octavo volumes, law binding, raised 
bands, at a low price. 



THRILLING INCIDENTS 

OF THE 

WARS OF THE UNITED STATES. 

COMPRISING THE MOST 
STRIKING AND REMARKABLE EVENTS 
OF 

The Revolution, the French War, the 
Tripolitan War, the Indian War, the 
Second War with Great Britain, 
and the Mexican War, 

WITH THREE PIUNDRED ENGRAVINGS. 

BY THE AUTHOR OF 

''The Army and Navy of the United States." 
In One Volume Octavo, COO Pages, vnth 300 
illustrations of Battle Scenes, Portraits^ 



MEMOmS 

OF THE 

QUEENS OF FRANCE. 

By MRS. FORBES BUSH. 

FROM THE SECOND LONDON EDITION. 

In Two Vols. 12mo., with Portraits. 
"Mrs. Forbes Bush is a graceful writer, 
and in the work before us has selected the 
prominent features in the lives of the Queens 
with a great deal of judgment and discrimi- 
nation. These memoirs will be found no* 
only peculiarly interesting, but also ' 
slructive as throwing considerable ' 
upon the manners and customs o" 
ages."— Western ContinenU 



NEW BOOKS PUBLISHED BY A. HART. 



MORFIT'S APPLISD CHBMIBTRT. 



A TREATISE UPON CHEMISTRY, 

IN ITS APPLICATION TO THE MANUFACTUKE OF 

SOAPS AND CANDLES. 

BXINa A THOROUGH EXPOSITION OF THE PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF THE TRaDB 
IN ALL THEIR MINUTI-E, BASED UPON THE MOST RECENT DISCOVERIES IN 

SCIENCE. ! 

BY CAMPBELL MORFIT, 

PRACTICAL AND ANALYTICAL CHEMIST. 

With 170 Engravings on Wood. 

This work is based upon the most recent uiscoveries in Science and improvements 
IN Ae/t, and presents a thorough exposition of the principles and practice of the trade in 
all their minutiae. The experience and ability of the author have enabled him to produce 
A MOPvE COMPLETE AND COMPBEHENSIVE BOOK upou the subject than any extant. The whole 
arrangement is designed with a view to the scientific enlightenment, as well as the in- 
strucion of the manufacturer, and its contents are such as to render it not only a stand- 
ard GUIDE BOOK TO THE OPERATIVE, but also an authoritatlvc work of reference for the 

ClIEmST AND THE StUDENT. 

An examination of the annexed table of contents will show the invaluable usefulness 
of the work, the practical features of which are illustrated by upwards of one hundred 

AND SIXTY ENGRAVINGS ON WOOD. 

The following synopsis embraces only the main heads of each Chapter and Paragraph. 



Chap. 1. Introductory Remarks. 

" 2. The Dignity of the Art and its Re- 
lations to Science. 

" 3. Affinity and Chemical Squiva- 
lents : — Explanatio7i of. 

** 4. Alkalies. — Lime, Poiassa, Soda, 
Ammonia. 

" 6. Alkalimetry. 

" 6 J.cic?5.— Carbonic, Sulphuric, Hy- 
drochloric, Nitric, Boracic. 
Acidimetry. 

** 7. Origin and Composition of Fatty 
Matters. 

^ 8. Saponifiahle Fats.~0\\^ of Al- 
mond, Olive, Mustard, Beech, 
Poppy, Rapeseed, Grapeseed; 
Nut Oil, Linseed Oil, Castor 
Oil, Palm Oil, (processes for 
bleaching it;) Coco Butter, 
Nutmeg Butter, Galum Butter, 
Athamantine. 

" 9. Adulteration of Oils. 

" 10. Action of Acids upon Oils. 

" 11. Volatile Oz7s.— The Properties of, 
and their applicability to the 
Manufacture of Soaps. 

« 12. Volatile Oils :— Their Origin and 
Composition; Table of their 
Specific Gravities. 

" 13. Essential 0«75; — The Adultera- 
tions of, and the modes of de- 
tecting them. 

*' 14. Wax:— lis Properties and Com- 
position. 

" 15. J?esm5 ; — Their Properties and 
Composition ; Colophony and 
Gallipot. 

* 16. Animal Fats and Oj'Z^;— Lard, 
Mutton Suet, Beef-tallow, Beef- 
• marrow, Bone>fat, Soap-grease, 
Oil-lees, Kllchen-stuff, Human 
fat, Adipocir^. '^MUer, Fish-oil, 

6 



Spermaceti, Delphinine, Neats 
feet Oil. 

Chap. 17. The Constituents of Fats, theii 
Properties and Composition: 
Stearine, Stearic Acid and 
Salts; Margarine, Marp'aric 
Acid and Sails ; Olein, Oleic 
Acid and Salts; Celine, Cetylic 
Acid; Phocenine, Phocenic 
Acid and Salts ; Butyrine, Bu- 
tyric Acid and Salts; Caproic, 
Capric Acid; Hircine, Hircic 
Acid; Cholesterine. 
" 18. Basic Co7isiiiuents of Fats : — 

Glycerin. Eihal, 
" 19. Theory of Saponification. 
" 20. Utensils :—'&\esLm Series, Buga- 
diers or Ley Vats, Soap Frames, 
Caldrons, &c. 
" 21. The Systemized arrangement for 

a Soap Factory. 
" 22. Re7narks, — Preliminary to the 
Process for Making Soap, 



23. Hard Soaps 



Jutting Pro- 



cess;" Comparative Value ol 
Oils and Fats as Soap ingredi- 
ent, with Tables ; White, Mot- 
tled, Marseilles, Yellow, Yan- 
kee Soaps; English Yellow and 
AVhite Soap, Coco Soap, Palm 
Soap, Butter Soap, English 
Windsor Soap, French Wind- 
sor Soap. Analyses of Soaps. 

24. Process for Making Soap .'—Pre- 

paration of the Leys, Empa- 
tage, Relargage, Coction, Mot- 
tling, Cooling. 

25. Fxtemporaiieons Soaps: — Lard, 

Medicinal, "Hawes," "Ma 
quer," and ''Darcet's" Soaps 

26. Silicated .Soap^ .•— Flint, Sand, 

" Dunn's,'* Davis's-' Soaps. 



NEW BOOKS PUBLISHED BY A. HART. 



Chap.:27. Patetit Soaps.— Bexinne, Salina- 
ted Soaps, Soap from Hardened 
Fat. 

" 28. Anderson's Improvements. 

" 29. Soft Soap5;— Process for Making, 
Crown Soaps, " Savon Vert." 

" 30. The Conversion of Soft Soaps into 
Hard Soaps. 

" 31. Frauds in Soap Mahing and 
Means for their Detection. 

" 32. Earthy Soaps, Marine Soap, Me- 
tallic Soaps. Ammoniacal Soap. 

** 33. Soap from Volatile Oils: — Star- 
ley's Soap, Action of Alkalies 
upon Essential Oils. 

" 34. ^'■Savons Acides^'''' or Oleo-acidu- 
lated Soap. 
35. Toilet Soaps .- — Purification of 
Soaps, Admixed Soap, Cinna- 
mon, Rose, Orange - flower, 
Bouquet, Benzoin, Cologne, 
Vanilla, Musk, Naples, Kasan 
Soaps, Flotant Soaps, Trans- 
parent Soaps, Soft Soaps, Sha- 
ving Cream; Remarks. 

" 36. Areometers a nd Thermometers : — 
their use and value. 

" 37. Weights and Measures. 

« 38. Candles. 

" 39. Illumination. 

" 40. Philosophy of Flame. 

" 41. Raw Material for Candles: — 



Modes of Rendering Fats, 
" Wilson's Steam Tanks. 
Chap. 42. Wicks: — Their use and action. 
Cutting Machines. 

" 43. Of the Manufacture of Candles. 

" 44. Dipped CanrfZes : — Improved Ma- 
chinery for facilitating their 
Manufacture. 

" 45. Material of Candles: — Process 
for Improving its Quality. 

" 46. Moulded Candles: — Improved 
Machinery for facilitating their 
Manufacture.— "Vaxeme," or 
Summer Candles. 

" ^ 47. Stearic Acid Candles:— Xdi2sa2,nl' 
ine and Star Candles. 

" 43. Stearin Candles: — Braconnot's 
and Morfit's Process. 

" 49. Sperm Candles. 

" 50. Palmine, Palm Wax, Coco Can^ 
dies. 

" 51. Wax Candles .-—Mode of Bleach- 
ing the Wax, with drawings of 
the apparatus requisite there- 
for; Bougies, Cierges, Flam- 
beaux. 

" 52. Patent Canf/Z&s : — " Azotized,'» 
Movable Wick and Goddard'a 
Candles ; Candles on Continu- 
ous Wick ; Water and Hour 



Bougies, Perfumed Candles. 
53. Concluding Remarks. Vocabu- 
lary. 

Terms.— The book is handsomely printed, with large type, gmd on good thick paper, 
m an octavo volume of upwards of five hundred pages, the price of which is S5 per 
copy, neatly bound in cloth gilt, or it will be forwaided by mail free of postage in flexible 
covers, on receiving a remittance of ^5. (A limited number only printed.) 



PERFUMERY; 

ITS MANUFACTURE AND USE: 

WITH INSTRUCTIONS IN EVERY BRANCH OF THE ART, AND 
RECIPES FOR ALL THE FASHIONABLE PREPARATIONS. 



THE WHOLE FORMING A YALUABLE AID TO THE 

Perfumer, Druggist and Soap Manufacturer. 
ILLUSTRATED WITH NUMEROUS WOOD-CUTS 
From tike Frencli of Celnart and otlier late Autliorities* 

VOTH ADDITIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS 

BY CAMPBELL MORFIT, 

Practical and Analytical Chemist. 

"This is a translation from the French of ^ "A very useful work, and one which, we 
Celnart, and other late authorities, with < think, must become immensely popular. Ii 
additions and improvements by Campbell < exposes the whole art and mystery of the 
Morfit. To us it is a volume of mysteries: manufacture of cosmetics, hair-dyes, po- 
lo lady readers it will doubtless be at once J mades, oils, depilatories, dentifrices, soaps, 
mtelligible and interesting, as it professes ? cachous, &c., and enables every man or ivo- 
TO give instructions ii<. every branch of the man to be his or her own beautifier, without 
art, and recipes for all fashionable prepara-> recourse to the genius or taste of the per* 
tions. Indeed we should scarcely imagines fumer. It is, indeed, a curious book, and 
that a single cosmetic has been omitted, the i we have skipped over its pages with a 
list is so extensive."— iV. Y.Com. Advertiser. ^ great deal of satisfaction. — Spirit of Times 



The Best Illustrated Works at 50 Cents a Volume 
CAREY & HART'S 

Library of Humorous American Works, 

With Illustrations by Darley. 



Price 50 Cents. {Complete.) 



Price 50 Gents. (Complete.) 



THEATRICAL APPRENTICESHIP STREAKS OF SQUATTER LIFE 



V/ 



Anecdotal Recollections 

OF 

SOL. SMITH, Esq. 

COilEDIAN, LAWYER, ETC. ETC. 

TH-EIGHT ORIGINAL DESIGNS. 
CONTENTS. 
Early Scenes — Wanderings in the West — 
Cincinnati in Early Life—" One Man in his 
Time plays many Parts" — Expedient to gain 
a Liyelihood — Early Days of Edwin Forrest— 
The Manager in Distress— Pittsburgh Thea- 
tricals — Philadelphia Gardens in 1824 — The 
Old Chatham Theatre — Star-gazing in New 
York — Concerts in New Jersey — Getting thro' 
a Winter — Strolling in Canada — The Murder- 
ous Alleghanians— Dawning of the Drama in 
Lewistown — Floating do^n the Stream — The- 
atricals in Kentucky — Anecdotal Recollec- 
tions since 1827— A Theatrical Dentist— The 
Kiral Vocalists — Pettifogging in St. Louis — 
A Friendly Game of Poker— Tom the Curtain 
Man — The Manager and Planter, Signor Mat- 
thieu— Letter to Eev. A. Ballard— ^^ly First 
and Last Sermon — Tennessee Door-keeper — 
The Player and the Phrenologist — Interview 
with an Editor, &c. &c. 

"A very whimsical apprenticeship it is, 
making it impossible to preserve, while read- 
ing it, the slightest approach to gravity. In- 
deed, we have seldom met with a book so 
irresistibly provocative of a perpetual ' broad 
grin.' It is as good as a plaj^, and a play of 
the richest comedy." — Jeffersonian. 



Price 50 Cents. {Complete.) 
MAJOR JONES' 
SKETCHES OF TRAVEL. 

COilPRISING THE SCENES^ IXCIDENTS AND 
ADYEXTERES IX HIS 

TOUH FEOM GEOEGIA TO CANADA. 

With Eight Original Engravings, from 
Designs by Darley. 

THIRD EDITION. 

"Not only fun, but information is to he 
gained from them." — Saturday Post. 

"It contains palpable and amusing hits 
cn the people and customs of different 
places." — Baltimore Patriot. 

" The wit is of the ' Sam Slick' sort."--iV. 
3' CoTnm^rcial. 
S 



FAR-WEST SCENES. 

A SERIES OP HUMOROUS SKETCHES DTB- 
SCRIPTIVE OF INCIDENTS AND CHA- 
RACTER IN THE WILD WEST. 

BY "SOLITAIRE," 
(JOHN S. ROBB, of St. Louis, Mo.) 

AUTHOR OP "SWALLOWIXa OYSTERS ALIVE." 

With Eight Humorous Illustrations by Darley. 
CONTENTS. 

The Western Wanderings of a Typo—" Not 
a Drop more. Major, unless it's sweetened"— 
Nettle Bottom Ball- A Cat Story— A Spiritual 
Sister — Hoss Allen's Apology — Natural Act- 
ing — A Canal Adventure — The Standing Can- 
didate — An Emigrant's Perils — Fun with a 

Bar" — Telegraphing an Express — The Pre- 
emption Eight — Yaller Pledges — GeorgeMun- 
day,the Hatless Prophet — Courting in French 
Hollow — The Second Advent — Settlement 
Fun — "Doing" a Landlord — Who is Sir 
George Simpson? — Letters from a Baby — 
Seth'' Tinder's First Courtship— The Death 
Struggle—'- Who are They V 

'•'Mr. Eobb is better known probably as 
' Solitaire,' under which name he has written 
some very broad, farcical sketches of Western 
manners for the Reveille^ of St. Louis. Some 
of the sketches in this volume are spirited 
and cleverly written, and they are all lively 
and full of animal spirits ; but they are too 
brief to contain a development of character. 
The best sketch is the story of ' Old Sugar,' 
which is illustrated by an exceedingly fine 
drawing by Darley. We fee], after inspecting 
the designs in this book, that we have here- 
tofore underrated the comic powers of this 
admirable artist ; there are evidences in some 
of these designs of a very high order of ge- 
nius." — N. Y. Mirror. 



Price 50 Cents. {Complete.) 

MATpS JONES' COUSTSHIP. 

Twelfiu.Edition, loiih Two Additional Letters, 
AND THIRTEEN HUMOROUS PLATES. 

CONTENTS. 

Major Jones' Courtship detailed, with other 
Scenes and Adventures, 'in a Series of Letters 
by himself. 

" Messrs. Carey & Hart have published the 
drollest of the droll books of che season. It Is 
a strange production, but so brimful of fua, 
that half a drop would make it run over."— 
v. S. Gazette. 



A. HAUrS HUMOROUb LIBKARY. 



Price 50 Cents. (Complete.) 
THE DRAMA AT POKEEVILLE, 

Tlie Bench and Bar of Jurytown, 

AND OTHER 

STOEIES AND INCIDENTS. 
BY "EVERPOINT," 

(r. M. FIELD, ESQ., OF THE ST. LOUIS REVEILLE.) 

CONTENTS. 

The Drama in Pokerville — The Great Small 
Affair Announcement — Feeling in Pokerville 
—The Great Small Affair Opening — The 
Gieat Pokerville Preliminaries — The Great 
Small Affair Mystery — The Great Pokerville 
Re-union — The Great Small Affair Dinner — 
The Great Pokerville "Saw"— The Great SmaU 
Affair Scandal — The Great Small Affair Chas- 
tisement — The Great Small Affair Duel — 
What was built on the Great Small Affair 
Foundation — The Bench and Bar of Jury- 
town — A Sucker in a Warm Bath — An "Aw- 
ful Place"— The Elk Runners—" Old Sol" in 
a Delicate Situation — The "Gagging Scheme," 
or, West's Great Picture — Establishing the 
Science— Ole Bull in the " Solitude"— How 
our Friend B 's Hair went — A Fancy Bar- 
keeper — " Mr. Nobble 1" — " Honey Run" — A 
Hung Jury — Paternal Gushings — A Werry 
Grave Exhortation — "Your Turn next, Sir" — 
Stopping to " Wood"— Death of Mike Fink- 
Establishing a Connection — A Night in a 
Swamp — Steamboat Miseries — A Resurrec- 
tionist and his Freight. 

" When we say that it is entirely worthy of 
him, in design and execution, our readers 
* had better believe it,' we could not pay the 
work a higher compliment." — iV. Y. Sjoirit of 
the Times. ______ 

Price 50 Ce7its. {Complete.) 

A QUARTER RACE IN KENTUCKY, 

AND 

OTHER STORIES. 
BY W. T. PORTER, ESQ. 

EDITOR OF THE " BIG BE.iR OF ARKANSAS," ETC. 

CONTENTS. 
A Quarter Race in Kentucky — A Shark 
Stor}^ — Lanty Oliphant in Court — Bill Morse 
on the City Taxes — Ance Veasy's Fight with ! 
Rcub Sessions — The Fastest Funeral on Re- ; 
eord — Going to Bed before a Young Lady — 
A Millerite Miracle— Old Singletire—" Run- 
ning a Saw" on a French Gentleman — Break- 
ing a Bank — Taking the Census — Dick Har- 
lan's Tennessee Frolic — " Falling off a Log" 
in a Game of " Seven up"— The " Werry Fast 
Crab"—" French without a Master"— A Rol- 
licking Dragoon Officer — The Georgia Major 
in Court — Uncle Billy Brown Glorious" — 
Old Tuttle's Last Quarter Race — Bill Dean, 
the Texan Ranger — The Steamboat Captain 
who was averse to Racing — Bob Herring the 
Arkansas Bear-hunter — McAlpin's Trip to 
Charleston — ^Indian Rubber Pills— A Murder 
Case in Mississippi— Kicking a YapJ^^e— A 



"Down-east" Original — Somebody in my Bed 
— A Day at Sol. Slice's— Cupping on the Star- 
num — A Bear Story — Playing Poker in Ar- 
kansas — &c. &c. 

•'It is illustrated with original engravings 
from designs by Darley. The ' Quarter Race 
in Kentucky' i^ one of the best stories that 
was ever penned, and the volume contains a 
number of others, that have from time to 
time appeared in the Spirit of the Times, 
which are hard to beat." — If» 0. Picayune, 



Price 50 Cents, {Complete) 

WAGGERIES and VAGARIES. 

BY W. E. BURTON, 

COMEDIAN 

WITH ILLUSTRATIONS BY DARLEY. 

CONTENTS. 

The Yankee amongst the Mermaids; a 
Yarn by a Cape Codder, with an illustration 
— Leap Year ; or, A Woman's Privilege — The 
Two Pigs, a Swinish Colloquy^ — Thaumatur- 
gia ; Part First, The Yankee in Hell, with an 
niastration ; Part Second, The Resurrection- 
ists; Part Third, The Canal-boat ; Part Fourth, 
The Last and the Least — My First Fight, with 
an illustration — Immiscible Immigration, a 
petty Peter Pindaric — Sam Weller, a Solilo- 
quy in Verse — The Pic-Nic Party, with two 
illustrations — The Poetry of Niagara — A Wet 
Day at a Watering Place— My First Punch, 
with an illustration — The Scapegrace and the 
Scapegoat, a Matter-of-fact Sketch— The Old 
Dutchman and his Long Box, with an illus- 
tration—The Man in the Big Boots— Dickey 
Doddicombe, with an illustration — Philadel- 
phia in the Dog-days — &c. &c. 

"The drollest specimen of waggery that 
ever emanated from that drollest of m^n, 
Burton."— I7ie City Item. 



Price 50 Cents. {Complete.) 
ODD LEAVES FROM THE LIFE 

OF A 

LOUISIANA "SWAMP DOCTOR." 

BY MADISON TENSAS, M.D. 

EX V. P. M. S. U. KT. 

CONTENTS. 
The City Physician versus The Swamp Doc- 
tor—My Early Life— Getting acquainted with 
' the Medicines— A Tight Race considerin'— 
Taking Good Advice— The Day of Judgment 
—A Rattlesnal^e on a Steamboat— Frank and 
the Professor— The Curious Widow— The Mis- 
\ sissippi Patent Plan for pulling Teeth— Vale- 
' rian and the Panther— Seeking a Location- 
Cupping an Irishman— Being Examined for 
, my Degree— Stealing a Baby— The " Swamp 
; Doctor" to Esculapius— My First Call in the 
Swamp— The Man of Aristocratic Diseases— 
The Indefatigable Bear-hunter— Love in a 
Garden— How to cureFits— A Struggle forLife. 

9 



A. HART'S STAS'DAE3 WORKS. 



STAMDARD WORKS. 

LORD BACON'S WORKS J Price Reduced to $2 50. 



Price Kediiced to $7 50, > 
In 3 Royal 8vo. Volumes, Cloth Gilt. < 

THE WOMS OF LORD BACON, | 

WITH A MEMOIR, AND A TRANSLATION > 
"OF HIS LATIN WRITINGS, i 

BY BASIL MONTAGU, ESQ. \ 

In Three Volumes, Octavo. ] 

The American edition of the %vorks of: 
Lord Bacon, now offered to the public, is : 
reprinted from the most approved Eng-lish ; 
edition, that of Basil Montagu, Esq., which : 
has recently issued from the celebrated 
press of Pickering, (the modern Aldus.) in 
seventeen octavo volumes. It contains the 
complete works of the illustrious philoso- 
pher, those in Latin being translated into 
English. In order to render the publica- 
tion cheap, and therefore attainable by all 
our public and social libraries, as well as 
by those general readers who study econo- 
my, the seventeen octavo volumes have 
been comprised in three volumes, imperial 
octavo. Being printed from the most accu- 
rate as well as complete English edition, 
and carefully revised, the American edition 
will possess greater advantages for the cri- 
tical scholar as well as the general reader. 
In typography, paper and binding, it will 
be recognized as a brilliant specimen of! 
the products of the American book trade. 

"AVe may safely afhrm, that, by giving 
the Inductive Philosophy to tlie world, 
Lord Bacon has proved one of its most sig- 
nal benefactors, and has largely done his 
part towards promoting the final triumph 
of all truth, wiiether natural, or moral and 
intellectual, over all error ; and towards 
bringing on that glorious crisis, destined, 
we doubt not, one day to arrive, when, ac- 
cording to the allegorical representation of ^ 
that great poet, who was not only the Ad- 
mirer of Bacon, but in some respects his 
kindred genius — Truth, though ' hewn like 
the mangled body of Osiris, inta a thousand 
pieces, and scattered to the four winds, 
shall be gathered limb to limb, and mould- 
ed, with every joint and member, into an 
immortal feature of loveliness and perfec- 
tion.' '' 

"AVe are more gratified than we can 
find words to express, to find a publishing 
house in this country, putting forth a pub- 
lication like the Complete Works of Lord 
Bacon, in a form at once compact, elegant 
and economical."— Jjroi/'ier Jonathayi. 

THE PROSE WRITERS OF AMERICA 
AND THEIR WORKS. 

By RUFUS WILMOT GRISWOLD, 
Author of "Poets and Poetry of America,'' 
&c. 

Jn One Volume Octavo, with nine beauti- 
fxillv encraved Portrait's. Price. Sfl .nO. 



THE WAVERLEY NOVELS. 

COMPLETE. 
3340 Pages for Two Dollars and a Half, 

CAREY & HART, have recently published 

A NEW EDITION OF 

THE WAVERLEY NOVELS, 

By SIR WALTER SCOTT, 
With all the Author's latest Notes and Addi- 
tions^ Co'mplete, ivithout the slightest 



In 



Abridgment. 
Five Royal 8vo. volumes, 



upwards of" 
550 Pages in each volume. 

[CONTENTS. 

Waverley, Guy Mannering, Antiquary? 
Rob Roy, Black Dwarf, Old Mortality, 
Heart of Mid-Lothian, Bride of Lammer- 
m^oor. Legend of Montrose, Ivanhoe, The 
Monastery, The Abbot, Keniiworth, The 
Pirate. Fortunes of Nigel, Peveril of the 
Peak, Quentin Durward, St Ronan's Well, 
Redgauntlet, The Betrothed, The Talisman, 
Woodstock,' The Highland Widow, Two 
Drovers, My Aunt Margaret's Mirror, 
Tapestried Chamber, The 'Laird's Jock, 
Fair Maid of Perth, Anne of Gierstein, 
Count Robert of Paris, Castle Dangerous, 
Tire Surgeon's Daughter. 

The object of the publishers in thus re- 
ducing the price of the AVaveriey Novels, 
is to endeavor to give them a greatly ex- 
tended circulation, and they have, there- 
fore, put them at a price which brings them 
within the reach of every family in the 
country. There is noiu no fireside that 
need be without a set of the most charming 
works of fiction ever issued from the press : 
tor there is no one that can't afford two 
dollars and a half— TWO DOLLARS 
AND A HAI<F for twenty-fi-ve of Sir Wai- 
ter Scott's Novels ! ten cents for a com- 
plete Novel 1 ! ten cents for " Ivanhoe," 
which was originally published at a guinea 
and a half! ! ! It seems impossible, and yet 
it is true. In no other way can the same 
amount of amusement and instruction be 
obtained for ten times the money, for the 
Waverley Novels alone form a Library. 

The publishers wish it to be distinctly 
understood, that, while the price is so great- 
ly reduced the work is in no way abridged, 

but is CAREFULLY PRINTED FROM, AND CON- 
TAINS EVERY WORD IN THE LAST EDINBURGH 

Edition, in forty-eight volumes, which sells 
for seventy-two dollars. 

Now is the time to buy V Such an oppor- 
tunity may never again'occur. Let every 
one, then, who wants the Waverley Novels 
/dr two dollars and a half., now purchase^ fot 
if the publishers do not find the sale greatly 
increased, by the imm.ense reducticrr in 
price, they will resume the old price of 
twenty-five cents for each Novel, which 

lima f^.n'iiPiiflprpd wnndPTrnllv'- plip.nn. 



A. HARTS STANDARD WORKS. 



PHOSEWRITM AMERICA. 

WITH A SURVEY OF THE INTELLECTUAL 
HISTORY, CONDITION, AND PROSPECTS 
OF THE COUNTRY. 

BY RUFUS WILMOT GRISWOLD. 

SECOND EDITION, REVISED. 

Illustrated with Portraits from Original 
Pictures. 

Complete in one Tolume octavo — S3.50. 

CONTENTS. 

Intellectual History, Condition, and Pros- 
pects of the Country — Edwards, Franklin, 
Jefferson, Madison, D wight, Marshall, Hamil- 
ton, Ames, J. Q. Adams, C. B. Brown, Wirt, 
Quincy, Allston, Story, Paulding, Flint, Chan- 
ning, Wheaton, Webster, Auduhon, Walsh, 
Irving, Buckminster, Verplanck, Norton, San- 
derson, Dana, Wilde, Cooper, A. H. Everett, 
Hall, Schoolcraft, Dewey, Sparks, John Neal, 
Bryant, Edward Everett, Kennedy, Bush, 
Sedgwick, Wayland, Prescott, Edward Robin- 
son, Leslie, Legare, Ware, Bancroft, Marsh, 
Hooker, Brownson, Child, Bird, Emerson, 
Pay, Cheever, Hoffman, Kirkland, Haw- 
thorne, Willis, Longfellow, SImms, Joseph 
C. Neal, Poe, Tuckerman, Fuller, Ileadley, 
Mathews, Thorpe, Whipple. 

" Mr. Griswold's book has been executed 
honestly, ably, and well, and is a valuable 
contribution to the literature of the country." 
— Knid:erl)Ocker. 

" We deem the book by all odds the best 
of its kind that has ever been issued ; and we 
certainly know of no one who could have 
made it better." — N. T. Courier and Inquirer. 

OF THE HISTORY OF 

THE FHEMGH BSVQLUTION. 

BY M. A. THIERS, 

LATE miME MINISTER OF FRANCE. 

Translated from the French, with Notes a7id 
Additions. 
The Four Volumes, complete in Two. 
Price only $15 0. 

The edition of the History of the French 
Revolution now offered to the public is 
printed on VERY LARGE TYPE.on good 
paper, and contains upwards of 

"Eighteen Hundred Large Octavo Pages, 
and is unquestionably the cheapest book 
ever published. It forms a necessary intro- 
duction to THE LIFE OF NAPOLEON, 
by M. A. THIERS, NOW IN COURSE OF 
PUBLICATION, and the two works pre- 
sent a complete 

HISTORY OF FRANCE 

from the commencement of the French Re- 
volution, down to the death of Napoleon. 



WASHINGTON 

AND THE 

GENERALS OF THE AME- 
RICAN REVOLUTION. 

COMPLETE IN TV/0 VOLS. ISiio. 

Illustrated by Sixteen beautiful, en- 
graved Portraits. 
Containing Biographical Sketches of Ge- 
nerals Washmgion, Greene, Wayne, Israel 
Putnam, Gates, Lord Sterling, Schuyler, 
Sullivan, Mercer, Armstrong, Knox, Ar- 
nold, Swallw^ood, De Haas, St. Clair, El- 
bert, Irvine, Wieden, Varnum, Woodford, 
Williams, Moylan, McDougall, Glover, 
Mcintosh, Thompson, Nixon, Gist, Woos- 
ter, Spencer, Poor, Moore, Patterson. James 
Reed, Pomroy, Sumner, Stark, Moultrie, 
Joseph Reed, Greaton, Morgan, Marion, 
Lee, Milflin, Parsons, Lincoln, Montgo- 
mery, Whitcomb, Cadwalader, Heath, 
Thomas, Geo. Clinton, James Clinton, Lar- 
ned, La Fayette, Deborre, Pulaski, Russell. 
Ducoudray, La Neuville, Steuben, De 
Woedike, Kosciuszko, Tufin, Duportail, 
De Fernoy, Conway, De Kalb, Gadsden, 
Hogan, Huger, Hazenj Wilkinson, Sumter, 
Scott, Pinekney, Howe, Frye, Ward, Ru- 
fus, Putnam, Nash, Stephen, Dayton, Hand, 
Muhlenberg, Lewis, Huntington and Max- 
well. 

" It is a complete, impartial and well 
written History of the American Revolu- 
tion, and at the same time a faithful biogra- 
phy of the most distinguished actors in that 
great struggle, whose memories are en- 
shrined in our hearts. The typographical 
execution of the work is excellent, and six- 
teen portraits on steel are remarkably well 
done."— Ci/i/ Item. 

JOHNSON'S FARMERS' CYCLO- 
PEDIA and Dictionary of Rural Affairs, 
with Engravings, from the last Loudon edi 
tion, with numerous additiojis relative to thts 
country, by Gouverneur Emerson, royal 
8vo. 115G pp., 17 plates, full bound^ raised 
bands, reduced to $4 00. 

MISS LESLIE'S 

LADY'S RECEIPT BOOK. 

A useful companion for large or small fa 
milies— being a sequel to her work on Cook- 
ery—comprising new and improved direc- 
tions for preparing Soups, Fish, Meats, Ve- 
getables, Poultry, Game, Pies, Puddings, 
Cakes, Confectionery, Jellies, Breakfast 
and Tea Cakes, Embroidery, Crotchet 
work, Braiding, Needle work, Cleaning 
Furs, Merinos, &c.. Washing Laces, De- 
stroying Ants, Bugs and Mice, Cleaning 
Silver, Preparing Colors, making Artificial 
Flowers, &c. &c. Complete in one volume^ 
400 pages, price, bound, SI 00. 

Miss Leslie's Complete Cookery, bd., %l 00 
Miss Leslie's House Book, bound, . 1 00 
Aiiss Leslie's Frexcii Cookeky, 25 
.Miss Leslie's I.ndian Meal Book, • 2i 

11 



A. HARrS STANDARD WORKS. 



THE MODERN BRITISH ESSAYISTS 
At less tlian Half Price. 

The great success that has attended the publication of 
THE MODERN ESSAYISTS, 
Comprising the Critical and Miscellaneous Writings of the Most Distinguished Authori 
of Modern Times, has induced the publishers to issue a New, Revised and very Cheap 
Edition, with Finely Engraved Portraits of the Authors; and while they have ac?tfe(/ to 
the series the writings of several distinguished authors, they have reduced the price more 
I'han 

0]?^E RAI.F. 

The writings of each author will generally be comprised in a single octavo volume, 
well printed from new type, on fine white paper manufactured expressly for this edition. 
The series will contain all the most able papers that have ever appeared.in 

THE EDINBURGH REVIEW, 

and may indeed be called the cream of those publications. 

It is only necessary to mention the names of the authors whose writings will appear. T. 
Babington Macaulay, Archibald Alison, Rev. Sydney Smith, Professor Wilson 
James Stephen, Robert Southey, Sir Walter Scott, Lord Jeffrey, Sir James Mack- 
iNTo&H, T. Noon Talfourd. J. G. Lockhart, Reg' xald Heber. 

The popularity of the authors and the extreme moderaticn of the price, recommend 

-THE MODERN ESSAYISTS, 

To heads of Families for their Children, as perfect models of style. 
To Managers of Book Societies, Book Clubs, &c. 

To School Inspectors, Schooi^mastees and Tutors, as suitable gifts and prizes, or 
adapted for School Libraries. 

Travellers on a Journey will find in these portable and cheap volumes something lo 
read on the road, adapted to fill a corner in a portmanteau or carpet-bag. 

To Passengers on board a Ship, here are ample materials in a narrow compass for 
whiling away the monotonous hours of a sea voyage. 

To Officers in the Army and Navy, and to all Economists in space or pockety who, 
having limited chambers, and small book-shelves, desire to lay up for themselves a concen- 
trated Library, at a moderate expenditure. 

To all who have Friends in Distant CcsTjntries. as an acceptable present to send 
out to them. 

The Modern Essayists will yield to the Settler in the Backwoods of America the most 
t ilaable and interesting writings of all the most distinguished authors of our time at lesa 
t}ian one quarter the price they could be obtained in any other form. 

The Student and Lover of Literature at'^Home, who has hitherto been compelled 
f?) wade through volumes of Reviews for a single article, may now become possessed of 
every article ivorth reading for little more than the cost of the annual subscription. 

L ) Ranke's T-Tistory of the Popes, Cowley and 

'^/^A't*AfTT s Milton, Mi^ford's History of Greece, The, 

£9A£^%f,K&i%JJ^£^&m > Athenian Orators, Comic Dramatists of the 

««-rmT/^.T .,T^ rr^.N«^T-r .-.TT^rtT-ci J Rcstoration, Lord Holland, Warren Hast- 
CRITICAL A^D MISCELLANEOUS mgs, Frederic the Great, Lays of Ancient 
VA/DiT'iMr^Q n C" j Rome, Madame D'Arblay, Addison, Ba- 

VV K I I I rSj o b p s rere's Memoirs, Montgomery's Poems, Civil 

THOMAS BABINaTON MACAULAY. ^Disabilities of the Jews, Mill on Govern- 
In One Vohwie, with a finely engraved ^ ment, Bentham's Defence of Mill, Utilita- 
portrait, from an original picture \ r>an Theory of Government, and Earl Chat- 
by Henry Inman. Cloth Gilt, \ second part, &e. 

^2 00. \ ' t ^^ay now be asked by some sapient 

I critics, Why make all this coil about a mere 
i^oiiii,eni:s. . periodic^: essayist? Of what possible con- 

Milton, Machiavelli, Dryden, History, j cern is it tc anybody, whether Mr. Thomas 
Hallam's Constitutional History, Southey's j Babington Macaulay be, or be not, overrun 
Colloquies on Society, Moore's Life of By- > with faults, since he is nothing more than 
ron, Southey's Banyan's Pilgrim's Progress, S one of the three-day immortals who contri- 
Croker's Boswell's Life of Johnson, Lord S bute flashy and 'taking' articles to a Quar- 
Nugent's Memoirs of Ham.pden, Nare's Me- S terly Review ? What great work has he 
moi'rs of Lord Burghley, Dumont's Recol- ^written? Such questions as these might be 
lections of INIirabeau, Lord Mahon's War of \ put by the same men who place the Specta- 
Ihe Succession, Walpole's Letters to Sir H. < tor, Tattler and Ramb.'ev among the British 
Mann, ThacKaray's Historv of Earl Chat- I classics, 3^et judge of the size of a cotempo- 
ham. Lord Bacon, Mackintosh s History of ^ rarv's mind by that of his book, and who 
the Revolution of England, Sir John Mai- J can naraiy recognize amolitude of compre- 
colm'sLifeof Lord Clive, Life and Writings piension, unless^it be spreaa over the six 
of S^r W. Temple, Church and State, > hundred pages of octavos tX!id quartos.— 



A. HART'S STAND ARI/ WORKS. 



Such men would place Bancroft above Web- 
ster, and SparKs above Calhoun, Adams and 
Everett— deny a posteri ty for Eryani's Tha- 
natopsis, and predict longevity to Pollok's 
Course of Time. It is singular that the sa- 
gacity which can detect thought only in a 
state of dilution, is not sadly graveled when 
it thinks of the senteniious aphorisms which 
have survived whole libraries of folios, and 
the little songs which have outrun, in the 
race of fame, so many enormous epics. — 
While it can easily be demonstrated that 
Macaulay's writings contain a hundred-fold 
more matter and thought, than an equal 
number of volumes taken from what are 
called, par etninence^ the 'British Essay- 
ists,' it is not broaching any literary heresy 
to piedict, that they will sail as far down 
the stream of time, as those eminent mem- 
bers of the illustrious family of British elas- 
tics." 

THE CRITICAL AND IISCELLANEOCS 

WRITINGS OF 

ARCHIBALD ALISON, 

AUTHOR OF " THE HISTORY OF EUROPE," 

In One Volume, Svo. with a portrait. 
Price %l 25, 
CONTENTS. 

Chateaubriand, Napoleon, Bossuet, Po- 
land, Madame de Stael, National Monu- 
ments, Marshal Ney, Robert Bruce, Paris 
in 1814, The Louvre in 1S14, Tyrol. France 
m 1833, Italy, Scott, Campbell and Byron, :5 
Schools of Design, Lamartine, The Copy- ^' 
yight Question, Michelei's France, Military \ 
"^reason and Civic Soldiers, Arnold's Rome, < 
llTirabeau, Bulvver's Athens, The Reign of \ 
Terror, The French Revolution of 1^30, < 
The Fall of Turkey, The Spanish Revolu- I 
tion of 1820, Karamsin's Ru&sia, EiTccts of I 
the French Revolution of 1830, Desertion of ? 
Portugal, Wellington, Carlist Struggle in > 
Spain, The AfTghanistai Expedition, The > 
Future, &c. &c. \ 

nr. 

THE WORKS OF THE 

REV. SYDNEY SMITH. 

Fine Edition. In One Volume, with a ? 
portrait. Price $51 00. ? 

"Almost every thing he has written is so \ 
characteristic that it would be difficult to < 
attribute it to any other man. The marked \ 
mdividual features and the rare cornbina- \ 
tion of power displayed in his works, give ? 
them a fascination unconnected with the > 
subject of which he treatsor the general cor- > 
rectness of his views, lie sometimes hits S 
the mark in the white, he sometimes misses \ 
It altogether, for he by no means confines \ 
his pen to theories to which he is calculated \ 
to do justice; but wliether he hits or mis?es, I 
he is alway^s sparkling and delightful. The l 
charm of his writings is somewhat similar ? 
lo that of Montaigne or Charles Lamb ? 
IJorth American Review. ' 



IV. 

THE RECREATIONS OF 

CHRISTOPHER NORTH. 

In One Volume 8vo. , first American Edition 
with a Portrait. Price ^1 00. 

CONTENTS. 

Christopher m his Sporting Jacket— A 
Tale of Expiation— Morning Monologue — 
The Field of Flowers— Cottages— An Hour's 
Talk about Poetry— Inch Cfuin— A Day a* 
Windermere— The Moors— Highland Snow- 
storm— The Holy Child— Our Parish— May- 
day— Sacred Poetjy— Christopher in his 
Aviary — Dr. Kitchiner — Soliloquy on the 
Seasons — A Few Words on Thomson — 
The Snowball Bicker of Piedmont — Christ- 
mas Dreams— Our Winter Quarters— Strol' 
to Grafsmere— L'Envoy. 

Extract from Howitfs " Rural Life?^ 

"And not less for that wonderful series 
of articles by Wilson, in Blackwood's 
'MvLgOiZme— in their kind as truly a^nazing 
and as truly glorious as the romances oj 
Scott or the poetry of Wordsworth. Far and 
wide and much as these papers have been 
admired, wherever the English language is 
read, I still question whether any one man 
has a just idea of them as a whole." 

V. 

Carlyle's Miscellanies. 

CRITICAL ANdIiISCEIIANEOIS 

ESSAYS OF 

THOMAS CArxLYLE. 

In one Sfo. volume, ivith a Portrait. 
Pkice si 75. 
CONTENTS. 
Jean Paul Friedrich Richter— Stale of 
German Literature — Werner — Goethe's 
Helena — Goethe— Burns— Hey ne— German 
Play Wrights— Voltaire— Novalis— Signs of 
the Times— Jean Paul Friedrich Richter 
again— On History— Schiller — The Nibel- 
lungen Lied— Early German Literature — 
Taylors Historic Survey of German Poetry 
— Characteristics— Jolnison— Death of Go- 
ethe— Goethe's Works— Diderot— On His- 
tory again— Count Cagliostro— Corn liaw 
Rhymes— The Diamond Necklace— Mira 
beau— French Parliamentary History — 
Waller Scott, &c. &c. 

VI. 

TALFOTJBD Jc STEPHEN, 
THE CRITICAL WRITINGS 

T. NOON TALFOURD 

AND 

JAMES STEPHEN 

WITH A FINELY ENGRAVED PORTKAIT. 

In One Volume, Svo. Price $1 25. 

13 



A. HAET^S STANDARD WORKS. 



Contents of Talfourd,^^ < 

Essays on British Novels and Romances, ? 
introductory to a series of Criticisms on liie > 
Living Novelists— Mackenzie, The Author \ 
of AVaverley, Godwin, Maturin, Rymer on s 
Tragedy, CoUey Gibber's Apology for his \ 
Life, John Dennis's Works, Modern Pe- \ 
riodical Literature, On the Genius and l 
Writings of AYords worth, North's Life of? 
Lord Guilford, Hazlitt's Lectures on the ? 
Drama, AVallace's Prospects of Mankind, > 
Nature and Providence, On Pulpit Ora- S 
tory, Recollections of Lisbon, Lloyd's S 
Poems, Mr Oldaker on Modern Improve- \ 
menls, A Chapter on Time, On the Profes- < 
sfon of the Bar, The Wine Cellar, Destruc- < 
tion of the Brunswick Theatre by Fire, l 
First Appearance of Miss Fanny Kemble, ? 
On the Intellectual Character of the late \ 
Wm. Hazlitt. I 
Contents of Stephen*^^ < 

Life of Wilberforce, Life of Whitfield and > 
Froude, D' Aubigne's Reformation, Life and > 
Times of Baxter, Physical Theory of Ano- \ 
ther Life, The Port Royalists, Ignatius Loy- \ 
ola, Taylor's Edwin the Fair. < 

" His (Talfourd's) Critical writings m.ani- < 
fest on every page a sincere, earnest and I 
sympathizing love of intellectual excel-? 
lence and moral beauty. The kindliness) 
of temper and tenderness of sentiment with ? 
which they are animated, are continually S 
suggesting pleasant thoughts of the author." S 

North American Review . \ 

VIL \ 

THE CRITICAL WRITINGS 

OF < 

IRANCIS LORD JEFFREY. 

In One Volume Sro., with a Portrait. < 

From a very able article in the North > 
British Review we extract the following : S 

"It is a book not to be read only— but s 
s'lUdied— it is a vast repository ; or rather \ 
a system or institute, embracing the whole < 
circle of letters— if we except the exact ^ 
sciences— and contains within itself, not in e 
a desultory form, but in a well digested? 
scheme, more original conceptions, bold ? 
and fearless speculation and just reasoning > 
on all kinds and varieties of subjects than S 
are to be found in any English writer with \ 
whom we are acquainted within tlie pre- \ 
sent or the last generation. * * * His < 
choice of words is unbounded and his fell- i 
city of expression, to the most impalpable I 
shade of discrimination, almost miraculous. ? 
Playfu., lively, and full of illustration, no > 
subject is so dull or so dry that he cannot > 
invest it with interest, and none so triHingS 
that it cannot acquire dignity or elegance \ 
from his pencil. Independently however, \ 
of mere style, and apart from the greats 
variety of subjects embraced by his pen, I 
the distinguishing feature of his writings, I 
and that in which he excels his coiempo- ? 
rary reviewers, istlie deep vein of practical \ 
llioaght which runs throughout them ail " ^ 



VIIT 

SIR JAMES BIACKIWTOSE 

SIR JAMES MACKINTOSH'S 
CONTFJBUTIONS TO THE EDIN- 
BUSGn SEYIEW. 

Collected and Edited by his Son* 
In One Volume Svo., with a Portrait,^! 75. 



THE POEMS 

OF 

FRANCES SARGENT OSGOOD. 

Illustxditzis tit ItSt KXtiZtS. 

In one volume octavo, uniform with Carey d 
HarVs illustrat&i Bryant, Willis, etc. 

The following exquisitely finished line en- 
gravings are from original designs, by our 
most celebrated painters, and are executed in 
the highest style of art : — Portrait of the Au- 
thoress; Hope; A Child plaving with a 
Watch; TheEeaper; Ida; Oldrrieuds; The 
Child's Portrait; Little Eed Riding Hood; 
The Life Boat; Twilight Hours; The Arab 
and his Steed ; Zuleika. 

" There is nothing mechanical about her ; 
all is buoyant, overflowing, irrepressible vi- 
vacity, like the bubbling up of a natural 
fountain. In her almost childish playful 
ness, she reminds us of that exquisite crea. 
tion of Pouque, Undine, who knew no law- 
hut that of her own waywardness. The great 
charm of her poetry is its unaffected simpli- 
city. It is the transparent simplicity of truth, 
reflecting the feeling of the moii» ,^jit like a 
mirror." — Bev. Dr. Davidson. 

" In all the poems of Mrs. Osgood, we find 
occasion to admire the author as well as JhQ 
works. Her spontaneous and instinctive effu- 
sions appear, in a higher degree than any 
others in our literature, to combine the rarest 
and highest capacities in art with the sincerest 
and deepest sentiments and the noblest aspi- 
rations. They would convince us, if the 
beauty of her life were otherwise-unknown, 
that Mrs. Osgood is one of the loveliest cha- 
racters in the histories of literature or so- 
ciety." — Pennsylvania Inquirer a7id Courier. 

" The position of Mrs. Osgood, as a graceful 
and womanly poetess, is fixed, and will be 
enduring. To taste of faultless delicacy, a 
remarkable command, of poetical language, 
great variety of cadence, and a most musical 
versification, she has added recently the high- 
est qualities of inspiration, imagination, and 
passion, in a degree rarely equalled in the 
productions of women. . . . The reputation 
which Mrs. Osgood enjoys, as one of the most 
amiable, true-hearted, and brilliant ladies in 
American society, will add to the good for- 
tune of a book, the intrinsic excellence and 
beauty of which will secure for it a place 
among the standard creations of female ge- 
K4Jis " — Home Journal, 



A. HART'S STANDARD WORKS 



THE POETS AND POETRY OF 
EUROPE, ENGLAND, AMERICA, Etc. 

CAREY & HART have just published in four splendid volumes, beautifully illustrated, 
and uniform in size with their new edition of THE MODERN ESSAYISTS » and 
forming a suitable companioii to that delightful series: — 



THE 

POETS AND POETRY OF AMERICA! 

EMBRACING 

Selections from tlie Poetical 
I^iterature of tlae ITiiiicd 
States, from tlie Time of 
tiie Hevoiiition, 

WITH A 

Preliminary Essarj on the Progress and 
Condition of Poetry in this Coiin- 
try, and Biographical and Cri- 
. tical Notices of the most 
eminent Poets. 
By RUFUS W. GRISWOLD. 
eighth edition, revised and enlarged. 
Elegantly bound in Col'd Calf and Morocco. 
Price S5 00, or in Cloth Gilt, ^3 00. 
" We think in the 500 pages of this beau- 
tiful volume, the reader will fivid nearly all 
that is worth reading in American Poetry." 
■ — Boston Post. 

"Mr. G. has done a service to our litera- 
ture which eminently entitles him to the re- 
gard and favorof a discerning and impartial 
public."— iVa^ionaZ Intelligencer. 

"No better selection from the poetry of 
our native bards has ever been made, and 
ao person could do better with the mate- 
-ials than Mr. Griswold has done.^^— Boston 
Transcript. 

THE 

POETS AND POETRY OF EUROPE: 

WITH 

Kiograpliicai Notices and 
Translations, 

Fro7n the Earliest Period to the Present 
Time. 

By HENRY W. LONGFELLOW. 
In One Large 8vo. Volume, 750 Pages. 
Morocco, elegant, S5 60, or cloth gilt, S3 75. 
Which comprises translations from the fol- 
lowing: Anglo-Saxon, Icelandic, Swe- 
dish, Dutch, German, French, Ita- 
lian, Spanish, Portuguese, &c. 
&c. 

" It is the most complete work of the kind 
in English literature " — Boston Courier. 

" A more desirable work for the scholar 
or man of taste has scarcely ever been is- 
•uedmthe United States."— iV. Y; Tribune 



} ILLUSTRATED POEMS. 

f BY MRS. L H. SIGOURNEY. 

With Designs by F. O. C. Darley, 

ENGRAVED BY DISTINGTHSHED ARTISTS. 

With a Portrait of the Authoress by Cheney 
after F)'eeman, 

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. 

The Divided Burden — A Landscape — Oris- 
ka — The Ancient Family Clock — Eve — The 
Scottish Weaver — The Indian Summer — 
Erin's Daughter — The Western Emigrant — 
The Aged Pastor — The Tomb — The Drooping 
Team— The Beautiful Maid. 

"The volume is a most luxurious and gor- 
geous one, reflecting the highest credit on 
its 'getters up;' and we know of nothing 
from the American press which would form 
a more acceptable gift-book, or a richer orna- 
ment for the centre-table. Of the Poema 
themselves it is needless to speak."— Z^ZacZe. 

" In the arts of typography the volume is 
unsurpassed ; the illustrations are numerous 
and beautiful, and the binder's skill has done 
its best. We shall speak oiily of the exter- 
nals of the volume. Of its contents we will 
not speak flippantly, nor is it needful that 
we should say any thing. The name of Mrs. 
Sigourney is familiar in every cottage in 
America. She has, we think, been more 
generally read than any poetess in the coun- 
try, and her pure fame is reverently cherished 
by all." — N. 0. Picayune. 

"It is illustrated in the most brilliant 
manner, and is throughout a gem-volume." — 
Pa. Inquirer. 

"In this production, however, they have 
excelled themselves. The illustrations are 
truly beautiful, and are exquisitely engraved. 
The entire execution of the volume is a pAsud 
evidence of the growing superiority of book- 
making on the part of American publishers." 
— Dollar Newspaper. 

" This work, so beautifully embellished, 
and elegantly printed, containing the select 
writings of one of the most celebrated female 
poets of America, cannot fail to be received 
with approbation." — Newburyport Paper. 

"The illustr-ations are truly beautiful, and 
are exquisitely engraved. They are from 
designs by Darley, who has risen to high 
eminence in his department of art. The en- 
tire execution of the volume is a proud evi- 
dence of growing superiority in book-making 
on the part of American publishers. And 
this liberality has not been displayed upon a 
work unworthy oi it .''—N.T.Commercial Adv. 

16 



A. HARTS STANDARD MEDICAL WORnS. 



ILI.USTRATI1D MSDIOAX. LIBRAR'S'. 

CAREY & HART have recently published the following valuable Medical xiA Sur- 
gical works, superbl}^ illustrated— to which they beg leave to call the aueniion of the 
profession. This splendid series now forms six eoyal quart'^ voLUiiES. containing 
FOUR HUNDRED AND EIGHTY QUARTO PLATES, beiuumlly executed ; and 
the price at which they are offered is infinitely less than any similar works have here- 
tofore been published. 

QUAIN'S ANATOIIOAL PLATES, 

MOREiU'S GREAT WORK ON MIDWIFERY, 

GODDARD ON THE TEETH, 
EICORD ON EXTHEME CASES OE YENEEEAL DISEASES, 

AND EAYER ON DISEASES OF THE SKIN. 



I. I 

A SERIES OF 

ANATOMICAL PLATES, | 

With References and Physiological Com- > 
ments, illustrating the structure of the 
different parts of the Human Body. 

EDITED BY 

JOxNES QUAIN, ]\I.D..AND 
V/. J. ERASMUS WILSON. 

With Notes and Additions by 

JOSEPH PANCOAST, M. D., 

Professor of Anatomy in the Jefferson Me- 
dical College of Philadelphia. 

THIRD AMERICAN EDITIOX. 

The Plates are accompanied by letter- 
press, containing detailed references to the 
various objects delineated. But with a 
view to render them intelligible to a greater 
rnynber of persons, a runnmg commentary 
on each plate is given, staling in general 
terms, and divested, as far as can be, of all 
technicality, the uses and purposes which 
the different objects serve in the animal 
economy. 

THE WOHK CONSISTS OF THE FOLLOWING 
DIVISIONS : 

THE MUSCLES OF THE HUMAN 
BODY, Fifty -one Plates. 

THE VESSELS OF THE HUMAN 
BODY, Fifty Plates. 

THE NERVES OF THE HUMAN 
BODY, Thirty-eight Plates. 

THE VISCERA OF THE HUMAN 
BODY, including the Organs of Digestion, 
Respiration, Secretion and Excretion, 
Thirty-two Plates. 
1 ft 



THE BONES AND LIGAMENTS, 

Thirty Plates. 

Complete in One Royal Quarto Volume of 
nearly 509 pages, and 200 plates, compris- 
ing nearly liii) separate illustrations. Be- 
ing the only co7nplete system of Anatomi' 
cal Plates, on a large scale, ever published 
in America. 

Price only $15, clotli gilt, or 
830 colored after nature. 

IL 

OFUm-^TIVIS SURGERY; 

OR, 

A DESCRIPTION AND DEMONSTRA- 
TION OF THE VARIOUS PRO- 
CESSES OF THE ART; 

INCLUDING ALL THE NEW OPERATIONS, 
AND EXHIBITING THE STATE OF SUR- 
GICAL SCIENCE IN ITS PRESENT 

ADVANCED CONDITION. 

BY JOSEPH PANCOAST, M.D., 

Professor of General, Descriptive and Sur- 
gical Anaiomy in Jefferson Medical 
College, Philadelphia. 
Complete in One Royal 4<o. Volume of 380 
pages of letterpress description and eighty 
large Ato. 'plates, comprising 4S0 Illustra- 
tions, and being the only complete 
worh on the subject in the English 
Lafiguage. Price, fill bound 
in cloth, only SlO. 

Second Edition, Improved. 

"This excellent work is construcced Ort 
the model of the French Surgical Works 
by Velpeau and Malgaigne ; and. so far as 
the English language is concerned, we are 



A. HART'S STANDARD MEDICAL WORKS. 



proud as an American to say that, of its 

KIND IT HAS NO SUPERIOR." — NcW York 

Journal of Medicine. 

"For this beautiful volume, the student 
and practitioner of Surgery will feel grate- : 
ful to the ability and industry of Prof. Pan- ; 
coast. The drawing and execution of the ; 
plates are splendid examples of American 
art, and do credit to Messrs. Cichowski ; 
and Duval, while the description is no less ; 
creditable to the author. We have ex- 
amined the book with care, and feel great 
pleasure in declaring that, in our opinion, 
It IS a most valuable addition to the surgical 
literature of the United States. It was a 
happy idea to illustrate this department of 
surgery, as it renders perfectly clear what 
the very best verbal description often 
leaves obscure, and is, to some extent, a 
substitute for witnessing operations. To 
those practitioners especially, who are 
called upon occasionally, only, to perform 
operations, we are not acquainted with any 
volume better calculated for reference prior 
to using the knife. There are similar 
works published in Europe, but they are 
much more expensive, w^ithout being supe- 
rior in point of usefulness to the very cheap 
volume before us. 

" All the modern operations for the cure 
•)f squinting, club-foot, and the replacing 

ost parts and repairing deformities from 
partial destruction of the nose, &c., are very 

jlearly explained and prettily illustrated, 
is questionable whether anything on this 

•ubject can be better adapted to its purpose, 

»han Pancoast's Operative Surgery."— /Sa- 

*urday Courier. 



thor, which equals that of Dr. Goddard.— 
One reason for this may arise from the cir- 
cumstance, that the learned author is a 
practical anatomist, whose knowledge is 
on a level with the modern discoveries, 
and who has himself authenticated the 
latest researches into the minute anatomy 
of the dental structure. It is quite apparent 
that such knowledge must prove of im- 
mense value in enabling any one to arrive 
at just conclusions relative to the diseases 
of the teeth ; and it is chiefly to be attributed 
to the want of such knowledge that most 
writers on Dental Surgery have erred so 
much relative to the causes and nature ot 
these diseases. The work may confidently 
be recommended, as containing the best and 
most approved methods of perforyyiing all 
the operations connected with Dental Sur- 
gery. 

"We cannot close our remarks without 
adverting to the thirty very beautiful litho- 
graphs which illustrate the text. They 
render it quite impossible to misunderstand 
the author, and afford a very favorable ex- 
ample of the advanced state of the Art on 
the American ConimQwV— Edinburgh Me- 
dical and Surgical Journal^ 1S44. 



III. 

mmm on the teeth. 

THE 

ANATOMY, PHYSIOLOGY, 
AND DISEASES 

OF THE 

TEETH AMD GUMES, 

WITH THE MOST APPROVED METHODS OF 
TREATMENT, INCLUDING OPERATIONS, 
AND A GENERAL ACCOUNT OF TPIE 
, METHOD OF MAKING AND 
SETTING 

Artificial Teetli. 

By PAUL BECK GODDARD, M. D., 

Professor of Anatomy and Histology in 
the Franklin College of Philadelphia. 

In One 4to. Volume, illustrated by 30 
beautifully executed Plates, each 
containing Numerous Figures, 
handsomely bound in cloth. 
Price Six Dollars. 
Uniform with " Quain'^s Anatomy,^^ " Pan- 
coasVs Surgery^'''' and 31oreau''s 
Midivifery.''^ 
" We do not possess a modern work on 
Dental Surgeryj written by a British Au- 



IV. 

MOREAU'S 

Great Work on Midwifery 

A PRACTICAL TREATISE 

EXHIBITING THE PRESENT AD- 
VANCED STATE OF THE 
SCIENCE. 

BY F. G. MOREAU. 

Translated from the French 
BY T. FOREST BETTON, M. D., 

AND EDITED 

BY PAUL BECK GODDARD, M. D. 

The whole illustrated by 
Eighty Splendid ^Kctrto I'lates, 

WHICH ARE EITHER 

The Size of JLife, 

OR EXACTLY HALF THE SIZE. 
Upon which the first artists have been 
employed, and which are fully equal, 
if not superior, to the original, 
and the publishers can safely 
pronounce it 

THE MOST SPLENDID WORK ON MID- 
WIFERY EVER PUBLISHED. 

Nolo complete in one large Ato. volume, of the 
size of Quain^s A?iatomy.^'' " Pa 7i- 
coasVs SiLrgeryy and Goddard 
on the Teeth?'' 

Price TEN DOLLiARS, full 
l>oiLiid in cloth. 

" The work of Professor Moreau is a 
treasure of Obstetrical Science and Prac- 

17 



A. HART'S STANDAllD MEDICAL 'WORKS. 



tice, nnd the American edilion of il an ele- 
gant specinuMi of the arls.^''— Medical E.rn- 
tnhur, Aui^ust, 1S14. 

A splendid qnnrlo, containinc^ cip^lily 
litlioj^raphic plates, irne to the liie, iias been 
some weeks before us— but we are ijropingf 
our way tliroug:h a mass of new'works, 
with a lull expeetaiion of soon doinu: jns- 
tiee to the nierilsofthis elaborate antl truly 
Deautiful work." — Boston Med. and Surs. 
Journal. 

" Moreau's treatise is another valuable 
work upon the seience of Midwifery, with 
eicihly of the most spleiulid litho,<;raphie 
plates we have ever seen. TlllOSI' W,- 
LIIS TRATIONS AUK 1:N(.H A V!-,l) 
WI PH SO MUCH IJKAUTY ANM) AC- 
CURACY, AND UPON SO A 
SCAfJ'', that they cannot fail to present to 
Ihe eye the preeise relation of the ((V.tus and 
of tlie parts engaged in labor, under every 
condition and eirennistanee, fVom the coin- 
meneement of the state of natural parturi- 
tion, to the most dillicnlt aiul eomplieated 
labor. The profession are j^reatly indebted 
to I'^'eneh industry in pathological niul spe- 
cial anatomy for the continued advance in 
the seience of Obstetrics ; and the work 
belbre us may be regarded as the comple- 
tion of all that has accumulated in this 
department of medical science, greatly en- 
hanced in value by many valuable original 
snggestions, to the jiroper arrangenu'ut of 
which the author has devoted a ^great 
fimount of labor. The translation is iaiih- 
fully and elegantly done, and the work will 
be a valuable additioti to the medical lite- 
rature of our country." — Nciv York Journal 
of Medicine. 



V. 

A THEORETICAL 

AND 

PRACTICAL TREATISE 

ON TTIE 

DISEASES or THE SICIN, 

B Y P. RAYEll, M. D. 

Physician to T^a Charitd Hospital. 

From ilie Second Edition, entirely remo- 
deled. With NoH^s and other Additions, 

BY JOHN BELL, M. D. 

Fellow of the College of Physiciajis of Phi- 
ladelphia, Member of the AmiMican 
Philosophical Society, and of the 
Gengotili Society of Florence, 
and Iv.litor of Bell and 
Stokes' Practice of Me- 
dicine, &c. &c. 
In One Royal Ato. Vohmie. 
With Forty Beautifully Oolorctl Plates, 

COMPRISINO FOUR IIITNDRF.D SEPARATE 
ILLUSTRATIONS, 

Carefully Colored from Nature, and 450 
pages of Letterpress. 

Handsomely bound in Cloth Gilt. 

Price 5i^l5 UO 

1Q 



Opinions of the Press. 

" We take leave of our author with th« 
declaraiion that his work is a monument o» 
the most extraordinary industry. We have 
no hesitation in aiUling that il is the best 
bo(^k we possess in any language on the 
subject; and- that should any of our read- 
ers desire to sail over the unbouiuied sea 
of IcMterpress formed of the history and 
pathology of the diseases of the cutaneous 
surface, iM. Kayer should be his pilot." 

Ov THE 1'latks. — " Consulered in this re- , 
speet, but more especially in reference to 
the nund)er of illustrations of the general 
species aiul varieties of such order which 
it cont.'iins, this Atlas far surpasses any 
that has yet appeared. ON THE WHOLE 
RAYEIVS ATLAS MAY CONSCIEN- 
TfOUSLY BE SAID TO CONTAIN 
THE MOST COMPLETE SERIES OF 
ILLUSTRATIONS OF CUTANEOUS 
DISEASES HITHERTO PUBLISH- 
ED, AND IS, BESIDES, not only cheap- 
er than any other, but well worth the sum 
for which il is ofTered to the profession 
British and Foreisfi Medical Review. 



A PRACTICAL TREATISE 

ON THE 

DISEASES OP THE TESTIS, 

AND OF THE 

SPERMATIC CORD AND SCROTUM 

BY J. B, CURLING. 
Edited by P. P. GODDARD, M. D., 
With fifty-four Illustrationa, engraved 
on Wood by Gilbert; and printed 
on large type and fine paper. 
I'rtce $3 00. 

We have another instance of it in tb.e 
work of Mr. Curling, a diligent laborer, 
who has carefully collected every fact 
within !us reach, relative to the diseases of 
the Testis and Spermatic Cord, producino 
A Volume that m ay for manv yf.ars bk 
TiiK Standart> Work o\ TiiosK Diseases. 
We shall conclude our notice with nn ex- 
tract relative to anew aiul promising me- 
thod of treatint^ varicose veins, and lake 
leave of the volume by warmly recom- 
mending that it be added to the library of 
every surgeon."— -Lon</o;i Lancet^ Augusty 



nXCOHD 

ON EXTREJIE CASES OP 

VENEREAL DISEASES 

Cured at the Venereal Hospital at Paris, 

Under the direction of I)R. Ph. Ricobj^, with 

•270 el(\gnntly coloiired engravings, in one 
voluiue quarto, uuit'onn with "Quaiu's Ana- 
tomical Plates," ^'Pancoast's Operative Sur 
gery," &c. i^-icc $15.00 clothf giU. 



A. HAKT'S STANDARD MEDICAL WORKS. 



PRINCIPLES 

AND 

FHAGTIGE OF MEDICINE. 

BY JOHN ELLIOTSON, M.D., F.R.S. 
Complete in One VoL of 1050 pages. 
Price Three Dollars and Fifty Cents. 

WITH NOTES AND ADDITIONS, ADAPTING IT TO 
THE U>riTED STATES. 

BY THOMAS STEWARDSON, M. D., 
Physician to the Pennsylvania Hospital. 
The American Editor has introduced 
entirely new articles upon 

Remittent Fever, and Yellow 
Fever, 

As well as considerable additions to 
the article on Continued Fever. 

"Lender such circumstances we cannot 
but congratulate the profession in this coun- 
try that it has now been placed within their 
reach, under the auspices of an editor 
whose ample experie::ce and especial 
study of fevers, have enao'ed him to add 
several chapters and notes, which mate- 
rially enhance the usefulness of Ihis <reat- 
ise. We refer, in particular, to Dr. Stew- 
ardson's chapter on Remittent and Yellow 
Vevers, diseases so prevalent in many sec- 
tions of this country, and which had re- 
ceived but very cursory notices in the ori- 
ginal work. Dr. Stewafdson has given an 
account of Cholera Infantum, a disease 
peculiar to this country, and which, there- 
fore, really attracts the attention of Euro- 
pean writers." — Americayi Medical Jour- 
nal^ January. 1844. 

" Engaged in the preparation of this work, 
there were four physicians, each one of 
whose nameS; where known, is a guaran- 
tee that the prbauciion is worthy the atten- 
tion of the whole medical public ; and it is 
only reasonable to infer that their joint la- 
bors have furnished a Practice of Medi- 
cine as complete as any other extant.— 
Those who examine the volume will not 
be disappointed, for it is a very excellent 
book to read, to refer to, or to study as a 
text-book. The style is familiar, chaste 
and succinct; the matter is well arranged, 
the index (a matter of no small importance) 
is unexceptionable, and the etymologies of 
technical words are given in foot notes. — 
In England, the volume is extensively used 
as a text-book, and it is fair to anticipate 
that it will be a favorite among students in 
the United States. The additions made by 
Dr. Stewardson, the Physician of the Penn- 
sylvania Hospital, are very valuable; his 
chapters on remittent and yellow fevers, 
are more satisfactory than any similar 
treatise we, at this moment, remember to 
have seen. He is evidently a man who has 
carefully added judicious study to no incon- 
siderable experience, the severe touch- 
stone of theory in medicine, and has enjoy- 
ed full opportunity of knowing the correct- 
ness of his views." — BaltitUore Patriot. 



COURSE OF ENGLISH READING; 

adapted to every taste anu capacity 
By the Rev JAMFS PVCROFT, 13. A 
Trinity College, Oxford. 
Auttior of " Greek Grajnmar Practice^'''* 
''''Latin Grammar Practice^'''' S^c. 
Price 12i Cents. 
Complete in One Volume. 
A volume which we can conscientiously 
recommend, as marking out an accurate 
course of historical and general reading 
from which a vast acquisition of sound know- 
ledge must result. The arrangement and 
system are no less admirable than the se- 
lection of authors pointed out for study."— 
Literary Gazette. 

" We do not know of a better index than 
this well-considered little hook to a general 
course of reading. It might, as such, be 
safely and advantageously put into the hands 
of all young persons who have finished their 
education, and are about to take their place 
in society, or to begin the world."— ^i^as. 

LATIN GRAMMAR PRACTICE. 
In Three Parts: 1. Lessons of Vocabulary 
of all the AVords in " Valpy's Ccesar," ar- 
ranged according to roots, terminations, 
and other peculiarities ; 2. Construing Les- 
sons corresponding with Part I., exempli- 
fying Latin Accidence and Syntax, and 
illustrating Roman History ; 3. Easy Eng- 
lish Exercises, corresponding with the 
Lessons, and formea oniy of ine Words of 
Parts I. andH. ; also exemplifying Latin 
Accidence and Syntax. 
By the Rev. JAMES PYCROFT, B. A 
In One Vol. 12mo. Price 50 Cents. 
"Mr. Pycroft's plan is a good one, and 
well calculated to aid the pupil, and to su- 
persede, with the utmost safety, so far as it 
goes, the endless labor of the Lexicon and 
Dictionary." — Atlas, 

CREEK GRAMMAR PRACTICE, 

IN THREE PARTS: 
1. Lessons of Vocabulary of more than 
Two Thousand Words from Xenophon's 
" Anabasis," arranged according to roots, 
terminations and other peculiarities; 2. 
Construing Lessons corresponding with 
those of Part I., exemplifying Greek Ac- 
cidence and Syntax ; also the greater 
part of the " Anabasis," Book I. ; 3. Easy 
English Exercises, corresponding with 
the Lessons, and formed only of the 
Words of Parts I. and II., also exempli- 
fying both Accidence and Syntax. 
By the Rev. JAMES PYCROFT, B A., 
In One Vol. 12mo. 50 Cents. 
"The plan .s excellent, and will tend 
greatly to facilitate the acquisition of the 
two languages. By diligent practice in 
these lessons and vocabularies, the pupil 
becomes progressively master of all the dif- 
ficulties that obstruct his early progress, 
and gradually attains to a well-grounded 
knowledge, and consequent relish, of the 
beauties of the Greek and Latin idioms, ' — 
Jofift Bull. 

19 



Deaoidified using the Bookkeeper process 
Treatment Date: September 2012 

f!n®»?„®''''^*'°"''echnologles 

* WORID lEAOEHW COUECTIONS PHtHm 

1" Thomson Park Drive 
^nbeny Township, pa 16066 
(724) 779-2111 



i 



